{"rowid": 221, "title": "\u201cProbably, Maybe, No\u201d: The State of HTML5 Audio", "contents": "With the hype around HTML5 and CSS3 exceeding levels not seen since 2005\u2019s Ajax era, it\u2019s worth noting that the excitement comes with good reason: the two specifications render many years of feature hacks redundant by replacing them with native features. For fun, consider how many CSS2-based rounded corners hacks you\u2019ve probably glossed over, looking for a magic solution. These days, with CSS3, the magic is border-radius (and perhaps some vendor prefixes) followed by a coffee break.\n\nCSS3\u2019s border-radius, box-shadow, text-shadow and gradients, and HTML5\u2019s <canvas>, <audio> and <video> are some of the most anticipated features we\u2019ll see put to creative (ab)use as adoption of the \u2018new shiny\u2019 grows. Developers jumping on the cutting edge are using subsets of these features to little detriment, in most cases. The more popular CSS features are design flourishes that can degrade nicely, but the current audio and video implementations in particular suffer from a number of annoyances.\n\nThe new shiny: how we got here\n\nSound involves one of the five senses, a key part of daily life for most \u2013 and yet it has been strangely absent from HTML and much of the web by default. From a simplistic perspective, it seems odd that HTML did not include support for the full multimedia experience earlier, despite the CD-ROM-based craze of the early 1990s. In truth, standards like HTML can take much longer to bake, but eventually deliver the promise of a lowered barrier to entry, consistent implementations and shiny new features now possible \u2018for free\u2019 just about everywhere.\n\n<img> was introduced early and naturally to HTML, despite having some opponents at the time. Perhaps <audio> and <video> were avoided, given the added technical complexity of decoding various multi-frame formats, plus the hardware and bandwidth limitations of the era. Perhaps there were quarrels about choosing a standard format or \u2013 more simply \u2013 maybe these elements just weren\u2019t considered to be applicable to the HTML-based web at the time. In any event, browser plugins from programs like RealPlayer and QuickTime eventually helped to fill the in-page audio/video gap, handling <object> and <embed> markup which pointed to .wav, .avi, .rm or .mov files. Suffice it to say, the experience was inconsistent at best and, on the standards side of the fence right now, so is HTML5 in terms of audio and video.\n\n: the theory\n\nAs far as HTML goes, the code for <audio> is simple and logical. Just as with <img>, a src attribute specifies the file to load. Pretty straightforward \u2013 sounds easy, right?\n\n<audio src=\"mysong.ogg\" controls>\n\t<!-- alternate content for unsupported case -->\n\tDownload <a href=\"mysong.ogg\">mysong.ogg</a>;\n</audio>\n\nAh, if only it were that simple. The first problem is that the OGG audio format, while \u2018free\u2019, is not supported by some browsers. Conversely, nor is MP3, despite being a de facto standard used in all kinds of desktop software (and hardware). In fact, as of November 2010, no single audio format is commonly supported across all major HTML5-enabled browsers.\n\nWhat you end up writing, then, is something like this:\n\n<audio controls>\n\t<source src=\"mysong.mp3\" />\n\t<source src=\"mysong.ogg\" />\n\t<!-- alternate content for unsupported case, maybe Flash, etc. -->\n\tDownload <a href=\"mysong.ogg\">mysong.ogg</a> or <a href=\"mysong.mp3\">mysong.mp3</a>\n</audio>\n\nKeep in mind, this is only a \u2018first class\u2019 experience for the HTML5 case; also, for non-supported browsers, you may want to look at another inline player (object/embed, or a JavaScript plus Flash API) to have inline audio. You can imagine the added code complexity in the case of supporting \u2018first class\u2019 experiences for older browsers, too.\n\n: the caveats\n\nWith <img>, you typically don\u2019t have to worry about format support \u2013 it just works \u2013 and that\u2019s part of what makes a standard wonderful. JPEG, PNG, BMP, GIF, even TIFF images all render just fine if for no better reason, perhaps, than being implemented during the \u2018wild west\u2019 days of the web. The situation with <audio> today reflects a very different \u2013 read: business-aware \u2013 environment in 2010. (Further subtext: There\u2019s a lot of [potential] money involved.) Regrettably, this is a collision of free and commercial interests, where the casualty is ultimately the user. Second up in the casualty list is you, the developer, who has to write additional code around this fragmented support.\n\nThe HTML5 audio API as implemented in JavaScript has one of the most un-computer-like responses I\u2019ve ever seen, and inspired the title of this post. Calling new Audio().canPlayType('audio/mp3'), which queries the system for format support according to a MIME type, is supposed to return one of \u201cprobably\u201d, \u201cmaybe\u201d, or \u201cno\u201d. Sometimes, you\u2019ll just get a null or empty string, which is also fun. A \u201cmaybe\u201d response does not guarantee that a format will be supported; sometimes audio/mp3 gives \u201cmaybe,\u201d but then audio/mpeg; codecs=\"mp3\" will give a more-solid \u201cprobably\u201d response. This can vary by browser or platform, too, depending on native support \u2013 and finally, the user may also be able to install codecs, extending support to include other formats. (Are you excited yet?)\n\nDamn you, warring formats!\n\nNew market and business opportunities go hand-in-hand with technology developments. What we have here is certainly not failure to communicate; rather, we have competing parties shouting loudly in public in attempts to influence mindshare towards a de facto standard for audio and video. Unfortunately, the current situation means that at least two formats are effectively required to serve the majority of users correctly.\n\nAs it currently stands, we have the free and open source software camp of OGG Vorbis/WebM and its proponents (notably, Mozilla, Google and Opera in terms of browser makers), up against the non-free, proprietary and \u2018closed\u2019 camp of MP3 and MPEG4/HE-AAC/H.264 \u2013 which is where you\u2019ll find commitments from Apple and Microsoft, among others. Apple is likely in with H.264 for the long haul, given its use of the format for its iTunes music store and video offerings.\n\nIt is generally held that H.264 is a technically superior format in terms of file size versus quality, but it involves intellectual property and, in many use cases, requires licensing fees. To be fair, there is a business model with H.264 and much has been invested in its development, but this approach is not often the kind that wins over the web. On that front, OGG/WebM may eventually win for being a \u2018free\u2019 format that does not involve a licensing scheme.\n\nClosed software and tools ideologically clash with the open nature of the web, which exists largely thanks to free and open technology. Because of philosophical and business reasons, support for audio and video is fragmented across browsers adopting HTML5 features. It does not help that a large amount of audio and video currently exists in non-free MP3 and MPEG-4 formats. Adoption of <audio> and <video> may be slowed, since it is more complex than <img> and may feel \u2018broken\u2019 to developers when edge cases are encountered. Furthermore, the HTML5 spec does not mandate a single required format. The end result is that, as a developer, you must currently provide at least both MP3 and OGG, for example, to serve most existing HTML5-based user agents.\n\nTransitioning to \n\n\n\nThere will be some growing pains as developers start to pick up the new HTML5 shiny, while balancing the needs of current and older agents that don\u2019t support either <audio> or the preferred format you may choose (for example, MP3). In either event, Flash or other plugins can be used as done traditionally within HTML4 documents to embed and play the relevant audio.\n\n\n\nThe SoundManager 2 page player demo in action.\n\n\n\nIdeally, HTML5 audio should be used whenever possible with Flash as the backup option. A few JavaScript/Flash-based audio player projects exist which balance the two; in attempting to tackle this problem, I develop and maintain SoundManager 2, a JavaScript sound API which transparently uses HTML5 Audio() and, if needed, Flash for playing audio files. The internals can get somewhat ugly, but the transition between HTML4 and HTML5 is going to be just that \u2013 and even with HTML5, you will need some form of format fall-back in addition to graceful degradation.\n\nIt may be safest to fall back to MP3/MP4 formats for inline playback at this time, given wide support via Flash, some HTML5-based browsers and mobile devices. Considering the amount of MP3/MP4 media currently available, it is wiser to try these before falling through to a traditional file download process.\n\nEarly findings\n\nHere is a brief list of behavioural notes, annoyances, bugs, quirks and general weirdness I have found while playing with HTML5-based audio at time of writing (November 2010):\n\nApple iPad/iPhone (iOS 4, iPad 3.2+)\n\n\n\tOnly one sound can be played at a time. If a second sound starts, the first is stopped.\n\tNo auto-play allowed. Sounds follow the pop-up window security model and can only be started from within a user event handler such as onclick/touch, and so on. Otherwise, playback attempts silently fail.\n\tOnce started, a sequence of sounds can be created or played via the \u2018finish\u2019 event of the previous sound (for example, advancing through a playlist without interaction after first track starts).\n\tiPad, iOS 3.2: Occasional \u2018infinite loop\u2019 bug seen where audio does not complete and stop at a sound\u2019s logical end \u2013 instead, it plays again from the beginning. Might be specific to example file format (HE-AAC) encoded from iTunes.\n\n\nApple Safari, OS X Snow Leopard 10.6.5\n\n\n\tCritical bug: Safari 4 and 5 intermittently fail to load or play HTML5 audio on Snow Leopard due to bug(s) in QuickTime X and/or other underlying frameworks. Known Apple \u2018radar\u2019 bug: bugs.webkit.org #32159 (see also, test case.) Amusing side note: Safari on Windows is fine.\n\n\nApple Safari, Windows\n\n\n\tFood for thought: if you download \u201cSafari\u201d alone on Windows, you will not get HTML5 audio/video support (tested in WinXP). You need to download \u201cSafari + QuickTime\u201d to get HTML5 audio/video support within Safari. (As far as I\u2019m aware, Chrome, Firefox and Opera either include decoders or use system libraries accordingly. Presumably IE 9 will use OS-level APIs.)\n\n\nGeneral Quirks\n\n\n\tSeeking and loading, \u2018progress\u2019 events, and calculating bytes loaded versus bytes total should not be expected to be linear, as users can arbitrarily seek within a sound. It appears that some support for HTTP ranges exists, which adds a bit of logic to UI code. Browsers seem to vary slightly in their current implementations of these features.\n\tThe onload event of a sound may be of little relevance, if non-linear loading is involved (see above note re: seeking).\n\tInterestingly (perhaps I missed it), the current spec does not seem to specify a panning or left/right channel mix option.\n\tThe preload attribute values may vary slightly between browsers at this time.\n\n\nUpcoming shiny: HTML5 Audio Data API\n\n\n\n\n\tWith access to audio data, you can incorporate waveform and spectrum elements that make your designs react to music.\n\n\n\nThe HTML5 audio spec does a good job covering the basics of playback, but did not initially get into manipulation or generation of audio on-the-fly, something Flash has had for a number of years now. What if JavaScript could create, monitor and change audio dynamically, like a sort of audio <canvas> element? With that kind of capability, many dynamic audio processing features become feasible and, when combined with other media, can make for some impressive demos.\n\nWhat started as a small idea among a small group of audio and programming enthusiasts grew to inspire a W3C audio incubator group, and continued to establish the Mozilla Audio Data API. Contributors wrote a patch for Firefox which was reviewed and revised, and is now slated to be in the public release of Firefox 4. Some background and demos are also detailed in an article from the BBC R&D blog.\n\nThere are plenty of live demos to see, which give an impression of the new creative ideas this API enables. Many concepts are not new in themselves, but it is exciting to see this sort of thing happening within the native browser context.\n\nMozilla is not alone in this effort; the WebKit folks are also working on a JavaScriptAudioNode interface, which implements similar audio buffering and sample elements.\n\nThe future?\n\nIt is my hope that we\u2019ll see a common format emerge in terms of support across the major browsers for both audio and video; otherwise, support will continue to be fragmented and mildly frustrating to develop for, and that can impede growth of the feature. It\u2019s a big call, but if <img> had lacked a common format back in the wild west era, I doubt the web would have grown to where it is today.\n\nComplaints and nitpicks aside, HTML5 brings excellent progress on the browser multimedia front, and the first signs of native support are a welcome improvement given all audio and video previously relied on plugins. There is good reason to be excited. While there is room for more, support could certainly be much worse \u2013 and as tends to happen with specifications, the implementations targeting them should improve over time.\n\nNote: Thanks to Nate Koechley, who suggested the Audio().canPlayType() response be part of the article title.", "year": "2010", "author": "Scott Schiller", "author_slug": "scottschiller", "published": "2010-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/the-state-of-html5-audio/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 276, "title": "Your jQuery: Now With 67% Less Suck", "contents": "Fun fact: more websites are now using jQuery than Flash.\n\njQuery is an amazing tool that\u2019s made JavaScript accessible to developers and designers of all levels of experience. However, as Spiderman taught us, \u201cwith great power comes great responsibility.\u201d The unfortunate downside to jQuery is that while it makes it easy to write JavaScript, it makes it easy to write really really f*&#ing bad JavaScript. Scripts that slow down page load, unresponsive user interfaces, and spaghetti code knotted so deep that it should come with a bottle of whiskey for the next sucker developer that has to work on it. \n\nThis becomes more important for those of us who have yet to move into the magical fairy wonderland where none of our clients or users view our pages in Internet Explorer. The IE JavaScript engine moves at the speed of an advancing glacier compared to more modern browsers, so optimizing our code for performance takes on an even higher level of urgency.\n\nThankfully, there are a few very simple things anyone can add into their jQuery workflow that can clear up a lot of basic problems. When undertaking code reviews, three of the areas where I consistently see the biggest problems are: inefficient selectors; poor event delegation; and clunky DOM manipulation. We\u2019ll tackle all three of these and hopefully you\u2019ll walk away with some new jQuery batarangs to toss around in your next project.\n\nSelector optimization\n\nSelector speed: fast or slow?\n\nSaying that the power behind jQuery comes from its ability to select DOM elements and act on them is like saying that Photoshop is a really good tool for selecting pixels on screen and making them change color \u2013 it\u2019s a bit of a gross oversimplification, but the fact remains that jQuery gives us a ton of ways to choose which element or elements in a page we want to work with. However, a surprising number of web developers are unaware that all selectors are not created equal; in fact, it\u2019s incredible just how drastic the performance difference can be between two selectors that, at first glance, appear nearly identical. For instance, consider these two ways of selecting all paragraph tags inside a <div> with an ID.\n\n$(\"#id p\");\n\n$(\"#id\").find(\"p\");\n\nWould it surprise you to learn that the second way can be more than twice as fast as the first? Knowing which selectors outperform others (and why) is a pretty key building block in making sure your code runs well and doesn\u2019t frustrate your users waiting for things to happen.\n\nThere are many different ways to select elements using jQuery, but the most common ways can be basically broken down into five different methods. In order, roughly, from fastest to slowest, these are:\n\n\n\t$(\"#id\"); \nThis is without a doubt the fastest selector jQuery provides because it maps directly to the native document.getElementbyId() JavaScript method. If possible, the selectors listed below should be prefaced with an ID selector in conjunction with jQuery\u2019s .find() method to limit the scope of the page that has to be searched (as in the $(\"#id\").find(\"p\") example shown above).\n\t$(\"p\");, $(\"input\");, $(\"form\"); and so on\nSelecting elements by tag name is also fast, since it maps directly to the native document.getElementsByTagname() method.\n\t$(\".class\"); \nSelecting by class name is a little trickier. While still performing very well in modern browsers, it can cause some pretty significant slowdowns in IE8 and below. Why? IE9 was the first IE version to support the native document.getElementsByClassName() JavaScript method. Older browsers have to resort to using much slower DOM-scraping methods that can really impact performance.\n\t$(\"[attribute=value]\");\nThere is no native JavaScript method for this selector to use, so the only way that jQuery can perform the search is by crawling the entire DOM looking for matches. Modern browsers that support the querySelectorAll() method will perform better in certain cases (Opera, especially, runs these searches much faster than any other browser) but, generally speaking, this type of selector is Slowey McSlowersons.\n\t$(\":hidden\");\nLike attribute selectors, there is no native JavaScript method for this one to use. Pseudo-selectors can be painfully slow since the selector has to be run against every element in your search space. Again, modern browsers with querySelectorAll() will perform slightly better here, but try to avoid these if at all possible. If you must use one, try to limit the search space to a specific portion of the page: $(\"#list\").find(\":hidden\");\n\n\nBut, hey, proof is in the performance testing, right? It just so happens that said proof is sitting right here. Be sure to notice the class selector numbers beside IE7 and 8 compared to other browsers and then wonder how the people on the IE team at Microsoft manage to sleep at night. Yikes.\n\nChaining\n\nAlmost all jQuery methods return a jQuery object. This means that when a method is run, its results are returned and you can continue executing more methods on them. Rather than writing out the same selector multiple times over, just making a selection once allows multiple actions to be run on it.\n\nWithout chaining\n\n$(\"#object\").addClass(\"active\");\n$(\"#object\").css(\"color\",\"#f0f\");\n$(\"#object\").height(300);\n\nWith chaining\n\n$(\"#object\").addClass(\"active\").css(\"color\", \"#f0f\").height(300);\n\nThis has the dual effect of making your code shorter and faster. Chained methods will be slightly faster than multiple methods made on a cached selector, and both ways will be much faster than multiple methods made on non-cached selectors. Wait\u2026 \u201ccached selector\u201d? What is this new devilry? \n\nCaching\n\nAnother easy way to speed up your code that seems to be a mystery to developers is the idea of caching your selectors. Think of how many times you end up writing the same selector over and over again in any project. Every $(\".element\") selector has to search the entire DOM each time, regardless of whether or not that selector had been previously run. Running the selection once and then storing the results in a variable means that the DOM only has to be searched once. Once the results of a selector have been cached, you can do anything with them.\n\nFirst, run your search (here we\u2019re selecting all of the <li> elements inside <ul id=\"blocks\">): \n\nvar blocks = $(\"#blocks\").find(\"li\");\n\nNow, you can use the blocks variable wherever you want without having to search the DOM every time.\n\n$(\"#hideBlocks\").click(function() {\n    blocks.fadeOut();\n});\n$(\"#showBlocks\").click(function() {\n    blocks.fadeIn();\n});\n\nMy advice? Any selector that gets run more than once should be cached. This jsperf test shows just how much faster a cached selector runs compared to a non-cached one (and even throws some chaining love in to boot).\n\nEvent delegation\n\nEvent listeners cost memory. In complex websites and apps it\u2019s not uncommon to have a lot of event listeners floating around, and thankfully jQuery provides some really easy methods for handling event listeners efficiently through delegation.\n\nIn a bit of an extreme example, imagine a situation where a 10\u00d710 cell table needs to have an event listener on each cell; let\u2019s say that clicking on a cell adds or removes a class that defines the cell\u2019s background color. A typical way that this might be written (and something I\u2019ve often seen during code reviews) is like so:\n\n$('table').find('td').click(function() {\n    $(this).toggleClass('active');\n});\n\njQuery 1.7 has provided us with a new event listener method, .on(). It acts as a utility that wraps all of jQuery\u2019s previous event listeners into one convenient method, and the way you write it determines how it behaves. To rewrite the above .click() example using .on(), we\u2019d simply do the following:\n\n$('table').find('td').on('click',function() {\n    $(this).toggleClass('active');\n});\n\nSimple enough, right? Sure, but the problem here is that we\u2019re still binding one hundred event listeners to our page, one to each individual table cell. A far better way to do things is to create one event listener on the table itself that listens for events inside it. Since the majority of events bubble up the DOM tree, we can bind a single event listener to one element (in this case, the <table>) and wait for events to bubble up from its children. The way to do this using the .on() method requires only one change from our code above:\n\n$('table').on('click','td',function() {\n    $(this).toggleClass('active');\n});\n\nAll we\u2019ve done is moved the td selector to an argument inside the .on() method. Providing a selector to .on() switches it into delegation mode, and the event is only fired for descendants of the bound element (table) that match the selector (td). With that one simple change, we\u2019ve gone from having to bind one hundred event listeners to just one. You might think that the browser having to do one hundred times less work would be a good thing and you\u2019d be completely right. The difference between the two examples above is staggering.\n\n(Note that if your site is using a version of jQuery earlier than 1.7, you can accomplish the very same thing using the .delegate() method. The syntax of how you write the function differs slightly; if you\u2019ve never used it before, it\u2019s worth checking the API docs for that page to see how it works.)\n\nDOM manipulation\n\njQuery makes it very easy to manipulate the DOM. It\u2019s trivial to create new nodes, insert them, remove other ones, move things around, and so on. While the code to do this is simple to write, every time the DOM is manipulated, the browser has to repaint and reflow content which can be extremely costly. This is no more evident than in a long loop, whether it be a standard for() loop, while() loop, or jQuery $.each() loop.\n\nIn this case, let\u2019s say we\u2019ve just received an array full of image URLs from a database or Ajax call or wherever, and we want to put all of those images in an unordered list. Commonly, you\u2019ll see code like this to pull this off:\n\nvar arr = [reallyLongArrayOfImageURLs]; \n    $.each(arr, function(count, item) {\n        var newImg = '<li><img src=\"'+item+'\"></li>';\n        $('#imgList').append(newImg);\n    });\n\nThere are a couple of problems with this. For one (which you should have already noticed if you\u2019ve read the earlier part of this article), we\u2019re making the $(\"#imgList\") selection once for each iteration of our loop. The other problem here is that each time the loop iterates, it\u2019s adding a new <li> to the DOM. Each of those insertions is going to be costly, and if our array is quite large then this could lead to a massive slowdown or even the dreaded \u2018A script is causing this page to run slowly\u2019 warning.\n\nvar arr = [reallyLongArrayOfImageURLs],\n    tmp = ''; \n$.each(arr, function(count, item) {\n    tmp += '<li><img src=\"'+item+'\"></li>';\n});\n$('#imgList').append(tmp);\n\nAll we\u2019ve done here is create a tmp variable that each <li> is added to as it\u2019s created. Once our loop has finished iterating, that tmp variable will contain all of our list items in memory, and can be appended to our <ul> all in one go. Browsers work much faster when working with objects in memory rather than on screen, so this is a much faster, more CPU-cycle-friendly method of building a list.\n\nWrapping up\n\nThese are far from being the only ways to make your jQuery code run better, but they are among the simplest ones to implement. Though each individual change may only make a few milliseconds of difference, it doesn\u2019t take long for those milliseconds to add up. Studies have shown that the human eye can discern delays of as few as 100ms, so simply making a few changes sprinkled throughout your code can very easily have a noticeable effect on how well your website or app performs. Do you have other jQuery optimization tips to share? Leave them in the comments and help make us all better.\n\nNow go forth and make awesome!", "year": "2011", "author": "Scott Kosman", "author_slug": "scottkosman", "published": "2011-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/your-jquery-now-with-less-suck/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 124, "title": "Writing Responsible JavaScript", "contents": "Without a doubt, JavaScript has been making something of a comeback in the last year. If you\u2019re involved in client-side development in any way at all, chances are that you\u2019re finding yourself writing more JavaScript now than you have in a long time.\n\nIf you learned most of your JavaScript back when DHTML was all the rage and before DOM Scripting was in vogue, there have been some big shifts in the way scripts are written. Most of these are in the way event handlers are assigned and functions declared. Both of these changes are driven by the desire to write scripts that are responsible page citizens, both in not tying behaviour to content and in taking care not to conflict with other scripts. I thought it may be useful to look at some of these more responsible approaches to learn how to best write scripts that are independent of the page content and are safely portable between different applications.\n\nEvent Handling\n\nBack in the heady days of Web 1.0, if you wanted to have an object on the page react to something like a click, you would simply go ahead and attach an onclick attribute. This was easy and understandable, but much like the font tag or the style attribute, it has the downside of mixing behaviour or presentation in with our content. As we\u2019re learned with CSS, there are big benefits in keeping those layers separate. Hey, if it works for CSS, it should work for JavaScript too.\n\nJust like with CSS, instead of adding an attribute to our element within the document, the more responsible way to do that is to look for the item from your script (like CSS does with a selector) and then assign the behaviour to it. To give an example, take this oldskool onclick use case:\n\n<a id=\"anim-link\" href=\"#\" onclick=\"playAnimation()\">Play the animation</a>\n\nThis could be rewritten by removing the onclick attribute, and instead doing the following from within your JavaScript.\n\ndocument.getElementById('anim-link').onclick = playAnimation;\n\nIt\u2019s all in the timing\n\nOf course, it\u2019s never quite that easy. To be able to attach that onclick, the element you\u2019re targeting has to exist in the page, and the page has to have finished loading for the DOM to be available. This is where the onload event is handy, as it fires once everything has finished loading. Common practise is to have a function called something like init() (short for initialise) that sets up all these event handlers as soon as the page is ready.\n\nBack in the day we would have used the onload attibute on the <body> element to do this, but of course what we really want is:\n\nwindow.onload = init;\n\nAs an interesting side note, we\u2019re using init here rather than init() so that the function is assigned to the event. If we used the parentheses, the init function would have been run at that moment, and the result of running the function (rather than the function itself) would be assigned to the event. Subtle, but important.\n\nAs is becoming apparent, nothing is ever simple, and we can\u2019t just go around assigning our initialisation function to window.onload. What if we\u2019re using other scripts in the page that might also want to listen out for that event? Whichever script got there last would overwrite everything that came before it. To manage this, we need a script that checks for any existing event handlers, and adds the new handler to it. Most of the JavaScript libraries have their own systems for doing this. If you\u2019re not using a library, Simon Willison has a good stand-alone example\n\nfunction addLoadEvent(func) {\n\tvar oldonload = window.onload;\n\tif (typeof window.onload != 'function') {\n\t\twindow.onload = func;\n\t} else {\n\t\twindow.onload = function() {\n\t\t\tif (oldonload) {\n\t\t\t\toldonload();\n\t\t\t}\n\t\t\tfunc();\n\t\t}\n\t}\n}\n\nObviously this is just a toe in the events model\u2019s complex waters. Some good further reading is PPK\u2019s Introduction to Events.\n\nCarving out your own space\n\nAnother problem that rears its ugly head when combining multiple scripts on a single page is that of making sure that the scripts don\u2019t conflict. One big part of that is ensuring that no two scripts are trying to create functions or variables with the same names. Reusing a name in JavaScript just over-writes whatever was there before it.\n\nWhen you create a function in JavaScript, you\u2019ll be familiar with doing something like this.\n\nfunction foo() {\n\t... goodness ...\n}\n\nThis is actually just creating a variable called foo and assigning a function to it. It\u2019s essentially the same as the following.\n\nvar foo = function() {\n\t... goodness ...\n}\n\nThis name foo is by default created in what\u2019s known as the \u2018global namespace\u2019 \u2013 the general pool of variables within the page. You can quickly see that if two scripts use foo as a name, they will conflict because they\u2019re both creating those variables in the global namespace.\n\nA good solution to this problem is to add just one name into the global namespace, make that one item either a function or an object, and then add everything else you need inside that. This takes advantage of JavaScript\u2019s variable scoping to contain you mess and stop it interfering with anyone else.\n\nCreating An Object\n\nSay I was wanting to write a bunch of functions specifically for using on a site called \u2018Foo Online\u2019. I\u2019d want to create my own object with a name I think is likely to be unique to me.\n\nvar FOOONLINE = {};\n\nWe can then start assigning functions are variables to it like so:\n\nFOOONLINE.message = 'Merry Christmas!';\nFOOONLINE.showMessage = function() {\n\talert(this.message);\n};\n\nCalling FOOONLINE.showMessage() in this example would alert out our seasonal greeting. The exact same thing could also be expressed in the following way, using the object literal syntax.\n\nvar FOOONLINE = {\n\tmessage: 'Merry Christmas!',\n\tshowMessage: function() {\n\t\talert(this.message);\n\t}\n};\n\nCreating A Function to Create An Object\n\nWe can extend this idea bit further by using a function that we run in place to return an object. The end result is the same, but this time we can use closures to give us something like private methods and properties of our object.\n\nvar FOOONLINE = function(){\n\tvar message = 'Merry Christmas!';\n\treturn {\n\t\tshowMessage: function(){\n\t\t\talert(message);\n\t\t}\n\t}\n}();\n\nThere are two important things to note here. The first is the parentheses at the end of line 10. Just as we saw earlier, this runs the function in place and causes its result to be assigned. In this case the result of our function is the object that is returned at line 4.\n\nThe second important thing to note is the use of the var keyword on line 2. This ensures that the message variable is created inside the scope of the function and not in the global namespace. Because of the way closure works (which if you\u2019re not familiar with, just suspend your disbelief for a moment) that message variable is visible to everything inside the function but not outside. Trying to read FOOONLINE.message from the page would return undefined.\n\nThis is useful for simulating the concept of private class methods and properties that exist in other programming languages. I like to take the approach of making everything private unless I know it\u2019s going to be needed from outside, as it makes the interface into your code a lot clearer for someone else to read. \n\nAll Change, Please\n\nSo that was just a whistle-stop tour of a couple of the bigger changes that can help to make your scripts better page citizens. I hope it makes useful Sunday reading, but obviously this is only the tip of the iceberg when it comes to designing modular, reusable code.\n\nFor some, this is all familiar ground already. If that\u2019s the case, I encourage you to perhaps submit a comment with any useful resources you\u2019ve found that might help others get up to speed. Ultimately it\u2019s in all of our interests to make sure that all our JavaScript interoperates well \u2013 share your tips.", "year": "2006", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2006-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/writing-responsible-javascript/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 233, "title": "Wrapping Things Nicely with HTML5 Local Storage", "contents": "HTML5 is here to turn the web from a web of hacks into a web of applications \u2013 and we are well on the way to this goal. The coming year will be totally and utterly awesome if you are excited about web technologies.\n\nThis year the HTML5 revolution started and there is no stopping it. For the first time all the browser vendors are rallying together to make a technology work. The new browser war is fought over implementation of the HTML5 standard and not over random additions. We live in exciting times.\n\nStarting with a bang\n\nAs with every revolution there is a lot of noise with bangs and explosions, and that\u2019s the stage we\u2019re at right now. HTML5 showcases are often CSS3 showcases, web font playgrounds, or video and canvas examples.\n\nThis is great, as it gets people excited and it gives the media something to show. There is much more to HTML5, though. Let\u2019s take a look at one of the less sexy, but amazingly useful features of HTML5 (it was in the HTML5 specs, but grew at such an alarming rate that it warranted its own spec): storing information on the client-side.\n\nWhy store data on the client-side?\n\nStoring information in people\u2019s browsers affords us a few options that every application should have:\n\n\n\tYou can retain the state of an application \u2013 when the user comes back after closing the browser, everything will be as she left it. That\u2019s how \u2018real\u2019 applications work and this is how the web ones should, too.\n\tYou can cache data \u2013 if something doesn\u2019t change then there is no point in loading it over the Internet if local access is so much faster\n\tYou can store user preferences \u2013 without needing to keep that data on your server at all.\n\n\nIn the past, storing local data wasn\u2019t much fun.\n\nThe pain of hacky browser solutions\n\nIn the past, all we had were cookies. I don\u2019t mean the yummy things you get with your coffee, endorsed by the blue, furry junkie in Sesame Street, but the other, digital ones. Cookies suck \u2013 it isn\u2019t fun to have an unencrypted HTTP overhead on every server request for storing four kilobytes of data in a cryptic format. It was OK for 1994, but really neither an easy nor a beautiful solution for the task of storing data on the client.\n\nThen came a plethora of solutions by different vendors \u2013 from Microsoft\u2019s userdata to Flash\u2019s LSO, and from Silverlight isolated storage to Google\u2019s Gears. If you want to know just how many crazy and convoluted ways there are to store a bit of information, check out Samy\u2019s evercookie.\n\nClearly, we needed an easier and standardised way of storing local data.\n\nKeeping it simple \u2013 local storage\n\nAnd, lo and behold, we have one. The local storage API (or session storage, with the only difference being that session data is lost when the window is closed) is ridiculously easy to use. All you do is call a few methods on the window.localStorage object \u2013 or even just set the properties directly using the square bracket notation:\n\nif('localStorage' in window && window['localStorage'] !== null){\n\tvar store = window.localStorage;\n\n\t// valid, API way\n\t\tstore.setItem(\u2018cow\u2019,\u2018moo\u2019);\n\t\tconsole.log(\n\t\tstore.getItem(\u2018cow\u2019)\n\t); // => \u2018moo\u2019\n\n\t// shorthand, breaks at keys with spaces\n\t\tstore.sheep = \u2018baa\u2019 \n\t\tconsole.log(\n\t\tstore.sheep \n\t); // \u2018baa\u2019\n\n\t// shorthand for all\n\t\tstore[\u2018dog\u2019] = \u2018bark\u2019\n\t\tconsole.log(\n\t\tstore[\u2018dog\u2019]\n\t); // => \u2018bark\u2019\n\n}\n\nBrowser support is actually pretty good: Chrome 4+; Firefox 3.5+; IE8+; Opera 10.5+; Safari 4+; plus iPhone 2.0+; and Android 2.0+. That should cover most of your needs. Of course, you should check for support first (or use a wrapper library like YUI Storage Utility or YUI Storage Lite).\n\nThe data is stored on a per domain basis and you can store up to five megabytes of data in localStorage for each domain.\n\nStrings attached\n\nBy default, localStorage only supports strings as storage formats. You can\u2019t store results of JavaScript computations that are arrays or objects, and every number is stored as a string. This means that long, floating point numbers eat into the available memory much more quickly than if they were stored as numbers.\n\nvar cowdesc = \"the cow is of the bovine ilk, \"+\n\t\t\"one end is for the moo, the \"+\n\t\t\"other for the milk\";\n\nvar cowdef = {\n\tilk\u201cbovine\u201d,\n\tlegs,\n\tudders,\n\tpurposes\n\t\tfront\u201cmoo\u201d,\n\t\tend\u201cmilk\u201d\n\t}\n};\n\nwindow.localStorage.setItem(\u2018describecow\u2019,cowdesc);\nconsole.log(\n\twindow.localStorage.getItem(\u2018describecow\u2019)\n); // => the cow is of the bovine\u2026 \n\nwindow.localStorage.setItem(\u2018definecow\u2019,cowdef);\nconsole.log(\n\twindow.localStorage.getItem(\u2018definecow\u2019)\n); // => [object Object] = bad!\n\nThis limits what you can store quite heavily, which is why it makes sense to use JSON to encode and decode the data you store:\n\nvar cowdef = {\n\t\"ilk\":\"bovine\",\n\t\"legs\":4,\n\t\"udders\":4,\n\t\"purposes\":{\n\t\"front\":\"moo\",\n\t\"end\":\"milk\"\n\t}\n};\n\nwindow.localStorage.setItem(\u2018describecow\u2019,JSON.stringify(cowdef));\nconsole.log(\n\tJSON.parse(\n\t\twindow.localStorage.getItem(\u2018describecow\u2019)\n\t)\n); // =>  Object { ilk=\u201cbovine\u201d,  more\u2026}\n\nYou can also come up with your own formatting solutions like CSV, or pipe | or tilde ~ separated formats, but JSON is very terse and has native browser support.\n\nSome use case examples\n\nThe simplest use of localStorage is, of course, storing some data: the current state of a game; how far through a multi-form sign-up process a user is; and other things we traditionally stored in cookies. Using JSON, though, we can do cooler things.\n\nSpeeding up web service use and avoiding exceeding the quota\n\nA lot of web services only allow you a certain amount of hits per hour or day, and can be very slow. By using localStorage with a time stamp, you can cache results of web services locally and only access them after a certain time to refresh the data.\n\nI used this technique in my An Event Apart 10K entry, World Info, to only load the massive dataset of all the world information once, and allow for much faster subsequent visits to the site. The following screencast shows the difference:\n\n\n\nFor use with YQL (remember last year\u2019s 24 ways entry?), I\u2019ve built a small script called YQL localcache that wraps localStorage around the YQL data call. An example would be the following:\n\nyqlcache.get({\n\tyql: 'select * from flickr.photos.search where text=\"santa\"',\n\tid: 'myphotos',\n\tcacheage: ( 60*60*1000 ),\n\tcallback: function(data) {\n\t\tconsole.log(data);\n\t}\n});\n\nThis loads photos of Santa from Flickr and stores them for an hour in the key myphotos of localStorage. If you call the function at various times, you receive an object back with the YQL results in a data property and a type property which defines where the data came from \u2013 live is live data, cached means it comes from cache, and freshcache indicates that it was called for the first time and a new cache was primed. The cache will work for an hour (60\u00d760\u00d71,000 milliseconds) and then be refreshed. So, instead of hitting the YQL endpoint over and over again, you hit it once per hour.\n\nCaching a full interface\n\nAnother use case I found was to retain the state of a whole interface of an application by caching the innerHTML once it has been rendered. I use this in the Yahoo Firehose search interface, and you can get the full story about local storage and how it is used in this screencast:\n\n\n\nThe stripped down code is incredibly simple (JavaScript with PHP embed):\n\n// test for localStorage support\nif(('localStorage' in window) && window['localStorage'] !== null){\n\nvar f = document.getElementById(\u2018mainform\u2019);\n// test with PHP if the form was sent (the submit button has the name \u201csent\u201d)\n\n\n\t// get the HTML of the form and cache it in the property \u201cstate\u201d\n\tlocalStorage.setItem(\u2018state\u2019,f.innerHTML);\n\n// if the form hasn\u2019t been sent\u2026\n\n\n\t// check if a state property exists and write back the HTML cache\n\tif(\u2018state\u2019 in localStorage){\n\t\tf.innerHTML = localStorage.getItem(\u2018state\u2019);  \n\t}\n\n\t\n\n}\n\nOther ideas\n\nIn essence, you can use local storage every time you need to speed up access. For example, you could store image sprites in base-64 encoded datasets instead of loading them from a server. Or you could store CSS and JavaScript libraries on the client. Anything goes \u2013 have a play.\n\nIssues with local and session storage\n\nOf course, not all is rainbows and unicorns with the localStorage API. There are a few niggles that need ironing out. As with anything, this needs people to use the technology and raise issues. Here are some of the problems:\n\n\n\tInadequate information about storage quota \u2013 if you try to add more content to an already full store, you get a QUOTA_EXCEEDED_ERR and that\u2019s it. There\u2019s a great explanation and test suite for localStorage quota available.\n\tLack of automatically expiring storage \u2013 a feature that cookies came with. Pamela Fox has a solution (also available as a demo and source code)\n\tLack of encrypted storage \u2013 right now, everything is stored in readable strings in the browser.\n\n\nBigger, better, faster, more!\n\nAs cool as the local and session storage APIs are, they are not quite ready for extensive adoption \u2013 the storage limits might get in your way, and if you really want to go to town with accessing, filtering and sorting data, real databases are what you\u2019ll need. And, as we live in a world of client-side development, people are moving from heavy server-side databases like MySQL to NoSQL environments.\n\nOn the web, there is also a lot of work going on, with Ian Hickson of Google proposing the Web SQL database, and Nikunj Mehta, Jonas Sicking (Mozilla), Eliot Graff (Microsoft) and Andrei Popescu (Google) taking the idea beyond simply replicating MySQL and instead offering Indexed DB as an even faster alternative.\n\nOn the mobile front, a really important feature is to be able to store data to use when you are offline (mobile coverage and roaming data plans anybody?) and you can use the Offline Webapps API for that.\n\nAs I mentioned at the beginning, we have a very exciting time ahead \u2013 let\u2019s make this web work faster and more reliably by using what browsers offer us. For more on local storage, check out the chapter on Dive into HTML5.", "year": "2010", "author": "Christian Heilmann", "author_slug": "chrisheilmann", "published": "2010-12-06T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/html5-local-storage/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 181, "title": "Working With RGBA Colour", "contents": "When Tim and I were discussing the redesign of this site last year, one of the clear goals was to have a graphical style without making the pages heavy with a lot of images. When we launched, a lot of people were surprised that the design wasn\u2019t built with PNGs. Instead we\u2019d used RGBA colour values, which is part of the CSS3 specification.\n\nWhat is RGBA Colour?\n\nWe\u2019re all familiar with specifying colours in CSS using by defining the mix of red, green and blue light required to achieve our tone. This is fine and dandy, but whatever values we specify have one thing in common \u2014 the colours are all solid, flat, and well, a bit boring.\n\n Flat RGB colours\n\nCSS3 introduces a couple of new ways to specify colours, and one of those is RGBA. The A stands for Alpha, which refers to the level of opacity of the colour, or to put it another way, the amount of transparency. This means that we can set not only the red, green and blue values, but also control how much of what\u2019s behind the colour shows through. Like with layers in Photoshop.\n\nDon\u2019t We Have Opacity Already?\n\nThe ability to set the opacity on a colour differs subtly from setting the opacity on an element using the CSS opacity property. Let\u2019s look at an example.\n\nHere we have an H1 with foreground and background colours set against a page with a patterned background.\n\n Heading with no transparency applied\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n}\n\nBy setting the CSS opacity property, we can adjust the transparency of the entire element and its contents:\n\n Heading with 50% opacity on the element\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n\topacity: 0.5;\n}\n\nRGBA colour gives us something different \u2013 the ability to control the opacity of the individual colours rather than the entire element. So we can set the opacity on just the background:\n\n 50% opacity on just the background colour\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.5);\n}\n\nOr leave the background solid and change the opacity on just the text:\n\n 50% opacity on just the foreground colour\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n}\n\nThe How-To\n\nYou\u2019ll notice that above I\u2019ve been using the rgb() syntax for specifying colours. This is a bit less common than the usual hex codes (like #FFF) but it makes sense when starting to use RGBA. As there\u2019s no way to specify opacity with hex codes, we use rgba() like so:\n\ncolor: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.5);\n\nJust like rgb() the first three values are red, green and blue. You can specify these 0-255 or 0%-100%. The fourth value is the opacity level from 0 (completely transparent) to 1 (completely opaque).\n\nYou can use this anywhere you\u2019d normally set a colour in CSS \u2014 so it\u2019s good for foregrounds and background, borders, outlines and so on. All the transparency effects on this site\u2019s current design are achieved this way.\n\nSupporting All Browsers\n\nLike a lot of the features we\u2019ll be looking at in this year\u2019s 24 ways, RGBA colour is supported by a lot of the newest browsers, but not the rest. Firefox, Safari, Chrome and Opera browsers all support RGBA, but Internet Explorer does not.\n\nFortunately, due to the robust design of CSS as a language, we can specify RGBA colours for browsers that support it and an alternative for browsers that do not.\n\nFalling back to solid colour\n\nThe simplest technique is to allow the browser to fall back to using a solid colour when opacity isn\u2019t available. The CSS parsing rules specify that any unrecognised value should be ignored. We can make use of this because a browser without RGBA support will treat a colour value specified with rgba() as unrecognised and discard it.\n\nSo if we specify the colour first using rgb() for all browsers, we can then overwrite it with an rgba() colour for browsers that understand RGBA.\n\nh1 {\n\tcolor: rgb(127, 127, 127);\n\tcolor: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5);\n}\n\nFalling back to a PNG\n\nIn cases where you\u2019re using transparency on a background-color (although not on borders or text) it\u2019s possible to fall back to using a PNG with alpha channel to get the same effect. This is less flexible than using CSS as you\u2019ll need to create a new PNG for each level of transparency required, but it can be a useful solution.\n\nUsing the same principal as before, we can specify the background in a style that all browsers will understand, and then overwrite it in a way that browsers without RGBA support will ignore.\n\nh1 {\n\tbackground: transparent url(black50.png);\n\tbackground: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5) none;\n}\n\nIt\u2019s important to note that this works because we\u2019re using the background shorthand property, enabling us to set both the background colour and background image in a single declaration. It\u2019s this that enables us to rely on the browser ignoring the second declaration when it encounters the unknown rgba() value.\n\nNext Steps\n\nThe really great thing about RGBA colour is that it gives us the ability to create far more graphically rich designs without the need to use images. Not only does that make for faster and lighter pages, but sites which are easier and quicker to build and maintain. CSS values can also be changed in response to user interaction or even manipulated with JavaScript in a way that\u2019s just not so easy using images.\n\n Opacity can be changed on :hover or manipulated with JavaScript\n\ndiv {\n\tcolor: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.8);\n\tbackground-color: rgba(142, 213, 87, 0.3);\n}\ndiv:hover {\n\tcolor: rgba(255, 255, 255, 1);\n\tbackground-color: rgba(142, 213, 87, 0.6);\n}\n\nClever use of transparency in border colours can help ease the transition between overlay items and the page behind.\n\n Borders can receive the RGBA treatment, too\n\ndiv {\n\tcolor: rgb(0, 0, 0);\n\tbackground-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);\n\tborder: 10px solid rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.3);\n}\n\nIn Conclusion\n\n\nThat\u2019s a brief insight into RGBA colour, what it\u2019s good for and how it can be used whilst providing support for older browsers. With the current lack of support in Internet Explorer, it\u2019s probably not a technique that commercial designs will want to heavily rely on right away \u2013 simply because of the overhead of needing to think about fallback all the time. \n\nIt is, however, a useful tool to have for those smaller, less critical touches that can really help to finesse a design. As browser support becomes more mainstream, you\u2019ll already be familiar and practised with RGBA and ready to go.", "year": "2009", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2009-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/working-with-rgba-colour/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 28, "title": "Why You Should Design for Open Source", "contents": "Let\u2019s be honest. Most designers don\u2019t like working for nothing. We rally against spec work and make a stand for contracts and getting paid. That\u2019s totally what you should do as a professional designer in the industry. It\u2019s your job. It\u2019s your hard-working skill. It\u2019s your bread and butter. Get paid.\n\nHowever, I\u2019m going to make a case for why you could also consider designing for open source. First, I should mention that not all open source work is free work. Some companies hire open source contributors to work on their projects full-time, usually because that project is used by said company. There are other companies that encourage open source contribution and even offer 20%-time for these projects (where you can spend one day a week contributing to open source). These are super rad situations to be in. However, whether you\u2019re able to land a gig doing this type of work, or you\u2019ve decided to volunteer your time and energy, designing for open source can be rewarding in many other ways.\n\nPortfolio building\n\nNew designers often find themselves in a catch-22 situation: they don\u2019t have enough work experience showcased in their portfolio, which leads to them not getting much work because their portfolio is bare. These new designers often turn to unsolicited redesigns to fill their portfolio. An unsolicited redesign is a proof of concept in which a designer attempts to redesign a popular website. You can see many of these concepts on sites like Dribbble and Behance and there are even websites dedicated to showcasing these designs, such as Uninvited Designs. There\u2019s even a subreddit for them.\n\nThere are quite a few negative opinions on unsolicited redesigns, though some people see things from both sides. If you feel like doing one or two of these to fill your portfolio, that\u2019s of course up to you. But here\u2019s a better suggestion. Why not contribute design for an open source project instead?\n\nYou can easily find many projects in great need of design work, from branding to information design, documentation, and website or application design. The benefits to doing this are far better than an unsolicited redesign. You get a great portfolio piece that actually has greater potential to get used (especially if the core team is on board with it). It\u2019s a win-win situation.\n\nNot all designers are in need of portfolio filler, but there are other benefits to contributing design.\n\nGiving back to the community\n\nMy first experience with voluntary work was when I collaborated with my friend, Vineet Thapar, on a pro bono project for the W3C\u2019s Web Accessibility Initiative redesign project back in 2004. I was very excited to contribute CSS to a website that would get used by the W3C! Unfortunately, it decided to go a different direction and my work did not get used. However, it was still pretty exciting to have the opportunity, and I don\u2019t regret a moment of that work. I learned a lot about accessibility from this experience and it helped me land some of the jobs I\u2019ve had since.\n\nAlmost a decade later, I got super into Sass. One of the core maintainers, Chris Eppstein, lamented on Twitter one day that the Sass website and brand was in dire need of design help. That led to the creation of an open source task force, Team Sass Design, and we revived the brand and the website, which launched at SassConf in 2013.\n\nIt helped me in my current job. I showed it during my portfolio review when I interviewed for the role. Then I was able to use inspiration from a technique I\u2019d tried on the Sass website to help create the more feature-rich design system that my team at work is building. But most importantly, I soon learned that it is exhilarating to be a part of the Sass community. This is the biggest benefit of all. It feels really good to give back to the technology I love and use for getting my work done.\n\nBen Werdmuller writes about the need for design in open source. It\u2019s great to see designers contributing to open source in awesome ways. When A List Apart\u2019s website went open source, Anna Debenham contributed by helping build its pattern library. Bevan Stephens worked with FontForge on the design of its website. There are also designers who have created their own open source projects. There\u2019s Dan Cederholm\u2019s Pears, which shares common patterns in markup and style. There\u2019s also Brad Frost\u2019s Pattern Lab, which shares his famous method of atomic design and applies it to a design system. These systems and patterns have been used in real-world projects, such as RetailMeNot, so designers have contributed to the web in an even larger way simply by putting their work out there for others to use. That\u2019s kind of fun to think about.\n\nHow to get started\n\nSo are you stoked about getting into the open source community? That\u2019s great!\n\nInitially, you might get worried or uncomfortable in getting involved. That\u2019s okay. But first consider that the project is open source for a reason. Your contribution (no matter how large or small) can help in a big way.\n\nIf you find a project you\u2019re interested in helping, make sure you do your research. Sometimes project team members will be attached to their current design. Is there already a designer on the core team? Reach out to that designer first. Don\u2019t be too aggressive with why you think your design is better than theirs. Rather, offer some constructive feedback and a proposal of what would make the design better. Chances are, if the designer cares about the project, and you make a strong case, they\u2019ll be up for it.\n\nAre there contribution guidelines? It\u2019s proper etiquette to read these and follow the community\u2019s rules. You\u2019ll have a better chance of getting your work accepted, and it shows that you take the time to care and add to the overall quality of the project. Does the project lack guidelines? Consider starting a draft for that before getting started in the design.\n\nWhen contributing to open source, use your initiative to solve problems in a manageable way. Huge pull requests are hard to review and will often either get neglected or rejected. Work in small, modular, and iterative contributions.\n\nSo this is my personal take on what I\u2019ve learned from my experience and why I love open source. I\u2019d love to hear from you if you have your own experience in doing this and what you\u2019ve learned along the way as well. Please share in the comments!\n\nThanks Drew McLellan, Eric Suzanne, Kyle Neath for sharing their thoughts with me on this!", "year": "2014", "author": "Jina Anne", "author_slug": "jina", "published": "2014-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/why-you-should-design-for-open-source/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 205, "title": "Why Design Systems Fail", "contents": "Design systems are so hot right now, and for good reason. They promote a modular approach to building a product, and ensure organizational unity and stability via reusable code snippets and utility styles. They make prototyping a breeze, and provide a common language for both designers and developers.\nA design system is a culmination of several individual components, which can include any or all of the following (and more):\n\nStyle guide or visual pattern library\nDesign tooling (e.g. Sketch Library)\nComponent library (where the components live in code)\nCode usage guidelines and documentation\nDesign usage documentation\nVoice and tone guideline\nAnimation language guideline\n\nDesign systems are standalone (internal or external) products, and have proven to be very effective means of design-driven development. However, in order for a design system to succeed, everyone needs to get on board.\nI\u2019d like to go over a few considerations to ensure design system success and what could hinder that success.\nOrganizational Support\nPut simply, any product, including internal products, needs support. Something as cross-functional as a design system, which spans every vertical project team, needs support from the top and bottom levels of your organization. \nWhat I mean by that is that there needs to be top-level support from project managers up through VP\u2019s to see the value of a design system, to provide resources for its implementation, and advocate for its use company-wide. This is especially important in companies where such systems are being put in place on top of existing, crufty codebases, because it may mean there needs to be some time and effort put in the calendar for refactoring work.\nSupport from the bottom-up means that designers and engineers of all levels also need to support this system and feel responsibility for it. A design system is an organization\u2019s product, and everyone should feel confident contributing to it. If your design system supports external clients as well (such as contractors), they too can become valuable teammates.\nA design system needs support and love to be nurtured and to grow. It also needs investment.\nInvestment\nTo have a successful design system, you need to make a continuous effort to invest resources into it. I like to compare this to working out.\nYou can work out intensely for 3 months and see some gains, but once you stop working out, those will slowly fade away. If you continue to work out, even if its less often than the initial investment, you\u2019ll see yourself maintaining your fitness level at a much higher rate than if you stopped completely. \nIf you invest once in a design system (say, 3 months of overhauling it) but neglect to keep it up, you\u2019ll face the same situation. You\u2019ll see immediate impact, but that impact will fade as it gets out of sync with new designs and you\u2019ll end up with strange, floating bits of code that nobody is using. Your engineers will stop using it as the patterns become outdated, and then you\u2019ll find yourself in for another round of large investment (while dreading going through the process since its fallen so far out of shape).\n\nWith design systems, small incremental investments over time lead to big gains overall.\n\nWith this point, I also want to note that because of how they scale, design systems can really make a large impact across the platform, making it extremely important to really invest in things like accessibility and solid architecture from the start. You don\u2019t want to scale a brittle system that\u2019s not easy to use.\nTake care of your design systems, and keep working on them to ensure their effectiveness. One way to ensure this is to have a dedicated team working on this design system, managing tickets and styling updates that trickle out to the rest of your company.\nResponsibility\nWith some kind of team to act as an owner of a design system, whether it be the design team, engineering team, or a new team\nmade of both designers and engineers (the best option), your company is more likely to keep a relevant, up-to-date system that doesn\u2019t break.\nThis team is responsible for a few things:\n\nHelping others get set up on the system (support)\nDesigning and building components (development)\nAdvocating for overall UI consistency and adherence (evangelism)\nCreating a rollout plan and update system (product management)\n\nAs you can see, these are a lot of roles, so it helps to have multiple people on this team, at least part of the time, if you can. One thing I\u2019ve found to be effective in the past is to hold office hours for coworkers to book slots within to help them get set up and to answer any questions about using the system. Having an open Slack channel also helps for this sort of thing, as well as for bringing up bugs/issues/ideas and being an channel for announcements like new releases.\nCommunication\nOnce you have resources and a plan to invest in a design system, its really important that this person or team acts as a bridge between design and engineering. Continuous communication is really important here, and the way you communicate is even more important.\nRemember that nobody wants to be told what to do or prescribed a solution, especially developers, who are used to a lot of autonomy (usually they get to choose their own tools at work). Despite how much control the other engineers have on the process, they need to feel like they have input, and feel heard.\nThis can be challenging, especially since ultimately, some party needs to be making a final decision on direction and execution. Because it\u2019s a hard balance to strike, having open communication channels and being as transparent as possible as early as possible is a good start.\nBuy-in\nFor all of the reasons we\u2019ve just looked over, good communication is really important for getting buy-in from your users (the engineers and designers), as well as from product management.\n\nBuilding and maintaining a design system is surprisingly a lot of people-ops work.\n\nTo get buy-in where you don\u2019t have a previous concensus that this is the right direction to take, you need to make people want to use your design system. A really good way to get someone to want to use a product is to make it the path of least resistance, to show its value.\nGather examples and usage wins, because showing is much more powerful than telling.\nIf you can, have developers use your product in a low-stakes situation where it provides clear benefits. Hackathons are a great place to debut your design system. Having a hackathon internally at DigitalOcean was a perfect opportunity to:\n\nEvangelize for the design system\nSee what people were using the component library for and what they were struggling with (excellent user testing there)\nGet user feedback afterward on how to improve it in future iterations\nLet people experience the benefits of using it themselves\n\nThese kinds of moments, where people explore on their own are where you can really get people on your side and using the design system, because they can get their hands on it and draw their own conclusions (and if they don\u2019t love it \u2014 listen to them on how to improve it so that they do). We don\u2019t always get so lucky as to have this sort of instantaneous user feedback from our direct users.\nArchitecture\nI briefly mentioned the scalable nature of design systems. This is exactly why it\u2019s important to develop a solid architecture early on in the process. Build your design system with growth and scalability in mind. What happens if your company acquires a new product? What happens when it develops a new market segment? How can you make sure there\u2019s room for customization and growth?\nA few things we\u2019ve found helpful include:\nNamespacing\nUse namespacing to ensure that the system doesn\u2019t collide with existing styles if applying it to an existing codebase. This means prefixing every element in the system to indicate that this class is a part of the design system. To ensure that you don\u2019t break parts of the existing build (which may have styled base elements), you can namespace the entire system inside of a parent class. Sass makes this easy with its nested structure. \nThis kind of namespacing wouldn\u2019t be necessary per se on new projects, but it is definitely useful when integrating new and old styles.\nSemantic Versioning\nI\u2019ve used Semantic Versioning on all of the design systems I\u2019ve ever worked on. Semantic versioning uses a system of Major.Minor.Patch for any updates. You can then tag released on Github with versioned updates and ensure that someone\u2019s app won\u2019t break unintentionally when there is an update, if they are anchored to a specific version (which they should be).\nWe also use this semantic versioning as a link with our design system assets at DigitalOcean (i.e. Sketch library) to keep them in sync, with the same version number corresponding to both Sketch and code.\nOur design system is served as a node module, but is also provided as a series of built assets using our CDN for quick prototyping and one-off projects. For these built assets, we run a deploy script that automatically creates folders for each release, as well as a latest folder if someone wanted the always-up-to-date version of the design system. \nSo, semantic versioning for the system I\u2019m currently building is what links our design system node module assets, sketch library assets, and statically built file assets.\nThe reason we have so many ways of consuming our design system is to make adoption easier and to reduce friction.\nFriction\nA while ago, I posed the question of why design systems become outdated and unused, and a major conclusion I drew from the conversation was:\n\n\u201cIf it\u2019s harder for people to use than their current system, people just won\u2019t use it\u201d\n\nYou have to make your design system the path of least resistance, lowering cognitive overhead of development, not adding to it. This is vital. A design system is intended to make development much more efficient, enforce a consistent style across sites, and allow for the developer to not worry as much about small decisions like naming and HTML semantics. These are already sorted out for them, meaning they can focus on building product.\nBut if your design system is complicated and over-engineered, they may find it frustrating to use and go back to what they know, even if its not the best solution. If you\u2019re a Sass expert, and base your system on complex mixins and functions, you better hope your user (the developer) is also a Sass expert, or wants to learn. This is often not the case, however. You need to talk to your audience.\nWith the DigitalOcean design system, we provide a few options:\nOption 1\nUsers can implement the component library into a development environment and use Sass, select just the components they want to include, and extend the system using a hook-based system. This is the most performant and extensible output. Only the components that are called upon are included, and they can be easily extended using mixins.\nBut as noted earlier, not everyone wants to work this way (including Sass a dependency and potentially needing to set up a build system for it and learn a new syntax). There is also the user who just wants to throw a link onto their page and have it look nice, and thats where our versioned built assets come in.\nOption 2\nWith Option 2, users pull in links that are served via a CDN that contain JS, CSS, and our SVG icon library. The code is a bit bigger than the completely customized version, but often this isn\u2019t the aim when people are using Option 2.\nReducing friction for adoption should be a major goal of your design system rollout.\nConclusion\nHaving a design system is really beneficial to any product, especially as it grows. In order to have an effective system, it\u2019s important to primarily always keep your user in mind and garner support from your entire company. Once you have support and acceptance, this system will flourish and grow. Make sure someone is responsible for it, and make sure its built with a solid foundation from the start which will be carefully maintained toward the future. Good luck, and happy holidays!", "year": "2017", "author": "Una Kravets", "author_slug": "unakravets", "published": "2017-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/why-design-systems-fail/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 1, "title": "Why Bother with Accessibility?", "contents": "Web accessibility (known in other fields as inclusive design or universal design) is the degree to which a website is available to as many people as possible. Accessibility is most often used to describe how people with disabilities can access the web.\n\nHow we approach accessibility\n\nIn the web community, there\u2019s a surprisingly inconsistent approach to accessibility. There are some who are endlessly dedicated to accessible web design, and there are some who believe it so intrinsic to the web that it shouldn\u2019t be considered a separate topic. Still, of those who are familiar with accessibility, there\u2019s an overwhelming number of designers, developers, clients and bosses who just aren\u2019t that bothered.\n\nOver the last few months I\u2019ve spoken to a lot of people about accessibility, and I\u2019ve heard the same reasons to ignore it over and over again. Let\u2019s take a look at the most common excuses.\n\nExcuse 1: \u201cPeople with disabilities don\u2019t really use the web\u201d\n\nAccessibility will make your site available to more people \u2014 the inclusion case\n\nIn the same way that the accessibility of a building isn\u2019t just about access for wheelchair users, web accessibility isn\u2019t just about blind users and screen readers. We can affect positively the lives of many people by making their access to the web easier.\n\nThere are four main types of disability that affect use of the web:\n\n\n\tVisual\n\tBlindness, low vision and colour-blindness\n\tAuditory\n\tProfoundly deaf and hard of hearing\n\tMotor\n\tThe inability to use a mouse, slow response time, limited fine motor control\n\tCognitive\n\tLearning difficulties, distractibility, the inability to focus on large amounts of information\n\n\nNone of these disabilities are completely black and white\n\nExamining deafness, it\u2019s clear from the medical scale that there are many grey areas between full hearing and total deafness:\n\n\n\tmild\n\tmoderate\n\tmoderately severe\n\tsevere\n\tprofound\n\ttotally deaf\n\n\nFor eyesight, and brain conditions that affect what users see, there is a huge range of conditions and challenges:\n\n\n\tastigmatism\n\tcolour blindness\n\takinetopsia (motion blindness)\n\tscotopic visual sensitivity (visual stress related to light)\n\tvisual agnosia (impaired recognition or identification of objects)\n\n\nWhile we might have medical and government-recognised definitions that tell us what makes a disability, day-to-day life is not so straightforward. People experience varying degrees of different conditions, and often one or more conditions at a time, creating a false divide when you view disability in terms of us and them.\n\nImpairments aren\u2019t always permanent\n\nAs we age, we\u2019re more likely to experience different levels of visual, auditory, motor and cognitive impairments. We might have an accident or illness that affects us temporarily. We might struggle more earlier or later in the day. There are so many little physiological factors that affect the way people interact with the web that we can\u2019t afford to make any assumptions based on our own limited experiences.\n\nImpairments might be somewhere between the user and the website\n\nThere are also impairments that aren\u2019t directly related to the user. Environmental factors have a huge effect on the way people interact with the web. These could be:\n\n\n\tLow bandwidth, or intermittent internet connection\n\tBright light, rain, or other weather-based conditions\n\tNoisy environments, or a location where the user doesn\u2019t want to disturb their neighbours with sound\n\tBrowsing with mobile devices, games consoles and other non-desktop devices\n\tBrowsing with legacy browsers or operating systems\n\n\nSuch environmental factors show that it\u2019s not just those with physical impairments who benefit from more accessible websites. We started designing responsive websites so we could be more future-friendly, and with a shared goal of better optimised experiences, accessibility should be at the core of responsive web design.\n\nExcuse 2: \u201cWe don\u2019t want to affect the experience for the majority of our users\u201d\n\nAccessibility will improve your site for all your users \u2014 the usability case\n\nOn a basic level, the different disability groups, as shown in the inclusion case, equate to simple usability goals:\n\n\n\tVisual \u2013 make it easy to read\n\tAuditory \u2013 make it easy to hear\n\tMotor \u2013 make it easy to interact\n\tCognitive \u2013 make it easy to understand and focus\n\n\nTaking care to ensure good usability in these areas will also have an impact on accessibility. Unless your site is catering specifically to a particular disability, where extreme optimisation is most beneficial, taking care to design with accessibility in mind will rarely negatively affect the experience of your wider audience.\n\nExcuse 3: \u201cWe don\u2019t have the budget for accessibility\u201d\n\nAccessibility will make you money \u2014 the business case\n\nBy reducing your audience through ignoring accessibility, you\u2019re potentially excluding the income from those users. Designing with accessibility in mind from the beginning of a project makes it easier to make small inexpensive optimisations as part of the design and development process, rather than bolting on costly updates to increase your potential audience later on.\n\nThe following are excerpts from a white paper about companies that increased the accessibility of their websites to comply with government regulation.\n\n\n\tImprovements in accessibility doubled Legal and General\u2019s life insurance sales online.\n\n\n\n\tImprovements in accessibility increased Tesco\u2019s grocery home delivery sales by \u00a313 million in 2005\u2026 To their surprise they found that many normal visitors preferred the ease of navigation and improved simplicity of the [parallel] accessible site and switched to use it. Tesco have replaced their \u2018normal\u2019 site with their accessible version and expect a further increase in revenues.\n\n\n\n\tImprovements in accessibility increased Virgin.net sales by 68%.\n\n\nStatistics all from WSI white paper: Improve your website\u2019s usability and accessibility to increase sales (PDF).\n\nExcuse 4: \u201cAccessible websites are ugly\u201d\n\nAccessibility won\u2019t stop your site from being beautiful \u2014 the beauty case\n\nMany people use ugly accessible websites as proof that all accessible websites are ugly. This just isn\u2019t the case. I\u2019ve compiled some examples of beautiful and accessible websites with screenshots of how they look through the Color Oracle simulator and how they perform when run through Webaim\u2019s Wave accessibility checker tool.\n\nWhile automated tools are no substitute for real users, they can help you learn more about good practices, and give you guidance on where your site needs improvements to make it more accessible.\n\nAmazon.co.uk\n\nIt may not be a decorated beauty, but Amazon is often first in functional design. It\u2019s a huge website with a lot of interactive content, but it generates just five errors on the Wave test, and is easy to read under a Color Oracle filter.\n\n Screenshot of Amazon website\n Screenshot of Amazon\u2019s Wave results \u2013 five errors\n Screenshot of Amazon through a Color Oracle filter\n\n24 ways\n\nWhen Tim Van Damme redesigned 24 ways back in 2007, it was a striking and unusual design that showed what could be achieved with CSS and some imagination. Despite the complexity of the design, it gets an outstanding zero errors on the Wave test, and is still readable under a Color Oracle filter.\n\n Screenshot of pre-2013 24 ways website design\n Screenshot of 24 ways Wave results \u2013 zero errors\n Screenshot of 24ways through a Color Oracle filter\n\nOpera\u2019s Shiny Demos\n\nDemos and prototypes are notorious for ignoring accessibility, but Opera\u2019s Shiny Demos site shows how exploring new technologies doesn\u2019t have to exclude anyone. It only gets one error on the Wave test, and looks fine under a Color Oracle filter.\n\n Screenshot of Opera\u2019s Shiny Demos website\n Screenshot of Opera\u2019s Shiny Demos Wave results \u2013 1 error\n Screenshot of Opera\u2019s Shiny Demos through a Color Oracle filter\n\nSoundCloud\n\nWhen a site is more app-like, relying on more interaction from the user, accessibility can be more challenging. However, SoundCloud only gets one error on the Wave test, and the colour contrast holds up well under a Color Oracle filter.\n\n Screenshot of SoundCloud website\n Screenshot of SoundCloud\u2019s Wave results \u2013 one error\n Screenshot of SoundCloud through a Color Oracle filter\n\nEducation and balance\n\nAs with most web design, doing accessibility well is about combining your knowledge of accessibility with your project\u2019s context to create a balance that serves your users\u2019 needs. Your types of content and interactions will dictate one set of constraints. Your users\u2019 needs and goals will dictate another. In broad terms, web design as a practice is finding the equilibrium between these constraints.\n\nAnd then there\u2019s just caring. The web as a platform is open, affordable and available to many. Accessibility is our way to ensure that nobody gets shut out.", "year": "2013", "author": "Laura Kalbag", "author_slug": "laurakalbag", "published": "2013-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/why-bother-with-accessibility/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 60, "title": "What\u2019s Ahead for Your Data in 2016?", "contents": "Who owns your data? Who decides what can you do with it? Where can you store it? What guarantee do you have over your data\u2019s privacy? Where can you publish your work? Can you adapt software to accommodate your disability? Is your tiny agency subject to corporate regulation? Does another country have rights over your intellectual property?\nIf you aren\u2019t the kind of person who is interested in international politics, I hate to break it to you: in 2016 the legal foundations which underpin our work on the web are being revisited in not one but three major international political agreements, and every single one of those questions is up for grabs. These agreements \u2013 the draft EU Data Protection Regulation (EUDPR), the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), and the draft Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) \u2013 stand poised to have a major impact on your data, your workflows, and your digital rights. While some proposed changes could protect the open web for the future, other provisions would set the internet back several decades.\nIn this article we will review the issues you need to be aware of as a digital professional. While each of these agreements covers dozens of topics ranging from climate change to food safety, we will focus solely on the aspects which pertain to the work we do on the web.\nThe Trans-Pacific Partnership\nThe Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) is a free trade agreement between the US, Japan, Malaysia, Vietnam, Singapore, Brunei, Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Mexico, Chile and Peru \u2013 a bloc comprising 40% of the world\u2019s economy. The agreement is expected to be signed by all parties, and thereby to come into effect, in 2016. This agreement is ostensibly about the bloc and its members working together for their common interests. However, the latest draft text of the TPP, which was formulated entirely in secret, has only been made publicly available on a Medium blog published by the U.S. Trade Representative which features a patriotic banner at the top proclaiming \u201cTPP: Made in America.\u201d The message sent about who holds the balance of power in this agreement, and whose interests it will benefit, is clear.\nBy far the most controversial area of the TPP has centred around the provisions on intellectual property. These include copyright terms of up to 120 years, mandatory takedowns of allegedly infringing content in response to just one complaint regardless of that complaint\u2019s validity, heavy and disproportionate penalties for alleged violations, and \u2013 most frightening of all \u2013 government seizures of equipment allegedly used for copyright violations. All of these provisions have been raised without regard for the fact that a trade agreement is not the appropriate venue to negotiate intellectual property law.\nOther draft TPP provisions would restrict the digital rights of people with disabilities by banning the workarounds they use every day. These include no exemptions for the adaptations of copywritten works for use in accessible technology (such as text-to-speech in ebook readers), a ban on circumventing DRM or digital locks in order to convert a file to an accessible format, and requiring the takedown of adapted works, such as a video with added subtitles, even if that adaptation would normally have fallen under the definition of fair use.\nThe e-commerce provisions would prohibit data localisation, the practice of requiring data to be physically stored on servers within a country\u2019s borders. Data localisation is growing in popularity following the Snowden revelations, and some of your own personal data may have been recently \u201clocalised\u201d in response to the Safe Harbor verdict. Prohibiting data localisation through the TPP would address the symptom but not the cause.\nThe Electronic Frontier Foundation has published an excellent summary of the digital rights issues raised by the agreement along with suggested actions American readers can take to speak out.\nTransatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership\nTTIP stands for the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership, a draft free trade agreement between the United States and the EU. The plan has been hugely controversial and divisive, and the internet and digital provisions of the draft form just a small part of that contention.\nThe most striking digital provision of TTIP is an attempt to circumvent and override European data protection law. As EDRI, a European digital rights organisation, noted:\n\n\u201cthe US proposal would authorise the transfer of EU citizens\u2019 personal data to any country, trumping the EU data protection framework, which ensures that this data can only be transferred in clearly defined circumstances. For years, the US has been trying to bypass the default requirement for storage of personal data in the EU. It is therefore not surprising to see such a proposal being {introduced} in the context of the trade negotiations.\u201d\n\nThis draft provision was written before the Safe Harbor data protection agreement between the EU and US was invalidated by the Court of Justice of the European Union. In other words, there is no longer any protective agreement in place, and our data is as vulnerable as this political situation. However, data protection is a matter of its own law, the acting Data Protection Directive and the draft EU Data Protection Reform. A trade agreement, be it the TTIP or the TPP, is not the appropriate place to revamp a law on data protection.\nOther digital law issues raised by TTIP include the possibility of renegotiating standards on encryption (which in practice means lowering them) and renegotiating intellectual property rights such as copyright. The spectre of net neutrality has even put in an appearance, with an attempt to introduce rules on access to the internet itself being introduced as provisions.\nTTIP is still under discussion, and this month the EU trade representative said that \u201cwe agreed to further intensify our work during 2016 to help negotiations move forward rapidly.\u201d This has been cleverly worded: this means the agreement has little chance of being passed or coming into effect in 2016, which buys civil society more precious time to speak out.\nThe EU Data Protection Regulation\nOn 15 December 2015 the European Commission announced their agreement on the text of the draft General Data Protection Regulation. This law will replace its predecessor, the EU Data Protection Regulation of 1995, which has done a remarkable job of protecting data privacy across the continent throughout two decades of constant internet evolution.\nThe goal of the reform process has been to return power over data, and its uses, to citizens. Users will have more control over what data is captured about them, how it is used, how it is retained, and how it can be deleted. Businesses and digital professionals, in turn, will have to restructure their relationships with client and customer data. Compliance obligations will increase, and difficult choices will have to be made. However, this time should be seen as an opportunity to rethink our relationship with data. After Snowden, Schrems, and Safe Harbor, it is clear that we cannot go back to the way things were before. In an era of where every one of our heartbeats is recorded on a wearable device and uploaded to a surveilled data centre in another country, the need for reform has never been more acute.\nWhile texts of the draft GDPR are available, there is not enough mulled wine in the world that will help you get through them. Instead, the law firm Fieldfisher Waterhouse has produced this helpful infographic which will give you a good idea of the changes we can expect to see (view full size):\n\nThe most surprising outcome announced on 15 December was the new regulation\u2019s teeth. Under the new law, companies that fail to heed the updated data protection rules will face fines of up to 4% of their global turnover. Additionally, the law expands the liability for data protection to both the controller (the company hosting the data) and the data processor (the company using the data). The new law will also introduce a one-stop shop for resolving concerns over data misuse. Companies will no longer be able to headquarter their European operations in countries which are perceived to have relatively light-touch data protection enforcement (that means you, Ireland) as a means of automatically rejecting any complaints filed by citizens outside that country.\nFor digital professionals, the most immediate concern is analytics. In fact, I am going to make a prediction: in 2016 we will begin to see the same misguided war on analytics that we saw on cookies. By increasing the legal liabilities for both data processors and controllers \u2013 in other words, the company providing the analytics as well as the site administrator studying them \u2013 the new regulation risks creating disproportionate burdens as well as the same \u201cguilt by association\u201d risks we saw in 2012. There have already been statements made by some within the privacy community that analytics are tracking, and tracking is surveillance, therefore analytics are evil. Yet \u201cjust don\u2019t use analytics,\u201d as was suggested by one advocate, is simply not an option. European regulators should consult with the web community to gain a clear understanding of why analytics are vital to everyday site administrators, and must find a happy medium that protects users\u2019 data without criminalising every website by default. No one wants a repeat of the crisis of consent, as well as the scaremongering, caused by the cookie law.\nAssuming the text is adopted in 2016, the new EU Data Protection Regulation would not come into effect until 2018. We have a considerable challenge ahead, but we also have plenty of time to get it right.", "year": "2015", "author": "Heather Burns", "author_slug": "heatherburns", "published": "2015-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/whats-ahead-for-your-data-in-2016/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 299, "title": "What the Heck Is Inclusive Design?", "contents": "Naming things is hard. And I don\u2019t just mean CSS class names and JSON properties. Finding the right term for what we do with the time we spend awake and out of bed turns out to be really hard too.\nI\u2019ve variously gone by \u201cfront-end developer\u201d, \u201cuser experience designer\u201d, and \u201caccessibility engineer\u201d, all clumsy and incomplete terms for labeling what I do as an\u2026 erm\u2026 see, there\u2019s the problem again.\nIt\u2019s tempting to give up entirely on trying to find the right words for things, but this risks summarily dispensing with thousands of years spent trying to qualify the world around us. So here we are again.\nRecently, I\u2019ve been using the term \u201cinclusive design\u201d and calling myself an \u201cinclusive designer\u201d a lot. I\u2019m not sure where I first heard it or who came up with it, but the terminology feels like a good fit for the kind of stuff I care to do when I\u2019m not at a pub or asleep.\nThis article is about what I think \u201cinclusive design\u201d means and why I think you might like it as an idea.\nIsn\u2019t \u2018inclusive design\u2019 just \u2018accessibility\u2019 by another name?\nNo, I don\u2019t think so. But that\u2019s not to say the two concepts aren\u2019t related. Note the \u2018design\u2019 part in \u2018inclusive design\u2019 \u2014 that\u2019s not just there by accident. Inclusive design describes a design activity; a way of designing things.\nThis sets it apart from accessibility \u2014 or at least our expectations of what \u2018accessibility\u2019 entails. Despite every single accessibility expert I know (and I know a lot) recommending that accessibility should be integrated into design process, it is rarely ever done. Instead, it is relegated to an afterthought, limiting its effect.\nThe term \u2018accessibility\u2019 therefore lacks the power to connote design process. It\u2019s not that we haven\u2019t tried to salvage the term, but it\u2019s beginning to look like a lost cause. So maybe let\u2019s use a new term, because new things take new names. People get that.\nThe \u2018access\u2019 part of accessibility is also problematic. Before we get ahead of ourselves, I don\u2019t mean access is a problem \u2014 access is good, and the more accessible something is  the better. I mean it\u2019s not enough by itself.\nImagine a website filled with poorly written and lackadaisically organized information, including a bunch of convoluted and confusing functionality. To make this site accessible is to ensure no barriers prevent people from accessing the content. \nBut that doesn\u2019t make the content any better. It just means more people get to suffer it. \nWhoopdidoo.\nAccess is certainly a prerequisite of inclusion, but accessibility compliance doesn\u2019t get you all the way there. It\u2019s possible to check all the boxes but still be left with an unusable  interface. And unusable interfaces are necessarily inaccessible ones. Sure, you can take an unusable interface and make it accessibility compliant, but that only placates stakeholders\u2019 lawyers, not users. Users get little value from it.\nSo where have we got to? Access is important, but inclusion is bigger than access. Inclusive design means making something valuable, not just accessible, to as many people as we can.\nSo inclusive design is kind of accessibility + UX?\nCloser, but there are some problems with this definition.\nUX is, you will have already noted, a broad term encompassing activities ranging from conducting research studies to optimizing the perceived affordance of interface elements. But overall, what I take from UX is that it\u2019s the pursuit of making interfaces  understandable.\nAs it happens, WCAG 2.0 already contains an \u2018Understandable\u2019 principle covering provisions such as readability, predictability and feedback. So you might say accessibility \u2014 at least as described by WCAG \u2014 already covers UX.\nUnfortunately, the criteria are limited, plus some really important stuff (like readability) is relegated to the AAA level; essentially \u201cbonus points if you get the time (you won\u2019t).\u201d\nSo better to let UX folks take care of this kind of thing. It\u2019s what they do. Except, therein lies a danger. UX professionals don\u2019t tend to be well versed in accessibility, so their \u2018solutions\u2019 don\u2019t tend to work for that many people. My friend Billy Gregory coined the term SUX, or \u201cSome UX\u201d: if it doesn\u2019t work for different users, it\u2019s only doing part of the job it should be. \nSUX won\u2019t do, but it\u2019s not just a disability issue. All sorts of user circumstances go unchecked when you\u2019re shooting straight for what people like, and bypassing what people need: device type, device settings, network quality, location, native language, and available time to name just a few.\nIn short, inclusive design means designing things for people who aren\u2019t you, in your situation. In my experience, mainstream UX isn\u2019t very good at that. By bolting accessibility onto mainstream UX we labor under the misapprehension that most people have a \u2018normal\u2019 experience, a few people are exceptions, and that all of the exceptions pertain to disability directly.\nSo inclusive design isn\u2019t really about disability?\nIt is about disability, but not in the same way as accessibility. Accessibility (as it is typically understood, anyway) aims to make sure things work for people with clinically recognized disabilities. Inclusive design aims to make sure things work for people, not forgetting those with clinically recognized disabilities. A subtle, but not so subtle, difference.\nLet\u2019s go back to discussing readability, because that\u2019s a good example. Now: everyone benefits from readable text; text with concise sentences and widely-understood words. It certainly helps people with cognitive impairments, but it doesn\u2019t hinder folks who have less trouble with comprehension. In fact, they\u2019ll more than likely be thankful for the time saved and the clarity. Readable text covers the whole gamut. It\u2019s \u2014 you\u2019ve got it \u2014 inclusive.\nLegibility is another one. A clear, well-balanced typeface makes the reading experience less uncomfortable and frustrating for all concerned, including those who have various forms of visual dyslexia. Again, everyone\u2019s happy \u2014 so why even contemplate a squiggly, sketchy typeface? Leave well alone.\nContrast too. No one benefits from low contrast; everyone benefits from high contrast. Simple. There\u2019s no more work involved, it just entails better decision making. And that\u2019s what design is really: decision making.\nHow about zoom support? If you let your users pinch zoom on their phones they can compensate for poor eyesight, but they can also increase the touch area of controls, inspect detail in images, and compose better screen shots. Unobtrusively supporting options like zoom makes interfaces much more inclusive at very little cost.\nAnd when it comes to the underlying HTML code, you\u2019re in luck: it has already been designed, from the outset, to be inclusive. HTML is a toolkit for inclusion. Using the right elements for the job doesn\u2019t just mean the few who use screen readers benefit, but keyboard accessibility comes out-of-the-box, you can defer to browser behavior rather than writing additional scripts, the code is easier to read and maintain, and editors can create content that is effortlessly presentable. \nWait\u2026 are you talking about universal design?\nHmmm. Yes, I guess some folks might think of \u201cuniversal design\u201d and \u201cinclusive design\u201d as synonymous. I just really don\u2019t like the term universal in this context. \nThe thing is, it gives the impression that you should be designing for absolutely everyone in the universe. Though few would adopt a literal interpretation of \u201cuniversal\u201d in this context, there are enough developers who would deliberately misconstrue the term and decry universal design as an impossible task. I\u2019ve actually had people push back by saying, \u201cwhat, so I\u2019ve got to make it work for people who are allergic to computers? What about people in comas?\u201d\nFor everyone\u2019s sake, I think the term \u2018inclusive\u2019 is less misleading. Of course you can\u2019t make things that everybody can use \u2014 it\u2019s okay, that\u2019s not the aim. But with everything that\u2019s possible with web technologies, there\u2019s really no need to exclude people in the vast numbers that we usually are. \nAccessibility can never be perfect, but by thinking inclusively from planning, through prototyping to production, you can cast a much wider net. That means more and happier users at very little if any more effort.\nIf you like, inclusive design is the means and accessibility is the end \u2014 it\u2019s just that you get a lot more than just accessibility along the way.\nConclusion\nThat\u2019s inclusive design. Or at least, that\u2019s a definition for a thing I think is a good idea which I identify as inclusive design. I\u2019ll leave you with a few tips.\nInvolve code early\nWeb interfaces are made of code. If you\u2019re not working with code, you\u2019re not working on the interface. That\u2019s not to say there\u2019s anything wrong with sketching or paper prototyping  \u2014 in fact, I recommend paper prototyping in my book on inclusive design. Just work with code as soon as you can, and think about code even before that. Maintain a pattern library of coded solutions and omit any solutions that don\u2019t adhere to basic accessibility guidelines.\nRespect conventions\nYour content should be fresh, inventive, radical. Your interface shouldn\u2019t. Adopt accepted conventions in the appearance, placement and coding of interface elements. Users aren\u2019t there to experience interface design; they\u2019re there to use an interface. In other words: stop showing off (unless, of course, the brief is to experiment with new paradigms in interface design, for an audience of interface design researchers).\nDon\u2019t be exact\n\u201cPerfection is the enemy of good\u201d. But the pursuit of perfection isn\u2019t just to be avoided because nothing ever gets finished. Exacting design also makes things inflexible and brittle. If your design depends on elements retaining precise coordinates, they\u2019ll break easily when your users start adjusting font settings or zooming. Choose not to position elements exactly or give them fixed, \u201cmagic number\u201d dimensions. Make less decisions in the interface so your users can make more decisions for it.\nEnforce simplicity\nThe virtue of simplicity is difficult to overestimate. The simpler an interface is, the easier it is to use for all kinds of users. Simpler interfaces require less code to make too, so there\u2019s an obvious performance advantage. There are many design decisions that require user research, but keeping things simple is always the right thing to do. Not simplified or simple-seeming or simplistic, but simple. \nDo a little and do it well, for as many people as you can.", "year": "2016", "author": "Heydon Pickering", "author_slug": "heydonpickering", "published": "2016-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/what-the-heck-is-inclusive-design/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 306, "title": "What next for CSS Grid Layout?", "contents": "In 2012 I wrote an article for 24 ways detailing a new CSS Specification that had caught my eye, at the time with an implementation only in Internet Explorer. What I didn\u2019t realise at the time was that CSS Grid Layout was to become a theme on which I would base the next four years of research, experimentation, writing and speaking. \nAs I write this article in December 2016, we are looking forward to CSS Grid Layout being shipped in Chrome and Firefox. What will ship early next year in those browsers is expanded and improved from the early implementation I explored in 2012. Over the last four years the spec has been developed as part of the CSS Working Group process, and has had input from browser engineers, specification writers and web developers. Use cases have been discussed, and features added.\nThe CSS Grid Layout specification is now a Candidate Recommendation. This status means the spec is to all intents and purposes, finished. The discussions now happening are on fine implementation details, and not new feature ideas. It makes sense to draw a line under a specification in order that browser vendors can ship complete, interoperable implementations. That approach is good for all of us, it makes development far easier if we know that a browser supports all of the features of a specification, rather than working out which bits are supported. However it doesn\u2019t mean that works stops here, and that new use cases and features can\u2019t be proposed for future levels of Grid Layout. Therefore, in this article I\u2019m going to take a look at some of the things I think grid layout could do in the future. I would love for these thoughts to prompt you to think about how Grid - or any CSS specification - could better suit the use cases you have.\nSubgrid - the missing feature of Level 1\nThe implementation of CSS Grid Layout in Chrome, Firefox and Webkit is comparable and very feature complete. There is however one standout feature that has not been implemented in any browser as yet - subgrid. Once you set the value of the display property to grid, any direct children of that element become grid items. This is similar to the way that flexbox behaves, set display: flex and all direct children become flex items. The behaviour does not apply to children of those items. You can nest grids, just as you can nest flex containers, but the child grids have no relationship to the parent.\n\nNesting Grids by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nThe subgrid behaviour would enable the grid defined on the parent to be used by the children. I feel this would be most useful when working with a multiple column flexible grid - for example a typical 12 column grid. I could define a grid on a wrapper, then position UI elements on that grid - from the major structural elements of my page down through the child elements to a form where I wanted the field to line up with items above.\nThe specification contained an initial description of subgrid, with a value of subgrid for grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows, you can read about this in the August 2015 Working Draft. This version of the specification would have meant you could declare a subgrid in one dimension only, and create a different set of tracks in the other.\nIn an attempt to get some implementation of subgrid, a revised specification was proposed earlier this year. This gives a single subgrid value of the display property. As we now cannot specify a subgrid on rows OR columns this limits us to have a subgrid that works in two dimensions. At this point neither version has been implemented by anyone, and subgrids are marked as \u201cat risk\u201d in the Level 1 Candidate Recommendation. With regard to \u2018at-risk\u2019 this is explained as follows:\n\n\u201c\u2018At-risk\u2019 is a W3C Process term-of-art, and does not necessarily imply that the feature is in danger of being dropped or delayed. It means that the WG believes the feature may have difficulty being interoperably implemented in a timely manner, and marking it as such allows the WG to drop the feature if necessary when transitioning to the Proposed Rec stage, without having to publish a new Candidate Rec without the feature first.\u201d \n\nIf we lose subgrid from Level 1, as it looks likely that we will, this does give us a chance to further discuss and iterate on that feature. My current thoughts are that I\u2019m not completely happy about subgrids being tied to both dimensions and feel that a return to the earlier version, or something like it, would be preferable. \nFurther reading about subgrid\n\nMy post from 2015 detailing why I feel subgrid is important\nMy post based on the revised specification\nEric Meyer\u2019s thoughts on subgrid\nWrite-up of a discussion from Igalia who work on the Blink and Webkit browser implementations\n\nStyling cells, tracks and areas\nHaving defined a grid with CSS Grid Layout you can place child elements into that grid, however what you can\u2019t do is style the grid tracks or cells. Grid doesn\u2019t even go as far as multiple column layout, which has the column-rule properties.\nIn order to set a background colour on a grid cell at the moment you would have to add an empty HTML element or insert some generated content as in the below example. I\u2019m using a 1 pixel grid gap to fake lines between grid cells, and empty div elements, and some generated content to colour those cells.\n\nFaked backgrounds and borders by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nI think it would be a nice addition to Grid Layout to be able to directly add backgrounds and borders to cells, tracks and areas. There is an Issue raised in the CSS WG Drafts repository for Decorative Grid Cell pseudo-elements, if you want to add thoughts to that.\nMore control over auto placement\nIf you haven\u2019t explicitly placed the direct children of your grid element they will be laid out according to the grid auto placement rules. You can see in this example how we have created a grid and the items are placing themselves into cells on that grid.\n\nItems auto-place on a defined grid by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nThe auto-placement algorithm is very cool. We can position some items, leaving others to auto-place; we can set items to span more than one track; we can use the grid-auto-flow property with a value of dense to backfill gaps in our grid.\n\nWebsafe colors meet CSS Grid (auto-placement demo) by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\nI think however this could be taken further. In this issue posted to my CSS Grid AMA on GitHub, the question is raised as to whether it would be possible to ask grid to place items on the next available line of a certain name. This would allow you to skip tracks in the grid when using auto-placement, an issue that has also been raised by Emil Bj\u00f6rklund in this post to the www-style list prior to spec discussion moving to Github. I think there are probably similar issues, if you can think of one add a comment here.\nCreating non-rectangular grid areas\nA grid area is a collection of grid cells, defined by setting the start and end lines for columns and rows or by creating the area in the value of the grid-template-areas property as shown below. Those areas however must be rectangular - you can\u2019t create an L-shaped or otherwise non-regular shape.\n\nGrid Areas by Rachel Andrew (@rachelandrew) on CodePen.\n\nPerhaps in the future we could define an L-shape or other non-rectangular area into which content could flow, as in the below currently invalid code where a quote is embedded into an L-shaped content area.\n.wrapper {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-areas:\n      \"sidebar header  header\"\n      \"sidebar content quote\"\n      \"sidebar content content\";\n}\nFlowing content through grid cells or areas\nSome uses cases I have seen perhaps are not best solved by grid layout at all, but would involve grid working alongside other CSS specifications. As I detail in this post, there are a class of problems that I believe could be solved with the CSS Regions specification, or a revised version of that spec.\nBeing able to create a grid layout, then flow content through the areas could be very useful. Jen Simmons presented to the CSS Working Group at the Lisbon meeting a suggestion as to how this might work.\nIn a post from earlier this year I looked at a collection of ideas from specifications that include Grid, Regions and Exclusions. These working notes from my own explorations might prompt ideas of your own.\nSolving the keyboard/layout disconnect\nOne issue that grid, and flexbox to a lesser extent, raises is that it is very easy to end up with a layout that is disconnected from the underlying markup. This raises problems for people navigating using the keyboard as when tabbing around the document you find yourself jumping to unexpected places. The problem is explained by L\u00e9onie Watson with reference to flexbox in Flexbox and the keyboard navigation disconnect.\nThe grid layout specification currently warns against creating such a disconnect, however I think it will take careful work by web developers in order to prevent this. It\u2019s also not always as straightforward as it seems. In some cases you want the logical order to follow the source, and others it would make more sense to follow the visual. People are thinking about this issue, as you can read in this mailing list discussion.\nBringing your ideas to the future of Grid Layout\nWhen I\u2019m not getting excited about new CSS features, my day job involves working on a software product - the CMS that is serving this very website, Perch. When we launched Perch there were many use cases that we had never thought of, despite having a good idea of what might be needed in a CMS and thinking through lots of use cases. The additional use cases brought to our attention by our customers and potential customers informed the development of the product from launch. The same will be true for Grid Layout.\nAs a \u201cproduct\u201d grid has been well thought through by many people. Yet however hard we try there will be use cases we just didn\u2019t think of. You may well have one in mind right now. That\u2019s ok, because as with any CSS specification, once Level One of grid  is complete, work can begin on Level Two. The feature set of Level Two will be informed by the use cases that emerge as people get to grips with what we have now.\nThis is where you get to contribute to the future of layout on the web. When you hit up against the things you cannot do, don\u2019t just mutter about how the CSS Working Group don\u2019t listen to regular developers and code around the problem. Instead, take a few minutes and write up your use case. Post it to your blog, to Medium, create a CodePen and go to the CSS Working Group GitHub specs repository and post an issue there. Write some pseudo-code, draw a picture, just make sure that the use case is described in enough detail that someone can see what problem you want grid to solve. It may be that - as with any software development - your use case can\u2019t be solved in exactly the way you suggest. However once we have a use case, collected with other use cases, methods of addressing that class of problems can be investigated. \nI opened this article by explaining I\u2019d written about grid layout four years ago, and how we\u2019re only now at a point where we will have Grid Layout available in the majority of browsers. Specification development, and implementation into browsers takes time. This is actually a good thing, as it\u2019s impossible to take back CSS once it is out there and being used by production websites. We want CSS in the wild to be well thought through and that takes time. So don\u2019t feel that because you don\u2019t see your use case added to a spec immediately it has been ignored. Do your future self a favour and write down your frustrations or thoughts, and we can all make sure that the web platform serves the use cases we\u2019re dealing with now and in the future.", "year": "2016", "author": "Rachel Andrew", "author_slug": "rachelandrew", "published": "2016-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/what-next-for-css-grid-layout/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 176, "title": "What makes a website successful? It might not be what you expect!", "contents": "What makes some sites succeed and others fail? Put another way, when you are asked to redesign an existing website, what problems are you looking out for and where do you concentrate your efforts?\n\nI would argue that as web designers we spend too much time looking at the wrong kind of problem.\n\nI recently ran a free open door consultancy clinic to celebrate the launch of my new book (yes I know, two shameless plugs in one sentence). This involved various website owners volunteering their sites for review. Both myself and the audience then provided feedback.\n\nWhat quickly became apparent is that the feedback being given by the audience was biased towards design and development.\n\nAlthough their comments were excellent it focused almost exclusively on the quality of code, site aesthetics and usability. To address these issues in isolation is similar to treating symptoms and ignoring the underlying illness.\n\nCure the illness not the symptoms\n\nPoor design, bad usability and terribly written code are symptoms of bigger problems. Often when we endeavour to address these symptoms, we meet resistance from our clients and become frustrated. This is because our clients are still struggling with fundamental concepts we take for granted.\n\nBefore we can address issues of aesthetics, usability and code, we need to tackle business objectives, calls to action and user tasks. Without dealing with these fundamental principles our clients\u2019 website will fail.\n\nLet me address each in turn:\n\nUnderstand the business objectives\n\nDo you ask your clients why they have a website? It feels like an obvious question. However, it is surprising how many clients do not have an answer.\n\nWithout having a clear idea of the site\u02bcs business objectives, the client has no way to know whether it is succeeding. This means they have no justification for further investment and that leads to quibbling over every penny.\n\nHowever most importantly, without clearly defined business aims they have no standard against which to base their decisions. Everything becomes subjective and that will inevitably lead to problems.\n\nBefore we start discussing design, usability and development, we need to focus our clients on establishing concrete business objectives. This will provide a framework for decision making during the development phase.\n\nThis will not only help the client make decisions, it will also focus them on the business and away from micro managing the design.\n\nEstablish clear calls to action\n\nOnce business objectives have been set this opens up the possibility to establish clear calls to action.\n\nI am amazed at how few website owners can name their calls to action. However, I am even more staggered at how few web designers ask about them.\n\nCalls to action are not just limited to ecommerce sites. Whether you are asking people to sign up for a newsletter or complete a contact us form, every site should have a desired objective for users.\n\nWhat is more, each page of a site should have micro calls to action that always draw users on and never leave them at a dead end.\n\nWithout clearly defined calls to action you cannot successfully design a site, structure the user experience or measure its success. They bring focus to the site and encourage the client to concentrate their efforts on helping people reach those goals.\n\nOf course in order to know if a call to action is going to work, it is necessary to do some user testing.\n\nTest against the right tasks\n\nAs web designers we all like to boast about being \u02bbuser centric\u02bc whatever that means! However, in reality I think many of us are paying lip service to the subject.\n\nSure, we ask our clients about who their users are and maybe even do some usability testing. However, usability testing is no good if we are not asking the right questions.\n\nAgain we find ourselves working on a superficial level rather than tackling the deeper issues.\n\nClients find it relatively easy to tell you who their target audience is. Admittedly the list they come back with is often overly long and contains a lot of edge cases. However, where they begin to struggle is articulating what these users will want to achieve on the website. They know who they want to reach. However, they cannot always tell you why those people would be interested in the site.\n\nThese user tasks are another fundamental building block for any successful website. Although it is important for a website owner to understand what their objectives are and what they want users to do, it is even more important that they understand the users objectives as well.\n\nAgain, this provides context for the decisions they are making about design, usability and functionality. Without it the site will become self serving, largely ignoring the needs of users.\n\nUser tasks help to focus the client\u02bcs mind on the needs of their user, rather than what they can get out of them.\n\nSo am I claiming that design, usability and code do not matter? Well the shocking truth is that to some extent I am!\n\nThe shocking truth\n\nWhether we like it or not there is significant evidence that you can create a successful website with bad design, terrible code and without ever running a usability test session.\n\nYou only need to look at the design of Craigslist or the code of Amazon to see that this is true.\n\nHowever, I do not believe it is possible to build a successful website without business objectives, calls to action and a clear idea of user tasks.\n\nDo not misunderstand me. I do believe design, usability and code matters. I just believe that they only matter if the fundamentals are already in place. These things improve a solid foundation but are no use in their own right.\n\nAs web designers it is our responsibility to ensure fundamental questions are being asked, before we start exploring other issues. If we do not, our websites will look great, be well coded and have gone through endless usability tests, however it will not be truly successful.", "year": "2009", "author": "Paul Boag", "author_slug": "paulboag", "published": "2009-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/what-makes-a-website-successful/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 113, "title": "What Your Turkey Can Teach You About Project Management", "contents": "The problem with project management is that everyone thinks it\u2019s boring. Well, that\u2019s not really the problem. The problem is that everyone thinks it\u2019s boring but it\u2019s still really important. Project management is what lets you deliver your art \u2013 whether that be design or development. \n\nIn the same way, a Christmas dinner cooked by a brilliant chef with no organizational skills is disastrous \u2013 courses arrive in the wrong order, some things are cold whilst others are raw and generally it\u2019s a trip to the ER waiting to happen. Continuing the Christmas dinner theme, here are my top tips for successful projects, wrapped up in a nice little festive analogy. Enjoy!\n\nTip 1: Know What You\u2019re Aiming For\n\n(Turkey? Ham? Both??)\n\nThe underlying cause for the failure of so many projects is mismatched expectations. Christmas dinner cannot be a success if you serve glazed ham and your guests view turkey as the essential Christmas dinner ingredient. It doesn\u2019t matter how delicious and well executed your glazed ham is, it\u2019s still fundamentally just not turkey. You might win one or two adventurous souls over, but the rest will go home disappointed.\n\nAdd to the mix the fact that most web design projects are nowhere near as emotive as Christmas dinner (trust me, a ham vs turkey debate will rage much longer than a fixed vs fluid debate in normal human circles) and the problem is compounded. In particular, as technologists, we forget that our ability to precisely imagine the outcome of a project, be it a website, a piece of software, or similar, is much more keenly developed than the average customer of such projects. \n\nSo what\u2019s the solution? Get very clear, from the very beginning, on exactly what the project is about. What are you trying to achieve? How will you measure success? Is the presence of turkey a critical success factor?\n\nSummarize all this information in some form of document (in PM-speak, it\u2019s called a Project Initiation Document typically). Ideally, get the people who are the real decision makers to sign their agreement to that summary in their own blood. Well, you get the picture, I suppose actual blood is not strictly necessary, but a bit of gothic music to set the tone can be useful!\n\nTip 2: Plan at the Right Level of Detail\n\nHugely detailed and useless Gantt charts are a personal bugbear of mine. For any project, you should plan at the appropriate level of detail (and in an appropriate format) for the project itself. In our Christmas dinner example, it may be perfectly fine to have a list of tasks for the preparation work, but for the intricate interplay of oven availability and cooking times, something more complex is usually due. Having cooked roast dinners for fourteen in a student house where only the top oven and two of the rings on the hob actually worked, I can attest to the need for sequence diagrams in some of these situations!\n\nThe mistake many small teams make is to end up with a project plan that is really the amalgamation of their individual todo lists. What is needed is a project plan that will:\n\n\n\treflect reality\n\tbe easy to update\n\thelp to track progress (i.e. are we on track or not?)\n\n\nA good approach is to break your project into stages (each representing something tangible) and then into deliverables (again, something tangible for each milestone, else you\u2019ll never know if you\u2019ve hit it or not!). \n\nMy personal rule of thumb is that the level of granularity needed on most projects is 2-3 days \u2013 i.e. we should never be more than two to three days from a definitive milestone which will either be complete or not. The added advantage of this approach is that if find yourself off track, you can only be two to three days off track\u2026 much easier to make up than if you went weeks or even months working hard but not actually delivering what was needed!\n\nIn our Christmas dinner example, there are a number of critical milestones \u2013 a tick list of questions. Do we have all the ingredients? Check. Has the turkey been basted? Check. On the actual day, the sequencing and timing will mean more specific questions: It\u2019s 12pm. Are the Brussels sprouts cooked to death yet? Check. (Allowing for the extra hour of boiling to go from soft and green to mushy and brown\u2026 Yeuch!) \n\nTip 3: Actively Manage Risks and Issues\n\nA risk is something that could go wrong. An issue is something that has already gone wrong. Risks and issues are where project management superstars are born. Anyone can manage things when everything is going according to plan; it\u2019s what you do when Cousin Jim refuses to eat anything but strawberry jam sandwiches that sorts the men from the boys. \n\nThe key with a Christmas dinner, as with any project, is to have contingency plans for the most likely and most damaging risks. These depend on your own particular situation, but some examples might be:\n\n \n\t\t\n\t\t\tRISK\n\t\t\tCONTINGENCY PLAN\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tCousin Jim is a picky eater.\n\t\t\tHave strawberry jam and sliced white bread on hand to placate.\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tPrime organic turkey might not be available at Waitrose on Christmas eve.\n\t\t\tShop in advance!\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tYou live somewhere remote that seems to lose power around Christmas on a disturbingly regular basis.\n\t\t\t(number of options here depending on how far you want to go\u2026)\n\n\t\t\t\t\tBuy a backup generator.\n\n\t\t\t\t\tInvent a new cooking method using only candles.\n\n\t\t\t\t\tStock up on \u201cChristmas dinner in a tin\u201d.\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tYour mother in law is likely to be annoying.\n\t\t\tBottle of sherry at the ready (whether it\u2019s for you or her, you can decide!).\n\t\t\n \n\n\nThe point of planning in advance is so that most of your issues don\u2019t blindside you \u2013 you can spring into action with the contingency plan immediately. This leaves you with plenty of ingenuity and ability to cope in reserve for those truly unexpected events. \n\nBack in your regular projects, you should have a risk management plan (developed at the beginning of the project and regularly reviewed) as well as an issue list, tracking open, in progress and closed issues. Importantly, your issue list should be separate from any kind of bug list \u2013 issues are at a project level, bugs are at a technical level.\n\nTip 4: Have a Project Board\n\nA project board consists of the overall sponsor of your project (often, but not always, the guy with the cheque book) and typically a business expert and a technical expert to help advise the sponsor. The project board is the entity that is meant to make the big, critical decisions. As a project manager, your role is to prepare a recommendation, but leave the actual decision up to the board. \n\nAdmittedly this is where our Christmas dinner analogy has to stretch the most, but if you imagine that instead of just cooking for your family you are the caterer preparing a Christmas feast for a company. In this case, you obviously want to please the diners who will be eating the food, but key decisions are likely to be taken by whoever is organizing the event. They, in turn, will involve the boss if there are really big decisions that would affect the project drastically \u2013 for instance, having to move it to January, or it exceeding the set budget by a significant amount.\n\nMost projects suffer from not having a project board to consult for these major decisions, or from having the wrong people selected. The first ailment is eased by ensuring that you have a functioning project board, with whom you either meet regularly to update on status, or where there is a special process for convening the board if they are needed. The second problem is a little more subtle. Key questions to ask yourself are:\n\n\n\tWho is funding this project?\n\tWho has the authority to stop the project if it was the right thing to do?\n\tWho are the right business and technical advisors?\n\tWho are the folks who don\u2019t look like they are powerful on the org chart, but in fact might scupper this project? (e.g. administrators, tech support, personal assistants\u2026)\n\n\nTip 5: Finish Unequivocably and Well\n\nNo one is ever uncertain as to when Christmas dinner ends. Once the flaming pudding has been consumed and the cheese tray picked at, the end of the dinner is heralded by groaning and everyone collapsing in their chairs. Different households have different rituals, so you might only open your presents after Christmas dinner (unlikely if you have small children!), or you might round off the afternoon watching the Queen\u2019s speech (in Britland, certainly) or if you live in warmer climes you might round off Christmas dinner with a swim (which was our tradition in Cape Town \u2013 after 30 mins of food settling so you didn\u2019t get cramp, of course!). \n\nThe problem with projects is that they are one time efforts and so nowhere near as ritualized. Unless you have been incredibly lucky, you\u2019ve probably worked on a project where you thought you were finished but seemed unable to lose your \u201czombie customers\u201d \u2013 those folks who just didn\u2019t realise it was over and kept coming back with more and more requests. You might even have fallen prey to this yourself, believing that the website going live was the end of the project and not realising that a number of things still needed to be wrapped up.\n\nThe essence of this final tip is to inject some of that end-of-Christmas finality ritual into your projects. Find your own ritual for closing down projects \u2013 more than just sending the customer the invoice and archiving the files. Consider things like documentation, support structure handover and training to make sure that those zombies are going to the right people (hopefully not you!). \n\nSo, to summarise:\n\n\n\tMake sure you start your projects well \u2013 with an agreed (written) vision of what you\u2019re trying to achieve.\n\tPlan your projects at the right level of detail and in an appropriate format \u2013 never be more than a few days away from knowing for sure whether you\u2019re on track or not.\n\tPlan for likely and important risks and make sure you track and resolve those you actually encounter.\n\tInstitute a project board, made up of the people with the real power over your project.\n\tCreate rituals for closing projects well \u2013 don\u2019t leave anyone in doubt that the project has been delivered, or of who they should go to for further help.", "year": "2008", "author": "Meri Williams", "author_slug": "meriwilliams", "published": "2008-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/what-your-turkey-can-teach-you-about-project-management/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 29, "title": "What It Takes to Build a Website", "contents": "In 1994 we lost Kurt Cobain and got the world wide web as a weird consolation prize. In the years that followed, if you\u2019d asked me if I knew how to build a website I\u2019d have said yes, I know HTML, so I know how to build a website. If you\u2019d then asked me what it takes to build a website, I\u2019d have had to admit that HTML would hardly feature.\n\nAmong the design nerdery and dev geekery it\u2019s easy to think that the nuts and bolts of building a page just need to be multiplied up and Ta-da! There\u2019s your website. That can certainly be true with weekend projects and hackery for fun. It works for throwing something together on GitHub or experimenting with ideas on your personal site. But what about working professionally on client projects?\n\nThe web is important, so we need to build it right.\n\nIt\u2019s 2015 \u2013 your job involves people paying you money for building websites. What does it take to build a website and to do it right? What practices should we adopt to make really great, successful and professional web projects in 2015? I put that question to some friends and 24 ways authors to see what they thought.\n\nGetting the tech right\n\nInevitably, it all starts with the technology. We work in a technical medium, after all. From Notepad and WinFTP through to continuous integration and deployment \u2013 how do you build sites?\n\nCreate a stable development environment\n\nThere\u2019s little more likely to send a web developer into a wild panic and a client into a wild rage than making a new site live and things just not working. That\u2019s why it\u2019s important to have realistic development and staging environments that mimic the live server as closely as possible.\n\nAre you in the habit of developing new sites right on the client\u2019s server? Or maybe in a subfolder on your local machine? It\u2019s time to reconsider.\n\nCharlie Perrins writes:\n\n\n\tDon\u2019t work on a live server \u2013 this feels like one of those gear-changing moments for a developer\u2019s growth. Build something that works just as well locally on your own machine as it does on a live server, and capture the differences in the code between the local and live version in a single config file. Ultimately, if you can get all the differences between environments down to a config level then you\u2019ll be in a really good position to automate the deployment process at some point in the future.\n\n\nAnything that creates a significant difference between the development and the live environments has the potential to cause problems you won\u2019t know about until the site goes live \u2013 and at that point the problems are very public and very embarrassing, not to mention unprofessional.\n\nA reasonable solution is to use a tool like MAMP PRO which enables you to set up an individual local website for each project you work on. Importantly, individual sites give you both consistency of paths between development and live, but also the ability to configure server options (like PHP versions and configuration, for example) to match the live site.\n\nBetter yet is to use a virtual machine, managed with a tool such as Vagrant. If you\u2019re interested in learning more about that, we have an article on that subject later in the series.\n\nUse source control\n\nTrent Walton writes:\n\n\n\tWe use source control, and it\u2019s become the centerpiece for how we handle collaboration, enhancements, and issues. It drives our process.\n\n\nI\u2019m hoping by now that you\u2019re either using source control for all your work, or feeling a nagging guilt that you should be. Be it Git, Mercurial, Subversion (name your poison), a revision control system enables you to keep track of changes, revert anything that breaks, and keep rolling backups of your project.\n\nThe benefits only start there, and Charlie Perrins recommends using source control \u201cnot just as a personal backup of your code, but as a way to play nicely with other developers.\u201c\n\nNoting the benefits when collaborating with other developers, he adds:\n\n\n\tGraduating from being the sole architect of your codebase to contributing to a shared codebase is a huge leap for a developer. Perhaps a practical way for people who tend to work on their own to do that would be to submit a pull request or a patch to an open source project or plugin.\u201d\n\n\nRichard Rutter of Clearleft sees clear advantages for the client, too. He recommends using source control \u201cpreferably in some sort of collaborative environment that you can open up or hand over to the client\u201d \u2013 a feature found with hosted services such as GitHub.\n\nIf you\u2019d like to hone your Git skills, Emma Jane Westby wrote Git for Grown-ups in last year\u2019s 24 ways.\n\nDon\u2019t repeat, automate!\n\nTim Kadlec is a big proponent of automating your build process:\n\n\n\tI\u2019ve been hammering that home to every client I\u2019ve had this year. It\u2019s amazing how many companies don\u2019t really have a formal build/deployment process in place. So many issues on the web (performance, accessibility, etc.) can be greatly improved just by having a layer of automation involved.\n\n\tFor example, graphic editing software spits out ridiculously bloated images. Very frequently, that\u2019s what ends up getting put on a site. If you have a build process, you can have the compression automated and start seeing immediate gains for no effort. On a recent project, they were able to shave around 1.5MB from their site weight simply by automating compression.\n\n\nOnce you have your code in source control, some of that automation can be made easier. Brian Suda writes:\n\n\n\tWe have a few bash scripts that run on git commit: they compile the less, jslint and remove white-space, basically the 3 Cs, Compress, Concatenate, Combine. This is now part of our workflow without even realising it.\n\n\nOne great way to get started with a build process is to use a tool like Grunt, and a great way to get started with Grunt is to read Chris Coyier\u2019s Grunt for People Who Think Things Like Grunt are Weird and Hard.\n\nTim reinforces:\n\n\n\tIssues like [image compression]  \u2014  or simple accessibility issues like alt tags on images  \u2014  should never be able to hit a live server. If you can detect it, you can automate it. And if you can automate it, you can free up time for designers and developers to focus on more challenging \u2014 and interesting \u2014 problems.\n\n\nA clear call to arms to tighten up and formalise development and deployment practices. The less that has to be done manually or is susceptible to change, the less that can go wrong when a site is built and deployed. Any procedures that are automated are no longer dependant on a single person\u2019s knowledge, making it easier to build your team or just cope when someone important is out of the office or leaves.\n\nIf you\u2019re interested in kicking the FTP habit and automating your site deployments, we have an article later in the series just for you.\n\nBuild systems, not sites\n\nOne big theme arising this year was that of building websites as systems, not as individual pages.\n\nBrad Frost:\n\n\n\tFor me, teams making websites in 2015 shouldn\u2019t be working on just-another-redesign redesign. People are realizing that in order to make stable, future-friendly, scalable, extensible web experiences they\u2019re going to need to think more systematically. That means crafting deliberate and thoughtful design systems. That means establishing front-end style guides. That means killing the out-dated, siloed, assembly-line waterfall process and getting cross-disciplinary teams working together in meaningful ways. That means treating development as design. That means treating performance as design. That means taking the time out of the day to establish the big picture, rather than aimlessly crawling along quarter by quarter.\n\n\nDesigner and developer Jina Bolton also advocates the use of style guides, and recommends making the guide a project deliverable:\n\n\n\tConsider adding on a style guide/UI library to your project as a deliverable for maintainability and thinking through all UI elements and components.\n\n\nVal Head agrees: \u201cbuild and maintain a style guide for each project\u201d she wrote. On the subject of approaching a redesign, she added:\n\n\n\tA UI inventory goes a long way to helping get your head around what a design system needs in the early stages of a redesign project.\n\n\nSo what about that old chestnut, responsive web design? Should we be making sites responsive by default? How about mobile first?\n\nRichard Rutter:\n\n\n\tThink mobile first unless you have a very good reason not to. Remember to take the client with you on this principle, otherwise it won\u2019t work as a convincing piece of design.\n\n\nTrent Walton adds:\n\n\n\tThe more you can test and sort of skew your perception for what is typical on the web, the better. 4k displays hooked up to 100Mbps connections can make one extremely unsympathetic.\n\n\nThe value of testing with real devices is something Ruth John appreciates. She wrote:\n\n\n\tI still have my own small device lab at home, even though I work permanently for a well-established company (which has a LOT of devices at its disposal) \u2013 it just means I can get a good overview of how things are looking during development.\n\n\nAnd speaking of systems, Mark Norman Francis recommends the use of measuring tools to aid the design process; \u201c[U]se analytics and make decisions from actual data\u201d he suggests, rather than relying totally on intuition.\n\nTim Kadlec adds a word on performance planning:\n\n\n\tI think having a performance budget in place should now be a given on any project. We\u2019ve proven pretty conclusively through a hundred and one case studies that performance matters. And over the last year or so, we\u2019ve really seen a lot of great tools emerge to help track and enforce performance budgets. There\u2019s not really a good excuse for not using one any more.\n\n\nIt\u2019s clear that in the four years since Ethan Marcotte\u2019s Responsive Web Design article the diversity of screen sizes, network connection speeds and input methods has only increased. New web projects should presume visitors will be using anything from a watch up to a big screen desktop display, and from being offline, through to GPRS, 3G and fast broadband.\n\nWill it take more time to design and build for those constraints? Yes, it most likely will. If Internet Explorer is brave enough to ask to be your default browser, you can be brave enough to tell your client they need to build responsively.\n\nWorking collaboratively\n\nA big part of delivering a successful website project is how we work together, both as a design team and a wider project team with the client.\n\nVal Head recommends an open line of communication:\n\n\n\tKeep conversations going. With clients, with teammates. Talking is so important with the way we work now. A good team conversation place, like Slack, is slowly becoming invaluable for me too.\n\n\nRuth John agrees:\n\n\n\tWe\u2019ve recently opened up our lines of communication by using Slack. It has transformed the way we work. We\u2019re easily more productive and collaborative on projects, as well as making it a lot easier for us all to work remotely (including freelancers).\n\n\nShe goes on to point out how tools can be combined to ease team communication without adding further complications:\n\n\n\tWe have a private GitHub organisation (which everyone who works with us is granted access to), which not only holds all our project code but also a team wiki. This has lots of information to get you set up within the team, as well as coding guidelines and best practices and other admin info, like contact numbers/emails for the team.\n\n\nSmall-A agile is also the theme of the day, with Mark Norman Francis suggesting an approach of \u201csmall iterations with constant feedback around individual features, not spec-it-all-first\u201d. He also encourages you to review as you go, at each stage of the project:\n\n\n\tAlways reflect on what went well and what went badly, and how you can learn from that, even if not Doing Agile\u2122. Ultimately \u201cbest practices\u201d should come from learning lessons (both good and bad).\n\n\nRichard Rutter echoes this, warning against working in isolation from the client for too long:\n\n\n\tAvoid big reveals. Your engagement with the client should be participatory. In business no one likes surprises.\n\n\nThis experience rings true for Ruth John who recommends involving real users in the feedback loop, not just the client:\n\n\n\tWe also try and get feedback on what we\u2019re building as soon and as often as we can with our stakeholders/clients and real users.\n\n\nWe should also remember that our role is to serve the client\u2019s needs, not just bill them for whatever we can. Brian Suda adds:\n\n\n\tDon\u2019t sell clients on things they don\u2019t need. We can spout a lot of jargon and scare clients into thinking you are a god. We can do things few can now, but you can\u2019t rip people off because they are unknowledgeable.\n\n\nBut do clients know what they\u2019re getting, even when they see it? Trent Walton has an interesting take:\n\n\n\tWe focus on prototypes over image-based comps at all costs, especially when meetings are involved. It\u2019s much easier to assess a prototype, and too often with image-based comps, discussions devolve into how something might feel when actually live, or how a layout could change to fit a given viewport.\n\n\nVal Head also likes to get work into the browser:\n\n\n\tSketch design ideas with any software you like, but get to the browser as soon as possible.\n\n\nBeyond your immediate team, Emma Jane Westby has advice for looking further afield:\n\n\n\tInvest time into building relationships within your (technical) community. You never know when you might be able to lend a hand; or benefit from someone who\u2019s able to lend theirs.\n\n\nAnd when things don\u2019t go according to plan, Brian Suda has the following advice:\n\n\n\tIf something doesn\u2019t work out, be professional and don\u2019t burn bridges. It will always come back to you.\n\n\nThe best work comes from working collaboratively, not just as a team within an agency or department, but with the client and stakeholders too. If doing your job and chucking it over the fence ever worked, it certainly doesn\u2019t fly any more. You can work in isolation, but doing really great work requires collaboration.\n\nThe business end\n\nWhen you\u2019re building sites professionally, every team member has to think about the business aspects. Estimating time, setting billing rates, and establishing deliverables are all part of the job.\n\nIn 2008, Andrew Clarke gave us the Contract Killer sample contract we could use to establish a working agreement for a web design project. Richard Rutter agrees that contracts are still an essential part of business:\n\n\n\tThey are there for both parties\u2019 protection. Make sure you know what will happen if you decide you don\u2019t want to work with the client any more (it happens) and, of course, what circumstances mean they can stop taking your services.\n\n\nHaving a contract is one thing, but does it adequately protect both you and the client? Emma Jane Westby adds:\n\n\n\tFind a good IP lawyer/legal counsel. I routinely had an IP lawyer read all of my contracts to find loopholes I wouldn\u2019t have noticed. I didn\u2019t always change the contract, but at least I knew what might come back to bite me.\n\n\nSo, you have a contract in place, and know what the project is. Brian Suda recommends keeping track of time and making sure you bill fairly for the hours the project costs you:\n\n\n\tIf I go to a meeting and they are 15 minutes late, the billing clock has already started. They can\u2019t expect me to be in the 1h meeting and not bill for the extra 15\u201330 minutes they wasted. It goes both ways too. You need to do your best to respect their deadlines and time frame \u2013 this is always hard to get right.\n\n\nAs ever, it\u2019s good business to do good business. Perhaps we can at last shed the old image of web designers being snowboarding layabouts and demonstrate to clients that we care as much about conducting professional business as they do.\n\nTime to review\n\nIt\u2019s a lot to take in. Some of these ideas and practices will be familiar, others new and yet to be evaluated. The web moves at a fast pace, and we need to be constantly reexamining our tools, techniques and working practices. The most important thing is not to blindly adopt any and all suggestions, but to carefully look at what the benefits might be and decide how they apply to your work.\n\nCould you benefit from more formalised development and deployment procedures? Would your design projects run more smoothly and have a longer maintainable life if you approached the solution as a componentised system rather than a series of pages? Are your teams structured in a way that enables the most fluid communication, or are there changes you could make? Are your billing procedures and business agreements serving you and your clients in the best way possible?\n\nThe new year is a good time to look at your working practices and see what can be improved, and maybe this time next year you\u2019ll look back and think \u201cthank goodness we don\u2019t work like that any more\u201d.", "year": "2014", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2014-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/what-it-takes-to-build-a-website/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 41, "title": "What Is Vagrant and Why Should I Care?", "contents": "If you run a web server, a database server and your scripting language(s) of choice on your main machine and you have not yet switched to using virtualisation in your workflow then this essay may be of some value to you.\n\nI know you exist because I bump into you daily: freelancers coming in to work on our projects; internet friends complaining about reinstalling a development environment because of an operating system upgrade; fellow agency owners who struggle to brief external help when getting a particular project up and running; or even hardcore back-end developers who \u201cdon\u2019t do ops\u201d and prefer to run their development stack of choice locally.\n\nThere are many perfectly reasonable arguments as to why you may not have already made the switch, from being simply too busy, all the way through to a distrust of the new. I\u2019ll admit that there are many new technologies or workflows that I hear of daily and instantly disregard because I have tool overload, that feeling I get when I hear about a new shiny thing and think \u201cWell, what I do now works \u2013 I\u2019ll leave it for others to play with.\u201d If that\u2019s you when it comes to Vagrant then I hope you\u2019ll hear me out. The business case is compelling enough for you to make that switch; as a bonus it\u2019s also really easy to get going.\n\nIn this article we\u2019ll start off by going through the high level, the tools available and how it all fits together. Then we\u2019ll touch on the justification for making the switch, providing a few use cases that might resonate with you. Finally, I\u2019ll provide a very simple example that you can follow to get yourself up and running.\n\nWhat?\n\nYou already know what virtualisation is. You use the ability to run an operating system within another operating system every day. Whether that\u2019s Parallels or VMware on your laptop or similar server-based tools that drive the \u2018cloud\u2019, squeezing lots of machines on to physical hardware and making it really easy to copy servers and even clusters of servers from one place to another. It\u2019s an amazing technology which has changed the face of the internet over the past fifteen years.\n\nSimply put, Vagrant makes it really easy to work with virtual machines. According to the Vagrant docs:\n\n\n\tIf you\u2019re a designer, Vagrant will automatically set everything up that is required for that web app in order for you to focus on doing what you do best: design. Once a developer configures Vagrant, you don\u2019t need to worry about how to get that app running ever again. No more bothering other developers to help you fix your environment so you can test designs. Just check out the code, vagrant up, and start designing.\n\n\nWhile I\u2019m not sure I agree with the implication that all designers would get others to do the configuring, I think you\u2019ll agree that the \u201cJust check out the code\u2026 and start designing\u201d premise is very compelling.\n\nYou don\u2019t need Vagrant to develop your web applications on virtual machines. All you need is a virtualisation software package, something like VMware Workstation or VirtualBox, and some code. Download the half-gigabyte operating system image that you want and install it. Then download and configure the stack you\u2019ll be working with: let\u2019s say Apache, MySQL, PHP. Then install some libraries, CuRL and ImageMagick maybe, and finally configure the ability to easily copy files from your machine to the new virtual one, something like Samba, or install an FTP server. Once this is all done, copy the code over, import the database, configure Apache\u2019s virtual host, restart and cross your fingers.\n\nIf you\u2019re a bit weird like me then the above is pretty easy to do and secretly quite fun. Indeed, the amount of traffic to one of my more popular blog posts proves that a lot of people have been building themselves development servers from scratch for some time (or at least trying to anyway), whether that\u2019s on virtual or physical hardware.\n\nOr you could use Vagrant. It allows you, or someone else, to specify in plain text how the machine\u2019s virtual hardware should be configured and what should be installed on it. It also makes it insanely easy to get the code on the server. You check out your project, type vagrant up and start work.\n\nWhy?\n\nIt\u2019s worth labouring the point that Vagrant makes it really easy; I mean look-no-tangle-of-wires-or-using-vim-and-loads-of-annoying-command-line-stuff easy to run a development environment.\n\nThat\u2019s all well and good, I hear you say, but there\u2019s a steep learning curve, an overhead to switch. You\u2019re busy and this all sounds great but you need to get on; you\u2019ve got a career to build or a business to run and you don\u2019t have time to learn new stuff right now.\n\nIn short, what\u2019s the business case?\n\nThe business case involves saved time, a very low barrier to entry and the ability to give the exact same environment to somebody else.\n\nGetting your first development virtual machine running will take minutes, not counting download time. Seriously, use pre-built Vagrant files and provisioners (we\u2019ll touch on this below) and you can start developing immediately.\n\nOnce you\u2019ve finished developing you can check in your changes, ask a colleague or freelancer to check them out, and then they run the code on the exact same machine \u2013 even if they are on the other side of the world and regardless of whether they are on Windows, Linux or Apple OS X.\n\nThe configuration to build the machine isn\u2019t a huge binary disk image that\u2019ll take ages to download from Git; it\u2019s two small text files that can be version controlled too, so you can see any changes made to the config and roll back if needed.\n\nNo more \u2018It works for me\u2019 reports; no \u2018Oh, I was using PHP 5.3.3, not PHP 5.3.11\u2019 \u2013 you\u2019re both working on exact same copies of the development environment. With a tested and verified provisioning file you\u2019ll have the confidence that when you brief your next freelancer in to your team there won\u2019t be that painful to and fro of getting the system up and running, where you\u2019re on a Skype call and they are uttering the immortal words, \u2018It still doesn\u2019t work\u2019. You know it works because you can run it too.\n\nThis portability becomes even more important when you\u2019re working on larger sites and systems. Need a load balancer? Multiple front-end servers and a clustered database back-end? No problem. Add each server into the same Vagrant file and a single command will build all of them. As you\u2019ll know if you work on larger, business critical systems, keeping the operating systems in sync is a real problem: one server with a slightly different library causing sporadic and hard to trace issues is a genuine time black hole. Well, the good news is that you can use the same provisioning files to keep test and production machines in sync using your current build workflow.\n\nLet\u2019s also not forget the most simple use case: a single developer with multiple websites running on a single machine. If that\u2019s you and you switch to using Vagrant-managed virtual machines then the next time you upgrade your operating system or do a fresh install there\u2019s no chance that things will all stop working. The server config is all tucked away in version control with your code. Just pull it down and carry on coding.\n\nOK, got it. Show me already\n\nIf you want to try this out you\u2019ll need to install the latest VirtualBox and Vagrant for your platform. If you already have VMware Workstation or another supported virtualisation package installed you can use that instead but you may need to tweak my Vagrant file below. Depending on your operating system, a reboot might also be wise.\n\nNote: the commands below were executed on my MacBook, but should also work on Windows and Linux. If you\u2019re using Windows make sure to run the command prompt as Administrator or it\u2019ll fall over when trying to update the hosts file.\n\nAs a quick sanity check let\u2019s just make sure that we have the vagrant command in our path, so fire up a terminal and check the version number:\n\n$ vagrant -v\nVagrant 1.6.5\n\nWe\u2019ve one final thing to install and that\u2019s the vagrant-hostsupdater plugin. Once again, in your terminal:\n\n$ vagrant plugin install vagrant-hostsupdater\nInstalling the 'vagrant-hostsupdater' plugin. This can take a few minutes...\nInstalled the plugin 'vagrant-hostsupdater (0.0.11)'!\n\nHopefully that wasn\u2019t too painful for you.\n\nThere are two things that you need to manage a virtual machine with Vagrant:\n\n\n\ta Vagrant file: this tells Vagrant what hardware to spin up\n\ta provisioning file: this tells Vagrant what to do on the machine\n\n\nTo save you copying and pasting I\u2019ve supplied you with a simple example (ZIP) containing both of these. Unzip it somewhere sensible and in your terminal make sure you are inside the Vagrant folder:\n\n$ cd where/you/placed/it/24ways\n\n$ ls -l\n-rw-r--r--@  1 bealers  staff  11055  9 Nov 09:16 bealers-24ways.md\n-rw-r--r--@  1 bealers  staff  118152 9 Nov 10:08 it-works.png\ndrwxr-xr-x   5 bealers  staff  170    8 Nov 22:54 vagrant\n\n$ cd vagrant/\n\n$ ls -l\n-rw-r--r--@ 1 bealers  staff  1661  8 Nov 21:50 Vagrantfile\n-rwxr-xr-x@ 1 bealers  staff  3841  9 Nov 08:00 provision.sh\n\nThe Vagrant file tells Vagrant how to configure the virtual hardware of your development machine. Skipping over some of the finer details, here\u2019s what\u2019s in that Vagrant file:\n\nwww.vm.box = \"ubuntu/trusty64\"  \n\nUse Ubuntu 14.04 for the VM\u2019s OS. Vagrant will only download this once. If another project uses the same OS, Vagrant will use a cached version.\n\nwww.vm.hostname = \"bealers-24ways.dev\"     \n\nSet the machine\u2019s hostname. If, like us, you\u2019re using the vagrant-hostsupdater plugin, this will also get added to your hosts file, pointing to the virtual machine\u2019s IP address.\n\nwww.vm.provider :virtualbox do |vb|\n    vb.customize [\"modifyvm\", :id, \"--cpus\", \"2\" ]\nend\n\nHere\u2019s an example of configuring the virtual machine\u2019s hardware on the fly. In this case we want two virtual processors.\n\nNote: this is specific for the VirtualBox provider, but you could also have a section for VMware or other supported virtualisation software.\n\nwww.vm.network \"private_network\", ip: \"192.168.13.37\"   \n\nThis specifies that we want a private networking link between your computer and the virtual machine. It\u2019s probably best to use a reserved private subnet like 192.168.0.0/16 or 10.0.0.0/8\n\nwww.vm.synced_folder \"../\", \"/var/www/24ways\",\n        owner: \"www-data\", group: \"www-data\"\n\nA particularly handy bit of Vagrant magic. This maps your local 24ways parent folder to /var/www/24ways on the virtual machine. This means the virtual machine already has direct access to your code and so do you. There\u2019s no messy copying or synchronisation \u2013 just edit your files and immediately run them on the server.\n\nwww.vm.provision :shell, :path => \"provision.sh\"\n\nThis is where we specify the provisioner, the script that will be executed on the machine.\n\nIf you open up the provisioner you\u2019ll see it\u2019s a bash script that does things like:\n\n\n\tinstall Apache, PHP, MySQL and related libraries\n\tconfigure the libraries: set permissions, enable logging\n\tcreate a database and grant some access rights\n\tset up some code for us to develop on; in this case, fire up a vanilla WordPress installation\n\n\nTo get this all up and running you simply need to run Vagrant from within the vagrant folder:\n\n$ vagrant up\n\nYou should now get a Matrix-like stream of stuff shooting up the screen. If this is the first time Vagrant has used this particular operating system image \u2013 remember we\u2019ve specified the latest version of Ubuntu \u2013 it\u2019ll download the disc image and cache it for future reuse. Then all the packages are downloaded and installed and finally all our configuration steps occur incluing the download and configuration of WordPress.\n\nHalfway through proceedings it\u2019s likely that the process will halt at a prompt something like this:\n\n==> www: adding to (/etc/hosts) : 192.168.13.37  bealers-24ways.dev  # VAGRANT: 2dbfbced1b1e79d2a0942728a0a57ece (www) / 899bd80d-4251-4f6f-91a0-d30f2d9918cc\nPassword:\n\nYou need to enter your password to give vagrant sudo rights to add the IP address and hostname mapping to your local hosts file.\n\nOnce finished, fire up your browser and go to http://bealers-24ways.dev. You should see a default WordPress installation. The username for wp-admin is admin and the password is 24ways.\n\n\n\nIf you take a look at your local filesystem the 24ways folder should now look like:\n\n$ cd ../\n\n$ ls -l\n\n-rw-r--r--@  1 bealers  staff    13074  9 Nov 10:14 bealers-24ways.md\ndrwxr-xr-x  21 bealers  staff      714  9 Nov 10:06 code\ndrwxr-xr-x   3 bealers  staff      102  9 Nov 10:06 etc\n-rw-r--r--@  1 bealers  staff   118152  9 Nov 10:08 it-works.png\ndrwxr-xr-x   5 bealers  staff      170  9 Nov 10:03 vagrant\n-rwxr-xr-x   1 bealers  staff  1315849  9 Nov 10:06 wp-cli\n\n$ cd vagrant/\n\n$ ls -l\n-rw-r--r--@ 1 bealers  staff  1661  9 Nov 09:41 Vagrantfile\n-rwxr-xr-x@ 1 bealers  staff  3836  9 Nov 10:06 provision.sh\n\nThe code folder contains all the WordPress files. You can edit these directly and refresh that page to see your changes instantly.\n\nStaying in the vagrant folder, we\u2019ll now SSH to the machine and have a quick poke around.\n\n$ vagrant ssh\nWelcome to Ubuntu 14.04.1 LTS (GNU/Linux 3.13.0-39-generic x86_64)\n\n* Documentation:  https://help.ubuntu.com/\n\nSystem information as of Sun Nov  9 10:03:38 UTC 2014\n\nSystem load:  1.35              Processes:           102\nUsage of /:   2.7% of 39.34GB   Users logged in:     0\nMemory usage: 16%               IP address for eth0: 10.0.2.15\nSwap usage:   0%\n\nGraph this data and manage this system at:\nhttps://landscape.canonical.com/\n\nGet cloud support with Ubuntu Advantage Cloud Guest:\nhttp://www.ubuntu.com/business/services/cloud\n\n0 packages can be updated.\n0 updates are security updates.\n\nvagrant@bealers-24ways:~$\n\nYou\u2019re now logged in as the Vagrant user; if you want to become root this is easy:\n\nvagrant@bealers-24ways:~$ sudo su -\nroot@bealers-24ways:~# \n\nOr you could become the webserver user, which is a good idea if you\u2019re editing the web files directly on the server:\n\nroot@bealers-24ways:~# su - www-data\nwww-data@bealers-24ways:~$\n\nwww-data\u2019s home directory is /var/www so we should be able to see our magically mapped files:\n\nwww-data@bealers-24ways:~$ ls -l\ntotal 4\ndrwxr-xr-x 1 www-data www-data  306 Nov  9 10:09 24ways\ndrwxr-xr-x 2 root     root     4096 Nov  9 10:05 html\n\nwww-data@bealers-24ways:~$ cd 24ways/\n\nwww-data@bealers-24ways:~/24ways$ ls -l\ntotal 1420\n-rw-r--r-- 1 www-data www-data   13682 Nov  9 10:19 bealers-24ways.md\ndrwxr-xr-x 1 www-data www-data     714 Nov  9 10:06 code\ndrwxr-xr-x 1 www-data www-data     102 Nov  9 10:06 etc\n-rw-r--r-- 1 www-data www-data  118152 Nov  9 10:08 it-works.png\ndrwxr-xr-x 1 www-data www-data     170 Nov  9 10:03 vagrant\n-rwxr-xr-x 1 www-data www-data 1315849 Nov  9 10:06 wp-cli\n\nWe can also see some of our bespoke configurations:\n\nwww-data@bealers-24ways:~/24ways$ cat /etc/php5/mods-available/siftware.ini \nupload_max_filesize = 15M\nlog_errors = On\ndisplay_errors = On\ndisplay_startup_errors = On\nerror_log = /var/log/apache2/php.log\nmemory_limit = 1024M\ndate.timezone = Europe/London\n\nwww-data@bealers-24ways:~/24ways$ ls -l /etc/apache2/sites-enabled/\ntotal 0\nlrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 43 Nov  9 10:06 bealers-24ways.dev.conf -> /var/www/24ways/etc/bealers-24ways.dev.conf\n\nIf you want to leave the server, simply type Ctrl+D a few times and you\u2019ll be back where you started.\n\nwww-data@bealers-24ways:~/24ways$ logout\nroot@bealers-24ways:~# logout\nvagrant@bealers-24ways:~$ logout\nConnection to 127.0.0.1 closed.\n$ \n\nYou can now halt the machine:\n\n$ vagrant halt\n==> www: Attempting graceful shutdown of VM...\n==> www: Removing hosts\n\nBonus level\n\nThe example I\u2019ve provided isn\u2019t very realistic. In the real world I\u2019d expect the Vagrant file and provisioner to be included with the project and for it not to create the directory structure, which should already exist in your project. The same goes for the Apache VirtualHost file. You\u2019ll also probably have a default SQL script to populate the database.\n\nAs you work with Vagrant you might start to find bash provisioning to be quite limiting, especially if you are working on larger projects which use more than one server. In that case I would suggest you take a look at Ansible, Puppet or Chef. We use Ansible because we like YAML but they all do the same sort of thing. The main benefit is being able to use the same Vagrant provisioning scripts to also provision test, staging and production environments using your build workflows.\n\nHaving to supply a password so the hosts file can be updated gets annoying very quicky so you can give Vagrant sudo rights:\n\n$ sudo visudo\n\nAdd these lines to the bottom (Shift+G then i then Ctrl+V then Esc then :wq)\n\nCmnd_Alias VAGRANT_HOSTS_ADD = /bin/sh -c echo \"*\" >> /etc/hosts\nCmnd_Alias VAGRANT_HOSTS_REMOVE = /usr/bin/sed -i -e /*/ d /etc/hosts\n%staff ALL=(root) NOPASSWD: VAGRANT_HOSTS_ADD, VAGRANT_HOSTS_REMOVE\n\nVagrant caches the operating system images that you download but it\u2019ll download the installed software packages every time. You can get around this by using a plugin like vagrant-cachier or, if you\u2019re really keen, maintain local Apt repositories (or whatever the equivalent is for your server architecture).\n\nAt some point you might start getting a large number of virtual machines running on your poor hardware all at the same time, especially if you\u2019re switching between projects a lot and each of those projects use lots of servers. We\u2019re just getting to that stage now, so are considering a medium-term move to a containerised option like Docker, which seems to be maturing now.\n\nIf you are keen not to use any command line tools whatsoever and you\u2019re on OS X then you could check out Vagrant Manager as it looks quite shiny.\n\nFinally, there are a huge amount of resources to give you pre-built Vagrant machines from the likes of VVV for Wordpress, something similar for Perch, PuPHPet for generating various configurations, and a long list of pre-built operating systems at VagrantBox.es.\n\nWrapping up\n\nHopefully you can now see why it might be worthwhile to add Vagrant to your development workflow. Whether you\u2019re an agency drafting in freelancers or a one-person band running lots of sites on your laptop using MAMP or something similar.\n\nVagrant makes it easy to launch exact copies of the same machine in a repeatable and version controlled way. The learning curve isn\u2019t too steep and, once configured, you can forget about it and focus on getting your work done.", "year": "2014", "author": "Darren Beale", "author_slug": "darrenbeale", "published": "2014-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/what-is-vagrant-and-why-should-i-care/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 254, "title": "What I Learned in Six Years at GDS", "contents": "When I joined the Government Digital Service in April 2012, GOV.UK was just going into public beta. GDS was a completely new organisation, part of the Cabinet Office, with a mission to stop wasting government money on over-complicated and underperforming big IT projects and instead deliver simple, useful services for the public.\nLots of people who were experts in their fields were drawn in by this inspiring mission, and I learned loads from working with some true leaders. Here are three of the main things I learned.\n1. What is the user need?\n\u2028The main discipline I learned from my time at GDS was to always ask \u2018what is the user need?\u2019 It\u2019s very easy to build something that seems like a good idea, but until you\u2019ve identified what problem you are solving for the user, you can\u2019t be sure that you are building something that is going to help solve an actual problem.\nA really good example of this is GOV.UK Notify. This service was originally conceived of as a status tracker; a \u201cwhere\u2019s my stuff\u201d for government services. For example, if you apply for a passport online, it can take up to six weeks to arrive. After a few weeks, you might feel anxious and phone the Home Office to ask what\u2019s happening. The idea of the status tracker was to allow you to get this information online, saving your time and saving government money on call centres.\nThe project started, as all GDS projects do, with a discovery. The main purpose of a discovery is to identify the users\u2019 needs. At the end of this discovery, the team realised that a status tracker wasn\u2019t the way to address the problem. As they wrote in this blog post: \n\nStatus tracking tools are often just \u2018channel shift\u2019 for anxiety. They solve the symptom and not the problem. They do make it more convenient for people to reduce their anxiety, but they still require them to get anxious enough to request an update in the first place.\n\nWhat would actually address the user need would be to give you the information before you get anxious about where your passport is. For example, when your application is received, email you to let you know when to expect it, and perhaps text you at various points in the process to let you know how it\u2019s going. So instead of a status tracker, the team built GOV.UK Notify, to make it easy for government services to incorporate text, email and even letter notifications into their processes.\nMaking sure you know your user\nAt GDS user needs were taken very seriously. We had a user research lab on site and everyone was required to spend two hours observing user research every six weeks. Ideally you\u2019d observe users working with things you\u2019d built, but even if they weren\u2019t, it was an incredibly valuable experience, and something you should seek out if you are able to.\nEven if we think we understand our users very well, it is very enlightening to see how users actually use your stuff. Partly because in technology we tend to be power users and the average user doesn\u2019t use technology the same way we do. But even if you are building things for other developers, someone who is unfamiliar with it will interact with it in a way that may be very different to what you have envisaged.\nUser needs is not just about building things\nAsking the question \u201cwhat is the user need?\u201d really helps focus on why you are doing what you are doing. It keeps things on track, and helps the team think about what the actual desired end goal is (and should be). \nThinking about user needs has helped me with lots of things, not just building services. For example, you are raising a pull request. What\u2019s the user need? The reviewer needs to be able to easily understand what the change you are proposing is, why you are proposing that change and any areas you need particular help on with the review. \nOr you are writing an email to a colleague. What\u2019s the user need? What are you hoping the reader will learn, understand or do as a result of your email?\n2. Make things open: it makes things better\nThe second important thing I learned at GDS was \u2018make things open: it makes things better\u2019. This works on many levels: being open about your strategy, blogging about what you are doing and what you\u2019ve learned (including mistakes), and \u2013 the part that I got most involved in \u2013 coding in the open.\nTalking about your work helps clarify it\nOne thing we did really well at GDS was blogging \u2013 a lot \u2013 about what we were working on. Blogging about what you are working on is is really valuable for the writer because it forces you to think logically about what you are doing in order to tell a good story. If you are blogging about upcoming work, it makes you think clearly about why you\u2019re doing it; and it also means that people can comment on the blog post. Often people had really useful suggestions or clarifying questions.\nIt\u2019s also really valuable to blog about what you\u2019ve learned, especially if you\u2019ve made a mistake. It makes sure you\u2019ve learned the lesson and helps others avoid making the same mistakes. As well as blogging about lessons learned, GOV.UK also publishes incident reports when there is an outage or service degradation. Being open about things like this really engenders an atmosphere of trust and safe learning; which helps make things better.\nCoding in the open has a lot of benefits\nIn my last year at GDS I was the Open Source Lead, and one of the things I focused on was the requirement that all new government source code should be open. From the start, GDS coded in the open (the GitHub organisation still has the non-intuitive name alphagov, because it was created by the team doing the original Alpha of GOV.UK, before GDS was even formed).\nWhen I first joined GDS I was a little nervous about the fact that anyone could see my code. I worried about people seeing my mistakes, or receiving critical code reviews. (Setting people\u2019s mind at rest about these things is why it\u2019s crucial to have good standards around communication and positive behaviour - even a critical code review should be considerately given). \nBut I quickly realised there were huge advantages to coding in the open. In the same way as blogging your decisions makes you think carefully about whether they are good ones and what evidence you have, the fact that anyone in the world could see your code (even if, in practice, they probably won\u2019t be looking) makes everyone raise their game slightly. The very fact that you know it\u2019s open, makes you make it a bit better.\nIt helps with lots of other things as well, for example it makes it easier to collaborate with people and share your work. And now that I\u2019ve left GDS, it\u2019s so useful to be able to look back at code I worked on to remember how things worked.\nShare what you learn\nIt\u2019s sometimes hard to know where to start with being open about things, but it gets easier and becomes more natural as you practice. It helps you clarify your thoughts and follow through on what you\u2019ve decided to do. Working at GDS when this was a very important principle really helped me learn how to do this well.\n3. Do the hard work to make it simple (tech edition)\n\u2018Start with user needs\u2019 and \u2018Make things open: it makes things better\u2019 are two of the excellent government design principles. They are all good, but the third thing that I want to talk about is number 4: \u2018Do the hard work to make it simple\u2019, and specifically, how this manifests itself in the way we build technology.\nAt GDS, we worked very hard to do the hard work to make the code, systems and technology we built simple for those who came after us. For example, writing good commit messages is taken very seriously. There is commit message guidance, and it was not unusual for a pull request review to ask for a commit message to be rewritten to make a commit message clearer.\nWe worked very hard on making pull requests good, keeping the reviewer in mind and making it clear to the user how best to review it.\nReviewing others\u2019 pull requests is the highest priority so that no-one is blocked, and teams have screens showing the status of open pull requests (using fourth wall) and we even had a \u2018pull request seal\u2019, a bot that publishes pull requests to Slack and gets angry if they are uncommented on for more than two days.\nMaking it easier for developers to support the site\nAnother example of doing the hard work to make it simple was the opsmanual. I spent two years on the web operations team on GOV.UK, and one of the things I loved about that team was the huge efforts everyone went to to be open and inclusive to developers.\nThe team had some people who were really expert in web ops, but they were all incredibly helpful when bringing me on board as a developer with no previous experience of web ops, and also patiently explaining things whenever other devs in similar positions came with questions. \nThe main artefact of this was the opsmanual, which contained write-ups of how to do lots of things. One of the best things was that every alert that might lead to someone being woken up in the middle of the night had a link to documentation on the opsmanual which detailed what the alert meant and some suggested actions that could be taken to address it.\nThis was important because most of the devs on GOV.UK were on the on-call rota, so if they were woken at 3am by an alert they\u2019d never seen before, the opsmanual information might give them everything they needed to solve it, without the years of web ops training and the deep familiarity with the GOV.UK infrastructure that came with working on it every day.\nDevelopers are users too\nDoing the hard work to make it simple means that users can do what they need to do, and this applies even when the users are your developer peers. At GDS I really learned how to focus on simplicity for the user, and how much better this makes things work.\nThese three principles help us make great things\nI learned so much more in my six years at GDS. For example, the civil service has a very fair way of interviewing. I learned about the importance of good comms, working late, responsibly and the value of content design.\nAnd the real heart of what I learned, the guiding principles that help us deliver great products, is encapsulated by the three things I\u2019ve talked about here: think about the user need, make things open, and do the hard work to make it simple.", "year": "2018", "author": "Anna Shipman", "author_slug": "annashipman", "published": "2018-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/what-i-learned-in-six-years-at-gds/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 67, "title": "What I Learned about Product Design This Year", "contents": "2015 was a humbling year for me. In September of 2014, I joined a tiny but established startup called SproutVideo as their third employee and first designer. The role interests me because it affords the opportunity to see how design can grow a solid product with a loyal user-base into something even better. \nThe work I do now could also have a real impact on the brand and user experience of our product for years to come, which is a thrilling prospect in an industry where much of what I do feels small and temporary. I got in on the ground floor of something special: a small, dedicated, useful company that cares deeply about making video hosting effortless and rewarding for our users.\nI had (and still have) grand ideas for what thoughtful design can do for a product, and the smaller-scale product design work I\u2019ve done or helped manage over the past few years gave me enough eager confidence to dive in head first. Readers who have experience redesigning complex existing products probably have a knowing smirk on their face right now. As I said, it\u2019s been humbling. A year of focused product design, especially on the scale we are trying to achieve with our small team at SproutVideo, has taught me more than any projects in recent memory. I\u2019d like to share a few of those lessons.\nProduct design is very different from marketing design\nThe majority of my recent work leading up to SproutVideo has been in marketing design. These projects are so fun because their aim is to communicate the value of the product in a compelling and memorable way. In order to achieve this goal, I spent a lot of time thinking about content strategy, responsive design, and how to create striking visuals that tell a story. These are all pursuits I love.\nProduct design is a different beast. When designing a homepage, I can employ powerful imagery, wild gradients, and somewhat-quirky fonts. When I began redesigning the SproutVideo product, I wanted to draw on all the beautiful assets I\u2019ve created for our marketing materials, but big gradients, textures, and display fonts made no sense in this new context.\nThat\u2019s because the product isn\u2019t about us, and it isn\u2019t about telling our story. Product design is about getting out of the way so people can do their job. The visual design is there to create a pleasant atmosphere for people to work in, and to help support the user experience. Learning to take \u201cus\u201d out of the equation took some work after years of creating gorgeous imagery and content for the sales-driven side of businesses.\nI\u2019ve learned it\u2019s very valuable to design both sides of the experience, because marketing and product design flex different muscles. If you\u2019re currently in an environment where the two are separate, consider switching teams in 2016. Designing for product when you\u2019ve mostly done marketing, or vice versa, will deepen your knowledge as a designer overall. You\u2019ll face new unexpected challenges, which is the only way to grow.\nProduct design can not start with what looks good on Dribbble\nI have an embarrassing confession: when I began the redesign, I had a secret goal of making something that would look gorgeous in my portfolio. I have a collection of product shots that I admire on Dribbble; examples of beautiful dashboards and widgets and UI elements that look good enough to frame. I wanted people to feel the same way about the final outcome of our redesign. Mistakenly, this was a factor in my initial work. I opened Photoshop and crafted pixel-perfect static buttons and form elements and color palettes that\u200a\u2014\u200awhen applied to our actual product\u200a\u2014\u200alooked like a toddler beauty pageant. It added up to a lot of unusable shininess, noise, and silliness.\nI was disappointed; these elements seemed so lovely in isolation, but in context, they felt tacky and overblown. I realized: I\u2019m not here to design the world\u2019s most beautiful drop down menu. Good design has nothing to do with ego, but in my experience designers are, at least a little bit, secret divas. I\u2019m no exception. I had to remind myself that I am not working in service of a bigger Dribbble following or to create the most Pinterest-ing work. My function is solely to serve the users\u200a\u2014\u200ato make life a little better for the good people who keep my company in business.\nThis meant letting go of pixel-level beauty to create something bigger and harder: a system of elements that work together in harmony in many contexts. The visual style exists to guide the users. When done well, it becomes a language that users understand, so when they encounter a new feature or have a new goal, they already feel comfortable navigating it. This meant stripping back my gorgeous animated menu into something that didn\u2019t detract from important neighboring content, and could easily fit in other parts of the app. In order to know what visual style would support the users, I had to take a wider view of the product as a whole.\nJust accept that designing a great product \u2013 like many worthwhile pursuits \u2013 is initially laborious and messy\nOnce I realized I couldn\u2019t start by creating the most Dribbble-worthy thing, I knew I\u2019d have to begin with the unglamorous, frustrating, but weirdly wonderful work of mapping out how the product\u2019s content could better be structured. Since we\u2019re redesigning an existing product, I assumed this would be fairly straightforward: the functionality was already in place, and my job was just to structure it in a more easily navigable way.\nI started by handing off a few wireframes of the key screens to the developer, and that\u2019s when the questions began rolling in: \u201cIf we move this content into a modal, how will it affect this similar action here?\u201d \u201cWhat happens if they don\u2019t add video tags, but they do add a description?\u201d \u201cWhat if the user has a title that is 500 characters long?\u201d \u201cWhat if they want their video to be private to some users, but accessible to others?\u201d.\nHow annoying (but really, fantastic) that people use our product in so many ways. Turns out, product design isn\u2019t about laying out elements in the most ideal scenario for the user that\u2019s most convenient for you. As product designers, we have to foresee every outcome, and anticipate every potential user need.\nWhich brings me to another annoying epiphany: if you want to do it well, and account for every user, product design is so much more snarly and tangled than you\u2019d expect going in. I began with a simple goal: to improve the experience on just one of our key product pages. However, every small change impacts every part of the product to some degree, and that impact has to be accounted for. Every decision is based on assumptions that have to be tested; I test my assumptions by observing users, talking to the team, wireframing, and prototyping. Many of my assumptions are wrong. There are days when it\u2019s incredibly frustrating, because an elegant solution for users with one goal will complicate life for users with another goal. It\u2019s vital to solve as many scenarios as possible, even though this is slow, sometimes mind-bending work.\nAs a side bonus, wireframing and prototyping every potential state in a product is tedious, but your developers will thank you for it. It\u2019s not their job to solve what happens when there\u2019s an empty state, error, or edge case. Showing you\u2019ve accounted for these scenarios will win a developer\u2019s respect; failing to do so will frustrate them.\nWhen you\u2019ve created and tested a system that supports user needs, it will be beautiful\nRemember what I said in the beginning about wanting to create a Dribbble-worthy product? When I stopped focusing on the visual details of the design (color, spacing, light and shadow, font choices) and focused instead on structuring the content to maximize usability and delight, a beautiful design began to emerge naturally.\nI began with grayscale, flat wireframes as a strategy to keep me from getting pulled into the visual style before the user experience was established. As I created a system of elements that worked in harmony, the visual style choices became obvious. Some buttons would need to be brighter and sit off the page to help the user spot important actions. Some elements would need line separators to create a hierarchy, where others could stand on their own as an emphasized piece of content. As the user experience took shape, the visual style emerged naturally to support it. The result is a product that feels beautiful to use, because I was thoughtful about the experience first.\n\nA big takeaway from this process has been that my assumptions will often be proven wrong. My assumptions about how to design a great product, and how users will interact with that product, have been tested and revised repeatedly. At SproutVideo we\u2019re about to undertake the biggest test of our work; we\u2019re going to launch a small part of the product redesign to our users. If I\u2019ve learned anything, it\u2019s that I will continue to be humbled by the ongoing effort of making the best product I can, which is a wonderful thing.\nNext year, I hope you all get to do work that takes you out of our comfort zone. Be regularly confounded and embarrassed by your wrong assumptions, learn from them, and come back and tell us what you learned in 2016.", "year": "2015", "author": "Meagan Fisher", "author_slug": "meaganfisher", "published": "2015-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/what-i-learned-about-product-design-this-year/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 38, "title": "Websites of Christmas Past, Present and Future", "contents": "The websites of Christmas past\n\nThe first website was created at CERN. It was launched on 20 December 1990 (just in time for Christmas!), and it still works today, after twenty-four years. Isn\u2019t that incredible?!\n\nWhy does this website still work after all this time? I can think of a few reasons.\n\nFirst, the authors of this document chose HTML. Of course they couldn\u2019t have known back then the extent to which we would be creating documents in HTML, but HTML always had a lot going for it. It\u2019s built on top of plain text, which means it can be opened in any text editor, and it\u2019s pretty readable, even without any parsing.\n\nDespite the fact that HTML has changed quite a lot over the past twenty-four years, extensions to the specification have always been implemented in a backwards-compatible manner. Reading through the 1992 W3C document HTML Tags, you\u2019ll see just how it has evolved. We still have h1 \u2013 h6 elements, but I\u2019d not heard of the <plaintext> element before. Despite being deprecated since HTML2, it still works in several browsers. You can see it in action on my website.\n\nAs well as being written in HTML, there is no run-time compilation of code; the first website simply consists of HTML files transmitted over the web. Due to its lack of complexity, it stood a good chance of surviving in the turbulent World Wide Web.\n\nThat\u2019s all well and good for a simple, static website. But websites created today are increasingly interactive. Many require a login and provide experiences that are tailored to the individual user. This type of dynamic website requires code to be executed somewhere.\n\nTraditionally, dynamic websites would execute such code on the server, and transmit a simple HTML file to the user. As far as the browser was concerned, this wasn\u2019t much different from the first website, as the additional complexity all happened before the document was sent to the browser.\n\nDoing it all in the browser\n\nIn 2003, the first single page interface was created at slashdotslash.com. A single page interface or single page app is a website where the page is created in the browser via JavaScript. The benefit of this technique is that, after the initial page load, subsequent interactions can happen instantly, or very quickly, as they all happen in the browser.\n\nWhen software runs on the client rather than the server, it is often referred to as a fat client. This means that the bulk of the processing happens on the client rather than the server (which can now be thin).\n\nA fat client is preferred over a thin client because:\n\n\n\tIt takes some processing requirements away from the server, thereby reducing the cost of servers (a thin server requires cheaper, or fewer servers).\n\tThey can often continue working offline, provided no server communication is required to complete tasks after initial load.\n\tThe latency of internet communications is bypassed after initial load, as interactions can appear near instantaneous when compared to waiting for a response from the server.\n\n\nBut there are also some big downsides, and these are often overlooked:\n\n\n\tThey can\u2019t work without JavaScript. Obviously JavaScript is a requirement for any client-side code execution. And as the UK Government Digital Service discovered, 1.1% of their visitors did not receive JavaScript enhancements. Of that 1.1%, 81% had JavaScript enabled, but their browsers failed to execute it (possibly due to dropping the internet connection). If you care about 1.1% of your visitors, you should care about the non-JavaScript experience for your website.\n\tThe browser needs to do all the processing. This means that the hardware it runs on needs to be fast. It also means that we require all clients to have largely the same capabilities and browser APIs.\n\tThe initial payload is often much larger, and nothing will be rendered for the user until this payload has been fully downloaded and executed. If the connection drops at any point, or the code fails to execute owing to a bug, we\u2019re left with the non-JavaScript experience.\n\tThey are not easily indexed as every crawler now needs to run JavaScript just to receive the content of the website.\n\n\nThese are not merely edge case issues to shirk off. The first three issues will affect some of your visitors; the fourth affects everyone, including you.\n\nWhat problem are we trying to solve?\n\nSo what can be done to address these issues? Whereas fat clients solve some inherent issues with the web, they seem to create as many problems. When attempting to resolve any issue, it\u2019s always good to try to uncover the original problem and work forwards from there. One of the best ways to frame a problem is as a user story. A user story considers the who, what and why of a need. Here\u2019s a template:\n\n\n\tAs a {who} I want {what} so that {why}\n\n\nI haven\u2019t got a specific project in mind, so let\u2019s refer to the who as user. Here\u2019s one that could explain the use of thick clients.\n\n\n\tAs a user I want the site to respond to my actions quickly so that I get immediate feedback when I do something.\n\n\nThis user story could probably apply to a great number of websites, but so could this:\n\n\n\tAs a user I want to get to the content quickly, so that I don\u2019t have to wait too long to find out what the site is all about or get the content I need.\n\n\nA better solution\n\nHow can we balance both these user needs? How can we have a website that loads fast, and also reacts fast? The solution is to have a thick server, that serves the complete document, and then a thick client, that manages subsequent actions and replaces parts of the page. What we\u2019re talking about here is simply progressive enhancement, but from the user\u2019s perspective.\n\nThe initial payload contains the entire document. At this point, all interactions would happen in a traditional way using links or form elements. Then, once we\u2019ve downloaded the JavaScript (asynchronously, after load) we can enhance the experience with JavaScript interactions. If for whatever reason our JavaScript fails to download or execute, it\u2019s no biggie \u2013 we\u2019ve already got a fully functioning website. If an API that we need isn\u2019t available in this browser, it\u2019s not a problem. We just fall back to the basic experience.\n\nThis second point, of having some minimum requirement for an enhanced experience, is often referred to as cutting the mustard, first used in this sense by the BBC News team. Essentially it\u2019s an if statement like this:\n\nif('querySelector' in document\n && 'localStorage' in window\n && 'addEventListener' in window) {\n // bootstrap the JavaScript application\n }\n\nThis code states that the browser must support the following methods before downloading and executing the JavaScript:\n\n\n\tdocument.querySelector (can it find elements by CSS selectors)\n\twindow.localStorage (can it store strings)\n\twindow.addEventListener (can it bind to events in a standards-compliant way)\n\n\nThese three properties are what the BBC News team decided to test for, as they are present in their website\u2019s JavaScript. Each website will have its own requirements. The last method, window.addEventListener is in interesting one. Although it\u2019s simple to bind to events on IE8 and earlier, these browsers have very inconsistent support for standards. Making any JavaScript-heavy website work on IE8 and earlier is a painful exercise, and comes at a cost to all users on other browsers, as they\u2019ll download unnecessary code to patch support for IE.\n\n JavaScript API support by browser.\n\nI discovered that IE8 supports 12% of the current JavaScript APIs, while IE9 supports 16%, and IE10 51%. It seems, then, that IE10 could be the earliest version of IE that I\u2019d like to develop JavaScript for. That doesn\u2019t mean that users on browsers earlier than 10 can\u2019t use the website. On the contrary, they get the core experience, and because it\u2019s just HTML and CSS, it\u2019s much more likely to be bug-free, and could even provide a better experience than trying to run JavaScript in their browser. They receive the thin client experience.\n\nBy reducing the number of platforms that our enhanced JavaScript version supports, we can better focus our efforts on those platforms and offer an even greater experience to those users. But we can only do that if we use progressive enhancement. Otherwise our website would be completely broken for all other users.\n\nSo what we have is a thick server, capable of serving the entire website to our users, complete with all core functionality needed for our users to complete their tasks; and we have a thick client on supported browsers, which can bring an even greater experience to those users.\n\nThis is all transparent to users. They may notice that the website seems snappier on the new iPhone they received for Christmas than on the Windows 7 machine they got five years ago, but then they probably expected it to be faster on their iPhone anyway.\n\nIsn\u2019t this just more work?\n\nIt\u2019s true that making a thick server and a thick client is more work than just making one or the other. But there are some big advantages:\n\n\n\tThe website works for everyone.\n\tYou can decide when users get the enhanced experience.\n\tYou can enhance features in an iterative (or agile) manner.\n\tWhen the website breaks, it doesn\u2019t break down.\n\tThe more you practise this approach, the quicker you will become.\n\n\nThe websites of Christmas present\n\nThe best way to discover websites using this technique of progressive enhancement is to disable JavaScript and see if the website breaks. I use the Web Developer extension, which is available for Chrome and Firefox. It lets me quickly disable JavaScript.\n\n Web Developer extension.\n\n24 ways works with and without JavaScript. Try using the menu icon to view the navigation. Without JavaScript, it\u2019s a jump link to the bottom of the page, but with JavaScript, the menu slides in from the right.\n\n 24 ways navigation with JavaScript disabled.\n\n 24 ways navigation with working JavaScript.\n\nGoogle search will also work without JavaScript. You won\u2019t get instant search results or any prerendering, because those are enhancements.\n\nFor a more app-like example, try using Twitter. Without JavaScript, it still works, and looks nearly identical. But when you load JavaScript, links open in modal windows and all pages are navigated much quicker, as only the content that has changed is loaded. You can read about how they achieved this in Twitter\u2019s blog posts Improving performance on twitter.com and Implementing pushState for twitter.com.\n\nUnfortunately Facebook doesn\u2019t use progressive enhancement, which not only means that the website doesn\u2019t work without JavaScript, but it takes longer to load. I tested it on WebPagetest and if you compare the load times of Twitter and Facebook, you\u2019ll notice that, despite putting similar content on the page, Facebook takes two and a half times longer to render the core content on the page.\n\n Facebook takes two and a half times longer to load than Twitter.\n\nWebsites of Christmas yet to come\n\nEvery project is different, and making a website that enjoys a long life, or serves a larger number of users may or may not be a high priority. But I hope I\u2019ve convinced you that it certainly is possible to look to the past and future simultaneously, and that there can be significant advantages to doing so.", "year": "2014", "author": "Josh Emerson", "author_slug": "joshemerson", "published": "2014-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/websites-of-christmas-past-present-and-future/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 193, "title": "Web Content Accessibility Guidelines\u2014for People Who Haven't Read Them", "contents": "I\u2019ve been a huge fan of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 since the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) published them, nine years ago. I\u2019ve found them practical and future-proof, and I\u2019ve found that they can save a huge amount of time for designers and developers. You can apply them to anything that you can open in a browser. My favourite part is when I use the guidelines to make a website accessible, and then attend user-testing and see someone with a disability easily using that website.\nToday, the United Nations International Day of Persons with Disabilities, seems like a good time to re-read Laura Kalbag\u2019s explanation of why we should bother with accessibility. That should motivate you to devour this article.\nIf you haven\u2019t read the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0, you might find them a bit off-putting at first. The editors needed to create a single standard that countries around the world could refer to in legislation, and so some of the language in the guidelines reads like legalese. The editors also needed to future-proof the guidelines, and so some terminology\u2014such as \u201ctime-based media\u201d and \u201cprogrammatically determined\u201d\u2014can sound ambiguous. The guidelines can seem lengthy, too: printing the guidelines, the Understanding WCAG 2.0 document, and the Techniques for WCAG 2.0 document would take 1,200 printed pages.\nThis festive season, let\u2019s rip off that legalese and ambiguous terminology like wrapping paper, and see\u2014in a single article\u2014what gifts the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 editors have bestowed upon us.\nCan your users perceive the information on your website?\nThe first guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking \u201cWhat the **** is this thing here supposed to be?\u201d\n1.1.1 Text is the most accessible format for information. Screen readers\u2014such as the \u201cVoiceOver\u201d setting on your iPhone or the \u201cTalkBack\u201d app on your Android phone\u2014understand text better than any other format. The same applies for other assistive technology, such as translation apps and Braille displays. So, if you have anything on your webpage that\u2019s not text, you must add some text that gives your user the same information. You probably know how to do this already; for example:\n\nfor images in webpages, put some alternative text in an alt attribute to tell your user what the image conveys to the user;\nfor photos in tweets, add a description to make the images accessible;\nfor Instagram posts, write a caption that conveys the photo\u2019s information.\n\nThe alternative text should allow the user to get the same information as someone who can see the image. For websites that have too many images for someone to add alternative text to, consider how machine learning and Dynamically Generated Alt Text might\u2014might\u2014be appropriate.\nYou can probably think of a few exceptions where providing text to describe an image might not make sense. Remember I described these guidelines as \u201cpractical\u201d? They cover all those exceptions:\n\nUser interface controls such as buttons and text inputs must have names or labels to tell your user what they do.\nIf your webpage has video or audio (more about these later on!), you must\u2014at least\u2014have text to tell the user what they are.\nMaybe your webpage has a test where your user has to answer a question about an image or some audio, and alternative text would give away the answer. In that case, just describe the test in text so your users know what it is.\nIf your webpage features a work of art, tell your user the experience it evokes.\nIf you have to include a Captcha on your webpage\u2014and please avoid Captchas if at all possible, because some users cannot get past them\u2014you must include text to tell your user what it is, and make sure that it doesn\u2019t rely on only one sense, such as vision.\nIf you\u2019ve included something just as decoration, you must make sure that your user\u2019s assistive technology can ignore it. Again, you probably know how to do this. For example, you could use CSS instead of HTML to include decorative images, or you could add an empty alt attribute to the img element. (Please avoid that recent trend where developers add empty alt attributes to all images in a webpage just to make the HTML validate. You\u2019re better than that.)\n\n(Notice that the guidelines allow you to choose how to conform to them, with whatever technology you choose. To make your website conform to a guideline, you can either choose one of the techniques for WCAG 2.0 for that guideline or come up with your own. Choosing a tried-and-tested technique usually saves time!)\n1.2.1 If your website includes a podcast episode, speech, lecture, or any other recorded audio without video, you must include a transcription or some other text to give your user the same information. In a lot of cases, you might find this easier than you expect: professional transcription services can prove relatively inexpensive and fast, and sometimes a speaker or lecturer can provide the speech or lecture notes that they read out word-for-word. Just make sure that all your users can get the same information and the same results, whether they can hear the audio or not. For example, David Smith and Marco Arment always publish episode transcripts for their Under the Radar podcast. \nSimilarly, if your website includes recorded video without audio\u2014such as an animation or a promotional video\u2014you must either use text to detail what happens in the video or include an audio version. Again, this might work out easier then you perhaps fear: for example, you could check to see whether the animation started life as a list of instructions, or whether the promotional video conveys the same information as the \u201cAbout Us\u201d webpage. You want to make sure that all your users can get the same information and the same results, whether they can see that video or not.\n1.2.2 If your website includes recorded videos with audio, you must add captions to those videos for users who can\u2019t hear the audio. Professional transcription services can provide you with time-stamped text in caption formats that YouTube supports, such as .srt and .sbv. You can upload those to YouTube, so captions appear on your videos there. YouTube can auto-generate captions, but the quality varies from impressively accurate to comically inaccurate. If you have a text version of what the people in the video said\u2014such as the speech that a politician read or the bedtime story that an actor read\u2014you can create a transcript file in .txt format, without timestamps. YouTube then creates captions for your video by synchronising that text to the audio in the video. If you host your own videos, you can ask a professional transcription service to give you .vtt files that you can add to a video element\u2019s track element\u2014or you can handcraft your own. (A quick aside: if your website has more videos than you can caption in a reasonable amount of time, prioritise the most popular videos, the most important videos, and the videos most relevant to people with disabilities. Then make sure your users know how to ask you to caption other videos as they encounter them.)\n1.2.3 If your website has recorded videos that have audio, you must add an \u201caudio description\u201d narration to the video to describe important visual details, or add text to the webpage to detail what happens in the video for users who cannot see the videos. (I like to add audio files from videos to my Huffduffer account so that I can listen to them while commuting.) Maybe your home page has a video where someone says, \u201cI\u2019d like to explain our new TPS reports\u201d while \u201cBill Lumbergh, division Vice President of Initech\u201d appears on the bottom of the screen. In that case, you should add an audio description to the video that announces \u201cBill Lumbergh, division Vice President of Initech\u201d, just before Bill starts speaking. As always, you can make life easier for yourself by considering all of your users, before the event: in this example, you could ask the speaker to begin by saying, \u201cI\u2019m Bill Lumbergh, division Vice President of Initech, and I\u2019d like to explain our new TPS reports\u201d\u2014so you won\u2019t need to spend time adding an audio description afterwards. \n1.2.4 If your website has live videos that have some audio, you should get a stenographer to provide real-time captions that you can include with the video. I\u2019ll be honest: this can prove tricky nowadays. The Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 predate YouTube Live, Instagram live Stories, Periscope, and other such services. If your organisation creates a lot of live videos, you might not have enough resources to provide real-time captions for each one. In that case, if you know the contents of the audio beforehand, publish the contents during the live video\u2014or failing that, publish a transcription as soon as possible.\n1.2.5 Remember what I said about the recorded videos that have audio? If you can choose to either add an audio description or add text to the webpage to detail what happens in the video, you should go with the audio description.\n1.2.6 If your website has recorded videos that include audio information, you could provide a sign language version of the audio information; some people understand sign language better than written language. (You don\u2019t need to caption a video of a sign language version of audio information.)\n1.2.7 If your website has recorded videos that have audio, and you need to add an audio description, but the audio doesn\u2019t have enough pauses for you to add an \u201caudio description\u201d narration, you could provide a separate version of that video where you have added pauses to fit the audio description into.\n1.2.8 Let\u2019s go back to the recorded videos that have audio once more! You could add text to the webpage to detail what happens in the video, so that people who can neither read captions nor hear dialogue and audio description can use braille displays to understand your video.\n1.2.9 If your website has live audio, you could get a stenographer to provide real-time captions. Again, if you know the contents of the audio beforehand, publish the contents during the live audio or publish a transcription as soon as possible.\n(Congratulations on making it this far! I know that seems like a lot to remember, but keep in mind that we\u2019ve covered a complex area: helping your users to understand multimedia information that they can\u2019t see and/or hear. Grab a mince pie to celebrate, and let\u2019s keep going.)\n1.3.1 You must mark up your website\u2019s content so that your user\u2019s browser, and any assistive technology they use, can understand the hierarchy of the information and how each piece of information relates to the rest. Once again, you probably know how to do this: use the most appropriate HTML element for each piece of information. Mark up headings, lists, buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and links with the most appropriate HTML element. If you\u2019re looking for something to do to keep you busy this Christmas, scroll through the list of the elements of HTML. Do you notice any elements that you didn\u2019t know, or that you\u2019ve never used? Do you notice any elements that you could use on your current projects, to mark up the content more accurately? Also, revise HTML table advanced features and accessibility, how to structure an HTML form, and how to use the native form widgets\u2014you might be surprised at how much you can do with just HTML! Once you\u2019ve mastered those, you can make your website much more usable for your all of your users.\n1.3.2 If your webpage includes information that your user has to read in a certain order, you must make sure that their browser and assistive technology can present the information in that order. Don\u2019t rely on CSS or whitespace to create that order visually. Check that the order of the information makes sense when CSS and whitespace aren\u2019t formatting it. Also, try using the Tab key to move the focus through the links and form widgets on your webpage. Does the focus go where you expect it to? Keep this in mind when using order in CSS Grid or Flexbox.\n1.3.3 You must not presume that your users can identify sensory characteristics of things on your webpage. Some users can\u2019t tell what you\u2019ve positioned where on the screen. For example, instead of asking your users to \u201cChoose one of the options on the left\u201d, you could ask them to \u201cChoose one of our new products\u201d and link to that section of the webpage.\n1.4.1 You must not rely on colour as the only way to convey something to your users. Some of your users can\u2019t see, and some of your users can\u2019t distinguish between colours. For example, if your webpage uses green to highlight the products that your shop has in stock, you could add some text to identify those products, or you could group them under a sub-heading.\n1.4.2  If your webpage automatically plays a sound for more than 3 seconds, you must make sure your users can stop the sound or change its volume. Don\u2019t rely on your user turning down the volume on their computer; some users need to hear the screen reader on their computer, and some users just want to keep listening to whatever they were listening before your webpage interrupted them!\n1.4.3 You should make sure that your text contrasts enough with its background, so that your users can read it. Bookmark Lea Verou\u2019s Contrast Ratio calculator now. You can enter the text colour and background colour as named colours, or as RGB, RGBa, HSL, or HSLa values. You should make sure that:\n\nnormal text that set at 24px or larger has a ratio of at least 3:1;\nbold text that set at 18.75px or larger has a ratio of at least 3:1;\nall other text has a ratio of at least 4\u00bd:1.\n\nYou don\u2019t have to do this for disabled form controls, decorative stuff, or logos\u2014but you could!\n1.4.4 You should make sure your users can resize the text on your website up to 200% without using their assistive technology\u2014and still access all your content and functionality. You don\u2019t have to do this for subtitles or images of text.\n1.4.5 You should avoid using images of text and just use text instead. In 1998, Jeffrey Veen\u2019s first Hot Design Tip said, \u201cText is text. Graphics are graphics. Don\u2019t confuse them.\u201d Now that you can apply powerful CSS text-styling properties, use CSS Grid to precisely position text, and choose from thousands of web fonts (Jeffrey co-founded Typekit to help with this), you pretty much never need to use images of text. The guidelines say you can use images of text if you let your users specify the font, size, colour, and background of the text in the image of text\u2014but I\u2019ve never seen that on a real website. Also, this doesn\u2019t apply to logos.\n1.4.6 Let\u2019s go back to colour contrast for a second. You could make your text contrast even more with its background, so that even more of your users can read it. To do that, use Lea Verou\u2019s Contrast Ratio calculator to make sure that:\n\nnormal text that is 24px or larger has a ratio of at least 4\u00bd:1;\nbold text that 18.75px or larger has a ratio of at least 4\u00bd:1;\nall other text has a ratio of at least 7:1.\n\n1.4.7 If your website has recorded speech, you could make sure there are no background sounds, or that your users can turn off any background sounds. If that\u2019s not possible, you could make sure that any background sounds that last longer than a couple of seconds are at least four times quieter than the speech. This doesn\u2019t apply to audio Captchas, audio logos, singing, or rapping. (Yes, these guidelines mention rapping!)\n1.4.8 You could make sure that your users can reformat blocks of text on your website so they can read them better. To do this, make sure that your users can:\n\nspecify the colours of the text and the background, and\nmake the blocks of text less than 80-characters wide, and \nalign text to the left (or right for right-to-left languages), and \nset the line height to 150%, and \nset the vertical distance between paragraphs to 1\u00bd times the line height of the text, and \nresize the text (without using their assistive technology) up to 200% and still not have to scroll horizontally to read it.\n\nBy the way, when you specify a colour for text, always specify a colour for its background too. Don\u2019t rely on default background colours!\n1.4.9 Let\u2019s return to images of text for a second. You could make sure that you use them only for decoration and logos.\nCan users operate the controls and links on your website?\nThe second guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cHow the **** does this thing work?\u201d\n2.1.1 You must make sure that you users can carry out all of your website\u2019s activities with just their keyboard, without time limits for pressing keys. (This doesn\u2019t apply to drawing or anything else that requires a pointing device such as a mouse.) Again, if you use the most appropriate HTML element for each piece of information and for each form element, this should prove easy.\n2.1.2 You must make sure that when the user uses the keyboard to focus on some part of your website, they can then move the focus to some other part of your webpage without needing to use a mouse or touch the screen. If your website needs them to do something complex before they can move the focus elsewhere, explain that to your user. These \u201ckeyboard traps\u201d have become rare, but beware of forms that move focus from one text box to another as soon as they receive the correct number of characters.\n2.1.3 Let\u2019s revisit making sure that you users can carry out all of your website\u2019s activities with just their keyboard, without time limits for pressing keys. You could make sure that your user can do absolutely everything on your website with just the keyboard.\n2.2.1 Sometimes people need more time than you might expect to complete a task on your website. If any part of your website imposes a time limit on a task, you must do at least one of these: \n\nlet your users turn off the time limit before they encounter it; or\nlet your users increase the time limit to at least 10 times the default time limit before they encounter it; or\nwarn your users before the time limit expires and give them at least 20 seconds to extend it, and let them extend it at least 10 times.\n\nRemember: these guidelines are practical. They allow you to enforce time limits for real-time events such as auctions and ticket sales, where increasing or extending time limits wouldn\u2019t make sense. Also, the guidelines allow you to enforce a maximum time limit of 20 hours. The editors chose 20 hours because people need to go to sleep at some stage. See? Practical!\n2.2.2 In my experience, this criterion remains the least well-known\u2014even though some users can only use websites that conform to it. If your website presents content alongside other content that can distract users by automatically moving, blinking, scrolling, or updating, you must make sure that your users can:\n\npause, stop, or hide the other content if it\u2019s not essential and lasts more than 5 seconds; and\npause, stop, hide, or control the frequency of the other content if it automatically updates.\n\nIt\u2019s OK if your users miss live information such as stock price updates or football scores; you can\u2019t do anything about that! Also, this doesn\u2019t apply to animations such as progress bars that you put on a website to let all users know that the webpage isn\u2019t frozen.\n(If this one sounds complex, just add a pause button to anything that might distract your users.)\n2.2.3 Let\u2019s go back to time limits on tasks on your website. You could   make your website even easier to use by removing all time limits except those on real-time events such as auctions and ticket sales. That would mean your user wouldn\u2019t need to interact with a timer at all.\n2.2.4 You could let your users turn off all interruptions\u2014server updates, promotions, and so on\u2014apart from any emergency information.\n2.2.5 This is possibly my favourite of these criteria! After your website logs your user out, you could make sure that when they log in again, they can continue from where they were without having lost any information. Do that, and you\u2019ll be on everyone\u2019s Nice List this Christmas.\n2.3.1 You must make sure that nothing flashes more than three times a second on your website, unless you can make sure that the flashes remain below the acceptable general flash and red flash thresholds\u2026\n2.3.2 \u2026or you could just make sure that nothing flashes more than three times per second on your website. This is usually an easier goal.\n2.4.1 You must make sure that your users can jump past any blocks of content, such as navigation menus, that are repeated throughout your website. You know the drill here: using HTML\u2019s sectioning elements such as header, nav, main, aside, and footer allows users with assistive technology to go straight to the content they need, and adding \u201cSkip Navigation\u201d links allows everyone to get to your main content faster.\n2.4.2 You must add a proper title to describe each webpage\u2019s topic. Your webpage won\u2019t even validate without a title element, so make it a useful one.\n2.4.3 If your users can focus on links and native form widgets, you must make sure that they can focus on elements in an order that makes sense.\n2.4.4 You must make sure that your users can understand the purpose of a link when they read:\n\nthe text of the link; or\nthe text of the paragraph, list item, table cell, or table header for the cell that contains the link; or\nthe heading above the link.\n\nYou don\u2019t have to do that for games and quizzes.\n2.4.5 You should give your users multiple ways to find any webpage within a set of webpages. Add site-wide search and a site map and you\u2019re done!\nThis doesn\u2019t apply for a webpage that is part of a series of actions (like a shopping cart and checkout flow) or to a webpage that is a result of a series of actions (like a webpage confirming that the user has bought what was in the shopping cart).\n2.4.6 You should help your users to understand your content by providing:\n\nheadings that describe the topics of you content;\nlabels that describe the purpose of the native form widgets on the webpage.\n\n2.4.7 You should make sure that users can see which element they have focussed on. Next time you use your website, try hitting the Tab key repeatedly. Does it visually highlight each item as it moves focus to it? If it doesn\u2019t, search your CSS to see whether you\u2019ve applied outline: 0; to all elements\u2014that\u2019s usually the culprit. Use the :focus pseudo-element to define how elements should appear when they have focus.\n2.4.8 You could help your user to understand where the current webpage is located within your website. Add \u201cbreadcrumb navigation\u201d and/or a site map and you\u2019re done.\n2.4.9 You could make links even easier to understand, by making sure that your users can understand the purpose of a link when they read the text of the link. Again, you don\u2019t have to do that for games and quizzes.\n2.4.10 You could use headings to organise your content by topic. \nCan users understand your content?\nThe third guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhat the **** does this mean?\u201d\n3.1.1 Let\u2019s start this section with the criterion that possibly takes the least time to implement; you must make sure that the user\u2019s browser can identify the main language that your webpage\u2019s content is written in. For a webpage that has mainly English content, use <html lang=\"en\">. \n3.1.2 You  must specify when content in another language appears in your webpage, like so: <q>I wish you a <span lang=\"fr\">Joyeux No\u00ebl</span>.</q>. You don\u2019t have to do this for proper names, technical terms, or words that you can\u2019t identify a language for. You also don\u2019t have to do it for words from a different language that people consider part of the language around those words; for example, <q>Come to our Christmas rendezvous!</q> is OK.\n3.1.3 You could make sure that your users can find out the meaning of any unusual words or phrases, including idioms like \u201cstocking filler\u201d or \u201cBah! Humbug!\u201d and jargon such as \u201cVoiceOver\u201d and \u201cTalkBack\u201d. Provide a glossary or link to a dictionary.\n3.1.4 You could make sure that your users can find out the meaning of any    abbreviation. For example, VoiceOver pronounces \u201cXmas\u201d as \u201cSmas\u201d instead of \u201cChristmas\u201d. Using the abbr element and linking to a glossary can help. (Interestingly, VoiceOver pronounces \u201cabbr\u201d as \u201cabbreviation\u201d!)\n3.1.5 Do your users need to be able to read better than a typically educated nine-year-old, to read your content (apart from proper names and titles)? If so, you could provide a version that doesn\u2019t require that level of reading ability, or you could provide images, videos, or audio to explain your content. (You don\u2019t have to add captions or audio description to those videos.)\n3.1.6 You could make sure that your users can access the pronunciation of any word in your content if that word\u2019s meaning depends on its pronunciation. For example, the word \u201cclose\u201d could have one of two meanings, depending on pronunciation, in a phrase such as, \u201cReady for Christmas? Close now!\u201d\n3.2.1 Some users need to focus on elements to access information about them. You must make sure that focusing on an element doesn\u2019t trigger any major changes, such as opening a new window, focusing on another element, or submitting a form.\n3.2.2 Webpages are easier for users when the controls do what they\u2019re supposed to do. Unless you have warned your users about it, you must make sure that changing the value of a control such as a text box, checkbox, or drop-down list doesn\u2019t trigger any major changes, such as opening a new window, focusing on another element, or submitting a form.\n3.2.3 To help your users to find the content they want on each webpage, you should put your navigation elements in the same place on each webpage. (This doesn\u2019t apply when your user has changed their preferences or when they use assistive technology to change how your content appears.) \n3.2.4 When a set of webpages includes things that have the same functionality on different webpages, you should name those things consistently. For example, don\u2019t use the word \u201cSearch\u201d for the search box on one webpage and \u201cFind\u201d for the search box on another webpage within that set of webpages.\n3.2.5 Let\u2019s go back to major changes, such as a new window opening, another element taking focus, or a form being submitted. You could make sure that they only happen when users deliberately make them happen, or when you have warned users about them first. For example, you could give the user a button for updating some content instead of automatically updating that content. Also, if a link will open in a new window, you could add the words \u201copens in new window\u201d to the link text.\n3.3.1 Users make mistakes when filling in forms. Your website must identify each mistake to your user, and must describe the mistake to your users in text so that the user can fix it. One way to identify mistakes reliably to your users is to set the aria-invalid attribute to true in the element that has a mistake. That makes sure that users with assistive technology will be alerted about the mistake. Of course, you can then use the [aria-invalid=\"true\"] attribute selector in your CSS to visually highlight any such mistakes. Also, look into how certain attributes of the input element such as required, type, and list can help prevent and highlight mistakes.\n3.3.2 You must include labels or instructions (and possibly examples) in your website\u2019s forms, to help your users to avoid making mistakes. \n3.3.3 When your user makes a mistake when filling in a form, your webpage should suggest ways to fix that mistake, if possible. This doesn\u2019t apply in scenarios where those suggestions could affect the security of the content.\n3.3.4 Whenever your user submits information that:\n\nhas legal or financial consequences; or\naffects information that they have previously saved in your website; or\nis part of a test\n\n\u2026you should make sure that they can:\n\nundo it; or\ncorrect any mistakes, after your webpage checks their information; or\nreview, confirm, and correct the information before they finally submit it.\n\n3.3.5 You could help prevent your users from making mistakes by providing obvious, specific help, such as examples, animations, spell-checking, or extra instructions.\n3.3.6 Whenever your user submits any information, you could make sure that they can:\n\nundo it; or\ncorrect any mistakes, after your webpage checks their information; or\nreview, confirm, and correct the information before they finally submit it.\n\nHave you made your website robust enough to work on your users\u2019 browsers and assistive technologies?\nThe fourth and final guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhy the **** doesn\u2019t this work on my device?\u201d\n4.1.1 You must make sure that your website works as well as possible with current and future browsers and assistive technology. Prioritise  complying with web standards instead of relying on the capabilities of currently popular devices and browsers. Web developers didn\u2019t expect their users to be unwrapping the Wii U Browser five years ago\u2014who knows what browsers and assistive technologies our users will be unwrapping in five years\u2019 time? Avoid hacks, and use the W3C Markup Validation Service to make sure that your HTML has no errors.\n4.1.2 If you develop your own user interface components, you must make their name, role, state, properties, and values available to your user\u2019s browsers and assistive technologies. That should make them almost as accessible as standard HTML elements such as links, buttons, and checkboxes.\n\u201c\u2026and a partridge in a pear tree!\u201d\n\u2026as that very long Christmas song goes. We\u2019ve covered a lot in this article\u2014because your users have a lot of different levels of ability. Hopefully this has demystified the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 for you. Hopefully you spotted a few situations that could arise for users on your website, and you now know how to tackle them. \nTo start applying what we\u2019ve covered, you might like to look at Sarah Horton and Whitney Quesenbery\u2019s personas for Accessible UX. Discuss the personas, get into their heads, and think about which aspects of your website might cause problems for them. See if you can apply what we\u2019ve covered today, to help users like them to do what they need to do on your website.\nHow to know when your website is perfectly accessible for everyone\nLOL! There will never be a time when your website becomes perfectly accessible for everyone. Don\u2019t aim for that. Instead, aim for regularly testing and making your website more accessible.\nWeb Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1\nThe W3C hope to release the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 as a \u201crecommendation\u201d (that\u2019s what the W3C call something that we should start using) by the middle of next year. Ten years may seem like a long time to move from version 2.0 to version 2.1, but consider the scale of the task: the editors have to update the guidelines to cover all the new ways that people interact with new technologies, while keeping the guidelines backwards-compatible. Keep an eye out for 2.1!\nYou\u2019ll go down in history\nOne last point: I\u2019ve met a surprising number of web designers and developers who do great work to make their websites more accessible without ever telling their users about it. Some of your potential customers have possibly tried and failed to use your website in the past. They probably won\u2019t try again unless you let them know that things have improved. A quick Twitter search for your website\u2019s name alongside phrases like \u201cassistive technology\u201d, \u201cdoesn\u2019t work\u201d, or \u201c#fail\u201d can let you find frustrated users\u2014so you can tell them about how you\u2019re making your website more accessible. Start making your websites work better for everyone\u2014and please, let everyone know.", "year": "2017", "author": "Alan Dalton", "author_slug": "alandalton", "published": "2017-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/wcag-for-people-who-havent-read-them/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 245, "title": "Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.1\u2014for People Who Haven\u2019t Read the Update", "contents": "Happy United Nations International Day of Persons with Disabilities 2018! The United Nations chose \u201cEmpowering persons with disabilities and ensuring inclusiveness and equality\u201d as this year\u2019s theme. We\u2019ve seen great examples of that in 2018; for example, Paul Robert Lloyd has detailed how he improved the accessibility of this very website. \nOn social media, US Congressmember-Elect Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez started using the Clipomatic app to add live captions to her Instagram live stories, conforming to success criterion 1.2.4, \u201cCaptions (Live)\u201d of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (figure 1) \u2026and British Vogue Contributing Editor Sin\u00e9ad Burke has used the split-screen feature of Instagram live stories to invite an interpreter to provide live Sign Language interpretation, going above and beyond success criterion 1.2.6, \u201cSign Language (Prerecorded)\u201d of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (figure 2).\n\nFigure 1: Screenshot of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez\u2019s Instagram story with live captionsFigure 2: Screenshot of Sin\u00e9ad Burke\u2019s Instagram story with Sign Language Interpretation\nThat theme chimes with this year\u2019s publication of the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)\u2019s Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1. In last year\u2019s \u201cWeb Content Accessibility Guidelines\u2014for People Who Haven\u2019t Read Them\u201d, I mentioned the scale of the project to produce this update during 2018: \u201cthe editors have to update the guidelines to cover all the new ways that people interact with new technologies, while keeping the guidelines backwards-compatible\u201d. \nThe WCAG working group have added 17 success criteria to the 61 that they released way back in 2008\u2014for context, that was 1\u00bd years before Apple released their first iPad! These new criteria make it easier than ever for us web geeks to produce work that is more accessible to people using mobile devices and touchscreens, people with low vision, and people with cognitive and learning disabilities. \nOnce again, let\u2019s rip off all the legalese and ambiguous terminology like wrapping paper, and get up to date.\nCan your users perceive the information on your website?\nThe first guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhat the **** is this thing here supposed to be?\u201d We\u2019ve seven new criteria for this guideline.\n1.3.4 Some people can\u2019t easily change the orientation of the device that they use to browse the web, and so you should make sure that your users can use your website in portrait orientation and in landscape orientation. Consider how people slowly twirl presents that they have plucked from under the Christmas tree, to find the appropriate orientation\u2014and expect your users to do likewise with your websites and apps. We\u2019ve had 18\u00bd years since John Allsopp\u2019s revelatory Dao of Web Design enlightened us to \u201cembrace the fact that the web doesn\u2019t have the same constraints\u201d as printed pages, and to \u201cdesign for this flexibility\u201d. So, even though this guideline doesn\u2019t apply to websites where \u201ca specific display orientation is essential,\u201d such as a piano tutorial, always ask yourself, \u201cWhat would John Allsopp do?\u201d\n1.3.5 You should help the user\u2019s browser to automatically complete\u2013or not complete\u2013form fields, to save the user some time and effort. The surprisingly powerful and flexible autocomplete attribute for input elements should prove most useful here. If you\u2019ve used microformats or microdata to mark up information about a person, the autocomplete attribute\u2019s range of values should seem familiar. I like how the W3\u2019s \u201cUsing HTML 5.2 autocomplete attributes\u201d says that autocompleted values in forms help \u201cthose with dexterity disabilities who have trouble typing, those who may need more time, and anyone who wishes to reduce effort to fill out a form\u201d (emphasis mine). Um\u2026\ud83d\ude4b\u200d\u2642\ufe0f\n1.3.6 I like this one a lot, because it can help a huge audience to overcome difficulties that might prevent them from ever using the web. Some people have cognitive difficulties that affect their memory, focus, attention, language processing, and/or decision-making. Those users often rely on assistive technologies that present information through proprietary symbols, summaries of content, and keyboard shortcuts. You could use ARIA landmarks to identify the regions of each webpage. You could also keep an eye on the W3C\u2019s ongoing work on Personalisation Semantics.\n1.4.10 If you were to find a Nintendo Switch and \u201cSuper Mario Odyssey\u201d under your Christmas tree, you would have many hours of enjoyably scrolling horizontally and vertically to play the game. On the other hand, if you had to zoom a webpage to 400% so that you could read the content, you might have many hours of frustratedly scrolling horizontally and vertically to read the content. Learned reader, I assume you understand the purpose and the core techniques of Responsive Web Design. I also assume you\u2019re getting up to speed with the new Grid, Flexbox, and Box Alignment techniques for layout, and overflow-wrap. Using those skills, you should make sure that all content and functionality remain available when the browser is 320px wide, without your user needing to scroll horizontally. (For vertical text, you should make sure that all content and functionality remain available when the browser is 256px high, without your user needing to scroll vertically.) You don\u2019t have to do this for anything that would lose meaning if you restructured it into one narrow column. That includes some images, maps, diagrams, video, games, presentations, and data tables. Remember to check how your media queries affect font size: your user might find that text becomes smaller as they zoom into the webpage. So, test this one on real devices, or\u2014better yet\u2014test it with real users.\n1.4.11 In \u201cWeb Content Accessibility Guidelines\u2014for People Who Haven\u2019t Read Them\u201d, I recommended bookmarking Lea Verou\u2019s Contrast Ratio calculator for checking that text contrasts enough with its background (for success criteria 1.4.3 and 1.4.6), so that more people can read it more easily. For this update, you should make sure that form elements and their focus states have a 3:1 contrast ratio with the colour around them. This doesn\u2019t apply to controls that use the browser\u2019s default styling. Also, you should make sure that graphics that convey information have a 3:1 contrast ratio with the colour around them.\n1.4.12 Some people, due to low vision or dyslexia, might need to modify the typography that you agonised over. Research indicates that you should make sure that all content and functionality would remain available if a user were to set:\n\nline height to at least 1\u00bd \u00d7 the font size;\nspace below paragraphs to at least 2 \u00d7 the font size;\nletter spacing to at least 0.12 \u00d7 the font size;\nword spacing to at least 0.16 \u00d7 the font size.\n\nTo test this, check for text overlapping, text hiding behind other elements, or text disappearing.\n1.4.13 Sometimes when visiting a website, you hover over\u2014or tab on to\u2014something that unleashes a newsletter subscription pop-up, some suggested \u201crelated content\u201d, and/or a GDPR-related pop-up. On a well-designed website, you can press the Esc key on your keyboard or click a prominent \u201cClose\u201d button or \u201cX\u201d button to vanquish such intrusions. If the Esc key fails you, or if you either can\u2019t see or can\u2019t click the \u201cClose\u201d button\u2026well, you\u2019ll probably just close that browser tab. This situation can prove even more infuriating for users with low vision or cognitive disabilities. So, if new content appears when your user hovers over or tabs on to some element, you should make sure that:\n\nyour user can dismiss that content without needing to move their pointer or tab on to some other element (this doesn\u2019t apply to error warnings, or well-behaved content that doesn\u2019t obscure or replace other content);\nthe new content remains visible while your user moves their cursor over it;\nthe new content remains visible as long as the user hovers over that element or dismisses that content\u2014or until the new content is no longer valid.\n\nThis doesn\u2019t apply to situations such as hovering over an element\u2019s title attribute, where the user\u2019s browser controls the display of the content that appears.\nCan users operate the controls and links on your website?\nThe second guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cHow the **** does this thing work?\u201d We\u2019ve nine new criteria for this guideline.\n2.1.4 Some websites offer keyboard shortcuts for users. For example, the keyboard shortcuts for Gmail allow the user to press the \u21e7 key and u to mark a message as unread. Usually, shortcuts on websites include modifier keys, such as Ctrl, along with a letter, number, or punctuation symbol. Unfortunately, users who have dexterity challenges sometimes trigger those shortcuts by accident, and that can make a website impossible to use. Also, speech input technology can sometimes trigger those shortcuts. If your website offers single-character keyboard shortcuts, you must allow your user to turn off or remap those shortcuts. This doesn\u2019t apply to single-character keyboard shortcuts that only work when a control, such as drop-down list, has focus.\n2.2.6 If your website uses a timeout for some process, you could store the user\u2019s data for at least 20 hours, so that users with cognitive disabilities can take a break or take longer than usual to complete the process without losing their place or losing their data. Alternatively, you could warn the user, at the start of the process, about that the website will timeout after whatever amount of time you have chosen. \n2.3.3 If your website has some non-essential animation (such as parallax scrolling) that starts when the user does some particular action, you could allow the user to turn off that animation so that you avoid harming users with vestibular disorders. The prefers-reduced-motion media query currently has limited browser support, but you can start using it now to avoid showing animations to users who select the \u201cReduce Motion\u201d setting (or equivalent) in their device\u2019s operating system:\n@media (prefers-reduced-motion: reduce) {\n  .MrFancyPants {\n    animation: none;\n  }\n}\n2.5.1 Some websites let users use multi-touch gestures on touchscreen devices. For example, Google Maps allows users to pinch with two fingers to zoom out and \u201cunpinch\u201d with two fingers to zoom in. Also, some websites allow users to drag a finger to do some action, such as changing the value on an input element with type=\"range\", or swiping sideways to the next photograph in a gallery. Some users with dexterity challenges, and some users who use a head pointer, an eye-gaze system, or speech-controlled mouse emulation, might find multi-touch gestures or dragging impossible. You must make sure that your website supports single-tap alternatives to any multi-touch gestures or dragging actions that it provides. For example, if your website lets someone pinch and unpinch a map to zoom in and out, you must also provide buttons that a user can tap to zoom in and out.\n2.5.2 This might be my favourite accessibility criterion ever! Did you ever touch or press a \u201cSend\u201d button but then immediately realise that you really didn\u2019t want to send the message, and so move your finger or cursor away from the \u201cSend\u201d button before lifting your finger?! Imagine how many arguments that functionality has prevented. \ud83d\ude0c You must make sure that touching or pressing does not cause anything to happen before the user raises their finger or cursor, or make sure that the user can move their finger or cursor away to prevent the action. In JavaScript, prefer onclick to onmousedown, unless your website has actions that need onmousedown. Also, this doesn\u2019t apply to actions that need to happen as soon as the user clicks or touches. For example, a user playing a \u201cWhac-A-Mole\u201d game or a piano emulator needs the action to happen as soon as they click or touch the screen.\n2.5.3 Recently, entrepreneur and social media guru Gary Vaynerchuk has emphasised the rise of audio and voice as output and input. He quotes a Google statistic that says one in five search queries use voice input. Once again, users with disabilities have been ahead of the curve here, having used screen readers and/or dictation software for many years. You must make sure that the text that appears on a form control or image matches how your HTML identifies that form control or image. Use proper semantic HTML to achieve this:\n\nuse the label element to pair text with the corresponding input element;\nuse an alt attribute value that exactly matches any text that appears in an image;\nuse an aria-labelledby attribute value that exactly matches the text that appears in any complex component.\n\n2.5.4 Modern Web APIs allow web developers to specify how their website will react to the user shaking, tilting, or gesturing towards their device. Some users might find those actions difficult, impossible, or embarrassing to perform. If you make any functionality available when the user shakes, tilts, or gestures towards their device, you must provide form controls that make that same functionality available. As usual, this doesn\u2019t apply to websites that require shaking, tilting, or gesturing; this includes some games and music programmes. John Gruber describes the iPhone\u2019s \u201cShake to Undo\u201d gesture as \u201cdreadful \u2014 impossible to discover through exploration of the on-screen [user interface], bad for accessibility, and risks your phone flying out of your hand\u201d. This accessibility criterion seems to empathise with John: you must make sure that your user can prevent your website from responding to shaking, tilting and/or gesturing towards their device.\n2.5.5 Homer Simpson\u2019s telephone famously complained, \u201cThe fingers you have used to dial are too fat.\u201d I think we\u2019ve all felt like that when using phones and tablets, particularly when trying to dismiss pop-ups and ads. You could make interactive elements at least 44px wide \u00d7 44px high. Apple\u2019s \u201cHuman Interface Guidelines\u201d agree: \u201cProvide ample touch targets for interactive elements. Try to maintain a minimum tappable area of 44pt x 44pt for all controls.\u201d This doesn\u2019t apply to links within inline text, or to unsoiled elements.\n2.5.6 Expect your users to use a variety of input devices they want, and to change from one to another whenever they please. For example, a user with a tablet and keyboard might jab icons on the screen while typing on the keyboard, or a user might dictate text while alone and then type on a keyboard when a colleague arrives. You could make sure that your website allows your users to use whichever available input modality they choose. Once again, this doesn\u2019t apply to websites that require a specific modality; this includes typing tutors and music programmes.\nCan users understand your content?\nThe third guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhat the **** does this mean?\u201d We\u2019ve no new criteria for this guideline. \nHave you made your website robust enough to work on your users\u2019 browsers and assistive technologies?\nThe fourth and final guideline has criteria that help you prevent your users from asking, \u201cWhy the **** doesn\u2019t this work on my device?\u201d We\u2019ve one new criterion for this guideline.\n4.1.3 Sometimes you need to let your user know the status of something: \u201cDid it work OK? What was the error? How far through it are we?\u201d However, you should avoid making your user lose their place on the webpage, and so you should let them know the status without opening a new window, focusing on another element, or submitting a form. To do this properly for assistive technology users, choose the appropriate ARIA role for the new content; for example:  \n\nif your user needs to know, \u201cDid it work OK?\u201d, add role=\"status\u201d;\nif your user needs to know, \u201cWhat was the error?\u201d, add role=\"alert\u201d;\nif you user needs to know, \u201cHow far through it are we?\u201d, add role=\"log\" (for a chat window) or role=\"progressbar\" (for, well, a progress bar).\n\nBetter design for humans\nMy favourite of Luke Wroblewski\u2019s collection of Design Quotes is, \u201cDesign is the art of gradually applying constraints until only one solution remains,\u201d   from that most prolific author, \u201cUnknown\u201d. I\u2019ve always viewed the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines as people-based constraints, and liked how they help the design process. With these 17 new web content accessibility criteria, go forth and create solutions that more people than ever before can use.\nSpending those book vouchers you got for Christmas\nWhat next? If you\u2019re looking for something to do to keep you busy this Christmas, I thoroughly recommend these four books for increasing your accessibility expertise:\n\n\u201cPro HTML5 Accessibility\u201d by Joshue O Connor (Head of Accessibility (Interim) at the UK Government Digital Service, Director of InterAccess, and one of the editors of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.1): Although this book is six years old\u2014a long time in web design\u2014I find it an excellent go-to resource. It begins by explaining how people with disabilities use the web, and then expertly explains modern HTML in that context.\n\u201cA Web for Everyone\u2014Designing Accessible User Experiences\u201d by Sarah Horton (the Paciello Group\u2019s UX Strategy Lead) and Whitney Quesenbery (the Center for Civic Design\u2019s co-director): This book covers the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0, the principles of Universal Design, and design thinking. Its personas for Accessible UX and its profiles of well-known industry figures\u2014including some 24ways authors\u2014keep its content practical and relevant throughout.\n\u201cAccessibility For Everyone\u201d by Laura Kalbag (Ind.ie\u2019s co-founder and designer, and 24ways author): This book is just over a year old, and so serves as a great resource for up-to-date coverage of guidelines, laws, and accessibility features of operating systems\u2014as well as content, design, coding, and testing. The audiobook, which Laura narrates, can help you and your colleagues go from having little or no understanding of web accessibility, to becoming familiar with all aspects of web accessibility\u2014in less than four hours.\n\u201cJust Ask: Integrating Accessibility Throughout Design\u201d by Shawn Lawton Henry (the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C)\u2019s Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI)\u2019s Outreach Coordinator): Although this book is 11\u00bd years old, the way it presents accessibility as part of the User-Centered Design process is timeless. I found its section on Usability Testing with people with disabilities particularly useful.", "year": "2018", "author": "Alan Dalton", "author_slug": "alandalton", "published": "2018-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/wcag-for-people-who-havent-read-the-update/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 303, "title": "We Need to Talk About Technical Debt", "contents": "In my work with clients, a lot of time is spent assessing old, legacy, sprawling systems and identifying good code, bad code, and technical debt.\nOne thing that constantly strikes me is the frequency with which bad code and technical debt are conflated, so let me start by saying this:\nNot all technical debt is bad code, and not all bad code is technical debt.\nSometimes your bad code is just that: bad code. Calling it technical debt often feels like a more forgiving and friendly way of referring to what may have just been a poor implementation or a substandard piece of work.\nIt is an oft-misunderstood phrase, and when mistaken for meaning \u2018anything legacy or old hacky or nasty or bad\u2019, technical debt is swept under the carpet along with all of the other parts of the codebase we\u2019d rather not talk about, and therein lies the problem.\nWe need to talk about technical debt.\nWhat We Talk About When We Talk About Technical Debt\nThe thing that separates technical debt from the rest of the hacky code in our project is the fact that technical debt, by definition, is something that we knowingly and strategically entered into. Debt doesn\u2019t happen by accident: debt happens when we choose to gain something otherwise-unattainable immediately in return for paying it back (with interest) later on.\nAn Example\nYou\u2019re a front-end developer working on a SaaS product, and your sales team is courting a large customer \u2013 a customer so large that you can\u2019t really afford to lose them. The customer tells you that as long as you can allow them to theme your SaaS application according to their branding, they are willing to sign on the dotted line\u2026 the problem being that your CSS architecture was never designed to incorporate theming at all, and there isn\u2019t currently a nice, clean way to incorporate a theme into the codebase.\nYou and the business make the decision that you will hack a theme into the product in two days. It\u2019s going to be messy, it\u2019s going to be ugly, but you can\u2019t afford to lose a huge customer just because your CSS isn\u2019t quite right, right now. This is technical debt.\nYou deliver the theme, the customer signs up, and everyone is happy. Except you (and the business, because you are one and the same) have a decision to make:\n\nDo we go back and build theming into the CSS architecture as a first-class citizen, porting the hacked theme back into a codified and formal framework?\nDo we carry on as we are? Things are working okay, and the customer paid up, so is there any reason to invest time and effort into things after we (and the customer) got what we wanted?\n\nOption 1 is choosing to pay off your debts; Option 2 is ignoring your repayments.\nWith Option 1, you\u2019re acknowledging that you did what you could given the constraints, but, free of constraints, you\u2019d have done something different. Now, you are choosing to implement that something different.\nWith Option 2, however, you are avoiding your responsibility to repay your debt, and you are letting interest accrue. The problem here is that\u2026\n\nyour SaaS product now offers theming to one of your customers;\nanother potential customer might also demand the ability to theme their instance of your product;\nyou can\u2019t refuse them that request, nor can you quickly fulfil it;\nyou hack in another theme, thus adding to the balance of your existing debt;\nand so on (plus interest) for every subsequent theme you need to implement.\n\nHere you have increased entropy whilst making little to no attempt to address what you already knew to be problems.\nYour second, third, fourth, fifth request for theming will be hacked on top of your hack, further accumulating debt whilst offering nothing by way of a repayment. After a long enough period, the code involved will get so unwieldy, so hard to work with, that you are forced to tear it all down and start again, and the most painful part of this is that you\u2019re actually paying off even more than your debt repayments would have been in the first place. Two days of hacking plus, say, five days of subsequent refactoring, would still have been substantially less than the weeks you will now have to spend rewriting your CSS to fix and incorporate the themes properly. You\u2019ve made a loss; your strategic debt ultimately became a loss-making exercise.\nThe important thing to note here is that you didn\u2019t necessarily write bad code. You knew there were two options: the quick way and the correct way. The decision to take the quick route was a definite choice, because you knew there was a better way. Implementing the better way is your repayment.\nGood Debt and Bad Debt\nTechnical debt is acceptable as long as you have intentions to settle; it can be a valuable solution to a business problem, provided the right approach is taken afterwards. That doesn\u2019t, however, mean that all debt is born equal. Just as in real life, there is good debt and there is bad debt.\nGood debt might be\u2026\n\na mortgage;\na student loan, or;\na business loan.\n\nThese are types of debt that will secure you the means of repaying them. These are well considered debts whose very reason for being will allow you to make the money to pay them off\u2014they have real, tangible benefit.\nA business loan to secure some equipment and premises will allow you to start an enterprise whose revenue will allow you to pay that debt back; a student loan will allow you to secure the kind of job that has the ability to pay a student loan back.\nThese kinds of debt involve a considered and well-balanced decision to acquire something in the short term in the knowledge that you will have the means, in the long term, to pay it back.\nConversely, bad debt might be\u2026\n\nborrowing $1,000 from a loan shark so you can go to Vegas, or;\ntaking out a payday loan in order to buy a new television.\n\nBoth of these kinds of debt will leave you paying for things that didn\u2019t provide you a way of earning your own capital. That is to say, the loans taken did not secure anything that would help pay off said loans. These are bad debts that will usually provide a net loss. You really are only gaining the short term in exchange for a long term financial responsibility: i.e., was it worth it?\nA good litmus test for debt is to compare the gains of its immediate benefit with the cost of its long term commitment.\nThe earlier example of theming a site is a good debt, provided we are keeping up our repayments (all debt is bad debt if you don\u2019t). A calculated decision to do something \u2018wrong\u2019 in the short term with the promise of better payoffs later on.\nBad Technical Debt\nThe majority of my work is with front-end development teams\u2014CSS is what I do. To that end, the most succinct example of technical debt for that audience is simply:\n!important\nAll front-end developers know the horrors and dangers associated with using !important, yet we continue to use it. Why?\nIt\u2019s not necessarily because we\u2019re bad developers, but because we see a shortcut. !important is usually implemented as a quick way out of a sticky specificity situation. We could spend the rest of the day refactoring our CSS to fix the issue at its source, or we can spend mere seconds typing the word !important and patch over the symptoms.\nThis is us making an explicit decision to do something less than ideal now in exchange for immediate benefit. After all, refactoring our CSS will take a lot more time, and will still only leave us with the same outcome that the vastly quicker !important solution will, so it seems to make better business sense.\nHowever, this is a bad debt. !important takes seconds to implement but weeks to refactor. The cost of refactoring this back out later will be an order of magnitude higher than it would be to have done things properly the first time. The first !important usually sets a precedent, and subsequent developers are likely to have to use it themselves in order to get around the one that you left.\nSo many CSS projects deteriorate because of this one simple word, and rewrites become more and more imminent. That makes it possibly the most costly 10 bytes a CSS developer could ever write.\nBad Code\nNow we\u2019ve got a good idea of what constitutes technical debt, let\u2019s take a look at what constitutes bad code. Something I hear time and time again in my client work goes a little like this:\n\nWe\u2019ve amassed a lot of technical debt and we\u2019d like to get a strategy in place\nto begin dealing with it.\n\nWhilst I genuinely admire their willingness to identify and desire to fix problems in their code, sometimes they\u2019re not looking at technical debt at\nall\u2014sometimes they\u2019re just looking at bad code, plain and simple.\nWhere technical debt is knowing that there\u2019s a better way, but the quicker way makes more sense right now, bad code is not caring if there\u2019s a better way at all.\nAgain, looking at a CSS-specific world, a lot of bad code is contributed by non-front-end developers with little training, appreciation, or even respect for the front-end landscape. Writing code with reckless abandon should not be described as technical debt, because to do so would imply that\u2026\n\nthe developers knew they were implementing a sub-par solution, but\u2026\nthe developers also knew that a better solution was out there, which\u2026\nimplies that it can be tidied up relatively simply.\n\nDevelopers writing bad code is a larger and more cultural problem that requires a lot more effort to fix. Hopefully\u2014and usually\u2014bad code is in the minority, but it helps to be objective in identifying and solving it. Bad code usually doesn\u2019t happen for a good enough reason, and is therefore much harder to justify.\nTechnical debt often represents ability in judgement, whereas bad code often represents a gap in skills.\nTakeaway\nTake time to familiarise yourself with the true concepts underlying technical debt and why it exists. Understand that technical debt can be good or bad. Admit that sometimes code is just of poor quality.\nUnderstanding these points will allow you to make better calls around what you might need to refactor and when, and what skills gaps you might have in your team.\n\nSometimes it\u2019s okay to cut corners if there is a tangible gain to be had in the immediate term.\nTechnical debt is okay provided it is a sensible debt and you have intentions to pay it off.\nTechnical debt is not necessarily synonymous with bad code, and bad code isn\u2019t necessarily technical debt. Technical debt is code that was implemented given limited knowledge or resource, with the understanding that you would need to repay something in future.\nTechnical debt is not inherently bad\u2014failure to make repayments is. Periodically, it is justifiable\u2014encouraged, even\u2014to enter a debt in order to fulfil a more pressing matter. However, it is imperative that we begin making repayments as soon as we are capable, be that based on newly available time or knowledge.\nBad code is worse than technical debt as it represents a lack of knowledge or quality control within a team. It needs a much more fundamental fix.", "year": "2016", "author": "Harry Roberts", "author_slug": "harryroberts", "published": "2016-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/we-need-to-talk-about-technical-debt/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 292, "title": "Watch Your Language!", "contents": "I\u2019m bilingual. My first language is French. I learned English in my early 20s. Learning a new language later in life meant that I was able to observe my thought processes changing over time. It made me realize that some concepts can\u2019t be expressed in some languages, while other languages express these concepts with ease.\nIt also helped me understand the way we label languages. English: business. French: romance. Here\u2019s an example of how words, or the absence thereof, can affect the way we think:\nIn French we love everything. There\u2019s no straightforward way to say we like something, so we just end up loving everything. I love my sisters, I love broccoli, I love programming, I love my partner, I love doing laundry (this is a lie), I love my mom (this is not a lie). I love, I love, I love. It\u2019s no wonder French is considered romantic. When I first learned English I used the word love rather than like because I hadn\u2019t grasped the difference. Needless to say, I\u2019ve scared away plenty of first dates!\nLearning another language made me realize the limitations of my native language and revealed concepts I didn\u2019t know existed. Without the nuances a given language provides, we fail to express what we really think. The absence of words in our vocabulary gets in the way of effectively communicating and considering ideas.\nWhen I lived in Montr\u00e9al, most people in my circle spoke both French and English. I could switch between them when I could more easily express an idea in one language or the other. I liked (or should I say loved?) those conversations. They were meaningful. They were efficient.\n\nI\u2019m quadrilingual. I code in Ruby, HTML/CSS, JavaScript, Python. In the past couple of years I have been lucky enough to write code in these languages at a massive scale. In learning Ruby, much like learning English, I discovered the strengths and limitations of not only the languages I knew but the language I was learning. It taught me to choose the right tool for the job.\nWhen I started working at Shopify, making a change to a view involved copy/pasting HTML and ERB from one view to another. The CSS was roughly structured into modules, but those modules were not responsive to different screen sizes. Our HTML was complete mayhem, and we didn\u2019t consider accessibility. All this made editing views a laborious process.\nGrep. Replace all. Test. Ship it. Repeat.\nThis wasn\u2019t sustainable at Shopify\u2019s scale, so the newly-formed front end team was given two missions:\n\nMake the app responsive (AKA Let\u2019s Make This Thing Responsive ASAP)\nMake the view layer scalable and maintainable (AKA Let\u2019s Build a Pattern Library\u2026 in Ruby)\n\nLet\u2019s make this thing responsive ASAP\nThe year was 2015. The Shopify admin wasn\u2019t mobile friendly. Our browser support was set to IE10. We had the wind in our sails. We wanted to achieve complete responsiveness in the shortest amount of time. Our answer: container queries.\nIt seemed like the obvious decision at the time. We would be able to set rules for each component in isolation and the component would know how to lay itself out on the page regardless of where it was rendered. It would save us a ton of development time since we wouldn\u2019t need to change our markup, it would scale well, and we would achieve complete component autonomy by not having to worry about page layout. By siloing our components, we were going to unlock the ultimate goal of componentization, cutting the tie to external dependencies. We were cool.\nWriting the JavaScript handling container queries was my first contribution to Shopify. It was a satisfying project to work on. We could drop our components in anywhere and they would magically look good. It took us less than a couple weeks to push this to production and make our app mostly responsive.\nBut with time, it became increasingly obvious that this was not as performant as we had hoped. It wasn\u2019t performant at all. Components would jarringly jump around the page before settling in on first paint.\nIt was only when we started using the flex-wrap: wrap CSS property to build new components that we realized we were not using the right language for the job. So we swapped out JavaScript container queries for CSS flex-wrapping. Even though flex wasn\u2019t yet as powerful as we wanted it to be, it was still a good compromise. Our components stayed independent of the window size but took much less time to render. Best of all: they used CSS instead of relying on JavaScript for layout.\nIn other words: we were using the wrong language to express our layout to the browser, when another language could do it much more simply and elegantly.\nLet\u2019s build a pattern library\u2026 in Ruby\nIn order to make our view layer maintainable, we chose to build a comprehensive library of helpers. This library would generate our markup from a single source of truth, allowing us to make changes system-wide, in one place. No. More. Grepping.\nWhen I joined Shopify it was a Rails shop freshly wounded by a JavaScript framework (See: Batman.js). JavaScript was like Voldemort, the language that could not be named. Because of this baggage, the only way for us to build a pattern library that would get buyin from our developers was to use Rails view helpers. And for many reasons using Ruby was the right choice for us. The time spent ramping developers up on the new UI Components would be negligible since the Ruby API felt familiar. The transition would be simple since we didn\u2019t have to introduce any new technology to the stack. The components would be fast since they would be rendered on the server. We had a plan.\nWe put in place a set of Rails tools to make it easy to build components, then wrote a bunch of sweet, sweet components using our shiny new tools. To document our design, content and front end patterns we put together an interactive styleguide to demonstrate how every component works. Our research and development department loved it (and still do)! We continue to roll out new components, and generally the project has been successful, though it has had its drawbacks.\nSince the Shopify admin is mostly made up of a huge number of forms, most of the content is static. For this reason, using server-rendered components didn\u2019t seem like a problem at the time. With new app features increasing the amount of DOM manipulation needed on the client side, our early design decisions mean making requests to the server for each re-paint. This isn\u2019t going to cut it.\nI don\u2019t know the end of this story, because we haven\u2019t written it yet. We\u2019ve been exploring alternatives to our current system to facilitate the rendering of our components on the client, including React, Vue.js, and Web Components, but we haven\u2019t determined the winner yet. Only time (and data gathering) will tell.\nRuby is great but it doesn\u2019t speak the browser\u2019s language efficiently. It was not the right language for the job.\n\nLearning a new spoken language has had an impact on how I write code. It has taught me that you don\u2019t know what you don\u2019t know until you have the language to express it. Understanding the strengths and limitations of any programming language is fundamental to making good design decisions. At the end of the day, you make the best choices with the information you have. But if you still feel like you\u2019re unable to express your thoughts to the fullest with what you know, it might be time to learn a new language.", "year": "2016", "author": "Annie-Claude C\u00f4t\u00e9", "author_slug": "annieclaudecote", "published": "2016-12-10T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/watch-your-language/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 207, "title": "Want to Break Out of Comparison Syndrome? Do a Media Detox", "contents": "\u201cComparison is the thief of joy.\u201d\n\u2014Theodore Roosevelt\n\nI grew up in an environment of perpetual creativity and inventiveness. My father Dennis built and flew experimental aircraft as a hobby. During my entire childhood, there was an airplane fuselage in the garage instead of a car. My mother Deloria was a self-taught master artisan who could quickly acquire any skills that it took to work with fabric and weaving. She could sew any garment she desired, and was able to weave intricate wall hangings just by looking at a black and white photos in magazines. My older sister Diane blossomed into a consummate fine artist who drew portraits with uncanny likeness, painted murals, and studied art and architecture. In addition, she loved good food and had a genius for cooking and baking, which converged in her creating remarkable art pieces out of cake that were incredibly delicious to boot. Yes. This was the household in which I grew up.\nWhile there were countless positives to being surrounded by people who were compelled to create, there was also a downside to it. I incessantly compared myself to my parents and older sister and always found myself lacking.\nIt wasn\u2019t a fair comparison, but tell that to a sensitive kid who wanted to fit in to her family by being creative as well. From my early years throughout my teens, I convinced myself that I would never understand how to build an airplane or at least be as proficient with tools as my father, the aeronautical engineer. Even though my sister was six years older than I was, I lamented that I would never be as good a visual artist as she was. And I marveled at my mother\u2019s seemingly magical ability to make and tailor clothes and was certain that I would never attain her level of mastery.\nThis habit of comparing myself to others grew over the years, continuing to subtly and effectively undermine my sense of self. I had almost reached an uneasy truce with my comparison habit when social media happened.\nAs an early adopter of Twitter, I loved staying connected to people I met at tech conferences. However, as I began to realize my aspirations of being an author and a speaker, Twitter became a dreaded hall of mirrors where I only saw distorted reflections of my lack of achievement in other people\u2019s success. Every person announcing a publishing deal caused me to drown under waves of envy over the imagined size of her or his book advance as I struggled to pay my mortgage. Every announcement I read of someone speaking at a conference led to thoughts of, \u201cI wish I were speaking at that conference \u2013 I must not be good enough to be invited.\u201d Twitter was fertile ground for my Inner Critic to run rampant.\nOne day in 2011, my comparisons to people who I didn\u2019t even know rose to a fever pitch. I saw a series of tweets that sparked a wave of self-loathing so profound that I spent the day sobbing and despondent, as I chastised myself for being a failure. I had fallen into the deep pit of Comparison Syndrome, and to return to anything close to being productive took a day or two of painstakingly clawing my way out.\nComparison Syndrome Takes Deficiency Anxiety to Eleven\nDo any of these scenarios ring true?\n\nYou frequently feel like a failure when viewing the success of others.\nYou feel dispirited and paralyzed in moving forward with your own work because it will never measure up to what others have done.\nYou discount your ideas because you fear that they aren\u2019t as good as those of your colleagues or industry peers.\n\nAre you making yourself miserable by thinking thoughts like these?\n\n\u201cI\u2019m surrounded by people who are so good at what they do, how can I possibly measure up?\u201d\n\u201cCompared to my partner, my musical ability is childish \u2013 and music is no longer fun.\u201d\n\u201cWhy haven\u2019t I accomplished more by now? My peers are so much more successful than I am.\u201d\n\nUnenviable Envy\nMany people use the terms envy and jealousy interchangeably, but they are two distinct emotions. Jealousy is the fear of losing someone to a perceived rival: a threat to an important relationship and the parts of the self that are served by that relationship. Jealousy is always about the relationship between three people. Envy is wanting what another has because of a perceived shortcoming on your part. Envy is always based on a social comparison to another.1\nEnvy is a reaction to the feeling of lacking something. Envy always reflects something we feel about ourselves, about how we are somehow deficient in qualities, possessions, or success.2 It\u2019s based on a scarcity mentality: the idea that there is only so much to go around, and another person got something that should rightfully be yours.3\nA syndrome is a condition characterized by a set of associated symptoms. I call it Comparison Syndrome because a perceived deficiency of some sort \u2013 in talent, accomplishments, success, skills, etc. \u2013 is what initially sparks it. While at the beginning you may merely feel inadequate, the onset of the syndrome will bring additional symptoms. Lack of self-trust and feelings of low self-worth will fuel increased thoughts of not-enoughness and blindness to your unique brilliance. If left unchecked, Deficiency Anxieties can escalate to full-blown Comparison Syndrome: a form of the Inner Critic in which we experience despair from envy and define ourselves as failures in light of another\u2019s success.\nThe irony is that when we focus so much on what we lack, we can\u2019t see what we have in abundance that the other person doesn\u2019t have. And in doing so, we block what is our birthright: our creative expression. Envy shackles our creativity, keeps us trapped in place, and prevents forward movement. The Inner Critic in the form of Comparison Syndrome caused by envy blocks us from utilizing our gifts, seeing our path clearly, and reveling in our creative power.\nIn order to keep a grip on reality and not fall into the abyss of Comparison Syndrome, we\u2019ll quell the compulsion to compare before it happens: we will free the mental bandwidth to turn our focus inward so we can start to see ourselves clearly. \nBreak the Compulsion to Compare\n\n\u201cWhy compare yourself with others? No one in the entire world can do a better job of being you than you.\u201d\n\u2014 Krystal Volney, poet and author\n\nAt some point in time, many of us succumb to moments of feeling that we are lacking and comparing ourselves unfavorably to others. As social animals, much of our self-definition comes from comparison with others. This is how our personalities develop. We learn this behavior as children, and we grow up being compared to siblings, peers, and kids in the media. Because of this, the belief that somehow, someway, we aren\u2019t good enough becomes deeply ingrained. The problem is that whenever we deem ourselves to be \u201cless than,\u201d our self-esteem suffers. This creates a negative feedback loop where negative thoughts produce strong emotions that result in self-defeating behaviors that beget more negative thoughts.\nCouple this cycle with the messages we get from society that only \u201cgifted\u201d people are creative, and it\u2019s no wonder that many of us will fall down the rabbit hole of Comparison Syndrome like I did on that fated day while reading tweets. Comparing ourselves to others is worse than a zero-sum game, it\u2019s a negative-sum game. No one wins, our self-esteem deteriorates, and our creative spark dies out.\nWith effort, we can break the compulsion to compare and stop the decline into Comparison Syndrome by turning the focus of comparison inward to ourselves and appreciating who we\u2019ve become. But first, we need to remove some of the instances that trigger our comparisons in the first place.\nArrest: Stop the Triggers\n\n\u201cRight discipline consists, not in external compulsion, but in the habits of mind which lead spontaneously to desirable rather than undesirable activities.\u201d\n\u2014 Bertrand Russell, philosopher\n\nAfter my Twitter post meltdown, I knew had to make a change. While bolstering my sense of self was clearly a priority, I also knew that my ingrained comparison habit was too strong to resist and that I needed to instill discipline. I decided then and there to establish boundaries with social media.\nFirst, to maintain my sanity, I took this on as my mantra:\n\u201cI will not compare myself to strangers on the Internet or acquaintances on Facebook.\u201d\nIf you find yourself sliding down the slippery slope of social media comparison, you can do the same: repeat this mantra to yourself to help put on the brakes.\nSecond, in order to reduce my triggers, I stopped reading the tweets of the people I followed. However, I continued to be active on Twitter through sharing information, responding to mentions, crowdsourcing, and direct messaging people. It worked! The only time I\u2019d start to slip into darkness were the rare instances when I would break my rules and look at my Twitstream.\nBut we can do even more than calm ourselves with helpful mantras. Just like my example of modifying my use of Twitter, and more recently, of separating myself from Facebook, you can get some distance from the media that activates your comparison reflex and start creating the space for other habits that are more supportive to your being to take its place.\nCreative Dose: Trigger-free and Happy\nPurpose: To stop comparison triggers in their tracks\nMindfulness is a wonderful tool, but sometimes you have to get hardcore and do as much as you can to eliminate distractions so that you can first hear your own thoughts in order to know which ones you need to focus on.\nHere are four steps to becoming trigger-free and happier.\nStep 1: Make a List\nPay attention when you get the most triggered and hooked.\nIs it on Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, or Snapchat?\nIs it YouTube, TV shows, or magazines?\nMake list of your top triggers.\nMy primary trigger is:______________________________________\nMy second trigger is:______________________________________\nMy third trigger is:______________________________________\nNow that you have your list, you need to get an idea just how often you\u2019re getting triggered.\nStep 2: Monitor\nIt\u2019s easy to think that we should track our activity on the computer, but these days, it\u2019s no longer our computer use that is the culprit: most of us access social media and news from our phones. Fortunately, there are apps that will track the usage for both.\nSeeing just how much you consume media from either or both will show you how much of an accomplice the use of devices is to your comparison syndrome, and how much you need to modify your behavior accordingly.\nFor tracking both computer use and tablet use, this app works great:\n\nRescueTime.com tracks app usage and sends a productivity report at the end of the week via email.\n\nFor your phone, there are many for either platform.4 Although I recommend fully researching what is available and will work for you best, here are a few recommendations:\n\nFor both platforms: Offtime, Breakfree, Checky\nFor Android only: Flipd, AppDetox, QualityTime, Stay On Task\nFor iOS only: Moment\n\nInstall your app of choice, and see what you find. How much time are you spending on sites or apps that compel you to compare?\nStep 3: Just Say No\nNow that you know what your triggers are and how much you\u2019re exposing yourself to them, it\u2019s time to say No.\nPut yourself on a partial social media and/or media detox for a specified period of time; consider even going for a full media detox.5 I recommend starting with one month.\nTo help you to fully commit, I recommend writing this down and posting it where you can see it.\nI, ___________________, commit to avoiding my comparison triggers \nof ___________________, ___________________, and ___________________ \nfor the period of ___________________, \nstarting on ___________________ and ending on ___________________ .\nTo help you out, I\u2019ve created a social media detox commitment sheet for you.\nStep 4: Block\nWhen I decided to reduce my use of Twitter and Facebook to break my comparison habit, initially I tried to rely solely on self-discipline, which was only moderately successful. Then I realized that I could use the power of technology to help. Don\u2019t think you have to rely upon sheer willpower to block, or at least limit, your exposure to known triggers. If your primary access to the items that cause you to compare yourself to others is via computers and other digitalia, use these devices to help maintain your mental equilibrium.\nHere are some apps and browser extensions that you can use during your media detox to help keep yourself sane and stay away from sites that could throw you into a comparison tailspin.\nThese apps are installed onto your computer:\n\nRescueTime.com works on both computer and mobile devices, and does a lot more than just prevent you from going to sites that will ruin your concentration, it will also track your apps usage and give you a productivity report at the end of the week.\nFocus and SelfControl (Mac-only)\n\nTo go right to the source and prevent you from visiting sites through your browser, there are browser extensions.\nNot only can you put in the list of the URLs that are your points of weakness, but you can also usually set the times of the day you need the self-control the most.\n\nGoogle Chrome: StayFocusd, Strict Workflow, and Website Blocker\nFirefox: Idderall and Leechblock\nSafari: WasteNoTime and MindfulBrowsing\nEdge (or Explorer): Unfortunately, there are currently no website blocking extensions for these browsers.\n\nI currently use a browser extension to block me from using Facebook between 9:00am \u2013 6:00pm. It\u2019s been a boon for my sanity: I compare tons less. A bonus is that it\u2019s been terrific for my productivity as well. \nWhich tool will you use for your media detox time? Explore them all and then settle upon the one(s) that will work the best for you. Install it and put it to work.\nDespite the tool, you will still need to exercise discipline. Resist the urge to browse Instagram or Facebook while waiting for your morning train. You can do it!\nStep 5: Relax\nInstead of panicking from FOMO (Fear of Missing Out), take comfort from this thought: what you don\u2019t know won\u2019t affect you. Start embracing JOMO (Joy of Missing Out), and the process of rebuilding and maintaining your sanity.\nWhat will you do instead of consuming the media that compels you to\ncompare? Here are some ideas:\n\nRead a book \nGo for a walk \nHave dinner with a friend \nGo watch a movie \nLearn how to play the harmonica \nTake an improv class\n\nReally, you could do anything. And depending on how much of your time and attention you\u2019ve devoted to media, you could be recapturing a lot of lost moments, minutes, hours, and days.\nStep 6: Reconnect\nUse your recovered time and attention to focus on your life and reconnect with your true value-driven goals, higher aspirations, and activities that you\u2019ve always wanted to do.\n\nThis article is an excerpt from the book Banish Your Inner Critic by Denise Jacobs, and has been reprinted with permission. If you\u2019d like to read more, you can find the book on Amazon.\n\n\n\n\nShane Parrish, \u201cMental Model: Bias from Envy and Jealousy,\u201d Farnam Street, accessed February 9, 2017.\u00a0\u21a9\n\n\nParrish, \u201cMental Model: Bias from Envy and Jealousy.\u201d\u00a0\u21a9\n\n\nHenrik Edberg, \u201cHow to Overcome Envy: 5 Effective Tips,\u201d Practical Happiness Advice That Works | The Positivity Blog, accessed February 9, 2017.\u00a0\u21a9\n\n\nJeremy Golden, \u201c6 Apps to Stop Your Smartphone Addiction,\u201d Inc.com, accessed February 10, 2017.\u00a0\u21a9\n\n\nEmily Nickerson, \u201cHow to Silence the Voice of Doubt,\u201d The Muse, accessed February 8, 2017.\u00a0\u21a9", "year": "2017", "author": "Denise Jacobs", "author_slug": "denisejacobs", "published": "2017-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/do-a-media-detox/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 239, "title": "Using the WebFont Loader to Make Browsers Behave the Same", "contents": "Web fonts give us designers a whole new typographic palette with which to work. However, browsers handle the loading of web fonts in different ways, and this can lead to inconsistent user experiences.\n\nSafari, Chrome and Internet Explorer leave a blank space in place of the styled text while the web font is loading. Opera and Firefox show text with the default font which switches over when the web font has loaded, resulting in the so-called Flash of Unstyled Text (aka FOUT). Some people prefer Safari\u2019s approach as it eliminates FOUT, others think the Firefox way is more appropriate as content can be read whilst fonts download. Whatever your preference, the WebFont Loader can make all browsers behave the same way.\n\nThe WebFont Loader is a JavaScript library that gives you extra control over font loading. It was co-developed by Google and Typekit, and released as open source. The WebFont Loader works with most web font services as well as with self-hosted fonts.\n\nThe WebFont Loader tells you when the following events happen as a browser downloads web fonts (or loads them from cache):\n\n\n\twhen fonts start to download (\u2018loading\u2019)\n\twhen fonts finish loading (\u2018active\u2019)\n\tif fonts fail to load (\u2018inactive\u2019)\n\n\nIf your web page requires more than one font, the WebFont Loader will trigger events for individual fonts, and for all the fonts as a whole. This means you can find out when any single font has loaded, and when all the fonts have loaded (or failed to do so).\n\nThe WebFont Loader notifies you of these events in two ways: by applying special CSS classes when each event happens; and by firing JavaScript events. For our purposes, we\u2019ll be using just the CSS classes.\n\nImplementing the WebFont Loader\n\nAs stated above, the WebFont Loader works with most web font services as well as with self-hosted fonts.\n\nSelf-hosted fonts\n\nTo use the WebFont Loader when you are hosting the font files on your own server, paste the following code into your web page:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\nWebFontConfig = {\n\tcustom: { families: ['Font Family Name', 'Another Font Family'],\n\turls: [ 'http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css' ] }\n};\n(function() {\n\tvar wf = document.createElement('script');\n\twf.src = ('https:' == document.location.protocol ? 'https' : 'http') + '://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/webfont/1/webfont.js';\n\twf.type = 'text/javascript';\n\twf.async = 'true';\n\tvar s = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0];\n\ts.parentNode.insertBefore(wf, s);\n})();\n</script>\n\nReplace Font Family Name and Another Font Family with a comma-separated list of the font families you want to check against, and replace http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css with the URL of the style sheet where your @font-face rules reside.\n\nFontdeck\n\nAssuming you have added some fonts to a website project in Fontdeck, use the afore-mentioned code for self-hosted solutions and replace http://yourwebsite.com/styles.css with the URL of the <link> tag in your Fontdeck website settings page. It will look something like http://f.fontdeck.com/s/css/xxxx/domain/nnnn.css.\n\nTypekit\n\nTypekit\u2019s JavaScript-based implementation incorporates the WebFont Loader events by default, so you won\u2019t need to include any WebFont Loader code.\n\nMaking all browsers behave like Safari\n\nTo make Firefox and Opera work in the same way as WebKit browsers (Safari, Chrome, etc.) and Internet Explorer, and thus minimise FOUT, you need to hide the text while the fonts are loading.\n\nWhile fonts are loading, the WebFont Loader adds a class of wf-loading to the <html> element. Once the fonts have loaded, the wf-loading class is removed and replaced with a class of wf-active (or wf-inactive if all of the fonts failed to load). This means you can style elements on the page while the fonts are loading and then style them differently when the fonts have finished loading.\n\nSo, let\u2019s say the text you need to hide while fonts are loading is contained in all paragraphs and top-level headings. By writing the following style rule into your CSS, you can hide the text while the fonts are loading:\n\n.wf-loading h1, .wf-loading p {\n\tvisibility:hidden;\n}\n\nBecause the wf-loading class is removed once the the fonts have loaded, the visibility:hidden rule will stop being applied, and the text revealed. You can see this in action on this simple example page.\n\nThat works nicely across the board, but the situation is slightly more complicated. WebKit doesn\u2019t wait for all fonts to load before displaying text: it displays text elements as soon as the relevant font is loaded. \n\nTo emulate WebKit more accurately, we need to know when individual fonts have loaded, and apply styles accordingly. Fortunately, as mentioned earlier, the WebFont Loader has events for individual fonts too.\n\nWhen a specific font is loading, a class of the form wf-fontfamilyname-n4-loading is applied. Assuming headings and paragraphs are styled in different fonts, we can make our CSS more specific as follows:\n\n.wf-fontfamilyname-n4-loading h1, \n.wf-anotherfontfamily-n4-loading p {\n\tvisibility:hidden;\n}\n\nNote that the font family name is transformed to lower case, with all spaces removed. The n4 is a shorthand for the weight and style of the font family. In most circumstances you\u2019ll use n4 but refer to the WebFont Loader documentation for exceptions.\n\nYou can see it in action on this Safari example page (you\u2019ll probably need to disable your cache to see any change occur).\n\nMaking all browsers behave like Firefox\n\nTo make WebKit browsers and Internet Explorer work like Firefox and Opera, you need to explicitly show text while the fonts are loading. In order to make this happen, you need to specify a font family which is not a web font while the fonts load, like this:\n\n.wf-fontfamilyname-n4-loading h1 { \n    font-family: 'arial narrow', sans-serif; \n}\n.wf-anotherfontfamily-n4-loading p { \n    font-family: arial, sans-serif; \n}\n\nYou can see this in action on the Firefox example page (again you\u2019ll probably need to disable your cache to see any change occur).\n\nAnd there\u2019s more\n\nThat\u2019s just the start of what can be done with the WebFont Loader. More areas to explore would be tweaking font sizes to reduce the impact of reflowing text and to better cater for very narrow fonts. By using the JavaScript events much more can be achieved too, such as fading in text as the fonts load.", "year": "2010", "author": "Richard Rutter", "author_slug": "richardrutter", "published": "2010-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/using-the-webfont-loader-to-make-browsers-behave-the-same/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 94, "title": "Using Questionnaires for Design Research", "contents": "How do you ask the right questions? \n\nIn this article, I share a bunch of tips and practical advice on how to write and use your own surveys for design research.\n\nI\u2019m an audience researcher \u2013 I\u2019m not a designer or developer. I\u2019ve spent much of the last thirteen years working with audience data both in creative agencies and on the client-side. I\u2019m also a member of the Market Research Society. I run user surveys and undertake user research for our clients at the design studio I run with my husband \u2013 Mark Boulton Design.\n\nSo let\u2019s get started!\n\nWho are you designing for?\n\nGood web designers and developers appreciate the importance of understanding the audience they are designing or building a website or app for. I\u2019m assuming that because you are reading a quality publication like 24 ways that you fall into this category, and so I won\u2019t begin this article with a lecture.\n\nSuffice it to say, it\u2019s a good idea to involve research of some sort during the life cycle of every project you undertake. I don\u2019t just mean visual or competitor research, which of course is also very important. I mean looking at or finding your own audience or user data. Whether that be auditing existing data or research available from the client, carrying out user interviews, A/B testing, or conducting a simple questionnaire with users, any research is better than none. If you create personas as a design tool, they should always be based on research, so you will need to have plenty of data to hand for that.\n\nWhere do I start?\n\nIn the initial kick-off stages of a project, it\u2019s a good idea to start by asking your client (when working in-house you still have a client \u2013 you might even be the client) what research or audience data they have available. Some will have loads \u2013 analytics, surveys, focus groups and insights \u2013 from talking to customers. Some won\u2019t have much at all and you\u2019ll be hard pressed to find out much about the audience. It\u2019s best to review existing research first without rushing headlong into doing new research. Get a picture of what the data tells you and perhaps get this into a document \u2013 who, what, why and how are they using this website or app? What gaps are there in existing research? What else do you need to know? Then you can decide what else you need to do to plug these gaps. Think about the information first before deciding on the methodology. The rest of my article talks mostly about running self-completion online surveys. You can of course do face-to-face surveys, self-completion written questionnaires or phone polls, but I won\u2019t cover those here. That\u2019s for another article.\n\nWhy run a survey?\n\nSurveys are great for getting a broad picture of your audience. As long as they are designed carefully, you can create an overview of them, how they use the site and their opinions of it, with an idea of which parts of this picture are more important than others. By using a limited amount of open-ended questions, you can also get some more qualitative feedback or insights on your website or app. The clients we work with surprisingly often don\u2019t have much in the way of audience research available, even basic analytics, so I will often suggest running a short survey, just to create a picture of who is out there.\n\nOK, what should I do first?\n\nBefore you rush into writing questions, stop and think about what you\u2019re trying to find out. Remember being in school when you studied science and you had to propose a hypothesis? This could be a starting point \u2013 something to prove or disprove. Or, even better, write a research brief. It doesn\u2019t have to be long; it can be just a sentence that encapsulates what you\u2019re trying to do, like a good creative brief. For the purposes of this article, I created a short, slightly silly survey on Christmas and beliefs in Father Christmas.\n\nMy research brief was:\n\n\n\tTo find out more about people\u2019s beliefs about Father Christmas and their experiences of Christmas.\n\n\nInevitably, as you start thinking of what questions to ask, you will find that you go off at tangents or your client will want you to add in everything but the kitchen sink. In order for your questionnaire not to get too long and lose focus, you could write lists of what it is and what it\u2019s not. This is how I\u2019d apply it to my Christmas questionnaire example:\n\nWhat it is about\n\n\n\tHow people communicate with Father Christmas\n\tIf someone\u2019s background has affected their likelihood of believing in Father Christmas\n\n\nWhat it is not about\n\n\n\tWhat colour to change Father Christmas\u2019s coat to\n\tFather Christmas\u2019s elves\n\n\nLet\u2019s get down to business: the questions. \n\nKinds of questions\n\nThere are two basic kinds of questions: open-ended and closed. Closed questions limit answers by giving the respondent a number of predefined lists of options to choose from. Typically, these are multiple-choice questions with a list of responses. You can either select one or tick all that apply. Another useful type of closed question I often use is a rating scale, where a respondent can assess a situation along a continuum of values. These can also be useful as a measure of advocacy or strength of feeling about something. There is a standard measure called the Net Promoter score, which measures how likely someone is to recommend your product or service to a friend or acquaintance. It\u2019s a useful benchmark as you can compare your scores to others in a similar sector.\n\n\n\nOpen-ended questions often take the form of a statement which requires a response. Generally, respondents are given a text box to fill in. It\u2019s useful to limit this in some way so that people have an idea of how long the expected response should be; for example, a single line for an email address (Q18), or a larger text area for a longer response (Q6).\n\nIf you plan to send your survey out to a large number of people, I would suggest using mostly closed questions, unless you want to spend a long time wading through comments and hand-coded responses. I\u2019d always advise adding a general request at the end of a survey (\u2018Is there anything else you\u2019d like to tell us?\u2019). You\u2019d be surprised how many interesting and insightful comments people will add.\n\nThere are times when it\u2019s better to provide an open-ended text box rather than a predefined list makes assumptions about your audience\u2019s groupings. For example, we ran a short survey for our Gridset beta testers and rather than assume we knew who they were, we decided to ask an open-ended question: \u201cWhat is your current job title?\u201d\n\n\n\nThe analysis took quite a bit longer than responses using a predefined list, but it meant that we were able to make sure we didn\u2019t miss anyone. And next time we run a survey for Gridset, I can use the responses gathered from this survey to help create a predefined list to make analysis easier.\n\nWhat to ask\n\nThe questions to ask depend on what you want to know, but your brief and lists of what the survey is and isn\u2019t should help here. I always ask the design team and client to give me ideas of what they are interested in finding out, and combine this with a mix of new and standard questions I have used in other surveys. I find Survey Monkey\u2019s question bank a very useful source of example questions and help with tricky wording.\n\nI always include simple demographics so I can compare my results to the population at large or internet users as a whole \u2013 just going on age, gender and location can be quite illuminating. For example, with the Christmas survey, I can see that the respondents were typical of the online design and dev community, mainly young and male.\n\nIf appropriate, I add questions on disability, ethnic background, religion and community of interest. Questions about ethnicity, religion, sexual preference, disability and other sensitive subjects can feel awkward and difficult to ask. This is not a good reason to not ask them. Perhaps you\u2019re working for a public sector client, like a local council, so it\u2019s likely you will need to consider groups of people who maybe under-represented, who may have differing views to others, or who you need to look at specifically as a subset.\n\nHow to ask\n\nAlthough they may seem clunky and wordy, it\u2019s often best to use the census wording or professional body wording for such demographic questions. For example, I used the UK census 2011 wording for Wales on my Christmas questionnaire in my questions on religion [PDF] (Q16) and ethnicity [PDF] (Q17). I had to adapt them slightly for the Survey Monkey format \u2013 self-completion online, rather than pen and paper \u2013 which is why \u201cWhite Welsh\u201d came up as the first option for the ethnicity question. For similar questions for US audiences, try the Census Bureau website.\n\nWhen conducting a survey for a project that has a global audience, you need to consider who your primary audience is. For example, I recently created a questionnaire for a global news website. A large proportion of its audience is based in the USA, so I was careful to word things in a way Americans would find familiar. I used the US ethnic background census question wording and options, and looked at data for US competitor news websites to decide which to include.\n\nYou should also consider people whose first language isn\u2019t English. Working as an audience researcher at BBC Wales, every survey we did was bilingual. I\u2019ve also recently run a user survey in Arabic using Google Forms. During this project, we found that while Survey Monkey supports different languages, including Arabic, the text ran left to right with no option to change it to right to left \u2013 an essential when it comes to reading Arabic! If research is a deliverable in a client project, and you know you\u2019ll need to conduct it in a foreign language, always build in extra time for translation at both the questionnaire design and analysis stages. Make sure you also allow for plenty of checks. In this case we had to change to Google Forms after initially creating our survey with Survey Monkey to get the functionality we needed.\n\nLook and feel\n\nThink about the survey as another way your audience will experience your brand. Take care getting the tone of voice right. There are plenty of great articles and books out there about tone of voice \u2013 try Letting Go of the Words by Ginny Redish for starters, or Brand Language by Liz Doig. The basic rule of thumb is to sound like a human, and use clear and friendly language. If, like me, you are lucky enough to work with journalists or copy editors, you should ask for their help, particularly in the preamble, linking text and closing statements. I find it helpful to break my questions down into sections and to have a page for each. I then have an introductory piece of text for each section to guide the respondent through the survey.\n\nYou should also make sure you check with your designers how your survey looks \u2013 use a company logo and branding, and make the typography legible. Many survey apps like Survey Monkey and Google Forms have a progress bar. This is helpful for users to see how far through your survey they are. I generally time the survey and give an indication in the preamble: \u201cThis survey will only take five minutes of your time.\u201d\n\nYou also need to think about how you will technically serve the questionnaire. For example, will it be via email, social media, a pop-up or lightbox on your website, or (not recommended but possible) in an ad space?\n\nEthical considerations\n\nSomething else to think about are any local laws that govern how you collect and store data, such as the Data Protection Act in the UK. As a member of the Market Research Society, I am also obliged to consider its guidelines, but even if you\u2019re not, it\u2019s always a good idea to deal with personal data ethically.\n\nIf you collect personal data that can identify individuals, you must ask their permission to share it with others, and store it securely for no longer than two years. If you want to contact people afterwards, you must ask for their permission. If you ask for email addresses, as I did in question 18, you have a ready-made sample for a further survey, interviews or focus groups. Remember, you shouldn\u2019t survey people under sixteen years old without the permission of their parents or legal guardians, so if you know your website is likely to be used by children, you must ask for verification of age early on, and your survey should close someone answers that they are under sixteen. The ESOMAR guidelines for online research [PDF] are well worth reading, as they go into detail about such issues, as well as privacy guidelines \u2013 using cookies, storing IP addresses, and so on.\n\nTools\n\nUnless you work in-house and have proprietary software, or at a market research agency and you\u2019re using specialist software such as Snap or IBM SPSS Statistics (previously just SPSS), you will need to use a good tool to run your survey, collect your responses and, ideally, help with the analysis. I like Survey Monkey because of the question bank and analysis tools. The software graphs your results and does simple cross-tabbing and filtering. What this means is you can slice the data in more interesting ways and delve a bit deeper. For example, in the Gridset questionnaire I mentioned earlier, I cross-tabbed responses to questions against whether a person worked in-house, for an agency or as a freelancer. \n\nOther well known online tools that I also use from time to time are Wufoo and Google Forms. Smart Surveys is a similar service to Survey Monkey and it\u2019s used by many leading brands in the UK. Snap Surveys mentioned above is a well-established player in the market research scene, used a lot for face-to-face surveys and also on tablets and smartphones.\n\nAnalysis\n\nAnalysis is often overlooked but is as important as the design of the questionnaire. Don\u2019t just rely on looking at the summary report and charts generated as standard by your form or survey software. Spend time with your data. Spend at least a week now and then if you can, looking at the data. Keep coming back to it and tweaking or cutting it a different way to see if there are any different pictures. Slice it up in different ways to reveal new insights. Here is the data from my dummy survey (apart from the open-ended responses). \n\nFor open-ended questions, you can analyse collaboratively. Print and cut out the open-ended responses and do a cluster analysis or affinity sort with a colleague. \n\n\n\nDiscussing the comments helps you to understand them. You will also find the design team are more likely to buy into the research as they have uncovered the insights for themselves. Always make sure to treat open-ended responses sensitively and don\u2019t share anything publicly in a way that identifies the respondent.\n\nWrite a report\n\nNever hand over a dataset to your client without a summary of the findings. Data on its own can be skewed to suit the reader\u2019s needs, and not everyone is able to find the story in a dataset. Even if it\u2019s not a deliverable, it\u2019s always a good idea to capture your findings in a report of some sort. Use graphs sparingly to show really interesting things or to aid the reader\u2019s understanding. I have written a quick dummy report using the data from the Christmas questionnaire so you can see how it\u2019s done.\n\nI highly recommend Brian Suda\u2019s book A Practical Guide to Designing with Data for tips on how to present data effectively, but that\u2019s a subject that benefits a whole article (indeed book) in itself. \n\nI am not a designer. I am a researcher, so I never write design recommendations in a report unless they have been talked about or suggested by the designers I work with. More often, I write up the results and we talk about them and what impact they have on the project or design. Often they lead to more questions or further research.\n\nSo that\u2019s it: a brief introduction to using questionnaires for design research. Here\u2019s a quick summary to remind you what I have talked about, and a list of resources if you\u2019re interested in reading further.\n\nTop 10 things to remember when using questionnaires for design research:\n\n\n\tStart by auditing existing research to identify gaps in data.\n\tWrite a research brief. Work out exactly what you\u2019re trying to find out \u2013 what is the survey about, and what is it not about?\n\tThe two basic kinds of questions are open-ended and closed.\n\tClosed questions limit responses by giving the respondent a number of predefined lists of options to choose from (multiple choice, rating scales, and so on).\n\tOpen-ended questions are often in the form of a statement which requires a response. Always ask one at the end of a questionnaire.\n\tAlways include simple demographics to enable you to compare your sample against the population in general.\n\tIt\u2019s best to use official census or professional body wording for questions on ethnicity, disability and religion.\n\tBe sure to think carefully about your tone of voice and the look of your questionnaire.\n\tPay attention to guidelines and laws on storing personal data, cookies and privacy.\n\tInvest plenty of time in analysis and report writing. Don\u2019t just look at the obvious \u2013 dig deep for more interesting insights.\n\n\nSome useful resources for further study\n\nOnline research\n\n\n\tDesign Research: Methods and Perspectives edited by Brenda Laurel\n\tOnline Research Essentials by Brenda Russell and John Purcell\n\tHandbook of Online and Social Media Research by Ray Poynter\n\tESOMAR guidelines for online research [PDF]\n\tOnline questionnaires\n\n\nMarket research books on questionnaire design\n\n\n\tUsing Questionnaires in Small-Scale Research: A Beginner\u2019s Guide by Pamela Munn\n\tQuestionnaire Design by A N Oppenheim\n\tDeveloping a Questionnaire by Bill Gillham", "year": "2012", "author": "Emma Boulton", "author_slug": "emmaboulton", "published": "2012-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/using-questionnaires-for-design-research/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 107, "title": "Using Google App Engine as Your Own Content Delivery Network", "contents": "Do you remember, years ago, when hosting was expensive, domain names were the province of the rich, and you hosted your web pages on Geocities? It seems odd to me now that there was a time when each and every geek didn\u2019t have his own top-level domain and super hosting setup. But as the parts became more and more affordable a man could become an outcast if he didn\u2019t have his own slightly surreal-sounding TLD.\n\nAnd so it will be in the future when people realise with surprise there was a time before affordable content delivery networks.\n\nA content delivery network, or CDN, is a system of servers spread around the world, serving files from the nearest physical location. Instead of waiting for a file to find its way from a server farm in Silicon Valley 8,000 kilometres away, I can receive it from London, Dublin, or Paris, cutting down the time I wait. The big names \u2014 Google, Yahoo, Amazon, et al \u2014 use CDNs for their sites, but they\u2019ve always been far too expensive for us mere mortals. Until now.\n\nThere\u2019s a service out there ready for you to use as your very own CDN. You have the company\u2019s blessing, you won\u2019t need to write a line of code, and \u2014 best of all \u2014 it\u2019s free. The name? Google App Engine.\n\nIn this article you\u2019ll find out how to set up a CDN on Google App Engine. You\u2019ll get the development software running on your own computer, tell App Engine what files to serve, upload them to a web site, and give everyone round the world access to them.\n\nCreating your first Google App Engine project\n\nBefore we do anything else, you\u2019ll need to download the Google App Engine software development kit (SDK). You\u2019ll need Python 2.5 too \u2014 you won\u2019t be writing any Python code but the App Engine SDK will need it to run on your computer. If you don\u2019t have Python, App Engine will install it for you (if you use Mac OS X 10.5 or a Linux-based OS you\u2019ll have Python; if you use Windows you won\u2019t).\n\nDone that? Excellent, because that\u2019s the hardest step. The rest is plain sailing.\n\nYou\u2019ll need to choose a unique \u2018application id\u2019 \u2014 nothing more than a name \u2014 for your project. Make sure it consists only of lowercase letters and numbers. For this article I\u2019ll use 24ways2008, but you can choose anything you like.\n\nOn your computer, create a folder named after your application id. This folder can be anywhere you want: your desktop, your documents folder, or wherever you usually keep your web files. Within your new folder, create a folder called assets, and within that folder create three folders called images, css, and javascript. These three folders are the ones you\u2019ll fill with files and serve from your content delivery network. You can have other folders too, if you like.\n\nThat will leave you with a folder structure like this:\n\n24ways2008/\n\t\tassets/\n\t\t\tcss/\n\t\t\timages/\n\t\t\tjavascript/\n\nNow you need to put a few files in these folders, so we can later see our CDN in action. You can put anything you want in these folders, but for this example we\u2019ll include an HTML file, a style sheet, an image, and a Javascript library.\n\nIn the top-level folder (the one I\u2019ve called 24ways2008), create a file called index.html. Fill this with any content you want. In the assets/css folder, create a file named core.css and throw in a couple of CSS rules for good measure. In the assets/images directory save any image that takes your fancy \u2014 I\u2019ve used the silver badge from the App Engine download page. Finally, to fill the JavaScript folder, add in this jQuery library file. If you\u2019ve got the time and the inclination, you can build a page that uses all these elements.\n\nSo now we should have a set of files and folders that look something like this:\n\n24ways2008/\n\t\tassets/\n\t\t\t\tindex.html\n\t\t\t\tcss/\n\t\t\t\t\t\tcore.css\n\t\t\t\timages/\n\t\t\t\t\t\tappengine-silver-120x30.gif\n\t\t\t\tjavascript/\n\t\t\t\t\t\tjquery-1.2.6.min.js\n\nWhich leaves us with one last file to create. This is the important one: it tells App Engine what to do with your files. It\u2019s named app.yaml, it sits at the top-level (inside the folder I\u2019ve named 24ways2008), and it needs to include these lines:\n\napplication: 24ways2008\nversion: 1\nruntime: python\napi_version: 1\n\nhandlers:\n- url: /\n\tstatic_files: assets/index.html\n\tupload: assets/index.html\n\n- url: /\n\tstatic_dir: assets\n\nYou need to make sure you change 24ways2008 on the first line to whatever you chose as your application id, but otherwise the content of your app.yaml file should be identical. And with that, you\u2019ve created your first App Engine project. If you want it, you can download a zip file containing my project.\n\nTesting your project\n\nAs it stands, your project is ready to be uploaded to App Engine. But we couldn\u2019t call ourselves professionals if we didn\u2019t test it, could we? So, let\u2019s put that downloaded SDK to good use and run the project from your own computer.\n\nOne of the files you\u2019ll find App Engine installed is named dev_appserver.py, a Python script used to simulate App Engine on your computer. You\u2019ll find lots of information on how to do this in the documentation on the development web server, but it boils down to running the script like so (the space and the dot at the end are important):\n\ndev_appserver.py .\n\nYou\u2019ll need to run this from the command-line: Mac users can run the Terminal application, Linux users can run their favourite shell, and Windows users will need to run it via the Command Prompt (open the Start menu, choose \u2018Run\u2026\u2019, type \u2018cmd\u2018, and click \u2018OK\u2019). Before you run the script you\u2019ll need to make sure you\u2019re in the project folder \u2014 in my case, as I saved it to my desktop I can go there by typing \n\ncd ~/Desktop/24ways2008\n\nin my Mac\u2019s Terminal app; if you\u2019re using Windows you can type \n\ncd \"C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\Desktop\\24ways2008\"\n\nIf that\u2019s successful, you\u2019ll see a few lines of output, the last looking something like this:\n\nINFO     2008-11-22 14:35:00,830 dev_appserver_main.py] Running application 24ways2008 on port 8080: http://localhost:8080\n\nNow you can power up your favourite browser, point it to http://localhost:8080/, and you\u2019ll see the page you saved as index.html. You\u2019ll also find your CSS file at http://localhost:8080/css/core.css. In fact, anything you put inside the assets folder in the project will be accessible from this domain. You\u2019re running our own App Engine web server!\n\nNote that no-one else will be able to see your files: localhost is a special domain that you can only see from your computer \u2014 and once you stop the development server (by pressing Control\u2013C) you\u2019ll not be able to see the files in your browser until you start it again.\n\nYou might notice a new file has turned up in your project: index.yaml. App Engine creates this file when you run the development server, and it\u2019s for internal App Engine use only. If you delete it there are no ill effects, but it will reappear when you next run the development server. If you\u2019re using version control (e.g. Subversion) there\u2019s no need to keep a copy in your repository.\n\nSo you\u2019ve tested your project and you\u2019ve seen it working on your own machine; now all you need to do is upload your project and the world will be able to see your files too.\n\nUploading your project\n\nIf you don\u2019t have a Google account, create one and then sign in to App Engine. Tell Google about your new project by clicking on the \u2018Create an Application\u2019 button. Enter your application id, give the application a name, and agree to the terms and conditions. That\u2019s it. All we need do now is upload the files.\n\nOpen your Mac OS X Terminal, Windows Command Prompt, or Linux shell window again, move to the project folder, and type (again, the space and the dot at the end are important):\n\nappcfg.py update .\n\nEnter your email address and password when prompted, and let App Engine do it\u2019s thing. It\u2019ll take no more than a few seconds, but in that time App Engine will have done the equivalent of logging in to an FTP server and copying files across. It\u2019s fairly understated, but you now have your own project up and running. You can see mine at http://24ways2008.appspot.com/, and everyone can see yours at http://your-application-id.appspot.com/. Your files are being served up over Google\u2019s content delivery network, at no cost to you!\n\nBenefits of using Google App Engine\n\nThe benefits of App Engine as a CDN are obvious: your own server doesn\u2019t suck up the bandwidth, while your visitors will appreciate a faster site. But there are also less obvious benefits.\n\nFirst, once you\u2019ve set up your site, updating it is an absolute breeze. Each time you update a file (or a batch of files) you need only run appcfg.py to see the changes appear on your site. To paraphrase Joel Spolsky, a good web site must be able to be updated in a single step. Many designers and developers can\u2019t make that claim, but with App Engine, you can.\n\nApp Engine also allows multiple people to work on one application. If you want a friend to be able to upload files to your site you can let him do so without giving him usernames and passwords \u2014 all he needs is his own Google account. App Engine also gives you a log of all actions taken by collaborators, so you can see who\u2019s made updates, and when.\n\nAnother bonus is the simple version control App Engine offers. Do you remember the file named app.yaml you created a while back? The second line looked like this:\n\nversion: 1\n\nIf you change the version number to 2 (or 3, or 4, etc), App Engine will keep a copy of the last version you uploaded. If anything goes wrong with your latest version, you can tell App Engine to revert back to that last saved version. It\u2019s no proper version control system, but it could get you out of a sticky situation.\n\nOne last thing to note: if you\u2019re not happy using your-application-id.appspot.com as your domain, App Engine will quite happily use any domain you own.\n\nThe weak points of Google App Engine\n\nIn the right circumstances, App Engine can be a real boon. I run my own site using the method I\u2019ve discussed above, and I\u2019m very happy with it. But App Engine does have its disadvantages, most notably those discussed by Aral Balkan in his post \u2018Why Google App Engine is broken and what Google must do to fix it\u2018.\n\nAral found the biggest problems while using App Engine as a web application platform; I wouldn\u2019t recommend using it as such either (at least for now) but for our purposes as a CDN for static files, it\u2019s much more worthy. Still, App Engine has two shortcomings you should be aware of.\n\nThe first is that you can\u2019t host a file larger than one megabyte. If you want to use App Engine to host that 4.3MB download for your latest-and-greatest desktop software, you\u2019re out of luck. The only solution is to stick to smaller files.\n\nThe second problem is the quota system. Google\u2019s own documentation says you\u2019re allowed 650,000 requests a day and 10,000 megabytes of bandwidth in and out (20,000 megabytes in total), which should be plenty for most sites. But people have seen sites shut down temporarily for breaching quotas \u2014 in some cases after inexplicable jumps in Google\u2019s server CPU usage. Aral, who\u2019s seen it happen to his own sites, seemed genuinely frustrated by this, and if you measure your hits in the hundreds of thousands and don\u2019t want to worry about uptime, App Engine isn\u2019t for you.\n\nThat said, for most of us, App Engine offers a fantastic resource: the ability to host files on Google\u2019s own content delivery network, at no charge.\n\nConclusion\n\nIf you\u2019ve come this far, you\u2019ve seen how to create a Google App Engine project and host your own files on Google\u2019s CDN. You\u2019ve seen the great advantages App Engine offers \u2014 an excellent content delivery network, the ability to update your site with a single command, multiple authors, simple version control, and the use of your own domain \u2014 and you\u2019ve come across some of its weaknesses \u2014 most importantly the limit on file sizes and the quota system. All that\u2019s left to do is upload those applications \u2014 but not before you\u2019ve finished your Christmas shopping.", "year": "2008", "author": "Matt Riggott", "author_slug": "mattriggott", "published": "2008-12-06T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/using-google-app-engine-as-your-own-cdn/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 112, "title": "User Styling", "contents": "During the recent US elections, Twitter decided to add an \u2018election bar\u2019 as part of their site design. You could close it if it annoyed you, but the action wasn\u2019t persistent and the bar would always come back like a bad penny. \n\nThe solution to common browsing problems like this is CSS. \u2018User styling\u2019 (or the creepy \u2018skinning\u2019) is the creation of CSS rules to customise and personalise a particular domain. Aside from hiding adverts and other annoyances, there are many reasons for taking the time and effort to do it:\n\n\n\tImproving personal readability by changing text size and colour\n\tPersonalising the look of a web app like GMail to look less insipid\n\tRevealing microformats\n\tSport! My dreams of site skinning tennis are not yet fully realised, but it\u2019ll be all the rage by next Christmas, believe me.\n\n\nHopefully you\u2019re now asking \u201cBut how? HOW?!\u201d. The process of creating a site skin is roughly as follows:\n\n\n\tSee something you want to change\n\tFind out what it\u2019s called, and if any rules already apply to it\n\tWrite CSS rule(s) to override and/or enhance it.\n\tApply the rules\n\n\nSo let\u2019s get stuck in\u2026\n\nSee something\n\nLet\u2019s start small with Multimap.com. Look at that big header \u2013 it takes up an awful lot of screen space doesn\u2019t it? \n\n\n\nNo matter, we can fix it.\n\nTools\n\nNow we need to find out where that big assed header is in the DOM, and make overriding CSS rules. The best tool  I\u2019ve found yet is the Mac OS X app, CSS Edit. It utilises a slick \u2018override stylesheets\u2019 function and DOM Inspector. Rather than give you all the usual DOM inspection tools, CSS Edit\u2019s is solely concerned with style.  Go into \u2018X-Ray\u2019 mode, click an element, and look at the inspector window to see every style rule governing it. Click the selector to be taken to where it lives in the CSS. It really is a user styling dream app.\n\n\n\nHaving said all that, you can achieve all this with free, cross platform  tools \u2013 namely Firefox with the Firebug and Stylish extensions. We\u2019ll be using them for these examples, so make sure you have them installed if you want to follow along.\n\n\n\nUsing Firebug, we can see that the page is very helpfully marked up, and that whole top area is simply a div with an ID of header. \n\nChange Something\n\nWhen you installed Stylish, it added a page and brush icon to your status bar. Click on that, and choose Write Style > for Multimap.com. The other options allow you to only create a style for a particular part of a website or URL, but we want this to apply to the whole of Multimap:\n\n\n\nThe \u2018Add Style\u2019 window then pops up, with the @-moz-document query at the top:\n\n@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml);\n@-moz-document domain(\"multimap.com\") {\n}\n\nAll you need to do is add the CSS to hide the header, in between the curly brackets.\n\n@namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml);\n@-moz-document domain(\"multimap.com\") {\n        #header {display: none;} \n}\n\n\n\nA click of the preview button shows us that it\u2019s worked! Now the map appears further up the page. The ethics of hiding adverts is a discussion for another time, but let\u2019s face it, when did you last whoop at the sight of a banner?\n\nMake Something Better\n\nIf we\u2019re happy with our modifications, all we need to do is give it a name and save. Whenever you visit Multimap.com, the style will be available. Stylish also allows you to toggle a style on/off via the status bar menu. If you feel you want to share this style with the world, then userstyles.org is the place to do it. It\u2019s a grand repository of customisations that Stylish connects with. Whenever you visit a site, you can see if anyone else has written a style for it, again, via the status bar menu \u201cFind Styles for this Page\u201d. Selecting this with \u201cBBC News\u201d shows that there are plenty of options, ranging from small layout tweaks to redesigns:\n\n\n\nWhat\u2019s more, whenever a style is updated, Stylish will notify you, and offer a one-click process to update it. This does only work in Firefox and Flock, so I\u2019ll cover ways of applying site styles to other browsers later.\n\nSpecific Techniques\n\nImportant!\n\nIn the Multimap example there wasn\u2019t a display specified on that element, but it isn\u2019t always going to be that easy. You may have spent most of your CSS life being a good designer and not resorting to adding !important to give your rule priority. There\u2019s no way to avoid this in user styling \u2013 if you\u2019re overriding an existing rule it\u2019s a necessity! Be prepared to be typing !important a lot.\n\nStar Selector\n\nThe Universal Selector is a particularly useful way to start a style. For example, if we want to make Flickr use Helvetica before Arial (as they should\u2019ve done!), we can cover all occurrences with just one rule:\n\n* {font-family: \"Helvetica Neue\", Helvetica, sans-serif !important;}\n\nYou can also use it to select \u2018everything within an element\u2019, by placing it after the element name:\n\n#content * {font-family: \"Helvetica Neue\", Helvetica, sans-serif !important;}\n\nSwapping Images\n\nIf you\u2019re changing something a little more complex, such as Google Reader, then at some point you\u2019ll probably want to change an <img>. The technique for replacing an image involves:\n\n\n\tmaking your replacement image the background of the <img> tag\n\tadding padding top and left to the size of you image to push the \u2018top\u2019 image away\n\tmaking the height and width zero.\n\n\n\n\nThe old image is then pushed out of the way and hidden from view, allowing the replacement in the background to be revealed.  Targeting the image may require using an attribute selector:\n\nimg[src=\"/reader/ui/3544433079-tree-view-folder-open.gif\"] {\n\tpadding: 16px 0 0 16px;\n\twidth: 0 !important;\n\theight: 0 !important;\n\tbackground-image: url(data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAABAAAAAQCAYA\nAAAf8/9hAAAABHNCSVQICAgIfAhkiAAAAAlwSFlzAAALEgAACxIB0t1+/AAAA\nBx0RVh0U29mdHdhcmUAQWRvYmUgRmlyZXdvcmtzIENTM5jWRgMAAAAVdE\nVYdENyZWF0aW9uIFRpbWUAMjkvNi8wOJJ/BVgAAAG3SURBVDiNpZIhb5RBEIaf\n2W+vpIagIITSBIHBgsGjEYQaFLYShcITDL+ABIPnh4BFN0GQNFA4Cnf3fbszL2L3\njiuEVLDJbCazu8+8Mzsmif9ZBvDy7bvXlni0HRe8eXL/zuPzABng62J5kFKaAQS\nQgJAOgHMB9vDZq+d71689Hcyw9LfAZAYdioE10VSJo6OPL/KNvSuHD+7dhU\n0vHEsDUUWJChIlYJIjFx5BuMB2mJY/DnMoOJl/R147oBUR0QAm8LAGCOEh3IO\nULiAl8jSOy/nPetGsbGRKjktEiBCEHMlQj4loCuu4zCXCi4lUHTNDtGqEiACTqAFSI\nOgAUAKv4bkWVy2g6tAbJtGy0TNugM3HADmlurKH27dVZSecxjboXggiAsMItR\nh99wTILdewYRpXVJWtY85k7fPW8e1GpJFJacgesXs6VYYomz9G2yDhwPB7NEB\nBDAMK7WYJlisYVBCpfaJBeB+eocFyVyAgCaoMCTJSTOOCWSyILrAnaXpSexRsx\nGGAZ0AR+XT+5fjzyfwSpnUB/1w64xizVI/t6q3b+58+vJ96mWtLf9haxNoc8M\nv7N3d+AT4XPcFIxghoAAAAAElFTkSuQmCC) no-repeat !important;\n}\n\nWoah boy! What was all that gubbins in the background-image? It was a Data URI, and you can create these easily with Hixie\u2019s online tool. It\u2019s simply the image translated into text so that it can be embedded in the CSS, cutting down on the number of http requests. It\u2019s also a necessity with Mozilla browsers, as they don\u2019t allow user CSS to reference images stored locally. Converting images to URI\u2019s avoids this, as well as making a style easily portable \u2013 no images folder to pass around. \n\nDon\u2019t forget all your other CSS techniques at your disposal: inserting your own content with :before and :after pseudo classes, make elements semi-transparent with opacity and round box corners without hacking . You can have fun, and for once, enjoy the freedom of not worrying about IE!\n\nUser styling without Stylish\n\nInstead of using the Stylish extension, you can add rules to the userContent.css file, or use @import in that file to load a separate stylesheet. You can find this is in /Library/Application Support/Camino/chrome/ on OS X, or C/Program Files/Mozilla Firefox/Chrome on Windows. This is only way to apply user styles in Camino, but what about other browsers?\n\nOpera & Omniweb: \n\nBoth allow you to specify a custom CSS file as part of the site\u2019s preferences. Opera also allows custom javascript, using the same syntax as Greasemonkey scripts (more on that below)\n\nSafari\n\nThere are a few options here: the PithHelmet and SafariStand haxies both allow custom stylesheets, or alternatively, a Greasemonkey style user script can employed via GreaseKit. The latter is my favoured solution on my Helvetireader theme, as it can allow for more prescriptive domain rules, just like the Mozilla @-moz-document method. User scripts are also the solution supported by the widest range of browsers.\n\nWhat now?\n\nHopefully I\u2019ve given you enough information for you to be able start making your own styles. If you want to go straight in and tackle the \u2018Holy Grail\u2019, then off with you to GMail \u2013 I get more requests to theme that than anything else!\n\nIf you\u2019re a site author and want to encourage this sort of tom foolery, a good way is to provide a unique class or ID name with the body tag:\n\n<body id=\"journal\" class=\"hicksdesign-co-uk\">\n\nThis makes it very easy to write rules that only apply to that particular site. If you wanted to use Safari without any of the haxies mentioned above, this method means you can include rules in a general CSS file (chosen via Preferences > Advanced > Stylesheet) without affecting other sites. \n\nOne final revelation on user styling \u2013 it\u2019s not just for web sites. You can tweak the UI of Firefox itself with the userChrome.css. You\u2019ll need to use the in-built DOM Inspector instead of Firebug to inspect the window chrome, instead of a page. Great if you want to make small tweaks (changing the size of tab text for example) without creating a full blown theme.", "year": "2008", "author": "Jon Hicks", "author_slug": "jonhicks", "published": "2008-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/user-styling/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 71, "title": "Upping Your Web Security Game", "contents": "When I started working in web security fifteen years ago, web development looked very different. The few non-static web applications were built using a waterfall process and shipped quarterly at best, making it possible to add security audits before every release; applications were deployed exclusively on in-house servers, allowing Info Sec to inspect their configuration and setup; and the few third-party components used came from a small set of well-known and trusted providers. And yet, even with these favourable conditions, security teams were quickly overwhelmed and called for developers to build security in.\nIf the web security game was hard to win before, it\u2019s doomed to fail now. In today\u2019s web development, every other page is an application, accepting inputs and private data from users; software is built continuously, designed to eliminate manual gates, including security gates; infrastructure is code, with servers spawned with little effort and even less security scrutiny; and most of the code in a typical application is third-party code, pulled in through open source repositories with rarely a glance at who provided them.\nSecurity teams, when they exist at all, cannot solve this problem. They are vastly outnumbered by developers, and cannot keep up with the application\u2019s pace of change. For us to have a shot at making the web secure, we must bring security into the core. We need to give it no less attention than that we give browser compatibility, mobile design or web page load times. More broadly, we should see security as an aspect of quality, expecting both ourselves and our peers to address it, and taking pride when we do it well.\nWhere To Start?\nEmbracing security isn\u2019t something you do overnight.\nA good place to start is by reviewing things you\u2019re already doing \u2013 and trying to make them more secure. Here are three concrete steps you can take to get going.\nHTTPS\nThreats begin when your system interacts with the outside world, which often means HTTP. As is, HTTP is painfully insecure, allowing attackers to easily steal and manipulate data going to or from the server. HTTPS adds a layer of crypto that ensures the parties know who they\u2019re talking to, and that the information exchanged can be neither modified nor sniffed.\nHTTPS is relevant to any site. If your non-HTTPS site holds opinions, reading it may get your users in trouble with employers or governments. If your users believe what you say, attackers can modify your non-HTTPS to take advantage of and abuse that trust. If you want to use new browser technologies like HTTP2 and service workers, your site will need to be HTTPS. And if you want to be discovered on the web, using HTTPS can help your Google ranking. For more details on why I think you should make the switch to HTTPS, check out this post, these slides and this video.\nUsing HTTPS is becoming easier and cheaper. Here are a few free tools that can help:\n\nGet free and easy HTTPS delivery from Cloudflare (be sure to use \u201cFull SSL\u201d!)\nGet a free and automation-friendly certificate from Let\u2019s Encrypt (now in open beta).\nTest how well your HTTPS is set up using SSLTest.\n\nOther vendors and platforms are rapidly simplifying and reducing the cost of their HTTPS offering, as demand and importance grows.\nTwo-Factor Authentication\nThe most sensitive data is usually stored behind a login, and the authentication process is the primary gate in front of this data. Making this process secure has many aspects, including using HTTPS when accepting credentials, having a strong password policy, never storing the password, and more.\nAll of these are important, but the best single step to boost your authentication security is to introduce two-factor authentication (2FA). Adding 2FA usually means prompting users for an additional one-time code when logging in, which they get via SMS or a mobile app (e.g. Google Authenticator). This code is short-lived and is extremely hard for a remote attacker to guess, thus vastly reducing the risk a leaked or easily guessed password presents.\nThe typical algorithm for 2FA is based on an IETF standard called the time-based one-time password (TOTP) algorithm, and it isn\u2019t that hard to implement. Joel Franusic wrote a great post on implementing 2FA; modules like speakeasy make it even easier; and you can swap SMS with Google Authenticator or your own app if you prefer. If you don\u2019t want to build 2FA support yourself, you can purchase two/multi-factor authentication services from vendors such as DuoSecurity, Auth0, Clef, Hypr and others.\nIf implementing 2FA still feels like too much work, you can also choose to offload your entire authentication process to an OAuth-based federated login. Many companies offer this today, including Facebook, Google, Twitter, GitHub and others. These bigger players tend to do authentication well and support 2FA, but you should consider what data you\u2019re sharing with them in the process.\nTracking Known Vulnerabilities\nMost of the code in a modern application was actually written by third parties, and pulled into your app as frameworks, modules and libraries. While using these components makes us much more productive, along with their functionality we also adopt their security flaws. To make things worse, some of these flaws are well-known vulnerabilities, making it easy for hackers to take advantage of them in an attack.\nThis is a real problem and happens on pretty much every platform. Do you develop in Java? In 2014, over 6% of Java modules downloaded from Maven had a known severe security issue, the typical Java applications containing 24 flaws. Are you coding in Node.js? Roughly 14% of npm packages carry a known vulnerability, and over 60% of dev shops find vulnerabilities in their code. 30% of Docker Hub containers include a high priority known security hole, and 60% of the top 100,000 websites use client-side libraries with known security gaps.\nTo find known security issues, take stock of your dependencies and match them against language-specific lists such as Snyk\u2019s vulnerability DB for Node.js, rubysec for Ruby, victims-db for Python and OWASP\u2019s Dependency Check for Java. Once found, you can fix most issues by upgrading the component in question, though that may be tricky for indirect dependencies.  \nThis process is still way too painful, which means most teams don\u2019t do it. The Snyk team and I are hoping to change that by making it as easy as possible to find, fix and monitor known vulnerabilities in your dependencies. Snyk\u2019s wizard will help you find and fix these issues through guided upgrades and patches, and adding Snyk\u2019s test to your continuous integration and deployment (CI/CD) will help you stay secure as your code evolves.\nNote that newly disclosed vulnerabilities usually impact old code \u2013 the one you\u2019re running in production. This means you have to stay alert when new vulnerabilities are disclosed, so you can fix them before attackers can exploit them. You can do so by subscribing to vulnerability lists like US-CERT, OSVDB and NVD. Snyk\u2019s monitor will proactively let you know about new disclosures relevant to your code, but only for Node.js for now \u2013 you can register to get updated when we expand.\nSecuring Yourself\nIn addition to making your application secure, you should make the contributors to that application secure \u2013 including you. Earlier this year we\u2019ve seen attackers target mobile app developers with a malicious Xcode. The real target, however, wasn\u2019t these developers, but rather the users of the apps they create. That you create. Securing your own work environment is a key part of keeping your apps secure, and your users from being compromised.\nThere\u2019s no single step that will make you fully secure, but here are a few steps that can make a big impact:\n\nUse 2FA on all the services related to the application, notably source control (e.g. GitHub), cloud platform (e.g. AWS), CI/CD, CDN, DNS provider and domain registrar. If an attacker compromises any one of those, they could modify or replace your entire application. I\u2019d recommend using 2FA on all your personal services too.\nUse a password manager (e.g. 1Password, LastPass) to ensure you have a separate and complex password for each service. Some of these services will get hacked, and passwords will leak. When that happens, don\u2019t let the attackers access your other systems too.\nSecure your workstation. Be careful what you download, lock your screen when you walk away, change default passwords on services you install, run antivirus software, etc. Malware on your machine can translate to malware in your applications.\nBe very wary of phishing. Smart attackers use \u2018spear phishing\u2019 techniques to gain access to specific systems, and can trick even security savvy users. There are even phishing scams targeting users with 2FA. Be alert to phishy emails.\nDon\u2019t install things through curl <somewhere-on-the-web> | sudo bash, especially if the URL is on GitHub, meaning someone else controls it. Don\u2019t do it on your machines, and definitely don\u2019t do it in your CI/CD systems. Seriously.\n\nStaying secure should be important to you personally, but it\u2019s doubly important when you have privileged access to an application. Such access makes you a way to reach many more users, and therefore a more compelling target for bad actors.\nA Culture of Security\nUsing HTTPS, enabling two-factor authentication and fixing known vulnerabilities are significant steps in building security at your core. As you implement them, remember that these are just a few steps in a longer journey.\nThe end goal is to embrace security as an aspect of quality, and accept we all share the responsibility of keeping ourselves \u2013 and our users \u2013 safe.", "year": "2015", "author": "Guy Podjarny", "author_slug": "guypodjarny", "published": "2015-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/upping-your-web-security-game/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 96, "title": "Unwrapping the Wii U Browser", "contents": "The Wii U was released on 18 November 2012 in the US, and 30 November in the UK. It\u2019s the first eighth generation home console, the first mainstream second-screen device, and it has some really impressive browser specs.\n\nConsoles are not just for games now: they\u2019re marketed as complete entertainment solutions. Internet connectivity and browser functionality have gone from a nice-to-have feature in game consoles to a selling point. In Nintendo\u2019s case, they see it as a challenge to design an experience that\u2019s better than browsing on a desktop.\n\n\n\tLet\u2019s make a browser that users can use on a daily basis, something that can really handle everything we\u2019ve come to expect from a browser and do it more naturally.\nSasaki \u2013 Iwata Asks on Nintendo.com\n\n\nWith 11% of people using console browsers to visit websites, it\u2019s important to consider these devices right from the start of projects. Browsing the web on a TV or handheld console is a very different experience to browsing on a desktop or a mobile phone, and has many usability implications.\n\nConsole browser testing\n\nWhen I\u2019m testing a console browser, one of the first things I do is run Niels Leenheer\u2019s HTML5 test and Lea Verou\u2019s CSS3 test. I use these benchmarks as a rough comparison of the standards each browser supports.\n\nIn October, IE9 came out for the Xbox 360, scoring 120/500 in the HTML5 test and 32% in the CSS3 test. The PS Vita also had an update to its browser in recent weeks, jumping from 58/500 to 243/500 in the HTML5 test, and 32% to 55% in the CSS3 test. Manufacturers have been stepping up their game, trying to make their browsing experiences better.\n\nTo give you an idea of how the Wii U currently compares to other devices, here are the test results of the other TV consoles I\u2019ve tested. I\u2019ve written more in-depth notes on TV and portable console browsers separately.\n\n\nYear of releaseHTML5 scoreCSS3 scoreNotes\nWii U2012258/50048%Runs a Netfront browser (WebKit).\nWii200689/500Wouldn\u2019t runRuns an Opera browser.\nPS3200668/50038%Runs a Netfront browser (WebKit).\nXbox 3602005120/50032%A browser for the Xbox (IE9) was only recently released in October 2012. The Kinect provides voice and gesture support. There\u2019s also SmartGlass, a second-screen app for platforms including Android and iOS.\n\n\nThe Wii U browser is Nintendo\u2019s fifth attempt at a console browser. Based on these tests, it\u2019s already looking promising.\n\nWhy console browsers used to suck\n\nIt takes a lot of system memory to run a good browser, and the problem of older consoles is that they don\u2019t have much memory available. The original Nintendo DS needs a memory expansion pack just to run the browser, because the 4MB it has on board isn\u2019t enough. I noticed that even on newer devices, some sites fail to load because the system runs out of memory.\n\nThe Wii came out six years ago with an Opera browser. Still being used today and with such low resources available, the latest browser features can\u2019t reasonably be supported. There\u2019s also pressure to add features such as tabs, and enable gamers to use the browser while a game is paused. Nintendo\u2019s browser team have the advantage of higher specs to play with on their new console (1GB of memory dedicated to games, 1GB for the system), which makes it easier to support the latest standards. But it\u2019s still a challenge to fit everything in.\n\n\n\t\u2026even though we have more memory, the amount of memory we can use for the browser is limited compared to a PC, so we\u2019ve worked in ways that efficiently allocates the available memory per tab. To work on this, the experience working on the browser for the Nintendo 3DS system under a limited memory constraint helped us greatly.\nSasaki \u2013 Iwata Asks on Nintendo.com\n\n\nIn the box\n\nThe Wii U consists of a console unit which plugs into a TV (the first to support HD), and a wireless controller known as a gamepad. The gamepad is a lot bigger than typical TV console controllers, and it has a touchscreen on the front. The touchscreen is resistive, responding to pressure rather than electrical current. It\u2019s intended to be used with a stylus (provided) but fingers can be used.\n\nIt might look a bit like one, but the gamepad isn\u2019t a portable console designed to be taken out like the PS Vita. The gamepad can be used as a standalone screen with the TV switched off, as long as it\u2019s within range of the console unit \u2013 it basically piggybacks off it.\n\n\n\nIt\u2019s surprisingly lightweight for its size. It has a wealth of detectors including 9-axis control. Sensors wake the device from sleep when it\u2019s picked up. There\u2019s also a camera on the front, and a headphone port and speakers, with audio coming through both the TV and the gamepad giving a surround sound feel.\n\nUp to six tabs can be opened at once, and the browser can be used while games are paused. There\u2019s a really nice little feature here \u2013 the current game\u2019s name is saved as a search option, so it\u2019s really quick to look up contextual content such as walk-throughs.\n\nControls\n\nOnly one gamepad can be used to control the browser, but if there are Wiimotes connected, they can be used as pointers. This doesn\u2019t let the user do anything except point (they each get a little hand icon with a number on it displayed on the screen), but it\u2019s interesting that multiple people can be interacting with a site at once.\n\n\n\nSee a bigger version\n\nThe gamepad can also be used as a simple TV remote control, with basic functions such as bringing up the programme guide, adjusting volume and changing channel. I found the simplified interface much more usable than a full-featured remote control.\n\n\n\nI\u2019m used to scrolling being sluggish on consoles, but the Wii U feels almost as snappy as a desktop browser. Sites load considerably faster compared with others I\u2019ve tested.\n\nTilt-scroll\n\nHolding down ZL and ZR while tilting the screen activates an Instapaper-style tilt to scroll for going up and down the page quickly, useful for navigating very long pages.\n\nSecond screen\n\nThe TV mirrors most of what\u2019s on the gamepad, although the TV screen just displays the contents of the browser window, while the gamepad displays the site along with the browser toolbar.\n\nWhen the user with the gamepad is typing, the keyboard is hidden from the TV screen \u2013 there\u2019s just a bit of text at the top indicating what\u2019s happening on the gamepad.\n\nPressing X draws an on-screen curtain over the TV, hiding the content that\u2019s on the gamepad from the TV. Pressing X again opens the curtains, revealing what\u2019s on the gamepad. Holding the button down plays a drumroll before it\u2019s released and the curtains are opened. I can imagine this being used in meetings as a fun presentation tool.\n\n\n\n\n\tIn a sense, browsing is a personal activity, but you get the idea that people will be coming and going through the room. When I first saw the curtain function, it made a huge impression on me. I walked around with it all over the company saying, \u201cThey\u2019ve really come up with something amazing!\u201d\nIwata \u2013 Iwata Asks on Nintendo.com\n\n\nText\n\nWriting text\n\nUnlike the capacitive screens on smartphones, the Wii U\u2019s resistive screen needs to be pressed harder than you\u2019re probably used to for registering a touch event. The gamepad screen is big, which makes it much easier to type on this device than other handheld consoles, even without the stylus. It\u2019s still more fiddly than a full-sized keyboard though. When you\u2019re designing forms, consider the extra difficulty console users experience.\n\n\n\nAlthough TV screens are physically big, they are typically viewed from further away than desktop screens. This makes readability an issue, so Nintendo have provided not one, but four ways to zoom in and out:\n\n\n\tDouble-tapping on the screen.\n\tTapping the on-screen zoom icons in the browser toolbar.\n\tPressing the + and - buttons on the device.\n\tMoving the right analogue stick up and down.\n\n\nAs well as making it easy to zoom in and out, Nintendo have done a few other things to improve the reading experience on the TV.\n\nSystem font\n\nOne thing you\u2019ll notice pretty quickly is that the browser lacks all the fonts we\u2019re used to falling back to. Serif fonts are replaced with the system\u2019s sans-serif font. I couldn\u2019t get Typekit\u2019s font loading method to work but Fontdeck, which works slightly differently, does display custom fonts.\n\n The system font has been optimised for reading at a distance and is easy to distinguish because the lowercase e has a quirky little tilt.\n\nDon\u2019t lose :focus\n\nUsing the D-pad to navigate is similar to using a keyboard. Individual links are focused on, with a blue outline drawn around them.\n\nThe recently redesigned An Event Apart site is an example that improves the experience for keyboard and D-pad users. They\u2019ve added a yellow background colour to links on focus. It feels nicer than the default blue outline on its own.\n\n\n\nMedia\n\nThis year, television overtook PCs as the primary way to watch online video content. TV is the natural environment for video, and 42% of online TVs in the US are connected to the internet via a console. Unfortunately, the <video> tag isn\u2019t supported in most console browsers, and those that have Flash installed often have such an old version that the video won\u2019t play.\n\nI suspect this has been a big driver in getting console browsers to support web standards. The Wii U is designed with video content in mind. It doesn\u2019t support Flash but it does support the HTML5 <video> tag.\n\nSome video formats can\u2019t be played, but those that are supported bring up an optimised interface with a custom scrub bar. This is where the device switches from mirroring the TV to being a second screen. The full-screen video is displayed on the TV, and the interface on the gamepad.\n\nThe really clever bit is that while a video is playing, the gamepad user can keep the video playing on the TV screen while searching for another video or browsing the web. This is the same for images too.\n\nOn the left, the video is being shown full-screen on the TV and gamepad. Only the gamepad gets the scrub bar. Clicking the slide up/down button (circled) lets the gamepad user browse the web while the video on the TV continues to play full-screen, as shown in the image on the right.\n\nThere\u2019s support for SVG images, and they look great on a high-definition TV screen. However, there\u2019s currently no way to save or download files.\n\nPreparing for console users\n\nI wasn\u2019t expecting to be quite as impressed as I am by this browser. It\u2019s encouraging to see console makers investing time into improving the experience as well as the standards support. In the same way there was an explosion in mobile browser use as the experience got better, I\u2019m sure we\u2019ll see the same with console browsers as the experience improves.\n\nThe value of detection\n\nConsoles offer a range of inputs including gesture, voice and controller buttons. That means we have to think about more diverse methods of input than just touch and click.\n\nThis is where I could tell you to add some detection methods such as user agent string sniffing to target a different experience for console users. But the majority of the time, that really isn\u2019t necessary. TV console browsers are getting a lot better at compensating for the living room environment, and they\u2019re designed to work with websites that haven\u2019t been optimised for this context.\n\nRather than tighten our grip on optimising experiences for every device out there, we\u2019ve got to be pragmatic. There are so many new devices coming out every week, our designs need to be future-proof rather than fixed to a particular device in time.\n\nEven fuzzy device detection isn\u2019t reliable \u2013 the PS Vita declares itself to be mobile, a mobile device and a Kindle Fire tablet, while the two DS devices state they\u2019re neither mobile nor mobile phones nor tablets, but computers. They\u2019re weird outliers, but they\u2019re still important devices to consider.\n\nThinking broadly about how our designs will be interacted with and viewed on a TV screen can help improve that experience for everyone. This is about accessibility. Considering how someone uses a site with a D-pad, we can improve the experience for keyboard users. When we think about colour contrast and text legibility on TV screens, we can apply that for anyone who reads content on the web. So why just offer this to the TV users?\n\nPlaying with the browser\n\n\n\t\u2026we want to prove to them through this Wii U Internet Browser that browsing itself can be an entertainment.\nIwata \u2013 Iwata Asks on Nintendo.com\n\n\nAlthough I\u2019m cautious about designing experiences for specific devices, it\u2019s fun to experiment with the technology available. Nintendo have promised web developers access to the Wii U\u2019s buttons and sensors. There\u2019s already some JavaScript documentation, and a demo for you to try.\n\nIf you\u2019re interested in making your own games, thanks to web standards, a lot of HTML5 games work already on the device. Matt Hackett wrote up his experience of testing the game he built, and he talks about some of features the browser lacks. There\u2019s certainly an incentive there for console manufacturers to improve their HTML5 support so more games can be played in their browser.\n\nWhat excites me about consoles is that it\u2019s like looking at what might be available to us in future browsers. As well as thinking about how our sites work on small screens, we should also consider big screens. We\u2019re already figuring out how images should work at different screen widths and connection speeds, but we\u2019ve also got some interesting challenges ahead of us catering for second screen experiences and 3D-enabled devices. \n\nSo, this Christmas, if you\u2019re huddled round the game console or a smart TV, give the browser in it a try.", "year": "2012", "author": "Anna Debenham", "author_slug": "annadebenham", "published": "2012-12-22T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/unwrapping-the-wii-u-browser/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 12, "title": "Untangling Web Typography", "contents": "When I was a carpenter, I noticed how homeowners often had this deer-in-the-headlights look when the contractor I worked for would ask them to make tons of decisions, seemingly all at once.\n\nSquare or subway tile? Glass or ceramic? Traditional or modern trim details? Flat face or picture frame cabinets? Real wood or laminate flooring? Every day the decisions piled up and were usually made in the context of that room, or that part of that room. Rarely did the homeowner have the benefit of taking that particular decision in full view of the larger context of the project. And architectural plans? Sure, they lay out the broad strokes, but there is still so much to decide.\n\nTypography is similar. Designers try to make sites that are easy to use and understand visually. They labour over the details of line height, font size, line length, and font weights. They consider the relative merits of different typographical scales for applications versus content-driven sites. Frequently, designers consider all of this in the context of one page, feature, or view of an application. They are asked to make a million tiny decisions.\n\nSometimes designers just bump up the font size until it looks right.\n\nI don\u2019t see anything wrong with that. Instincts are important. Designing in context is easier. It\u2019s OK to leave the big picture until later. Design a bunch of things, and then look for the patterns. You can\u2019t always know everything up front. How does the current feature relate to all the other features on the site? For a large site, just like for a substantial remodel, the number of decisions you would need to internalize to make that knowable would be prohibitively large.\n\nWhen typography goes awry\n\nI should be honest. I know very little about typography. I struggle to understand vertical rhythm and the math in Tim Ahrens\u2019s talks about the interaction between type design and rendering technology kind of melted my brain. I have an unusual perspective because I\u2019m not the one making the design decisions, but I am the one implementing them and often cleaning up when a project goes off the rails.\n\nI\u2019ve seen projects with thousands of font-size declarations and headings. One project even had over ten thousand margin declarations. So while I appreciate creative exploration, I\u2019m also eager to establish patterns in typography and make sure we aren\u2019t choosing not to choose. Or, choosing all the things.\n\nAnalyzing a site\u2019s typography\n\nMost of my projects start out with an evaluation of the client\u2019s existing CSS. I look for duplication in the CSS by using Grep, though functionality is landing soon in CSS Lint to do the same thing automatically. The goal is to find the underlying missing abstractions that, once in place, would allow developers to create new functionality without needing to write additional CSS. In addition to that, my team and I would comb through each site (generally, around ten pages is enough to get the big picture), and take screenshots of each of the components we found.\n\nIn this way, we could look for subtle visual differences that were unlikely to add value to the user. By correcting these differences, we could help make the design more consistent, and at the same time the code leaner and more performant. Typography is much like a homeowner who chooses to incorporate too many disparate design elements, pairing a mid-century modern sofa with flowered country cottage curtains. Often the typography of a site ends up collecting an endless array of new typefaces as the site\u2019s overall styles evolve. Designers come and go on a project, and eventually no one can remember how the 16px Verdana got into the codebase.\n\nAutomation\n\nWe used to do this work by hand. It was incredibly tedious. We\u2019d go through the site, taking screenshots and meticulously documenting the style information we found. We didn\u2019t have to do that many times before it became incredibly clear that the task needed to be automated. So we built a little tool called the Type-o-matic that could do it for us.\n\nTo try it on your site:\n\n\n\tDownload and install the Firebug extension to Firefox\n\tDownload and install the Type-o-matic extension to Firebug (I know, I fully intend to port it to Chrome)\n\tNow, visit the site you\u2019d like to test\n\tRight click and choose Inspect element with Firebug\n\tNow click on the Typography tab\n\tClick Persist\n\tClick Generate Report\n\tChoose which pages to analyze (we\u2019ve found that ten is a good number to get the big picture, but you can analyze as many as you\u2019d like\u200a\u2014\u200ait will even work on just one page!)\n\tNow navigate to other pages, and on each subsequent page, click Generate Report\n\tThe table of results can be a bit difficult to interact with, so you can always click Copy to clipboard, and copy the results (JSON).\n\n\n \n \nA screenshot of Type-o-matic in action\n\n\nWhat does this data mean?\n\nWhen you\u2019ve analyzed as many pages or different views as you\u2019d like, you\u2019ll start to see some interesting patterns emerge in the data. In the right-hand column, you\u2019ll see examples of how each kind of typography we found has been used in a real context on your site. It is organized by color and then by size so you can easily see how you are using typography.\n\nThe next thing you\u2019ll want to take a look at is in the first column, called \u201cCount\u201d. We\u2019ve counted how many times you\u2019ve used each combination of typographical styles. This can be incredibly helpful when deciding which styles were intentional, versus one-off color pick errors or experiments that never got removed from the code base. If you\u2019ve used one color blue 1,400 times, and another just 23, it\u2019s pretty obvious which is more in line with broader site-wide styles.\n\nConsistency before perfection\n\nIt can be really tempting to try to make everything perfect\u200a\u2014\u200ato try to make every decision final. When you use the data you can collect from this tool, I\u2019d recommend trying to get to consistent before you try to make things perfect. Stop using fifteen different shades of blue type first, and then if you want to change to a new blue, go for it! You\u2019ll be able to make design changes much more easily once you\u2019ve reduced the total number of typographical styles you rely on.\n\nLower the importance of the decisions you are making. Our sites, like ourselves, are always a work in progress. Or, as a carpenter I used to work with said, \u201cYou\u2019re not building a fucking piano.\u201d We\u2019re not building houses. We can choose one typeface today and a different one tomorrow. It is OK to experiment. Be brave.", "year": "2013", "author": "Nicole Sullivan", "author_slug": "nicolesullivan", "published": "2013-12-20T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/untangling-web-typography/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 168, "title": "Unobtrusively Mapping Microformats with jQuery", "contents": "Microformats are everywhere. You can\u2019t shake an electronic stick these days without accidentally poking a microformat-enabled site, and many developers use microformats as a matter of course. And why not? After all, why invent your own class names when you can re-use pre-defined ones that give your site extra functionality for free?\n\nNevertheless, while it\u2019s good to know that users of tools such as Tails and Operator will derive added value from your shiny semantics, it\u2019s nice to be able to reuse that effort in your own code.\n\nWe\u2019re going to build a map of some of my favourite restaurants in Brighton. Fitting with the principles of unobtrusive JavaScript, we\u2019ll start with a semantically marked up list of restaurants, then use JavaScript to add the map, look up the restaurant locations and plot them as markers.\n\nWe\u2019ll be using a couple of powerful tools. The first is jQuery, a JavaScript library that is ideally suited for unobtrusive scripting. jQuery allows us to manipulate elements on the page based on their CSS selector, which makes it easy to extract information from microformats.\n\nThe second is Mapstraction, introduced here by Andrew Turner a few days ago. We\u2019ll be using Google Maps in the background, but Mapstraction makes it easy to change to a different provider if we want to later.\n\nGetting Started\n\nWe\u2019ll start off with a simple collection of microformatted restaurant details, representing my seven favourite restaurants in Brighton. The full, unstyled list can be seen in restaurants-plain.html. Each restaurant listing looks like this:\n\n<li class=\"vcard\">\n\t<h3><a class=\"fn org url\" href=\"http://www.riddleandfinns.co.uk/\">Riddle & Finns</a></h3>\n\t<div class=\"adr\">\n\t\t<p class=\"street-address\">12b Meeting House Lane</p>\n\t\t<p><span class=\"locality\">Brighton</span>, <abbr class=\"country-name\" title=\"United Kingdom\">UK</abbr></p>\n\t\t<p class=\"postal-code\">BN1 1HB</p>\n\t</div>\n\t<p>Telephone: <span class=\"tel\">+44 (0)1273 323 008</span></p>\n\t<p>E-mail: <a href=\"mailto:info@riddleandfinns.co.uk\" class=\"email\">info@riddleandfinns.co.uk</a></p>\n</li>\n\nSince we\u2019re dealing with a list of restaurants, each hCard is marked up inside a list item. Each restaurant is an organisation; we signify this by placing the classes fn and org on the element surrounding the restaurant\u2019s name (according to the hCard spec, setting both fn and org to the same value signifies that the hCard represents an organisation rather than a person).\n\nThe address information itself is contained within a div of class adr. Note that the HTML <address> element is not suitable here for two reasons: firstly, it is intended to mark up contact details for the current document rather than generic addresses; secondly, address is an inline element and as such cannot contain the paragraphs elements used here for the address information.\n\nA nice thing about microformats is that they provide us with automatic hooks for our styling. For the moment we\u2019ll just tidy up the whitespace a bit; for more advanced style tips consult John Allsop\u2019s guide from 24 ways 2006.\n\n.vcard p {\n\tmargin: 0;\n}\n.adr {\n\tmargin-bottom: 0.5em;\n}\n\nTo plot the restaurants on a map we\u2019ll need latitude and longitude for each one. We can find this out from their address using geocoding. Most mapping APIs include support for geocoding, which means we can pass the API an address and get back a latitude/longitude point. Mapstraction provides an abstraction layer around these APIs which can be included using the following script tag:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://mapstraction.com/src/mapstraction-geocode.js\"></script>\n\nWhile we\u2019re at it, let\u2019s pull in the other external scripts we\u2019ll be using:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"jquery-1.2.1.js\"></script>\n<script src=\"http://maps.google.com/maps?file=api&v=2&key=YOUR_KEY\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://mapstraction.com/src/mapstraction.js\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://mapstraction.com/src/mapstraction-geocode.js\"></script>\n\nThat\u2019s everything set up: let\u2019s write some JavaScript!\n\nIn jQuery, almost every operation starts with a call to the jQuery function. The function simulates method overloading to behave in different ways depending on the arguments passed to it. When writing unobtrusive JavaScript it\u2019s important to set up code to execute when the page has loaded to the point that the DOM is available to be manipulated. To do this with jQuery, pass a callback function to the jQuery function itself:\n\njQuery(function() {\n\t// This code will be executed when the DOM is ready\n});\n\nInitialising the map\n\nThe first thing we need to do is initialise our map. Mapstraction needs a div with an explicit width, height and ID to show it where to put the map. Our document doesn\u2019t currently include this markup, but we can insert it with a single line of jQuery code:\n\njQuery(function() {\n\t// First create a div to host the map\n\tvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t\t'width': '90%',\n\t\t'height': '400px'\n\t}).insertBefore('ul.restaurants');\n});\n\nWhile this is technically just a single line of JavaScript (with line-breaks added for readability) it\u2019s actually doing quite a lot of work. Let\u2019s break it down in to steps:\n\nvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>')\n\nHere\u2019s jQuery\u2019s method overloading in action: if you pass it a string that starts with a < it assumes that you wish to create a new HTML element. This provides us with a handy shortcut for the more verbose DOM equivalent:\n\nvar themap = document.createElement('div');\nthemap.id = 'themap';\n\nNext we want to apply some CSS rules to the element. jQuery supports chaining, which means we can continue to call methods on the object returned by jQuery or any of its methods:\n\nvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t'width': '90%',\n\t'height': '400px'\n})\n\nFinally, we need to insert our new HTML element in to the page. jQuery provides a number of methods for element insertion, but in this case we want to position it directly before the <ul> we are using to contain our restaurants. jQuery\u2019s insertBefore() method takes a CSS selector indicating an element already on the page and places the current jQuery selection directly before that element in the DOM.\n\nvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t'width': '90%',\n\t'height': '400px'\n}).insertBefore('ul.restaurants');\n\nFinally, we need to initialise the map itself using Mapstraction. The Mapstraction constructor takes two arguments: the first is the ID of the element used to position the map; the second is the mapping provider to use (in this case google ):\n\n// Initialise the map\nvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('themap','google');\n\nWe want the map to appear centred on Brighton, so we\u2019ll need to know the correct co-ordinates. We can use www.getlatlon.com to find both the co-ordinates and the initial map zoom level.\n\n// Show map centred on Brighton\nmapstraction.setCenterAndZoom(\n\tnew LatLonPoint(50.82423734980143, -0.14007568359375),\n\t15 // Zoom level appropriate for Brighton city centre\n);\n\nWe also want controls on the map to allow the user to zoom in and out and toggle between map and satellite view.\n\nmapstraction.addControls({\n\tzoom: 'large',\n\tmap_type: true\n});\n\nAdding the markers\n\nIt\u2019s finally time to parse some microformats. Since we\u2019re using hCard, the information we want is wrapped in elements with the class vcard. We can use jQuery\u2019s CSS selector support to find them:\n\nvar vcards = jQuery('.vcard');\n\nNow that we\u2019ve found them, we need to create a marker for each one in turn. Rather than using a regular JavaScript for loop, we can instead use jQuery\u2019s each() method to execute a function against each of the hCards.\n\njQuery('.vcard').each(function() {\n\t// Do something with the hCard\n});\n\nWithin the callback function, this is set to the current DOM element (in our case, the list item). If we want to call the magic jQuery methods on it we\u2019ll need to wrap it in another call to jQuery:\n\njQuery('.vcard').each(function() {\n\tvar hcard = jQuery(this);\n});\n\nThe Google maps geocoder seems to work best if you pass it the street address and a postcode. We can extract these using CSS selectors: this time, we\u2019ll use jQuery\u2019s find() method which searches within the current jQuery selection:\n\nvar streetaddress = hcard.find('.street-address').text();\nvar postcode = hcard.find('.postal-code').text();\n\nThe text() method extracts the text contents of the selected node, minus any HTML markup.\n\nWe\u2019ve got the address; now we need to geocode it. Mapstraction\u2019s geocoding API requires us to first construct a MapstractionGeocoder, then use the geocode() method to pass it an address. Here\u2019s the code outline:\n\nvar geocoder = new MapstractionGeocoder(onComplete, 'google');\ngeocoder.geocode({'address': 'the address goes here');\n\nThe onComplete function is executed when the geocoding operation has been completed, and will be passed an object with the resulting point on the map. We just want to create a marker for the point:\n\nvar geocoder = new MapstractionGeocoder(function(result) {\n\tvar marker = new Marker(result.point);\n\tmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n}, 'google');   \n\nFor our purposes, joining the street address and postcode with a comma to create the address should suffice:\n\ngeocoder.geocode({'address': streetaddress + ', ' + postcode});   \n\nThere\u2019s one last step: when the marker is clicked, we want to display details of the restaurant. We can do this with an info bubble, which can be configured by passing in a string of HTML. We\u2019ll construct that HTML using jQuery\u2019s html() method on our hcard object, which extracts the HTML contained within that DOM node as a string.\n\nvar marker = new Marker(result.point);\nmarker.setInfoBubble(\n\t'<div class=\"bubble\">' + hcard.html() + '</div>'\n);\nmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n\nWe\u2019ve wrapped the bubble in a div with class bubble to make it easier to style. Google Maps can behave strangely if you don\u2019t provide an explicit width for your info bubbles, so we\u2019ll add that to our CSS now:\n\n.bubble {\n\twidth: 300px;\n}\n\nThat\u2019s everything we need: let\u2019s combine our code together:\n\njQuery(function() {\n\t// First create a div to host the map\n\tvar themap = jQuery('<div id=\"themap\"></div>').css({\n\t\t'width': '90%',\n\t\t'height': '400px'\n\t}).insertBefore('ul.restaurants');\n\t// Now initialise the map\n\tvar mapstraction = new Mapstraction('themap','google');\n\tmapstraction.addControls({\n\t\tzoom: 'large',\n\t\tmap_type: true\n\t});\n\t// Show map centred on Brighton\n\tmapstraction.setCenterAndZoom(\n\t\tnew LatLonPoint(50.82423734980143, -0.14007568359375),\n\t\t15 // Zoom level appropriate for Brighton city centre\n\t);\n\t// Geocode each hcard and add a marker\n\tjQuery('.vcard').each(function() {\n\t\tvar hcard = jQuery(this);\n\t\tvar streetaddress = hcard.find('.street-address').text();\n\t\tvar postcode = hcard.find('.postal-code').text();\n\t\tvar geocoder = new MapstractionGeocoder(function(result) {\n\t\t\tvar marker = new Marker(result.point);\n\t\t\tmarker.setInfoBubble(\n\t\t\t\t'<div class=\"bubble\">' + hcard.html() + '</div>'\n\t\t\t);\n\t\t\tmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n\t\t}, 'google');\t \n\t\tgeocoder.geocode({'address': streetaddress + ', ' + postcode});\n\t});\n});\n\nHere\u2019s the finished code.\n\nThere\u2019s one last shortcut we can add: jQuery provides the $ symbol as an alias for jQuery. We could just go through our code and replace every call to jQuery() with a call to $(), but this would cause incompatibilities if we ever attempted to use our script on a page that also includes the Prototype library. A more robust approach is to start our code with the following:\n\njQuery(function($) {\n\t// Within this function, $ now refers to jQuery\n\t// ...\n});\n\njQuery cleverly passes itself as the first argument to any function registered to the DOM ready event, which means we can assign a local $ variable shortcut without affecting the $ symbol in the global scope. This makes it easy to use jQuery with other libraries.\n\nLimitations of Geocoding\n\nYou may have noticed a discrepancy creep in to the last example: whereas my original list included seven restaurants, the geocoding example only shows five. This is because the Google Maps geocoder incorporates a rate limit: more than five lookups in a second and it starts returning error messages instead of regular results.\n\nIn addition to this problem, geocoding itself is an inexact science: while UK postcodes generally get you down to the correct street, figuring out the exact point on the street from the provided address usually isn\u2019t too accurate (although Google do a pretty good job).\n\nFinally, there\u2019s the performance overhead. We\u2019re making five geocoding requests to Google for every page served, even though the restaurants themselves aren\u2019t likely to change location any time soon. Surely there\u2019s a better way of doing this?\n\nMicroformats to the rescue (again)! The geo microformat suggests simple classes for including latitude and longitude information in a page. We can add specific points for each restaurant using the following markup:\n\n<li class=\"vcard\">\n\t<h3 class=\"fn org\">E-Kagen</h3>\n\t<div class=\"adr\">\n\t\t<p class=\"street-address\">22-23 Sydney Street</p>\n\t\t<p><span class=\"locality\">Brighton</span>, <abbr class=\"country-name\" title=\"United Kingdom\">UK</abbr></p>\n\t\t<p class=\"postal-code\">BN1 4EN</p>\n\t</div>\n\t<p>Telephone: <span class=\"tel\">+44 (0)1273 687 068</span></p>\n\t<p class=\"geo\">Lat/Lon: \n\t\t<span class=\"latitude\">50.827917</span>, \n\t\t<span class=\"longitude\">-0.137764</span>\n\t</p>\n</li>\n\nAs before, I used www.getlatlon.com to find the exact locations \u2013 I find satellite view is particularly useful for locating individual buildings.\n\nLatitudes and longitudes are great for machines but not so useful for human beings. We could hide them entirely with display: none, but I prefer to merely de-emphasise them (someone might want them for their GPS unit):\n\n.vcard .geo {\n\tmargin-top: 0.5em;\n\tfont-size: 0.85em;\n\tcolor: #ccc;\n}\n\nIt\u2019s probably a good idea to hide them completely when they\u2019re displayed inside an info bubble:\n\n.bubble .geo {\n\tdisplay: none;\n}\n\nWe can extract the co-ordinates in the same way we extracted the address. Since we\u2019re no longer geocoding anything our code becomes a lot simpler:\n\n$('.vcard').each(function() {\n\tvar hcard = $(this);\n\tvar latitude = hcard.find('.geo .latitude').text();\n\tvar longitude = hcard.find('.geo .longitude').text();\n\tvar marker = new Marker(new LatLonPoint(latitude, longitude));\n\tmarker.setInfoBubble(\n\t\t'<div class=\"bubble\">' + hcard.html() + '</div>'\n\t);\n\tmapstraction.addMarker(marker);\n});\n\nAnd here\u2019s the finished geo example.\n\nFurther reading\n\nWe\u2019ve only scratched the surface of what\u2019s possible with microformats, jQuery (or just regular JavaScript) and a bit of imagination. If this example has piqued your interest, the following links should give you some more food for thought.\n\n\n\tThe hCard specification\n\tNotes on parsing hCards\n\tjQuery for JavaScript programmers \u2013 my extended tutorial on jQuery.\n\tDann Webb\u2019s Sumo \u2013 a full JavaScript library for parsing microformats, based around some clever metaprogramming techniques.\n\tJeremy Keith\u2019s Adactio Austin \u2013 the first place I saw using microformats to unobtrusively plot locations on a map. Makes clever use of hEvent as well.", "year": "2007", "author": "Simon Willison", "author_slug": "simonwillison", "published": "2007-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/unobtrusively-mapping-microformats-with-jquery/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 49, "title": "Universal React", "contents": "One of the libraries to receive a huge amount of focus in 2015 has been ReactJS, a library created by Facebook for building user interfaces and web applications.\nMore generally we\u2019ve seen an even greater rise in the number of applications built primarily on the client side with most of the logic implemented in JavaScript. One of the main issues with building an app in this way is that you immediately forgo any customers who might browse with JavaScript turned off, and you can also miss out on any robots that might visit your site to crawl it (such as Google\u2019s search bots). Additionally, we gain a performance improvement by being able to render from the server rather than having to wait for all the JavaScript to be loaded and executed.\nThe good news is that this problem has been recognised and it is possible to build a fully featured client-side application that can be rendered on the server. The way in which these apps work is as follows:\n\nThe user visits www.yoursite.com and the server executes your JavaScript to generate the HTML it needs to render the page.\nIn the background, the client-side JavaScript is executed and takes over the duty of rendering the page.\nThe next time a user clicks, rather than being sent to the server, the client-side app is in control.\nIf the user doesn\u2019t have JavaScript enabled, each click on a link goes to the server and they get the server-rendered content again.\n\nThis means you can still provide a very quick and snappy experience for JavaScript users without having to abandon your non-JS users. We achieve this by writing JavaScript that can be executed on the server or on the client (you might have heard this referred to as isomorphic) and using a JavaScript framework that\u2019s clever enough handle server- or client-side execution. Currently, ReactJS is leading the way here, although Ember and Angular are both working on solutions to this problem.\nIt\u2019s worth noting that this tutorial assumes some familiarity with React in general, its syntax and concepts. If you\u2019d like a refresher, the ReactJS docs are a good place to start.\n\u00a0Getting started\nWe\u2019re going to create a tiny ReactJS application that will work on the server and the client. First we\u2019ll need to create a new project and install some dependencies. In a new, blank directory, run:\nnpm init -y\nnpm install --save ejs express react react-router react-dom\nThat will create a new project and install our dependencies:\n\nejs is a templating engine that we\u2019ll use to render our HTML on the server.\nexpress is a small web framework we\u2019ll run our server on.\nreact-router is a popular routing solution for React so our app can fully support and respect URLs.\nreact-dom is a small React library used for rendering React components.\n\nWe\u2019re also going to write all our code in ECMAScript 6, and therefore need to install BabelJS and configure that too.\nnpm install --save-dev babel-cli babel-preset-es2015 babel-preset-react\nThen, create a .babelrc file that contains the following:\n{\n  \"presets\": [\"es2015\", \"react\"]\n}\nWhat we\u2019ve done here is install Babel\u2019s command line interface (CLI) tool and configured it to transform our code from ECMAScript 6 (or ES2015) to ECMAScript 5, which is more widely supported. We\u2019ll need the React transforms when we start writing JSX when working with React.\nCreating a server\nFor now, our ExpressJS server is pretty straightforward. All we\u2019ll do is render a view that says \u2018Hello World\u2019. Here\u2019s our server code:\nimport express from 'express';\nimport http from 'http';\n\nconst app = express();\n\napp.use(express.static('public'));\n\napp.set('view engine', 'ejs');\n\napp.get('*', (req, res) => {\n  res.render('index');\n});\n\nconst server = http.createServer(app);\n\nserver.listen(3003);\nserver.on('listening', () => {\n  console.log('Listening on 3003');\n});\nHere we\u2019re using ES6 modules, which I wrote about on 24 ways last year, if you\u2019d like a reminder. We tell the app to render the index view on any GET request (that\u2019s what app.get('*') means, the wildcard matches any route).\nWe now need to create the index view file, which Express expects to be defined in views/index.ejs:\n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n  <head>\n    <title>My App</title>\n  </head>\n\n  <body>\n    Hello World\n  </body>\n</html>\nFinally, we\u2019re ready to run the server. Because we installed babel-cli earlier we have access to the babel-node executable, which will transform all your code before running it through node. Run this command:\n./node_modules/.bin/babel-node server.js\nAnd you should now be able to visit http://localhost:3003 and see \u2018Hello World\u2019 right there:\n\nBuilding the React app\nNow we\u2019ll build the React application entirely on the server, before adding the client-side JavaScript right at the end. Our app will have two routes, / and /about which will both show a small amount of content. This will demonstrate how to use React Router on the server side to make sure our React app plays nicely with URLs.\nFirstly, let\u2019s update views/index.ejs. Our server will figure out what HTML it needs to render, and pass that into the view. We can pass a value into our view when we render it, and then use EJS syntax to tell it to output that data. Update the template file so the body looks like so:\n<body>\n  <%- markup %>\n</body>\nNext, we\u2019ll define the routes we want our app to have using React Router. For now we\u2019ll just define the index route, and not worry about the /about route quite yet. We could define our routes in JSX, but I think for server-side rendering it\u2019s clearer to define them as an object. Here\u2019s what we\u2019re starting with:\nconst routes = {\n  path: '',\n  component: AppComponent,\n  childRoutes: [\n    {\n      path: '/',\n      component: IndexComponent\n    }\n  ]\n}\nThese are just placed at the top of server.js, after the import statements. Later we\u2019ll move these into a separate file, but for now they are fine where they are.\nNotice how I define first that the AppComponent should be used at the '' path, which effectively means it matches every single route and becomes a container for all our other components. Then I give it a child route of /, which will match the IndexComponent. Before we hook these routes up with our server, let\u2019s quickly define components/app.js and components/index.js. app.js looks like so:\nimport React from 'react';\n\nexport default class AppComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <h2>Welcome to my App</h2>\n        { this.props.children }\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nWhen a React Router route has child components, they are given to us in the props under the children key, so we need to include them in the code we want to render for this component. The index.js component is pretty bland:\nimport React from 'react';\n\nexport default class IndexComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <p>This is the index page</p>\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nServer-side routing with React Router\nHead back into server.js, and firstly we\u2019ll need to add some new imports:\nimport React from 'react';\nimport { renderToString } from 'react-dom/server';\nimport { match, RoutingContext } from 'react-router';\n\nimport AppComponent from './components/app';\nimport IndexComponent from './components/index';\nThe ReactDOM package provides react-dom/server which includes a renderToString method that takes a React component and produces the HTML string output of the component. It\u2019s this method that we\u2019ll use to render the HTML from the server, generated by React. From the React Router package we use match, a function used to find a matching route for a URL; and RoutingContext, a React component provided by React Router that we\u2019ll need to render. This wraps up our components and provides some functionality that ties React Router together with our app. Generally you don\u2019t need to concern yourself about how this component works, so don\u2019t worry too much.\nNow for the good bit: we can update our app.get('*') route with the code that matches the URL against the React routes:\napp.get('*', (req, res) => {\n  // routes is our object of React routes defined above\n  match({ routes, location: req.url }, (err, redirectLocation, props) => {\n    if (err) {\n      // something went badly wrong, so 500 with a message\n      res.status(500).send(err.message);\n    } else if (redirectLocation) {\n      // we matched a ReactRouter redirect, so redirect from the server\n      res.redirect(302, redirectLocation.pathname + redirectLocation.search);\n    } else if (props) {\n      // if we got props, that means we found a valid component to render\n      // for the given route\n      const markup = renderToString(<RoutingContext {...props} />);\n\n      // render `index.ejs`, but pass in the markup we want it to display\n      res.render('index', { markup })\n\n    } else {\n      // no route match, so 404. In a real app you might render a custom\n      // 404 view here\n      res.sendStatus(404);\n    }\n  });\n});\nWe call match, giving it the routes object we defined earlier and req.url, which contains the URL of the request. It calls a callback function we give it, with err, redirectLocation and props as the arguments. The first two conditionals in the callback function just deal with an error occuring or a redirect (React Router has built in redirect support). The most interesting bit is the third conditional, else if (props). If we got given props and we\u2019ve made it this far it means we found a matching component to render and we can use this code to render it:\n...\n} else if (props) {\n  // if we got props, that means we found a valid component to render\n  // for the given route\n  const markup = renderToString(<RoutingContext {...props} />);\n\n  // render `index.ejs`, but pass in the markup we want it to display\n  res.render('index', { markup })\n} else {\n   ...\n}\nThe renderToString method from ReactDOM takes that RoutingContext component we mentioned earlier and renders it with the properties required. Again, you need not concern yourself with what this specific component does or what the props are. Most of this is data that React Router provides for us on top of our components.\nNote the {...props}, which is a neat bit of JSX syntax that spreads out our object into key value properties. To see this better, note the two pieces of JSX code below, both of which are equivalent:\n<MyComponent a=\"foo\" b=\"bar\" />\n\n// OR:\n\nconst props = { a: \"foo\", b: \"bar\" };\n<MyComponent {...props} />\nRunning the server again\nI know that felt like a lot of work, but the good news is that once you\u2019ve set this up you are free to focus on building your React components, safe in the knowledge that your server-side rendering is working. To check, restart the server and head to http://localhost:3003 once more. You should see it all working!\n\nRefactoring and one more route\nBefore we move on to getting this code running on the client, let\u2019s add one more route and do some tidying up. First, move our routes object out into routes.js:\nimport AppComponent from './components/app';\nimport IndexComponent from './components/index';\n\nconst routes = {\n  path: '',\n  component: AppComponent,\n  childRoutes: [\n    {\n      path: '/',\n      component: IndexComponent\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\nexport { routes };\nAnd then update server.js. You can remove the two component imports and replace them with:\nimport { routes } from './routes';\nFinally, let\u2019s add one more route for ./about and links between them. Create components/about.js:\nimport React from 'react';\n\nexport default class AboutComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <p>A little bit about me.</p>\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nAnd then you can add it to routes.js too:\nimport AppComponent from './components/app';\nimport IndexComponent from './components/index';\nimport AboutComponent from './components/about';\n\nconst routes = {\n  path: '',\n  component: AppComponent,\n  childRoutes: [\n    {\n      path: '/',\n      component: IndexComponent\n    },\n    {\n      path: '/about',\n      component: AboutComponent\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\nexport { routes };\nIf you now restart the server and head to http://localhost:3003/about` you\u2019ll see the about page!\n\nFor the finishing touch we\u2019ll use the React Router link component to add some links between the pages. Edit components/app.js to look like so:\nimport React from 'react';\nimport { Link } from 'react-router';\n\nexport default class AppComponent extends React.Component {\n  render() {\n    return (\n      <div>\n        <h2>Welcome to my App</h2>\n        <ul>\n          <li><Link to='/'>Home</Link></li>\n          <li><Link to='/about'>About</Link></li>\n        </ul>\n        { this.props.children }\n      </div>\n    );\n  }\n}\nYou can now click between the pages to navigate. However, everytime we do so the requests hit the server. Now we\u2019re going to make our final change, such that after the app has been rendered on the server once, it gets rendered and managed in the client, providing that snappy client-side app experience.\nClient-side rendering\nFirst, we\u2019re going to make a small change to views/index.ejs. React doesn\u2019t like rendering directly into the body and will give a warning when you do so. To prevent this we\u2019ll wrap our app in a div:\n<body>\n  <div id=\"app\"><%- markup %></div>\n  <script src=\"build.js\"></script>\n</body>\nI\u2019ve also added in a script tag to build.js, which is the file we\u2019ll generate containing all our client-side code.\nNext, create client-render.js. This is going to be the only bit of JavaScript that\u2019s exclusive to the client side. In it we need to pull in our routes and render them to the DOM.\nimport React from 'react';\nimport ReactDOM from 'react-dom';\nimport { Router } from 'react-router';\n\nimport { routes } from './routes';\n\nimport createBrowserHistory from 'history/lib/createBrowserHistory';\n\nReactDOM.render(\n  <Router routes={routes} history={createBrowserHistory()} />,\n  document.getElementById('app')\n)\nThe first thing you might notice is the mention of createBrowserHistory. React Router is built on top of the history module, a module that listens to the browser\u2019s address bar and parses the new location. It has many modes of operation: it can keep track using a hashbang, such as http://localhost/#!/about (this is the default), or you can tell it to use the HTML5 history API by calling createBrowserHistory, which is what we\u2019ve done. This will keep the URLs nice and neat and make sure the client and the server are using the same URL structure. You can read more about React Router and histories in the React Router documentation.\nFinally we use ReactDOM.render and give it the Router component, telling it about all our routes, and also tell ReactDOM where to render, the #app element.\nGenerating build.js\nWe\u2019re actually almost there! The final thing we need to do is generate our client side bundle. For this we\u2019re going to use webpack, a module bundler that can take our application, follow all the imports and generate one large bundle from them. We\u2019ll install it and babel-loader, a webpack plugin for transforming code through Babel.\nnpm install --save-dev webpack babel-loader\nTo run webpack we just need to create a configuration file, called webpack.config.js. Create the file in the root of our application and add the following code:\nvar path = require('path');\nmodule.exports = {\n  entry: path.join(process.cwd(), 'client-render.js'),\n  output: {\n    path: './public/',\n    filename: 'build.js'\n  },\n  module: {\n    loaders: [\n      {\n        test: /.js$/,\n        loader: 'babel'\n      }\n    ]\n  }\n}\nNote first that this file can\u2019t be written in ES6 as it doesn\u2019t get transformed. The first thing we do is tell webpack the main entry point for our application, which is client-render.js. We use process.cwd() because webpack expects an exact location \u2013 if we just gave it the string \u2018client-render.js\u2019, webpack wouldn\u2019t be able to find it.\nNext, we tell webpack where to output our file, and here I\u2019m telling it to place the file in public/build.js. Finally we tell webpack that every time it hits a file that ends in .js, it should use the babel-loader plugin to transform the code first.\nNow we\u2019re ready to generate the bundle!\n./node_modules/.bin/webpack\nThis will take a fair few seconds to run (on my machine it\u2019s about seven or eight), but once it has it will have created public/build.js, a client-side bundle of our application. If you restart your server once more you\u2019ll see that we can now navigate around our application without hitting the server, because React on the client takes over. Perfect!\nThe first bundle that webpack generates is pretty slow, but if you run webpack -w it will go into watch mode, where it watches files for changes and regenerates the bundle. The key thing is that it only regenerates the small pieces of the bundle it needs, so while the first bundle is very slow, the rest are lightning fast. I recommend leaving webpack constantly running in watch mode when you\u2019re developing.\nConclusions\nFirst, if you\u2019d like to look through this code yourself you can find it all on GitHub. Feel free to raise an issue there or tweet me if you have any problems or would like to ask further questions.\nNext, I want to stress that you shouldn\u2019t use this as an excuse to build all your apps in this way. Some of you might be wondering whether a static site like the one we built today is worth its complexity, and you\u2019d be right. I used it as it\u2019s an easy example to work with but in the future you should carefully consider your reasons for wanting to build a universal React application and make sure it\u2019s a suitable infrastructure for you.\nWith that, all that\u2019s left for me to do is wish you a very merry Christmas and best of luck with your React applications!", "year": "2015", "author": "Jack Franklin", "author_slug": "jackfranklin", "published": "2015-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/universal-react/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 149, "title": "Underpants Over My Trousers", "contents": "With Christmas approaching faster than a speeding bullet, this is the perfect time for you to think about that last minute present to buy for the web geek in your life. If you\u2019re stuck for ideas for that special someone, forget about that svelte iPhone case carved from solid mahogany and head instead to your nearest comic-book shop and pick up a selection of comics or graphic novels. (I\u2019ll be using some of my personal favourite comic books as examples throughout). \n\nTrust me, whether your nearest and dearest has been reading comics for a while or has never peered inside this four-colour world, they\u2019ll thank-you for it.\n\nAside from indulging their superhero fantasies, comic books can provide web designers with a rich vein of inspiring ideas and material to help them create shirt button popping, trouser bursting work for the web. I know from my own personal experience, that looking at aspects of comic book design, layout and conventions and thinking about the ways that they can inform web design has taken my design work in often-unexpected directions. \n\nThere are far too many fascinating facets of comic book design that provide web designers with inspiration to cover in the time that it takes to pull your underpants over your trousers. So I\u2019m going to concentrate on one muscle bound aspect of comic design, one that will make you think differently about how you lay out the content of your pages in panels. \n\nA suitcase full of Kryptonite\n\nNow, to the uninitiated onlooker, the panels of a comic book may appear to perform a similar function to still frames from a movie. But inside the pages of a comic, panels must work harder to help the reader understand the timing of a story. It is this method for conveying narrative timing to a reader that I believe can be highly useful to designers who work on the web as timing, drama and suspense are as important in the web world as they are in worlds occupied by costumed crime fighters and superheroes.\n\nI\u2019d like you to start by closing your eyes and thinking about your own process for laying out panels of content on a page. OK, you\u2019ll actually be better off with your eyes open if you\u2019re going to carry on reading.\n\nI\u2019ll bet you a suitcase full of Kryptonite that you often, if not always, structure your page layouts, and decide on the dimensions of those panels according to either:\n\n\n\tThe base grid that you are working to\n\tThe Golden Ratio or another mathematical schema\n\n\nMore likely, I bet that you decide on the size and the number of your panels based on the amount of content that will be going into them. From today, I\u2019d like you to think about taking a different approach. This approach not only addresses horizontal and vertical space, but also adds the dimension of time to your designs.\n\nSlowing down the action\n\nA comic book panel not only acts as a container for its content but also indicates to a reader how much time passes within the panel and as a result, how much time the reader should focus their attention on that one panel. \n\nSmaller panels create swift eye movement and shorter bursts of attention. Larger panels give the perception of more time elapsing in the story and subconsciously demands that a reader devotes more time to focus on it. \n\nConcrete by Paul Chadwick (Dark Horse Comics)\n\nThis use of panel dimensions to control timing can also be useful for web designers in designing the reading/user experience. Imagine a page full of information about a product or service. You\u2019ll naturally want the reader to focus for longer on the key benefits of your offering rather than perhaps its technical specifications.\n\nNow take a look at this spread of pages from Watchmen by Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons.\n\nWatchmen by Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons (Diamond Comic Distributors 2004)\n\nThroughout this series of (originally) twelve editions, artist Dave Gibbons stuck rigidly to his 3\u00d73 panels per page design and deviated from it only for dramatic moments within the narrative. \n\nIn particular during the last few pages of chapter eleven, Gibbons adds weight to the impending doom by slowing down the action by using larger panels and forces the reader to think longer about what was coming next. The action then speeds up through twelve smaller panels until the final panel: nothing more than white space and yet one of the most iconic and thought provoking in the entire twelve book series.\n\nWatchmen by Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons (Diamond Comic Distributors 2004)\n\nOn the web it is common for clients to ask designers to fill every pixel of screen space with content, perhaps not understanding the drama that can be added by nothing more than white space.\n\nIn the final chapter, Gibbons emphasises the carnage that has taken place (unseen between chapters eleven and twelve) by presenting the reader with six full pages containing only single, large panels. \n\nWatchmen by Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons (Diamond Comic Distributors 2004)\n\nThis drama, created by the artist\u2019s use of panel dimensions to control timing, is a technique that web designers can also usefully employ when emphasising important areas of content.\n\nThink back for a moment to the home page of Apple Inc., during the launch of their iconic iPhone, where the page contained nothing more than a large image and the phrase \u201cSay hello to iPhone\u201d. Rather than fill the page with sales messages, Apple\u2019s designers allowed the space itself to tell the story and created a real sense of suspense and expectation among their readers.\n\nBorders\n\nWhereas on the web, panel borders are commonly used to add emphasis to particular areas of content, in comic books they take on a different and sometimes opposite role. \n\nIn the examples so far, borders have contained all of the action. Removing a border can have the opposite effect to what you might at first think. Rather than taking emphasis away from their content, in comics, borderless panels allow the reader\u2019s eyes to linger for longer on the content adding even stronger emphasis.\n\nConcrete by Paul Chadwick (Dark Horse Comics)\n\nThis effect is amplified when the borderless content is allowed to bleed to the edges of a page. Because the content is no longer confined, except by the edges of the page (both comic and web) the reader\u2019s eye is left to wander out into open space. \n\nConcrete by Paul Chadwick (Dark Horse Comics)\n\nThis type of open, borderless content panel can be highly useful in placing emphasis on the most important content on a page in exactly the very opposite way that we commonly employ on the web today. \n\nSo why is time an important dimension to think about when designing your web pages? On one level, we are often already concerned with the short attention spans of visitors to our pages and should work hard to allow them to quickly and easily find and read the content that both they and we think is important. Learning lessons from comic book timing can only help us improve that experience.\n\nOn another: timing, suspense and drama are already everyday parts of the web browsing experience. Will a reader see what they expect when they click from one page to the next? Or are they in for a surprise? \n\nMost importantly, I believe that the web, like comics, is about story telling: often the story of the experiences that a customer will have when they use our product or service or interact with our organisation. It is this element of story telling than can be greatly improved by learning from comics.\n\nIt is exactly this kind of learning and adapting from older, more established and at first glance unrelated media that you will find can make a real distinctive difference to the design work that you create.\n\nFill your stockings\n\nIf you\u2019re a visual designer or developer and are not a regular reader of comics, from the moment that you pick up your first title, I know that you will find them inspiring. \n\nI will be writing more, and speaking about comic design applied to the web at several (to be announced) events this coming year. I hope you\u2019ll be slipping your underpants over your trousers and joining me then. In the meantime, here is some further reading to pick up on your next visit to a comic book or regular bookshop and slip into your stockings:\n\n\n\tComics and Sequential Art by Will Eisner (Northern Light Books 2001)\n\tUnderstanding Comics: The Invisible Art by Scott McCloud (Harper Collins 1994)\n\n\nHave a happy superhero season.\n\n(I would like to thank all of the talented artists, writers and publishers whose work I have used as examples in this article and the hundreds more who inspire me every day with their tall tales and talent.)", "year": "2007", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2007-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/underpants-over-my-trousers/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 16, "title": "URL Rewriting for the Fearful", "contents": "I think it was Marilyn Monroe who said, \u201cIf you can\u2019t handle me at my worst, please just fix these rewrite rules, I\u2019m getting an internal server error.\u201d Even the blonde bombshell hated configuring URL rewrites on her website, and I think most of us know where she was coming from.\n\nThe majority of website projects I work on require some amount of URL rewriting, and I find it mildly enjoyable \u2014 I quite like a good rewrite rule. I suspect you may not share my glee, so in this article we\u2019re going to go back to basics to try to make the whole rigmarole more understandable.\n\nWhen we think about URL rewriting, usually that means adding some rules to an .htaccess file for an Apache web server. As that\u2019s the most common case, that\u2019s what I\u2019ll be sticking to here. If you work with a different server, there\u2019s often documentation specifically for translating from Apache\u2019s mod_rewrite rules. I even found an automatic converter for nginx.\n\nThis isn\u2019t going to be a comprehensive guide to every URL rewriting problem you might ever have. That would take us until Christmas. If you consider yourself a trial-and-error dabbler in the HTTP 500-infested waters of URL rewriting, then hopefully this will provide a little bit more of a basis to help you figure out what you\u2019re doing. If you\u2019ve ever found yourself staring at the white screen of death after screwing up your .htaccess file, don\u2019t worry. As Michael Jackson once insipidly whined, you are not alone.\n\nThe basics\n\nRewrite rules form part of the Apache web server\u2019s configuration for a website, and can be placed in a number of different locations as part of your virtual host configuration. By far the simplest and most portable option is to use an .htaccess file in your website root. Provided your server has mod_rewrite available, all you need to do to kick things off in your .htaccess file is:\n\nRewriteEngine on\n\nThe general formula for a rewrite rule is:\n\nRewriteRule URL/to/match URL/to/use/if/it/matches [options]\n\nWhen we talk about URL rewriting, we\u2019re normally talking about one of two things: redirecting the browser to a different URL; or rewriting the URL internally to use a particular file. We\u2019ll look at those in turn.\n\nRedirects\n\nRedirects match an incoming URL, and then redirect the user\u2019s browser to a different address. These can be useful for maintaining legacy URLs if content changes location as part of a site redesign. Redirecting the old URL to the new location makes sure that any incoming links, such as those from search engines, continue to work. \n\nIn 1998, Sir Tim Berners-Lee wrote that Cool URIs don\u2019t change, encouraging us all to go the extra mile to make sure links keep working forever. I think that sometimes it\u2019s fine to move things around \u2014 especially to correct bad URL design choices of the past \u2014 provided that you can do so while keeping those old URLs working. That\u2019s where redirects can help.\n\nA redirect might look like this\n\nRewriteRule ^article/used/to/be/here.php$ /article/now/lives/here/ [R=301,L]\n\nRewriting\n\nBy default, web servers closely map page URLs to the files in your site. On receiving a request for http://example.com/about/history.html the server goes to the configured folder for the example.com website, and then goes into the about folder and returns the history.html file.\n\nA rewrite rule changes that process by breaking the direct relationship between the URL and the file system. \u201cWhen there\u2019s a request for /about/history.html\u201d a rewrite rule might say, \u201cuse the file /about_section.php instead.\u201d\n\nThis opens up lots of possibilities for creative ways to map URLs to the files that know how to serve up the page. Most MVC frameworks will have a single rule to rewrite all page URLs to one single file. That file will be a script which kicks off the framework to figure out what to do to serve the page.\n\nRewriteRule ^for/this/url/$ /use/this/file.php [L] \n\nMatching patterns\n\nBy now you\u2019ll have noted the weird ^ and $ characters wrapped around the URL we\u2019re trying to match. That\u2019s because what we\u2019re actually using here is a pattern. Technically, it is what\u2019s called a Perl Compatible Regular Expression (PCRE) or simply a regex or regexp. We\u2019ll call it a pattern because we\u2019re not animals.\n\nWhat are these patterns? If I asked you to enter your credit card expiry date as MM/YY then chances are you\u2019d wonder what I wanted your credit card details for, but you\u2019d know that I wanted a two-digit month, a slash, and a two-digit year. That\u2019s not a regular expression, but it\u2019s the same idea: using some placeholder characters to define the pattern of the input you\u2019re trying to match.\n\nWe\u2019ve already met two regexp characters.\n\n\n\t^\n\tMatches the beginning of a string\n\t$\n\tMatches the end of a string\n\n\nWhen a pattern starts with ^ and ends with $ it\u2019s to make sure we match the complete URL start to finish, not just part of it. There are lots of other ways to match, too:\n\n\n\t[0-9]\n\tMatches a number, 0\u20139. [2-4] would match numbers 2 to 4 inclusive.\n\t[a-z]\n\tMatches lowercase letters a\u2013z\n\t[A-Z]\n\tMatches uppercase letters A\u2013Z\n\t[a-z0-9]\n\tCombining some of these, this matches letters a\u2013z and numbers 0\u20139\n\n\nThese are what we call character groups. The square brackets basically tell the server to match from the selection of characters within them. You can put any specific characters you\u2019re looking for within the brackets, as well as the ranges shown above. \n\nHowever, all these just match one single character. [0-9] would match 8 but not 84 \u2014 to match 84 we\u2019d need to use [0-9] twice.\n\n[0-9][0-9]\n\nSo, if we wanted to match 1984 we could to do this:\n\n[0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9] \n\n\u2026but that\u2019s getting silly. Instead, we can do this:\n\n[0-9]{4}\n\nThat means any character between 0 and 9, four times. If we wanted to match a number, but didn\u2019t know how long it might be (for example, a database ID in the URL) we could use the + symbol, which means one or more.\n\n[0-9]+\n\nThis now matches 1, 123 and 1234567.\n\nPutting it into practice\n\nLet\u2019s say we need to write a rule to match article URLs for this website, and to rewrite them to use /article.php under the hood. The articles all have URLs like this:\n\n2013/article-title/\n\nThey start with a year (from 2005 up to 2013, currently), a slash, and then have a URL-safe version of the article title (a slug), ending in a slash. We\u2019d match it like this:\n\n^[0-9]{4}/[a-z0-9-]+/$\n\nIf that looks frightening, don\u2019t worry. Breaking it down, from the start of the URL (^) we\u2019re looking for four numbers ([0-9]{4}). Then a slash \u2014 that\u2019s just literal \u2014 and then anything lowercase a\u2013z or 0\u20139 or a dash ([a-z0-9-]) one or more times (+), ending in a slash (/$).\n\nPutting that into a rewrite rule, we end up with this:\n\nRewriteRule ^[0-9]{4}/[a-z0-9-]+/$ /article.php\n\nWe\u2019re getting close now. We can match the article URLs and rewrite them to use article.php. Now we just need to make sure that article.php knows which article it\u2019s supposed to display.\n\nCapturing groups, and replacements\n\nWhen rewriting URLs you\u2019ll often want to take important parts of the URL you\u2019re matching and pass them along to the script that handles the request. That\u2019s usually done by adding those parts of the URL on as query string arguments. For our example, we want to make sure that article.php knows the year and the article title we\u2019re looking for. That means we need to call it like this:\n\n/article.php?year=2013&slug=article-title\n\nTo do this, we need to mark which parts of the pattern we want to reuse in the destination. We do this with round brackets or parentheses. By placing parentheses around parts of the pattern we want to reuse, we create what\u2019s called a capturing group. To capture an important part of the source URL to use in the destination, surround it in parentheses.\n\nOur pattern now looks like this, with parentheses around the parts that match the year and slug, but ignoring the slashes:\n\n^([0-9]{4})/([a-z0-9-]+)/$ \n\nTo use the capturing groups in the destination URL, we use the dollar sign and the number of the group we want to use. So, the first capturing group is $1, the second is $2 and so on. (The $ is unrelated to the end-of-pattern $ we used before.)\n\nRewriteRule ^([0-9]{4})/([a-z0-9-]+)/$ /article.php?year=$1&slug=$2 \n\nThe value of the year capturing group gets used as $1 and the article title slug is $2. Had there been a third group, that would be $3 and so on. In regexp parlance, these are called back-references as they refer back to the pattern.\n\nOptions\n\nSeveral brain-taxing minutes ago, I mentioned some options as the final part of a rewrite rule. There are lots of options (or flags) you can set to change how the rule is processed. The most useful (to my mind) are:\n\n\n\tR=301\n\tPerform an HTTP 301 redirect to send the user\u2019s browser to the new URL. A status of 301 means a resource has moved permanently and so it\u2019s a good way of both redirecting the user to the new URL, and letting search engines know to update their indexes.\n\tL\n\tLast. If this rule matches, don\u2019t bother processing the following rules.\n\n\nOptions are set in square brackets at the end of the rule. You can set multiple options by separating them with commas:\n\nRewriteRule ^([0-9]{4})/([a-z0-9-]+)/$ /article.php?year=$1&slug=$2 [L]\n\nor\n\nRewriteRule ^about/([a-z0-9-]+).jsp/$ /about/$1/ [R=301,L] \n\nCommon pitfalls\n\nOnce you\u2019ve built up a few rewrite rules, things can start to go wrong. You may have been there: a rule which looks perfectly good is somehow not matching. One common reason for this is hidden behind that [L] flag. \n\nL for Last is a useful option to tell the rewrite engine to stop once the rule has been matched. This is what it does \u2014 the remaining rules in the .htaccess file are then ignored. However, once a URL has been rewritten, the entire set of rules are then run again on the new URL. If the new URL matches any of the rules, that too will be rewritten and on it goes. \n\nOne way to avoid this problem is to keep your \u2018real\u2019 pages under a folder path that will never match one of your rules, or that you can exclude from the rewrite rules.\n\nUseful snippets\n\nI find myself reusing the same few rules over and over again, just with minor changes. Here are some useful examples to refer back to.\n\nExcluding a directory\n\nAs mentioned above, if you\u2019re rewriting lots of fancy URLs to a collection of real files it can be helpful to put those files in a folder and exclude it from rewrite rules. This helps solve the issue of rewrite rules reapplying to your newly rewritten URL. To exclude a directory, put a rule like this at the top of your file, before your other rules. Our files are in a folder called _source, the dash in the rule means do nothing, and the L flag means the following rules won\u2019t be applied.\n\nRewriteRule ^_source - [L]\n\nThis is also useful for excluding things like CMS folders from your website\u2019s rewrite rules\n\nRewriteRule ^perch - [L] \n\nAdding or removing www from the domain\n\nSome folk like to use a www and others don\u2019t. Usually, it\u2019s best to pick one and go with it, and redirect the one you don\u2019t want. On this site, we don\u2019t use www.24ways.org so we redirect those requests to 24ways.org.\n\nThis uses a RewriteCond which is like an if for a rewrite rule: \u201cIf this condition matches, then apply the following rule.\u201d In this case, it\u2019s if the HTTP HOST (or domain name, basically) matches this pattern, then redirect everything:\n\nRewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^www.24ways.org$ [NC]\nRewriteRule ^(.*)$ http://24ways.org/$1 [R=301,L]\n\nThe [NC] flag means \u2018no case\u2019 \u2014 the match is case-insensitive. The dots in the domain are escaped with a backslash, as a dot is a regular expression character which means match anything, so we escape it because we literally mean a dot in this instance.\n\nRemoving file extensions\n\nSometimes all you need to do to tidy up a URL is strip off the technology-specific file extension, so that /about/history.php becomes /about/history. This is easily achieved with the help of some more rewrite conditions.\n\nRewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f\nRewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d\nRewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME}.php -f\nRewriteRule ^(.+)$ $1.php [L,QSA]\n\nThis says if the file being asked for isn\u2019t a file (!-f) and if it isn\u2019t a directory (!-d) and if the file name plus .php is an actual file (-f) then rewrite by adding .php on the end. The QSA flag means \u2018query string append\u2019: append the existing query string onto the rewritten URL.\n\nIt\u2019s these sorts of more generic catch-all rules that you need to watch out for when your .htaccess gets rerun after a successful match. Without care they can easily rematch the newly rewritten URL.\n\nLogging for when it all goes wrong\n\nAlthough not possible within your .htaccess file, if you have access to your Apache configuration files you can enable rewrite logging. This can be useful to track down where a rule is going wrong, if it\u2019s matching incorrectly or failing to match. It also gives you an overview of the amount of work being done by the rewrite engine, enabling you to rearrange your rules and maximise performance.\n\nRewriteEngine On\nRewriteLog \"/full/system/path/to/rewrite.log\"\nRewriteLogLevel 5\n\nTo be doubly clear: this will not work from an .htaccess file \u2014 it needs to be added to the main Apache configuration files. (I sometimes work using MAMP PRO locally on my Mac, and this can be pasted into the snappily named Customized virtual host general settings box in the Advanced tab for your site.)\n\nThe white screen of death\n\nOne of the most frustrating things when working with rewrite rules is that when you make a mistake it can result in the server returning an HTTP 500 Internal Server Error. This in itself isn\u2019t an error message, of course. It\u2019s more of a notification that an error has occurred. The real error message can usually be found in your Apache error log.\n\nIf you have access to your server logs, check the Apache error log and you\u2019ll usually find a much more descriptive error message, pointing you towards your mistake. (Again, if using MAMP PRO, go to Server, Apache and the View Log button.)\n\nIn conclusion\n\nRewriting URLs can be a bear, but the advantages are clear. Keeping a tidy URL structure, disconnected from the technology or file structure of your site can result in URLs that are easier to use and easier to maintain into the future.\n\nIf you\u2019re redesigning a site, remember that cool URIs don\u2019t change, so budget some time to make sure that any content you move has a rewrite rule associated with it to keep any links working.\n\nFurther reading\n\nTo find out more about URL rewriting and perhaps even learn more about regular expressions, I can recommend the following resources.\n\n\n\tFrom the horse\u2019s mouth, the Apache mod_rewrite documentation\n\tParticularly useful with that documentation is the RewriteRule Flags listing\n\tYou may wish to don sunglasses to follow the otherwise comprehensive Regular-Expressions.info tutorial\n\tFriend of 24 ways, Neil Crosby has a mod_rewrite Beginner\u2019s Guide which I\u2019ve found handy over the years.\n\n\nAs noted at the start, this isn\u2019t a fully comprehensive guide, but I hope it\u2019s useful in finding your feet with a powerful but sometimes annoying technology. Do you have useful snippets you often use on projects? Feel free to share them in the comments.", "year": "2013", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2013-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/url-rewriting-for-the-fearful/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 148, "title": "Typesetting Tables", "contents": "Tables have suffered in recent years on the web. They were used for laying out web pages. Then, following the Web Standards movement, they\u2019ve been renamed by the populous as `data tables\u2019 to ensure that we all know what they\u2019re for. There have been some great tutorials for the designing tables using CSS for presentation and focussing on the semantics in the displaying of data in the correct way. However, typesetting tables is a subtle craft that has hardly had a mention.\n\nTable design can often end up being a technical exercise. What data do we need to display? Where is the data coming from and what form will it take? When was the last time your heard someone talk about lining numerals? Or designing to the reading direction?\n\nTables are not read like sentences\n\nWhen a reader looks at, and tries to understand, tabular data, they\u2019re doing a bunch of things at the same time.\n\n\n\tGenerally, they\u2019re task based; they\u2019re looking for something.\n\tThey are reading horizontally AND vertically\n\n\nReading a table is not like reading a paragraph in a novel, and therefore shouldn\u2019t be typeset in the same way. Designing tables is information design, it\u2019s functional typography\u2014it\u2019s not a time for eye candy.\n\nTypesetting tables\n\nTypesetting great looking tables is largely an exercise in restraint. Minimal interference with the legibility of the table should be in the forefront of any designers mind.\n\nWhen I\u2019m designing tables I apply some simple rules:\n\n\n\tPlenty of negative space\n\tUse the right typeface\n\tGo easy on the background tones, unless you\u2019re giving reading direction visual emphasis\n\tDesign to the reading direction\n\n\nBy way of explanation, here are those rules as applied to the following badly typeset table.\n\nYour default table\n\nThis table is a mess. There is no consideration for the person trying to read it. Everything is too tight. The typeface is wrong. It\u2019s flat. A grim table indeed.\n\n\n\nLet\u2019s see what we can do about that.\n\nPlenty of negative space\n\nThe badly typeset table has been set with default padding. There has been little consideration for the ascenders and descenders in the type interfering with the many horizontal rules.\n\nThe first thing we do is remove most of the lines, or rules. You don\u2019t need them \u2013 the data in the rows forms its own visual rules. Now, with most of the rules removed, the ones that remain mean something; they are indicating some kind of hierarchy to the help the reader understand what the different table elements mean \u2013 in this case the column headings.\n\n\n\nNow we need to give the columns and rows more negative space. Note the framing of the column headings. I\u2019m giving them more room at the bottom. This negative space is active\u2014it\u2019s empty for a reason. The extra air in here also gives more hierarchy to the column headings.\n\n\n\nUse the right typeface\n\nThe default table is set in a serif typeface. This isn\u2019t ideal for a couple of reasons. This serif typeface has a standard set of text numerals. These dip below the baseline and are designed for using figures within text, not on their own. What you need to use is a typeface with lining numerals. These align to the baseline and are more legible when used for tables.\n\n\n\nSans serif typefaces generally have lining numerals. They are also arguably more legible when used in tables.\n\nGo easy on the background tones, unless you\u2019re giving reading direction visual emphasis \n\nWe\u2019ve all seen background tones on tables. They have their use, but my feeling is that use should be functional and not decorative.\n\nIf you have a table that is long, but only a few columns wide, then alternate row shading isn\u2019t that useful for showing the different lines of data. It\u2019s a common misconception that alternate row shading is to increase legibility on long tables. That\u2019s not the case. Shaded rows are to aid horizontal reading across multiple table columns. On wide tables they are incredibly useful for helping the reader find what they want.\n\n\n\nBackground tone can also be used to give emphasis to the reading direction. If we want to emphasis a column, that can be given a background tone.\n\n\n\nHierarchy\n\nAs I said earlier, people may be reading a table vertically, and horizontally in order to find what they want. Sometimes, especially if the table is complex, we need to give them a helping hand.\n\nVisually emphasising the hierarchy in tables can help the reader scan the data. Column headings are particularly important. Column headings are often what a reader will go to first, so we need to help them understand that the column headings are different to the stuff beneath them, and we also need to give them more visual importance. We can do this by making them bold, giving them ample negative space, or by including a thick rule above them. We can also give the row titles the same level of emphasis.\n\n\n\nIn addition to background tones, you can give emphasis to reading direction by typesetting those elements in bold. You shouldn\u2019t use italics\u2014with sans serif typefaces the difference is too subtle.\n\nSo, there you have it. A couple of simple guidelines to make your tables cleaner and more readable.", "year": "2007", "author": "Mark Boulton", "author_slug": "markboulton", "published": "2007-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/typesetting-tables/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 174, "title": "Type-Inspired Interfaces", "contents": "One of the things that terrifies me most about a new project is the starting point. How is the content laid out? What colors do I pick? Once things like that are decided, it becomes significantly easier to continue design, but it\u2019s the blank page where I spend the most time.\n\nTo that end, I often start by choosing type. I don\u2019t need to worry about colors or layout or anything else\u2026 just the right typefaces that support the art direction. (This article won\u2019t focus on how to choose a typeface, but there are some really great resources if you interested in that sort of thing.)\n\nAnd just like that, all your work is done. \u201cHold it just a second,\u201d you might say. \u201cAll I\u2019ve done is pick type. I still have to do the rest!\u201d\n\nTo which I would reply, \u201cSilly rabbit. You already have!\u201d You see, picking the right typeface gets you farther than you might think. Here are a few tips on taking cues from type to design interfaces and interface elements.\n\nPerfecting Web 2.0\n\nIf you\u2019re going for that beloved rounded corner look, you might class it up a bit by choosing the wonderful Omnes Pro by Joshua Darden. As the typeface already has a rounded aesthetic, making buttons that fit the style should be pretty easy.\n\nI\u2019ve found that using multiples helps to keep your interfaces looking balanced and proportional. Noticing that the top left edge of the letter \u201cP\u201d has about an 12px corner radius, let\u2019s choose a 24px radius for our button (a multiple of 2), so that we get proper rounded corners. By taking mathematical measurements from the typeface, our button looks more thought out than just \u201cplace arbitrary text on arbitrarily-sized button.\u201d Pretty easy, eh?\n\n\n\nWhat\u2019s in a name(plate)?\n\nRounded buttons are pretty popular buttons nowadays, so let\u2019s try something a bit more stylized.\n\nHave a gander at Brothers, a sturdy face from Emigre. The chiseled edges give us a perfect cue for a stylized button. Using the same slope, you can make plated-looking buttons that fit a different kind of style.\n\n\n\nHeadlining\n\nYou might even take some cues from the style of the typeface itself. Didone serifs are known for their lack of brackets\u30fcthat is, a gradual transition from the stem to the serif. Instead, they typically connect at a right angle. Another common characteristic is the high contrast in the strokes: very thick stems, very thin serifs.\n\nSo, when using a high contrast typeface, you can use it to your advantage to enhance hierarchy. Following our \u201cmultiples\u201d guideline, a 12px measurement from the stems helps us create a top rule with a height of 24px (a multiple of 2). We can take the exact 1px measurement from the serif\u2014a multiple of 1\u2014to create the bottom rule. Voil\u00e0! I use this technique a lot.\n\n\n\nSwashbucklers\n\nAnd don\u2019t forget the importance of visual \u201cspeed bumps\u201d to break up long passages of text. A beautiful face like Alejandro Paul\u2019s Ministry Script has over a thousand characters that can be manipulated or even combined to create elegant interface elements. Altering the partial differential character (\u2202) creates a delightful ornament that can help to guide the eye through content.\n\n\n\nStagger & Swagger\n\nWhat about layout? How can we use typography to inform how our content is displayed?\n\nLet\u2019s take a typeface like Assembler. We might use this for a design that needs to feel uneasy or uncomfortable. In design terms, that might translate into using irregular shapes and asymmetry. Using the proportional distances and degrees from the perpendiculars, we could easily create a multi-column layout that jives with the general tone. And for all you skeptics that don\u2019t think a layout like this is doable on the web, stranger things have happened.\n\n Background texture generously offered by Bittbox.\n\nOverall Design Direction\n\nFinally, your typography could impact the entire look of the site, from the navigation to the interaction and everything in between. Check out how the (now-defunct) Nike Free site\u2019s typography echoes the product itself, and in turn influences the navigation.\n\n\n\nFind Your Type\n\nWith thousands of fonts to choose from, the possibilities are ridiculously open. From angles to radii to color to weight, you\u2019ve got endless fodder before you. Great type designers spent countless hours slaving over these detailed letterforms; take advantage of it! Don\u2019t feel like you have to limit yourself to the same old Helvetica and wet floors\u2026 unless your design calls for it. \n\nHappy hunting!", "year": "2009", "author": "Dan Mall", "author_slug": "danmall", "published": "2009-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/type-inspired-interfaces/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 252, "title": "Turn Jekyll up to Eleventy", "contents": "Sometimes it pays not to over complicate things. While many of the sites we use on a daily basis require relational databases to manage their content and dynamic pages to respond to user input, for smaller, simpler sites, serving pre-rendered static HTML is usually a much cheaper \u2014 and more secure \u2014 option. \nThe JAMstack (JavaScript, reusable APIs, and prebuilt Markup) is a popular marketing term for this way of building websites, but in some ways it\u2019s a return to how things were in the early days of the web, before developers started tinkering with CGI scripts or Personal HomePage. Indeed, my website has always served pre-rendered HTML; first with the aid of Movable Type and more recently using Jekyll, which Anna wrote about in 2013.\nBy combining three approachable languages \u2014 Markdown for content, YAML for data and Liquid for templating \u2014 the ergonomics of Jekyll found broad appeal, influencing the design of the many static site generators that followed. But Jekyll is not without its faults. Aside from notoriously slow build times, it\u2019s also built using Ruby. While this is an elegant programming language, it is yet another ecosystem to understand and manage, and often alongside one we already use: JavaScript. For all my time using Jekyll, I would think to myself \u201cthis, but in Node\u201d. Thankfully, one of Santa\u2019s elves (Zach Leatherman) granted my Atwoodian wish and placed such a static site generator under my tree.\nIntroducing Eleventy\nEleventy is a more flexible alternative Jekyll. Besides being written in Node, it\u2019s less strict about how to organise files and, in addition to Liquid, supports other templating languages like EJS, Pug, Handlebars and Nunjucks. Best of all, its build times are significantly faster (with future optimisations promising further gains).\nAs content is saved using the familiar combination of YAML front matter and Markdown, transitioning from Jekyll to Eleventy may seem like a reasonable idea. Yet as I\u2019ve discovered, there are a few gotchas. If you\u2019ve been considering making the switch, here are a few tips and tricks to help you on your way1.\nNote: Throughout this article, I\u2019ll be converting Matt Cone\u2019s Markdown Guide site as an example. If you want to follow along, start by cloning the git repository, and then change into the project directory:\ngit clone https://github.com/mattcone/markdown-guide.git\ncd markdown-guide\nBefore you start\nIf you\u2019ve used tools like Grunt, Gulp or Webpack, you\u2019ll be familiar with Node.js but, if you\u2019ve been exclusively using Jekyll to compile your assets as well as generate your HTML, now\u2019s the time to install Node.js and set up your project to work with its package manager, NPM:\n\nInstall Node.js:\n\nMac: If you haven\u2019t already, I recommend installing Homebrew, a package manager for the Mac. Then in the Terminal type brew install node.\nWindows: Download the Windows installer from the Node.js website and follow the instructions.\n\nInitiate NPM: Ensure you are in the directory of your project and then type npm init. This command will ask you a few questions before creating a file called package.json. Like RubyGems\u2019s Gemfile, this file contains a list of your project\u2019s third-party dependencies.\n\nIf you\u2019re managing your site with Git, make sure to add node_modules to your .gitignore file too. Unlike RubyGems, NPM stores its dependencies alongside your project files. This folder can get quite large, and as it contains binaries compiled to work with the host computer, it shouldn\u2019t be version controlled. Eleventy will also honour the contents of this file, meaning anything you want Git to ignore, Eleventy will ignore too.\nInstalling Eleventy\nWith Node.js installed and your project setup to work with NPM, we can now install Eleventy as a dependency:\nnpm install --save-dev @11ty/eleventy\nIf you open package.json you should see the following:\n\u2026\n\"devDependencies\": {\n  \"@11ty/eleventy\": \"^0.6.0\"\n}\n\u2026\nWe can now run Eleventy from the command line using NPM\u2019s npx command. For example, to covert the README.md file to HTML, we can run the following:\nnpx eleventy --input=README.md --formats=md\nThis command will generate a rendered HTML file at _site/README/index.html. Like Jekyll, Eleventy shares the same default name for its output directory (_site), a pattern we will see repeatedly during the transition.\nConfiguration\nWhereas Jekyll uses the declarative YAML syntax for its configuration file, Eleventy uses JavaScript. This allows its options to be scripted, enabling some powerful possibilities as we\u2019ll see later on.\nWe\u2019ll start by creating our configuration file (.eleventy.js), copying the relevant settings in _config.yml over to their equivalent options:\nmodule.exports = function(eleventyConfig) {\n  return {\n    dir: {\n      input: \"./\",      // Equivalent to Jekyll's source property\n      output: \"./_site\" // Equivalent to Jekyll's destination property\n    }\n  };\n};\nA few other things to bear in mind:\n\n\nWhereas Jekyll allows you to list folders and files to ignore under its exclude property, Eleventy looks for these values inside a file called .eleventyignore (in addition to .gitignore).\n\nBy default, Eleventy uses markdown-it to parse Markdown. If your content uses advanced syntax features (such as abbreviations, definition lists and footnotes), you\u2019ll need to pass Eleventy an instance of this (or another) Markdown library configured with the relevant options and plugins.\n\nLayouts\nOne area Eleventy currently lacks flexibility is the location of layouts, which must reside within the _includes directory (see this issue on GitHub).\nWanting to keep our layouts together, we\u2019ll move them from _layouts to _includes/layouts, and then update references to incorporate the layouts sub-folder. We could update the layout: frontmatter property in each of our content files, but another option is to create aliases in Eleventy\u2019s config:\nmodule.exports = function(eleventyConfig) {\n  // Aliases are in relation to the _includes folder\n  eleventyConfig.addLayoutAlias('about', 'layouts/about.html');\n  eleventyConfig.addLayoutAlias('book', 'layouts/book.html');\n  eleventyConfig.addLayoutAlias('default', 'layouts/default.html');\n\n  return {\n    dir: {\n      input: \"./\",\n      output: \"./_site\"\n    }\n  };\n}\nDetermining which template language to use\nEleventy will transform Markdown (.md) files using Liquid by default, but we\u2019ll need to tell Eleventy how to process other files that are using Liquid templates. There are a few ways to achieve this, but the easiest is to use file extensions. In our case, we have some files in our api folder that we want to process with Liquid and output as JSON. By appending the .liquid file extension (i.e. basic-syntax.json becomes basic-syntax.json.liquid), Eleventy will know what to do.\nVariables\nOn the surface, Jekyll and Eleventy appear broadly similar, but as each models its content and data a little differently, some template variables will need updating.\nSite variables\nAlongside build settings, Jekyll let\u2019s you store common values in its configuration file which can be accessed in our templates via the site.* namespace. For example, in our Markdown Guide, we have the following values:\ntitle: \"Markdown Guide\"\nurl: https://www.markdownguide.org\nbaseurl: \"\"\nrepo: http://github.com/mattcone/markdown-guide\ncomments: false\nauthor:\n  name: \"Matt Cone\"\nog_locale: \"en_US\"\nEleventy\u2019s configuration uses JavaScript which is not suited to storing values like this. However, like Jekyll, we can use data files to store common values. If we add our site-wide values to a JSON file inside a folder called _data and name this file site.json, we can keep the site.* namespace and leave our variables unchanged.\n{\n  \"title\": \"Markdown Guide\",\n  \"url\": \"https://www.markdownguide.org\",\n  \"baseurl\": \"\",\n  \"repo\": \"http://github.com/mattcone/markdown-guide\",\n  \"comments\": false,\n  \"author\": {\n    \"name\": \"Matt Cone\"\n  },\n  \"og_locale\": \"en_US\"\n}\nPage variables\nThe table below shows a mapping of common page variables. As a rule, frontmatter properties are accessed directly, whereas derived metadata values (things like URLs, dates etc.) get prefixed with the page.* namespace:\n\n\n\nJekyll\nEleventy\n\n\n\n\npage.url\npage.url\n\n\npage.date\npage.date\n\n\npage.path\npage.inputPath\n\n\npage.id\npage.outputPath\n\n\npage.name\npage.fileSlug\n\n\npage.content\ncontent\n\n\npage.title\ntitle\n\n\npage.foobar\nfoobar\n\n\n\nWhen iterating through pages, frontmatter values are available via the data object while content is available via templateContent:\n\n\n\nJekyll\nEleventy\n\n\n\n\nitem.url\nitem.url\n\n\nitem.date\nitem.date\n\n\nitem.path\nitem.inputPath\n\n\nitem.name\nitem.fileSlug\n\n\nitem.id\nitem.outputPath\n\n\nitem.content\nitem.templateContent\n\n\nitem.title\nitem.data.title\n\n\nitem.foobar\nitem.data.foobar\n\n\n\nIdeally the discrepancy between page and item variables will change in a future version (see this GitHub issue), making it easier to understand the way Eleventy structures its data.\nPagination variables\nWhereas Jekyll\u2019s pagination feature is limited to paginating posts on one page, Eleventy allows you to paginate any collection of documents or data. Given this disparity, the changes to pagination are more significant, but this table shows a mapping of equivalent variables:\n\n\n\nJekyll\nEleventy\n\n\n\n\npaginator.page\npagination.pageNumber\n\n\npaginator.per_page\npagination.size\n\n\npaginator.posts\npagination.items\n\n\npaginator.previous_page_path\npagination.previousPageHref\n\n\npaginator.next_page_path\npagination.nextPageHref\n\n\n\nFilters\nAlthough Jekyll uses Liquid, it provides a set of filters that are not part of the core Liquid library. There are quite a few \u2014 more than can be covered by this article \u2014 but you can replicate them by using Eleventy\u2019s addFilter configuration option. Let\u2019s convert two used by our Markdown Guide: jsonify and where.\nThe jsonify filter outputs an object or string as valid JSON. As JavaScript provides a native JSON method, we can use this in our replacement filter. addFilter takes two arguments; the first is the name of the filter and the second is the function to which we will pass the content we want to transform:\n// {{ variable | jsonify }}\neleventyConfig.addFilter('jsonify', function (variable) {\n  return JSON.stringify(variable);\n});\nJekyll\u2019s where filter is a little more complicated in that it takes two additional arguments: the key to look for, and the value it should match:\n{{ site.members | where: \"graduation_year\",\"2014\" }}\nTo account for this, instead of passing one value to the second argument of addFilter, we can instead pass three: the array we want to examine, the key we want to look for and the value it should match:\n// {{ array | where: key,value }}\neleventyConfig.addFilter('where', function (array, key, value) {\n  return array.filter(item => {\n    const keys = key.split('.');\n    const reducedKey = keys.reduce((object, key) => {\n      return object[key];\n    }, item);\n\n    return (reducedKey === value ? item : false);\n  });\n});\nThere\u2019s quite a bit going on within this filter, but I\u2019ll try to explain. Essentially we\u2019re examining each item in our array, reducing key (passed as a string using dot notation) so that it can be parsed correctly (as an object reference) before comparing its value to value. If it matches, item remains in the returned array, else it\u2019s removed. Phew!\nIncludes\nAs with filters, Jekyll provides a set of tags that aren\u2019t strictly part of Liquid either. This includes one of the most useful, the include tag. LiquidJS, the library Eleventy uses, does provide an  include tag, but one using the slightly different syntax defined by Shopify. If you\u2019re not passing variables to your includes, everything should work without modification. Otherwise, note that whereas with Jekyll you would do this:\n<!-- page.html -->\n{% include include.html value=\"key\" %}\n\n<!-- include.html -->\n{{ include.value }}\nin Eleventy, you would do this:\n<!-- page.html -->\n{% include \"include.html\", value: \"key\" %}\n\n<!-- include.html -->\n{{ value }}\nA downside of Shopify\u2019s syntax is that variable assignments are no longer scoped to the include and can therefore leak; keep this in mind when converting your templates as you may need to make further adjustments.\nTweaking Liquid\nYou may have noticed in the above example that LiquidJS expects the names of included files to be quoted (else it treats them as variables). We could update our templates to add quotes around file names (the recommended approach), but we could also disable this behaviour by setting LiquidJS\u2019s dynamicPartials option to false. Additionally, Eleventy doesn\u2019t support the include_relative tag, meaning you can\u2019t include files relative to the current document. However, LiquidJS does let us define multiple paths to look for included files via its root option. \nThankfully, Eleventy allows us to pass options to LiquidJS:\neleventyConfig.setLiquidOptions({\n  dynamicPartials: false,\n  root: [\n    '_includes',\n    '.'\n  ]\n});\nCollections\nJekyll\u2019s collections feature lets authors create arbitrary collections of documents beyond pages and posts. Eleventy provides a similar feature, but in a far more powerful way.\nCollections in Jekyll\nIn Jekyll, creating collections requires you to add the name of your collections to _config.yml and create corresponding folders in your project. Our Markdown Guide has two collections:\ncollections:\n  - basic-syntax\n  - extended-syntax\nThese correspond to the folders _basic-syntax and _extended-syntax whose content we can iterate over like so:\n{% for syntax in site.extended-syntax %}\n  {{ syntax.title }}\n{% endfor %}\nCollections in Eleventy\nThere are two ways you can set up collections in 11ty. The first, and most straightforward, is to use the tag property in content files:\n---\ntitle: Strikethrough\nsyntax-id: strikethrough\nsyntax-summary: \"~~The world is flat.~~\"\ntag: extended-syntax\n---\nWe can then iterate over tagged content like this:\n{% for syntax in collections.extended-syntax %}\n  {{ syntax.data.title }}\n{% endfor %}\nEleventy also allows us to configure collections programmatically. For example, instead of using tags, we can search for files using a glob pattern (a way of specifying a set of filenames to search for using wildcard characters):\neleventyConfig.addCollection('basic-syntax', collection => {\n  return collection.getFilteredByGlob('_basic-syntax/*.md');\n});\n\neleventyConfig.addCollection('extended-syntax', collection => {\n  return collection.getFilteredByGlob('_extended-syntax/*.md');\n});\nWe can extend this further. For example, say we wanted to sort a collection by the display_order property in our document\u2019s frontmatter. We could take the results of collection.getFilteredByGlob and then use JavaScript\u2019s sort method to sort the result:\neleventyConfig.addCollection('example', collection => {\n  return collection.getFilteredByGlob('_examples/*.md').sort((a, b) => {\n    return a.data.display_order - b.data.display_order;\n  });\n});\nHopefully, this gives you just a hint of what\u2019s possible using this approach.\nUsing directory data to manage defaults\nBy default, Eleventy will maintain the structure of your content files when generating your site. In our case, that means /_basic-syntax/lists.md is generated as /_basic-syntax/lists/index.html. Like Jekyll, we can change where files are saved using the permalink property. For example, if we want the URL for this page to be /basic-syntax/lists.html we can add the following:\n---\ntitle: Lists\nsyntax-id: lists\napi: \"no\"\npermalink: /basic-syntax/lists.html\n---\nAgain, this is probably not something we want to manage on a file-by-file basis but again, Eleventy has features that can help: directory data and permalink variables.\nFor example, to achieve the above for all content stored in the _basic-syntax folder, we can create a JSON file that shares the name of that folder and sits inside it, i.e. _basic-syntax/_basic-syntax.json and set our default values. For permalinks, we can use Liquid templating to construct our desired path:\n{\n  \"layout\": \"syntax\",\n  \"tag\": \"basic-syntax\",\n  \"permalink\": \"basic-syntax/{{ title | slug }}.html\"\n}\nHowever, Markdown Guide doesn\u2019t publish syntax examples at individual permanent URLs, it merely uses content files to store data. So let\u2019s change things around a little. No longer tied to Jekyll\u2019s rules about where collection folders should be saved and how they should be labelled, we\u2019ll move them into a folder called _content:\nmarkdown-guide\n\u2514\u2500\u2500 _content\n    \u251c\u2500\u2500 basic-syntax\n    \u251c\u2500\u2500 extended-syntax\n    \u251c\u2500\u2500 getting-started\n    \u2514\u2500\u2500 _content.json\nWe will also add a directory data file (_content.json) inside this folder. As directory data is applied recursively, setting permalink to false will mean all content in this folder and its children will no longer be published:\n{\n  \"permalink\": false\n}\nStatic files\nEleventy only transforms files whose template language it\u2019s familiar with. But often we may have static assets that don\u2019t need converting, but do need copying to the destination directory. For this, we can use pass-through file copy. In our configuration file, we tell Eleventy what folders/files to copy with the addPassthroughCopy option. Then in the return statement, we enable this feature by setting passthroughFileCopy to true:\nmodule.exports = function(eleventyConfig) {\n  \u2026\n\n  // Copy the `assets` directory to the compiled site folder\n  eleventyConfig.addPassthroughCopy('assets');\n\n  return {\n    dir: {\n      input: \"./\",\n      output: \"./_site\"\n    },\n    passthroughFileCopy: true\n  };\n}\nFinal considerations\nAssets\nUnlike Jekyll, Eleventy provides no support for asset compilation or bundling scripts \u2014 we have plenty of choices in that department already. If you\u2019ve been using Jekyll to compile Sass files into CSS, or CoffeeScript into Javascript, you will need to research alternative options, options which are beyond the scope of this article, sadly.\nPublishing to GitHub Pages\nOne of the benefits of Jekyll is its deep integration with GitHub Pages. To publish an Eleventy generated site \u2014 or any site not built with Jekyll \u2014 to GitHub Pages can be quite involved, but typically involves copying the generated site to the gh-pages branch or including that branch as a submodule. Alternatively, you could use a continuous integration service like Travis or CircleCI and push the generated site to your web server. It\u2019s enough to make your head spin! Perhaps for this reason, a number of specialised static site hosts have emerged such as Netlify and Google Firebase. But remember; you can publish a static site almost anywhere!\n\nGoing one louder\nIf you\u2019ve been considering making the switch, I hope this brief overview has been helpful. But it also serves as a reminder why it can be prudent to avoid jumping aboard bandwagons. \nWhile it\u2019s fun to try new software and emerging technologies, doing so can require a lot of work and compromise. For all of Eleventy\u2019s appeal, it\u2019s only a year old so has little in the way of an ecosystem of plugins or themes. It also only has one maintainer. Jekyll on the other hand is a mature project with a large community of maintainers and contributors supporting it.\nI moved my site to Eleventy because the slowness and inflexibility of Jekyll was preventing me from doing the things I wanted to do. But I also had time to invest in the transition. After reading this guide, and considering the specific requirements of your project, you may decide to stick with Jekyll, especially if the output will essentially stay the same. And that\u2019s perfectly fine! \nBut these go to 11.\n\n\n\n\nInformation provided is correct as of Eleventy v0.6.0 and Jekyll v3.8.5\u00a0\u21a9", "year": "2018", "author": "Paul Lloyd", "author_slug": "paulrobertlloyd", "published": "2018-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/turn-jekyll-up-to-eleventy/", "topic": "content"}
{"rowid": 165, "title": "Transparent PNGs in Internet Explorer 6", "contents": "Newer breeds of browser such as Firefox and Safari have offered support for PNG images with full alpha channel transparency for a few years. With the use of hacks, support has been available in Internet Explorer 5.5 and 6, but the hacks are non-ideal and have been tricky to use. With IE7 winning masses of users from earlier versions over the last year, full PNG alpha-channel transparency is becoming more of a reality for day-to-day use.\n\nHowever, there are still numbers of IE6 users out there who we can\u2019t leave out in the cold this Christmas, so in this article I\u2019m going to look what we can do to support IE6 users whilst taking full advantage of transparency for the majority of a site\u2019s visitors.\n\nSo what\u2019s alpha channel transparency?\n\nCast your minds back to the Ghost of Christmas Past, the humble GIF. Images in GIF format offer transparency, but that transparency is either on or off for any given pixel. Each pixel\u2019s either fully transparent, or a solid colour. In GIF, transparency is effectively just a special colour you can chose for a pixel.\n\nThe PNG format tackles the problem rather differently. As well as having any colour you chose, each pixel also carries a separate channel of information detailing how transparent it is. This alpha channel enables a pixel to be fully transparent, fully opaque, or critically, any step in between.\n\nThis enables designers to produce images that can have, for example, soft edges without any of the \u2018halo effect\u2019 traditionally associated with GIF transparency. If you\u2019ve ever worked on a site that has different colour schemes and therefore requires multiple versions of each graphic against a different colour, you\u2019ll immediately see the benefit. \n\nWhat\u2019s perhaps more interesting than that, however, is the extra creative freedom this gives designers in creating beautiful sites that can remain web-like in their ability to adjust, scale and reflow.\n\nThe Internet Explorer problem\n\nUp until IE7, there has been no fully native support for PNG alpha channel transparency in Internet Explorer. However, since IE5.5 there has been some support in the form of proprietary filter called the AlphaImageLoader. Internet Explorer filters can be applied directly in your CSS (for both inline and background images), or by setting the same CSS property with JavaScript. \n\nCSS:\n\nimg {\n\tfilter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(...);\n}\n\nJavaScript:\n\nimg.style.filter = \"progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(...)\";\n\nThat may sound like a problem solved, but all is not as it may appear. Firstly, as you may realise, there\u2019s no CSS property called filter in the W3C CSS spec. It\u2019s a proprietary extension added by Microsoft that could potentially cause other browsers to reject your entire CSS rule. \n\nSecondly, AlphaImageLoader does not magically add full PNG transparency support so that a PNG in the page will just start working. Instead, when applied to an element in the page, it draws a new rendering surface in the same space that element occupies and loads a PNG into it. If that sounds weird, it\u2019s because that\u2019s precisely what it is. However, by and large the result is that PNGs with an alpha channel can be accommodated.\n\nThe pitfalls\n\nSo, whilst support for PNG transparency in IE5.5 and 6 is possible, it\u2019s not without its problems.\n\nBackground images cannot be positioned or repeated\n\nThe AlphaImageLoader does work for background images, but only for the simplest of cases. If your design requires the image to be tiled (background-repeat) or positioned (background-position) you\u2019re out of luck. The AlphaImageLoader allows you to set a sizingMethod to either crop the image (if necessary) or to scale it to fit. Not massively useful, but something at least.\n\nDelayed loading and resource use\n\nThe AlphaImageLoader can be quite slow to load, and appears to consume more resources than a standard image when applied. Typically, you\u2019d need to add thousands of GIFs or JPEGs to a page before you saw any noticeable impact on the browser, but with the AlphaImageLoader filter applied Internet Explorer can become sluggish after just a handful of alpha channel PNGs.\n\nThe other noticeable effect is that as more instances of the AlphaImageLoader are applied, the longer it takes to render the PNGs with their transparency. The user sees the PNG load in its original non-supported state (with black or grey areas where transparency should be) before one by one the filter kicks in and makes them properly transparent.\n\nBoth the issue of sluggish behaviour and delayed load only really manifest themselves with volume and size of image. Use just a couple of instances and it\u2019s fine, but be careful adding more than five or six. As ever, test, test, test.\n\nLinks become unclickable, forms unfocusable \n\nThis is a big one. There\u2019s a bug/weirdness with AlphaImageLoader that sometimes prevents interaction with links and forms when a PNG background image is used. This is sometimes reported as a z-index issue, but I don\u2019t believe it is. Rather, it\u2019s an artefact of that weird way the filter gets applied to the document almost outside of the normal render process. \n\nOften this can be solved by giving the links or form elements hasLayout using position: relative; where possible. However, this doesn\u2019t always work and the non-interaction problem cannot always be solved. You may find yourself having to go back to the drawing board.\n\nSidestepping the danger zones\n\nFrankly, it\u2019s pretty bad news if you design a site, have that design signed off by your client, build it and then find out only at the end (because you don\u2019t know what might trigger a problem) that your search field can\u2019t be focused in IE6. That\u2019s an absolute nightmare, and whilst it\u2019s not likely to happen, it\u2019s possible that it might. It\u2019s happened to me. So what can you do?\n\nThe best approach I\u2019ve found to this scenario is\n\n\n\tIsolate the PNG or PNGs that are causing the problem. Step through the PNGs in your page, commenting them out one by one and retesting. Typically it\u2019ll be the nearest PNG to the problem, so try there first. Keep going until you can click your links or focus your form fields.\n\tThis is where you really need luck on your side, because you\u2019re going to have to fake it. This will depend on the design of the site, but some way or other create a replacement GIF or JPEG image that will give you an acceptable result. Then use conditional comments to serve that image to only users of IE older than version 7.\n\n\nA hack, you say? Well, you started it chum.\n\nApplying AlphaImageLoader\n\nBecause the filter property is invalid CSS, the safest pragmatic approach is to apply it selectively with JavaScript for only Internet Explorer versions 5.5 and 6. This helps ensure that by default you\u2019re serving standard CSS to browsers that support both the CSS and PNG standards correct, and then selectively patching up only the browsers that need it. \n\nSeveral years ago, Aaron Boodman wrote and released a script called sleight for doing just that. However, sleight dealt only with images in the page, and not background images applied with CSS. Building on top of Aaron\u2019s work, I hacked sleight and came up with bgsleight for applying the filter to background images instead. That was in 2003, and over the years I\u2019ve made a couple of improvements here and there to keep it ticking over and to resolve conflicts between sleight and bgsleight when used together. However, with alpha channel PNGs becoming much more widespread, it\u2019s time for a new version.\n\nIntroducing SuperSleight\n\nSuperSleight adds a number of new and useful features that have come from the day-to-day needs of working with PNGs.\n\n\n\tWorks with both inline and background images, replacing the need for both sleight and bgsleight\n\tWill automatically apply position: relative to links and form fields if they don\u2019t already have position set. (Can be disabled.)\n\tCan be run on the entire document, or just a selected part where you know the PNGs are. This is better for performance.\n\tDetects background images set to no-repeat and sets the scaleMode to crop rather than scale.\n\tCan be re-applied by any other JavaScript in the page \u2013 useful if new content has been loaded by an Ajax request.\n\n\n  Download SuperSleight \n\nImplementation\n\nGetting SuperSleight running on a page is quite straightforward, you just need to link the supplied JavaScript file (or the minified version if you prefer) into your document inside conditional comments so that it is delivered to only Internet Explorer 6 or older.\n\n<!--[if lte IE 6]>\n\t<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"supersleight-min.js\"></script>\n<![endif]-->\n\nSupplied with the JavaScript is a simple transparent GIF file. The script replaces the existing PNG with this before re-layering the PNG over the top using AlphaImageLoaded. You can change the name or path of the image in the top of the JavaScript file, where you\u2019ll also find the option to turn off the adding of position: relative to links and fields if you don\u2019t want that.\n\nThe script is kicked off with a call to supersleight.init() at the bottom. The scope of the script can be limited to just one part of the page by passing an ID of an element to supersleight.limitTo(). And that\u2019s all there is to it.\n\nUpdate March 2008: a version of this script as a jQuery plugin is also now available.", "year": "2007", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2007-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/supersleight-transparent-png-in-ie6/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 334, "title": "Transitional vs. Strict Markup", "contents": "When promoting web standards, standardistas often talk about XHTML as being more strict than HTML. In a sense it is, since it requires that all elements are properly closed and that attribute values are quoted. But there are two flavours of XHTML 1.0 (three if you count the Frameset DOCTYPE, which is outside the scope of this article), defined by the Transitional and Strict DOCTYPEs. And HTML 4.01 also comes in those flavours.\n\nThe names reveal what they are about: Transitional DOCTYPEs are meant for those making the transition from older markup to modern ways. Strict DOCTYPEs are actually the default \u2013 the way HTML 4.01 and XHTML 1.0 were constructed to be used.\n\nA Transitional DOCTYPE may be used when you have a lot of legacy markup that cannot easily be converted to comply with a Strict DOCTYPE. But Strict is what you should be aiming for. It encourages, and in some cases enforces, the separation of structure and presentation, moving the presentational aspects from markup to CSS. From the HTML 4 Document Type Definition:\n\n\n\tThis is HTML 4.01 Strict DTD, which excludes the presentation attributes and elements that W3C expects to phase out as support for style sheets matures. Authors should use the Strict DTD when possible, but may use the Transitional DTD when support for presentation attribute and elements is required.\n\n\nAn additional benefit of using a Strict DOCTYPE is that doing so will ensure that browsers use their strictest, most standards compliant rendering modes.\n\nTommy Olsson provides a good summary of the benefits of using Strict over Transitional in Ten questions for Tommy Olsson at Web Standards Group:\n\n\n\tIn my opinion, using a Strict DTD, either HTML 4.01 Strict or XHTML 1.0 Strict, is far more important for the quality of the future web than whether or not there is an X in front of the name. The Strict DTD promotes a separation of structure and presentation, which makes a site so much easier to maintain.\n\n\nFor those looking to start using web standards and valid, semantic markup, it is important to understand the difference between Transitional and Strict DOCTYPEs. For complete listings of the differences between Transitional and Strict DOCTYPEs, see XHTML: Differences between Strict & Transitional, Comparison of Strict and Transitional XHTML, and XHTML1.0 Element Attributes by DTD.\n\nSome of the differences are more likely than others to cause problems for developers moving from a Transitional DOCTYPE to a Strict one, and I\u2019d like to mention a few of those.\n\nElements that are not allowed in Strict DOCTYPEs\n\n\n\tcenter\n\tfont\n\tiframe\n\tstrike\n\tu\n\n\nAttributes not allowed in Strict DOCTYPEs\n\n\n\talign (allowed on elements related to tables: col, colgroup, tbody, td, tfoot, th, thead, and tr)\n\tlanguage\n\tbackground\n\tbgcolor\n\tborder (allowed on table)\n\theight (allowed on img and object)\n\thspace\n\tname (allowed in HTML 4.01 Strict, not allowed on form and img in XHTML 1.0 Strict)\n\tnoshade\n\tnowrap\n\ttarget\n\ttext, link, vlink, and alink\n\tvspace\n\twidth (allowed on img, object, table, col, and colgroup)\n\n\nContent model differences\n\nAn element type\u2019s content model describes what may be contained by an instance of the element type. The most important difference in content models between Transitional and Strict is that blockquote, body, and form elements may only contain block level elements. A few examples:\n\n\n\ttext and images are not allowed immediately inside the body element, and need to be contained in a block level element like p or div\n\tinput elements must not be direct descendants of a form element\n\ttext in blockquote elements must be wrapped in a block level element like p or div\n\n\nGo Strict and move all presentation to CSS\n\nSomething that can be helpful when doing the transition from Transitional to Strict DOCTYPEs is to focus on what each element of the page you are working on is instead of how you want it to look.\n\nWorry about looks later and get the structure and semantics right first.", "year": "2005", "author": "Roger Johansson", "author_slug": "rogerjohansson", "published": "2005-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/transitional-vs-strict-markup/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 160, "title": "Tracking Christmas Cheer with Google Charts", "contents": "A note from the editors:  Since this article was written Google has retired the Charts API.\n                \n                \n                      \n                Let\u2019s get something out in the open: I love statistics. As an informatician I can\u2019t get enough graphs, charts, and numbers. So you can imagine when Google released their Charts API I thought Christmas had come early. I immediately began to draw up graphs for the holiday season using the new API; and using my new found chart-making skills I\u2019ll show you what you can and can\u2019t do with Google Charts.\n\nMummy, it\u2019s my first chart\n\nThe Google Charts API allows you to send data to Google; in return they give you back a nicely-rendered graph. All the hard work is done on Google\u2019s servers \u2014 you need only reference an image in your HTML. You pass along the data \u2014 the numbers for the charts, axis labels, and so on \u2014 in the query string of the image\u2019s URL. If you want to add charts to your blog or web site, there\u2019s probably no quicker way to get started.\n\nHere\u2019s a simple example: if we add the following line to an HTML page:\n\n<img src=\"http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=lc&chs=200x125&chd=s:ZreelPuevfgznf2008\" />\n\nThen we\u2019ll see the line graph in Figure 1 appear in our page. That graph is hosted on Google\u2019s own server1: http://chart.apis.google.com/.\n\nFigure 1: A simple example of a line graph created with Google Charts.\n\nIf you look at the URL used in the example you\u2019ll notice we\u2019re passing some parameters along in the query string (the bit after the question mark). The query string looks like this:\n\ncht=lc&chs=200x125&chd=s:ZreelPuevfgznf2008\n\nIt\u2019s contains everything Google Charts needs to draw the graph.  There are three parameters in the query string:\n\n\n\tcht; this specifies the type of chart Google Charts will generate (in this case, lc is a line chart).\n\tchs, the value of which is 200x125; this defines the chart\u2019s size (200 pixels wide by 125 pixels high).\n\tchd, the value of which is s:ZreelPuevfgznf2008; this is the actual chart data, which we\u2019ll discuss in more detail later.\n\n\nThese three parameters are the minimum you need to send to Google Charts in order to create a chart.  There are lots more parameters you can send too (giving you more choice over how a chart is displayed), but you have to include at least these three before a chart can be created. Using these three parameters you can create pie charts, scatter plots, Venn diagrams, bar charts (and more) up to 1,000 pixels wide or 1,000 pixels high (but no more than 300,000 pixels in total).\n\nChristmas pie\n\nAfter I discovered the option to create a pie chart I instantly thought of graphing all the types of food and beverages that I\u2019ll consume at this year\u2019s Christmas feast. I can represent each item as a percentage of all the food on a pie chart (just thinking about that makes me hungry).\n\nBy changing the value of the cht parameter in the image\u2019s query string I can change the chart type from a line chart to a pie chart. Google Charts offers two different types of pie chart: a fancy three-dimensional version and a two-dimensional overhead version. I want to stick with the latter, so I need to change cht=lc to cht=p (the p telling Google Charts to create a pie chart; if you want the three-dimensional version, use cht=p3). As a pie chart is circular I also need to adjust the size of the chart to make it square. Finally, it would be nice to add a title to the graph. I can do this by adding the optional parameter, chtt, to the end of the image URL. I end up with the chart you see in Figure 2.\n\nFigure 2: Pie chart with a title.\n\nTo add this chart to your own page, you include the following (notice that you can\u2019t include spaces in URLs, so you need to encode them as plus-signs.):\n\n<img src=\"http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?chtt=Food+and+Drink+Consumed+Christmas+2007&cht=p&chs=300x300&chd=s:ZreelPuevfgznf2008\" />\n\nOk, that\u2019s great, but there are still two things I want to do before I can call this pie chart complete. First I want to label each slice of the pie. And second I want to include the proper data (at the moment the slices are meaningless). If 2007 is anything like 2006, the break down will be roughly as follows:\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tEgg nog\n\t\t\t10%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tChristmas Ham\n\t\t\t20%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tMilk (not including egg nog)\n\t\t\t8%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tCookies\n\t\t\t25%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tRoasted Chestnuts\n\t\t\t5%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tChocolate\n\t\t\t3%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tVarious Other Beverages\n\t\t\t15%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tVarious Other Foods\n\t\t\t9%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tSnacks\n\t\t\t5%\n\t\t\n\n\nI have nine categories of food and drink to be tracked, so I need nine slice labels. To add these to the chart, I use the chl parameter. All nine labels are sent in one value; I use the vertical-pipe character, |,  to separate them. So I need to append the following to the query string:\n\nchl=Egg+nog|Christmas+Ham|Milk+(not+including+egg+nog)|Cookies|Roast+Chestnuts|Chocolate|Various+Other+Beverages|Various+Other+Foods|Snacks\n\nNext I need to add the corresponding percentage values to the chart labels. Encoding the chart data is the trickiest part of the Google Charts API \u2014 but by no means complicated. There are three different ways to encode your data on a chart. As I\u2019m only dealing with small numbers, I\u2019m going to use what Google calls simple encoding.\n\nSimple encoding offers a sixty-two value spectrum in which to represent data. Remember the mandatory option, chd, from the first example? The value for this is split into two parts: the type of encoding and the graph data itself.  These two parts are separated with a colon.  To use simple encoding, the first character of the chd option must be a lower case s. Follow this with a colon and everything after it is considered data for the graph.\n\nIn simple encoding, you have sixty-two values to represent your data. These values are lowercase and uppercase letters from the Latin alphabet (fifty-two characters in total) and the digits 0 to 9. Each letter of the alphabet represents a single number: A equals 0, B equals 1, and so on up to Z, which equals 25; a equals 26, b equals 27, and so on up to z, which equals 51. The ten digits represent the numbers 52 to 61: 0 equals 52, 1 equals 53, and 9 equals 61.\n\nIn the previous two examples we used the string ZreelPuevfgznf2008 as our chart data; the Z is equal to 25, the r is equal to 42, the e is equal to 30, and so on. I want to encode the percentage values 10, 20, 8, 25, 5, 3, 15, 9 and 5, so in simple encoding I would use the string KUIZFDPJF.\n\nIf you think figuring this out for each chart may make your head explode, don\u2019t worry: help is out there.\n\nDo you remember I said I needed to change the image dimensions to be square, to accommodate the pie chart? Well now I\u2019m including labels I need even more room. And as I\u2019m in a Christmassy mood I\u2019m going to add some festive colours too.\n\nThe optional chco parameter is used to change the chart color. You set this using the same hexadecimal (\u201chex\u201d) notation found in CSS. So let\u2019s make our pie chart green by adding chco=00AF33 (don\u2019t start it with a hash character as in CSS) to the image URL. If we only specify one hex colour for the pie chart Google Charts will use shades of that colour for each of the slices. To choose your own colours, pass a comma separated list of colours. The \u201cMilk\u201d and \u201cCookies\u201d slices were consumed together, so we can make those two slices more of a redish colour.  I\u2019ll use shades of green for the other slices. My chco parameter now looks like this:\n\nchco=00AF33,4BB74C,EE2C2C,CC3232,33FF33,66FF66,9AFF9A,C1FFC1,CCFFCC.\n\nAfter all this, I\u2019m left with the following URL:\n\nhttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?chco=00AF33,4BB74C,EE2C2C,CC3232,33FF33,66FF66,9AFF9A,C1FFC1,CCFFCC&chl=Egg+nog|Christmas+Ham|Milk+(not+including+egg+nog)|Cookies|Roast+Chestnuts|Chocolate|Various+Other+Beverages|Various+Other+Foods|Snacks&chtt=Food+and+Drink+Consumed+Christmas+2007&cht=p&chs=600x300&chd=s:KUIZFDPJF\n\nWhat does that give us?  I\u2019m glad you asked.  I have the rather beautiful 600-pixel wide pie chart you see in Figure 3.\n\nFigure 3: A Christmassy pie chart with labels.\n\nBut I don\u2019t like pie charts\n\nThe pie chart was invented by the Scottish polymath William Playfair in 1801.  But not everyone is as excited by pie charts as wee Billy, so if you\u2019re an anti-pie-chartist, what can you do?\n\nYou can easily reuse the same data but display it as a bar graph in a snap. The first thing we need to do is change the value of the cht parameter from p to bhg. This creates a horizontal bar graph (you can request a vertical bar graph using bvg). The data and labels all remain the same, but we need to decide where the labels will appear. I\u2019ll talk more about how to do all this in the next section. \n\nIn Figure 4 you\u2019ll see the newly-converted bar graph. The URL for the graph is:\n\nhttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=bhg&chs=600x300&chd=s:KUIZFDPJF&chxt=x,y&chtt=Food+and+Drink+Consumed+Christmas+2007&chxl=1:|Egg+nog|Christmas+Ham|Milk+(not+including+egg+nog)|Cookies|Roast+Chestnuts|Chocolate|Various+Other+Beverages|Various+Other+Foods|Snacks&chco=00AF33\n\nFigure 4: The pie chart from Figure 3 represented as a bar chart.\n\nTwo lines, one graph\n\nPie charts and bar charts are interesting, but what if I want to compare last year\u2019s Christmas cheer with this year\u2019s? That sounds like I\u2019ll need two lines on one graph.\n\nThe code is much the same as the previous examples; the most obvious difference is I need to set up the chart as a line graph. Creating some dummy values for the required parameters, I end up with:\n\n<img src=\"http://chart.apis.google.com/chart?chs=800x300&cht=lxy&chd=t:0,100|0,100\" />\n\nThe chs=800x300 sets the dimensions of the new chart, while cht=lxy describes the type of chart we are using (in this case a line chart with x and y co-ordinates). For the chart data I\u2019m going to demostrate a different encoding, text encoding. To use this I start the value of the chd parameter with \u201ct:\u201d  instead of \u201cs:\u201d, and follow it with a list of x coordinates, a vertical pipe, |, and a list of y coordinates. Given the URL above, Google Charts will render the chart shown in Figure 5.\n\nFigure 5: A simple line graph with x and y co-ordinates.\n\nTo make this graph a little more pleasing to the eye, I can add much the same as I did to the pie chart. I\u2019ll add a chart title. Maybe something like \u201cProjected Christmas Cheer for 2007\u201d. Just as before I would add a chtt parameter to the image URL:\n\n&chtt=Projected+Christmas+Cheer+for+2007\n\nNext, let\u2019s add some labels on the y axis to represent a scale from 0 to 100. On the x axis let\u2019s label for the most important days of December. To do this I need to use the chart axis type parameter, chxt. This allows us to specify the axes and associate some labels with them. As I\u2019m only interested in the y-axis (to the left of the chart) and the x-axis (below the chart), we add chxt=x,y to our image URL.\n\nNow I need my label data. This is slightly more tricky because I want the data evenly spaced without labelling every item. The parameter for labels is chxl, the chart axis label. You match a label to an axis by using a number. So 0:Label1 is the zero index of chxt \u2014 in this case the x-axis. 1:Label2 is the first index of chxt \u2014 the y-axis. The order of these parameters or labels doesn\u2019t matter as long as you associate them to their chxt correctly.\n\nThe next thing to know about chxl is that you can add an empty label. Labels are separated by vertical pipe; if you don\u2019t put any text in a label, you just leave the two vertical pipes empty (\u201c||\u201d) and Google Charts will allocate space but no label.\n\nFor our vertical y axis, we want to label only 50% and 100% on the graph and plot them in their respective places. Since the y-axis is the second item, 1: (remember to start counting at zero), we add ten spaces to our image URL, chxl=1:||||||50|||||100 This will output the 50 halfway and the 100 at the top; all the other spaces will be empty.\n\nWe can do the same thing to get specific dates along the x-axis as well. Let\u2019s add the 1st of December, St. Nick\u2019s Day (the 6th), Christmas Day, Boxing Day (a holiday common in the UK and the Commonwealth, on the 26th), and the final day of the month, the 31st.  Since this is the x-axis I\u2019ll use 0: as a reference in the chxt parameter tell Google Charts which axis to label. In full, the chxl parameter now looks like:\n\nchxl=1:||||||50|||||100|0:|Dec+1st|||||6th||||10th|||||15th|||||20th|||||25th|26th|||||Dec+31st\n\nThat\u2019s pretty.\n\nBefore we begin to graph our data, I\u2019ll do one last thing: add some grid lines to the chart so to better connect the data to the labels. The parameter for this is chg, short for chart grid lines. The parameter takes four comma-separated arguments. The first is the x-axis spacing for the grid. I have thirty-one days, so I need thirty vertical lines. The chart is 100% wide, so 3.33 (100 divided by 30) is the required spacing.\n\nAs for the y-axis: the axis goes up to 100% but we probably only need to have a horizontal line every 10%, so the required spacing is 10 (100 divided by 10). That is the second argument.\n\nThe last two arguments control the dash-style of the grid-lines. The first number is the length of the line dash and the second is the space between the dashes. So 6,3 would mean a six-unit dash with a three-unit space. I like a ratio of 1,3 but you can change this as you wish. Now that I have the four arguments, the chg parameter looks like:\n\nchg=3.333,10,1,3\n\nIf I add that to the chart URL I end up with:\n\nhttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?chs=800x300&cht=lxy&chd=t:0,100|0,100&chtt=Projected+Christmas+Cheer+for+2007&chxt=x,y&chxl=0:|Dec+1st|||||6th|||||||||||||||||||25th|26th|||||Dec+31st|1:||||||50|||||100&chg=3.3333,10,1,3\n\nWhich results in the chart shown in Figure 6.\n\nFigure 6: Chart ready to receive the Christmas cheer values.\n\nReal data\n\nNow the chart is ready I can add historical data from 2006 and current data from 2007.\n\nHaving a look at last year\u2019s cheer levels we find some highs and lows through-out the month:\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 1st\n\t\t\tAdvent starts; life is good\n\t\t\t30%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 6th\n\t\t\tSt. Nick\u2019s Day, awake to find good things in my shoes\n\t\t\t45%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 8th\n\t\t\tWent Christmas carolling, nearly froze\n\t\t\t20%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 10th\n\t\t\tChristmas party at work, very nice dinner\n\t\t\t50%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 18th\n\t\t\tPanic Christmas shopping, hate rude people\n\t\t\t15%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 23rd\n\t\t\tOff Work, home eating holiday food\n\t\t\t80%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 25th\n\t\t\tOpened presents, good year, but got socks again from Grandma\n\t\t\t60%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 26th\n\t\t\tBoxing Day; we\u2019re off and no one knows why\n\t\t\t70%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 28th\n\t\t\tThird day of left overs\n\t\t\t40%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 29th\n\t\t\tProcured some fireworks for new years\n\t\t\t55%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 31st\n\t\t\tNew Year\u2019s Eve\n\t\t\t80%\n\t\t\n\n\nSince I\u2019m plotting data for 2006 and 2007 on the same graph I\u2019ll need two different colours \u2014 one for each year\u2019s line \u2014 and a key to denote what each colour represents. The key is controlled by the chdl (chart data legend) parameter. Again, each part of the parameter is separated by a vertical pipe, so for two labels I\u2019ll use chdl=2006|2007. I also want to colour-code them, so I\u2019ll need to add the chco as I did for the pie chart. I want a red line and a green line, so I\u2019ll use chco=458B00,CD2626 and add this to the image URL.\n\nLet\u2019s begin to plot the 2006 data on the Chart, replacing our dummy data of chd=t:0,100|0,100 with the correct information. The chd works by first listing all the x coordinates (each separated by a comma), then a vertical pipe, and then all the y coordinates (also comma-separated). The chart is 100% wide, so I need to convert the days into a percentage of the month.\n\nThe 1st of December is 0 and the 31st is 100. Everything else is somewhere in between. Our formula is:\n\n(d \u2013 1) \u00d7 100 \u00f7 (31 \u2013 1)\n\nWhere d is the day of the month. The formula states that each day will be printed every 3.333 units; so the 6th of December will be printed at 16.665 units. I can repeat the process for the other dates listed to get the following x coordinates: 0,16.7,23.3,33.3,60,76.7,83.3,86.7,93.3,96.7. The y axis coordinates are easy because our scale is 100%, just like our rating, so we can simply copy them across as 30,45,20,50,15,80,60,70,40,55,80. This gives us a final chd value of:\n\nchd=t:0,16.7,23.3,33.3,60,76.7,83.3,86.7,93.3,96.7,100|30,45,20,50,15,80,60,70,40,55,80\n\nOnto 2007: I can put the data for the month so far to see how we are trending.\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 1st\n\t\t\tChristmas shopping finished already\n\t\t\t50%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 4th\n\t\t\tComputer hard disk drive crashed (not Christmas related accident, but put me in a bad mood)\n\t\t\t10%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 6th\n\t\t\tMissed St. Nick\u2019s Day completely due to travelling\n\t\t\t30%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 9th\n\t\t\tDinner with friends before they travel\n\t\t\t55%\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tDec 11th\n\t\t\t24ways article goes live\n\t\t\t60%\n\t\t\n\n\nUsing the same system we did for 2006, I can take the five data points and plot them on the chart. The new x axis values will be 0,10,16.7,26.7 and the new y axis 50,10,30,65. We incorporate those into the image URL by appending these values onto the chd parameter we already have, which then becomes:\n\nchd=t:0,16.7,23.3,33.3,60,76.7,83.3,86.7,93.3,96.7,100|30,45,20,50,15,80,60,70,40,55,80|0,10,16.7,26.7,33.3|50,10,30,55,60\n\nPassing this to Google Charts results in Figure 7.\n\nhttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?chs=800x300&cht=lxy&chd=t:0,100|0,100&chtt=Projected+Christmas+Cheer+for+2007&chxt=x,y&chxl=0:|Dec+1st|||||6th|||||||||||||||||||25th|26th|||||Dec+31st|1:||||||50|||||100&chg=3.3333,10,1,3&chd=t:0,16.7,23.3,33.3,60,76.7,83.3,86.7,93.3,96.7,100|30,45,20,50,15,80,60,70,40,55,80|0,10,16.7,26.7,33.3|50,10,30,55,60&chco=458B00,CD2626&chdl=2006|2007\n\nFigure 7: Projected Christmas cheer for 2006 and 2007.\n\nDid someone mention Edward Tufte?\n\nGoogle Charts are a robust set of chart types that you can create easily and freely using their API. As you can see, you can graph just about anything you want using the line graph, bar charts, scatter plots, venn diagrams and pie charts. One type of chart conspicuously missing from the API is sparklines.  Sparklines were proposed by Edward Tufte as \u201csmall, high resolution graphics embedded in a context of words, numbers, images\u201d.  They can be extremely useful, but can you create them in Google Charts?\n\nThe answer is: \u201cYes, but it\u2019s an undocumented feature\u201d. (The usual disclaimer about undocumented features applies.)\n\nIf we take our original line graph example, and change the value of the cht parameter from lc (line chart) to lfi (financial line chart) the axis-lines are removed. This allows you to make a chart \u2014 a sparkline \u2014 small enough to fit into a sentence. Google uses the lfi type all throughout the their financial site, but it\u2019s not yet part of the official API.\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tMerryChristmas\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\thttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=lfi&chs=100x15&chd=s:MerryChristmas\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t24ways\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\thttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=lfi&chs=100x15&chd=s:24ways&chco=999999\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tHappyHolidays\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\thttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=lfi&chs=100x15&chd=s:HappyHolidays&chco=ff0000\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\tHappyNewYear\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\thttp://chart.apis.google.com/chart?cht=lfi&chs=100x15&chd=s:HappyNewYear&chco=0000ff\n\t\t\n\n\nSummary\n\nThe new Google Charts API is a powerful method for creating charts and graphs of all types. If you apply a little bit of technical skill you can create pie charts, bar graphs, and even sparklines as and when you need them. Now you\u2019ve finished ready the article I hope you waste no more time: go forth and chart!\n\nFurther reading\n\n\n\tGoogle Charts API\n\tMore on Google Charts\n\tHow to handle negative numbers\n\t12 Days of Christmas Pie Chart\n\n\n1 In order to remain within the 50,000 requests a day limit the Google Charts API imposes, chart images on this page have been cached and are being served from our own servers. But the URLs work \u2013 try them!", "year": "2007", "author": "Brian Suda", "author_slug": "briansuda", "published": "2007-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/tracking-christmas-cheer-with-google-charts/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 88, "title": "Think First, Code Later", "contents": "This is a story that\u2019s best told from the end, and it\u2019s probably one you\u2019re all familiar with.\n\nYou, or someone just like you, have been building a website, probably as part of a skilled and capable team. You\u2019re a front-end developer, focusing on JavaScript \u2013 it\u2019s either your sole responsibility or shared around. It\u2019s quite a big job, been going on for months, and at last it feels like you\u2019re reaching the end of it.\n\nBut, in a brief moment of downtime, you step back and take a look at the code as a whole. You notice that the folder called \u201cjQuery plugins\u201d suddenly looks rather full, and maybe there\u2019s evidence of several methods of doing the same thing; there are loads of little niggly fixes in the bug tracker; and every place you use Ajax the structure of the data is slightly different. You sigh, and your shoulders droop slightly, and you think \u201cYeah, we\u2019ll do that more cleanly next time.\u201d\n\nThe thing is, you probably already know how to rewrite the start of this story to make the ending work better. This situation is not really anyone\u2019s fault \u2013 it\u2019s just an accumulation of all the things you decided along the way, all the things you agreed you\u2019d fix later that have disappeared into the black hole of technical debt, and accomodating all the \u201ccan we just\u2026?\u201d requests from around the team and the client.\n\nSo, the solution to this is easy, right? More interminable planning meetings, more tightly controlled and documented specifications, less freedom to innovate, to try out new ideas and enjoy what you\u2019re doing.\n\nWait, that sounds even less fun than the old way.\n\nMinimum viable planning\n\nActually, planning and specifications are exactly what you need, but the way you go about them can make a real difference, both to the quality of your code, and the quality of your life as a developer. It can be as simple as being a little more thoughtful before starting on any new piece of functionality. Involve your whole team if possible, or at least those working on what you\u2019re doing. Canvass opinions and work out what the solution to the problem might look like first, rather than coding speculatively to find out.\n\nThere are easy ways you can get into this habit of putting the thought and design up front, and it doesn\u2019t have to mean spending more time on the project as a whole. It also doesn\u2019t have to result in reams of functional specifications. Instead, let the code itself form the specification.\n\nAs JavaScript applications become more complex, unit testing is becoming ever more important. So embrace it, whether you prefer QUnit, or Mocha, or any of the other JavaScript testing frameworks out there. The TDD (or test-driven development) pattern is all about writing the tests first and then writing functional code to pass those tests; or, if you prefer, code that meets the specification given by the tests.\n\nSounds like a hassle at first, but once you get into the rhythm of it you should find that the time spent writing tests up front is no greater, and often significantly less, than the time you would have spent fixing bugs afterwards.\n\nIf what you\u2019re working on requires an API between client and server (usually Ajax but this can apply to any method of sending or receiving data) then spend a bit of time with the back-end developer to design the data contracts, before either of you cut any code. Work out what the API endpoints are going to be, and what the data structure you\u2019ll get back from a certain endpoint looks like. A mock JSON object documented on a wiki is enough and it can be atomic. Don\u2019t worry about planning the entire project at once, just plan enough to get on with your current tasks.\n\nDefinition in this way doesn\u2019t have to make your API immutable \u2013 change is still fine \u2013 but if you know roughly where you\u2019re heading, then not only can your team\u2019s efforts become more parallel, but you\u2019re far more likely to have an easier time making it all work. And again, you have a specification \u2013 the shape of the data \u2013 to write your JavaScript against.\n\nPutting everything together, you end up with a logical flow of development, from the specification agreed with the client (your backlog), to the specification agreed with your team (the API contract design), to the specification agreed with your code (your unit tests). Hopefully, there will be ample clues in all of this to inform your front-end library choices, because by then you should have a better picture of what you\u2019re going to need.\n\nWhat the framework?\n\nAs a JavaScript developer predominantly, these are the choices I\u2019m particularly interested in \u2013 how and why you use JavaScript libraries and frameworks, both what you expect from them and what you actually get.\n\nIf we look back at how web development, and specifically JavaScript development has progressed \u2013 from the earliest days of using lines and lines of Dreamweaver code-barf to make an image rollover effect, to today\u2019s large frameworks that handle working with the DOM, Ajax communication and visual effects all in one hit \u2013 the purpose of it is clear: to smooth over the inconsistent bumps between browsers and give a solid, reliable, predictable base on which to put our desired functionality.\n\nUnderstanding what we expect the language as a specification to do, and matching that to what we observe browsers actually doing, and then smoothing out the differences, is a big job. Since the language and the implementations are also changing as we go along, it also feels like a never-ending job. So make full use of this valuable effort. Use jQuery or YUI or anything else you\u2019re comfortable with, but it still pays to think early on about what you need your library to do and what the best choice is to meet that need.\n\nI\u2019ve come in to projects as a fixer and found, to take a recent example, that jQuery UI was being used just to provide a date picker and a modal effect. That\u2019s a lot of code weight to provide two fairly simple pieces of functionality that could easily be covered by smaller plugins. Which isn\u2019t to say that jQuery UI itself is a bad choice, but I could see that it had been included late on just to do those things, whereas a more considered approach would have been to put the library in early and use it more universally.\n\nThere are other choices, too. If you automatically throw in jQuery (or whatever your favourite main library is) to a small site with limited functionality, you might only touch a tiny fraction of its scope. In my own development I started looking at what I actually needed from a JavaScript library. For a simple project like What the Framework?, all jQuery needed to do was listen for .ready() and then perform some light DOM selection before handing over to a client-side MVC framework. So perhaps there was another way to go about this while still avoiding the cross-browser headaches.\n\nDeleting jQuery\n\nBut the jQuery pattern is compelling and familiar. And once you\u2019re comfortable with something, it\u2019s a bit of an effort to force yourself out of that comfort zone and learn. But looking back at my whole career, I realised that I\u2019ve relearned pretty much everything I do, probably several times, since I started out. So it\u2019s worth keeping in mind that learning and trying new things is how development has advanced to where it is now, and how it will keep advancing in the future.\n\nIn the end this lead me to Ender, which is billed as an NPM-style package manager for the browser, letting you search for and manage small, loosely coupled modules and their dependencies, and compile them to one file with a common API.\n\nFor What the Framework I ended up with a set of DOM tools, Underscore and Knockout, all minified into 25kb of JavaScript. This compares really well with 32kb minified for jQuery on its own, and Ender\u2019s use of the dollar variable and the jQuery-like syntax in many modules makes switching over a low-friction experience.\n\nOn more complex projects, where you\u2019re really going to use all the features of something like jQuery, but want to minimise the loading of other dependencies when you don\u2019t need them, I\u2019ve recently started looking at Jam. This uses the RequireJS pattern to compile commonly used code into a library file and then manage dependencies and bring in others on a per-page basis depending on how you need it. Again, it all comes down to thinking about what you need and using it only when you need it. And the configurability of tools like Ender or Jam allow you to be responsive to changing requirements as your project grows.\n\nThere is no right answer\n\nThat\u2019s not to say this way of working automatically makes things easier. It doesn\u2019t. On a large, long-running project or one where future functionality is unknown, it\u2019s still hard to predict and plan for everything \u2013 at least until crystal balls as a service come about. But by including strong engineering practices in your front-end, and trying to minimise technical debt, you\u2019re at least giving yourself a decent safety net to guard against the \u201ccan we just\u2026?\u201d tendencies that are a fact of life.\n\nSo, really, this is not an advocation of using a particular technology or framework, because I can\u2019t tell you what works for you or your team. But what I can tell you is that working this way round has done wonders for my productivity and enthusiasm, both for code quality and for trying out new libraries. Give it a go, you might like it!", "year": "2012", "author": "Stephen Fulljames", "author_slug": "stephenfulljames", "published": "2012-12-07T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/think-first-code-later/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 273, "title": "There\u2019s No Formula for Great Designs", "contents": "Before he combined them with fluid images and CSS3 media queries to coin responsive design, Ethan Marcotte described fluid grids \u2014 one of the most enjoyable parts of responsive design. Enjoyable that is, if you like working with math(s). But fluid grids aren\u2019t perfect and, unless we\u2019re careful when applying them, they can sometimes result in a design that feels disconnected.\n\nRecapping fluid grids\n\nIf you haven\u2019t read Ethan\u2019s Fluid Grids, now would be a good time to do that. It centres around a simple formula for converting pixel widths to percentages:\n\n(target \u00f7 context) \u00d7 100 = result\n\nHow does that work in practice? Well, take that Fireworks or Photoshop comp you\u2019re working on (I call them static design visuals, or just visuals.) Of course, everything on that visual \u2014 column divisions, inline images, navigation elements, everything \u2014 is measured in pixels. Now:\n\n\n\tPick something in the visual and measure its width. That\u2019s our target.\n\tTake that target measurement and divide it by the width of its parent (context).\n\tMultiply what you\u2019ve got by 100 (shift two decimal places).\n\tWhat you\u2019re left with is a percentage width to drop into your style sheets.\n\n\nFor example, divide this 300px wide sidebar division by its 948px parent and then multiply by 100: your original 300px is neatly converted to 31.646%.\n\n.content-sub {\nwidth : 31.646%; /* 300px \u00f7 948px = .31646 */ }\n\nThat formula makes it surprisingly simple for even die-hard fixed width aficionados to convert their visuals to percentage-based, fluid layouts.\n\nIt\u2019s a handy formula for those who still design using static visuals, and downright essential for those situations where one person in an organization designs in Fireworks or Photoshop and another develops with CSS. Why?\n\nWell, although I think that designing in a browser makes the best sense \u2014 particularly when designing for multiple devices \u2014 I\u2019ll wager most designers still make visuals in Fireworks or Photoshop and use them for demonstrations and get feedback and sign-off. That\u2019s OK. If you haven\u2019t made the transition to content-out designing in a browser yet, the fluid grids formula helps you carry on pushing pixels a while longer.\n\nYou can carry on moving pixel width measurements from your visuals to your style sheets, too, in the same way you always have. You can be precise to the pixel and even apply a grid image as a CSS background to help you keep everything lined up perfectly.\n\nOnce you\u2019re done, and the fixed width layout in the browser matches your visual, loop back through your style sheets and convert those pixels to percentages using the fluid grids formula. With very little extra work, you\u2019ll have a fluid implementation of your fixed width layout.\n\nThe fluid grids formula is simple and incredibly effective, but not long after I started working responsively I realized that the formula shouldn\u2019t (always) be a one-fix, set-and-forget calculation. I noticed that unless we compensate for problems it sometimes creates, the result can be a disconnected design.\n\nStaying connected\n\nGood design relies on connectedness, a feeling of natural balance between elements and the grid they\u2019re placed on. Give an element greater prominence or position in a visual hierarchy and you can fundamentally alter the balance and sometimes the meaning of a design.\n\nDifferent from a browser\u2019s page zooming feature \u2014 where images, text and overall layout change size by the same ratio \u2014 fluid grids flex a layout in response to a window or device width. Columns expand and contract, and within them fluid media (images and videos) can also change size. This can be one of the most impressive demonstrations of responsive design.\n\nBut not every element within a fluid grid can change size along with the window or device width. For example, type size and leading won\u2019t change along with a column\u2019s width.\n\nWhen columns and elements within them change width, all too easily a visual hierarchy can be broken and along with it the relationship between element sizes and the outer window or viewport. This can happen quickly if you make just one set of fluid grid calculations and use those percentages across every screen width, from smartphones through tablets and up to large desktops.\n\nThe answer? Make several sets of fluid grids calculations, each one at a significant window or device width breakpoint. Then apply those new percentages, when needed, to help keep elements in proportion and maintain balance and connectedness. Here\u2019s how I work.\n\nAvoiding disconnection\n\nI\u2019ve never been entirely happy with grid frameworks such as the 960 Grid System, so I start almost every project by creating a custom grid to inform my layout decisions. Here\u2019s a plain version of a grid from a recent project that I\u2019ll use as an illustration.\n\nThis project\u2019s grid comprises 84px columns and 24px gutters. This creates an odd number of columns at common tablet and desktop widths, and allows for 300px fixed width assets \u2014 useful when I need to fit advertising into a desktop layout\u2019s sidebar.\n\n Showing common advertising sizes (Larger image)\n\nFor this project I chose three 320 and Up breakpoints above 320px and, after placing as many columns as would fit those breakpoint widths, I derived three content widths:\n\n\n\t\t\n\t\t\tBreakpoint \n\t\t\tColumns \n\t\t\tContent width \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t768px \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t 732px \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t992px \n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t 948px \n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t1,382px \n\t\t\t 13 \n\t\t\t 1,380px \n\t\t\n\n\nHere\u2019s my grid again, this time with pixel measurements and breakpoints overlaid.\n\n Showing pixel measurements and breakpoints (Larger image)\n\nNow cast your mind back to the fluid grids calculation I made earlier. I divided a 300px element by 948px and arrived at 31.646%. For some elements it\u2019s possible to use that percentage across all screen widths, but others will feel too small in relation to a narrower 768px and too large inside 1,380px.\n\nTo help maintain connectedness, I make a set of fluid grids calculations based on each of the content widths I established earlier. Now I can shift an element\u2019s percentage width up or down when I switch to a new breakpoint and content width. For example:\n\n\n\t300px is 40.984% of 732px\n\t300px is 31.646% of 948px\n\t300px is 21.739% of 1,380px\n\n\nI\u2019ll add all those fluid grid percentages to my grid image and save it for quick reference.\n\n Showing percentages at all breakpoints (Larger image)\n\nThen I can apply those different percentage widths to elements at each breakpoint using CSS3 media queries. For example, that sidebar division again:\n\n/*  732px, 7-column width */\n\n@media only screen and (min-width: 768px) {\n\n    .content-sub {\n        width : 40.983%; /* 300px \u00f7 732px = .40983 */ }\n\n}\n\n/*  948px, 9-column width */\n@media only screen and (min-width: 992px) {\n\n    .content-sub {\n        width : 31.645%; /* 300px \u00f7 948px = .31645 */ }\n\n}\n\n/*  1380px, 13-column width */\n@media only screen and (min-width: 1382px) {\n\n    .content-sub {\n        width : 21.739%; /* 300px \u00f7 1380px = .21739 */ }\n\n}\n\nThe number of changes you make to a layout at different breakpoints will, of course, depend on the specifics of the design you\u2019re working on. Yes, this is additional work, but the result will be a layout that feels better balanced and within which elements remain in harmony with each other while they respond to new screen or device widths.\n\nPutting the design in responsive web design\n\nUntil now, many of the conversations around responsive web design have been about aspects of technical implementation, rather than design. I believe we\u2019re only beginning to understand what\u2019s involved in designing responsively. In future, we\u2019ll likely be making design decisions not just about proportions but also about responsive typography. We\u2019ll also need to learn how to adapt our designs to device characteristics such as touch targets and more.\n\nSometimes we\u2019ll make decisions to improve function, other times because they make a design \u2018feel\u2019 right. You\u2019ll know when you\u2019ve made a right decision. You\u2019ll feel it.\n\nAfter all, there really is no formula for making great designs.", "year": "2011", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2011-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/theres-no-formula-for-great-designs/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 186, "title": "The Web Is Your CMS", "contents": "It is amazing what you can do these days with the services offered on the web. Flickr stores terabytes of photos for us and converts them automatically to all kind of sizes, finds people in them and even allows us to edit them online. YouTube does almost the same complete job with videos, LinkedIn allows us to maintain our CV, Delicious our bookmarks and so on.\n\nWe don\u2019t have to do these tasks ourselves any more, as all of these systems also come with ways to use the data in the form of Application Programming Interfaces, or APIs for short. APIs give us raw data when we send requests telling the system what we want to get back.\n\nThe problem is that every API has a different idea of what is a simple way of accessing this data and in which format to give it back.\n\nMaking it easier to access APIs\n\nWhat we need is a way to abstract the pains of different data formats and authentication formats away from the developer \u2014 and this is the purpose of the Yahoo Query Language, or YQL for short. \n\nLibraries like jQuery and YUI make it easy and reliable to use JavaScript in browsers (yes, even IE6) and YQL allows us to access web services and even the data embedded in web documents in a simple fashion \u2013 SQL style.\n\nSelect * from the web and filter it the way I want\n\nYQL is a web service that takes a few inputs itself:\n\n\n\tA query that tells it what to get, update or access\n\tAn output format \u2013 XML, JSON, JSON-P or JSON-P-X\n\tA callback function (if you defined JSON-P or JSON-P-X)\n\n\nYou can try it out yourself \u2013 check out this link to get back Flickr photos for the search term \u2018santa\u2019*%20from%20flickr.photos.search%20where%20text%3D%22santa%22&format=xml in XML format. The YQL query for this is \n\nselect * from flickr.photos.search where text=\"santa\"\n\nThe easiest way to take your first steps with YQL is to look at the console. There you get sample queries, access to all the data sources available to you and you can easily put together complex queries. In this article, however, let\u2019s use PHP to put together a web page that pulls in Flickr photos, blog posts, Videos from YouTube and latest bookmarks from Delicious.\n\nCheck out the demo and get the source code on GitHub.\n\n<?php\n  /* YouTube RSS */\n  $query = 'select description from rss(5) where url=\"http://gdata.youtube.com/feeds/base/users/chrisheilmann/uploads?alt=rss&v=2&orderby=published&client=ytapi-youtube-profile\";';\n  /* Flickr search by user id */\n  $query .= 'select farm,id,owner,secret,server,title from flickr.photos.search where user_id=\"11414938@N00\";';\n  /* Delicious RSS */\n  $query .= 'select title,link from rss where url=\"http://feeds.delicious.com/v2/rss/codepo8?count=10\";';\n  /* Blog RSS */\n  $query .= 'select title,link from rss where url=\"http://feeds.feedburner.com/wait-till-i/gwZf\"';\n  /* The YQL web service root with JSON as the output */\n  $root = 'http://query.yahooapis.com/v1/public/yql?format=json&env=store%3A%2F%2Fdatatables.org%2Falltableswithkeys';\n  /* Assemble the query */\n  $query = \"select * from query.multi where queries='\".$query.\"'\";\n  $url = $root . '&q=' . urlencode($query);\n  /* Do the curl call (access the data just like a browser would) */\n  $ch = curl_init(); \n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_URL, $url); \n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER, 1); \n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYPEER, false);\n  curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYHOST, false);\n  $output = curl_exec($ch); \n  curl_close($ch);\n  $data = json_decode($output);\n  $results = $data->query->results->results;\n  /* YouTube output */\n  $youtube = '<ul id=\"youtube\">';\n  foreach($results[0]->item as $r){\n\t$cleanHTML = undoYouTubeMarkupCrimes($r->description);\n\t$youtube .= '<li>'.$cleanHTML.'</li>';\n  }\n  $youtube .= '</ul>';\n  /* Flickr output */\n  $flickr = '<ul id=\"flickr\">';\n  foreach($results[1]->photo as $r){\n\t$flickr .= '<li>'.\n\t\t\t   '<a href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/codepo8/'.$r->id.'/\">'.\n\t\t\t   '<img src=\"http://farm' .$r->farm . '.static.flickr.com/'.\n\t\t\t   $r->server . '/' . $r->id . '_' . $r->secret . \n\t\t\t   '_s.jpg\" alt=\"'.$r->title.'\"></a></li>';\n  }\n  $flickr .= '</ul>';\n  /* Delicious output */\n  $delicious = '<ul id=\"delicious\">';\n  foreach($results[2]->item as $r){\n\t$delicious .= '<li><a href=\"'.$r->link.'\">'.$r->title.'</a></li>';\n  }\n  $delicious .= '</ul>';\n  /* Blog output */\n  $blog = '<ul id=\"blog\">';\n  foreach($results[3]->item as $r){\n\t$blog .= '<li><a href=\"'.$r->link.'\">'.$r->title.'</a></li>';\n  }\n  $blog .= '</ul>';\n  function undoYouTubeMarkupCrimes($str){\n\t$cleaner = preg_replace('/555px/','100%',$str);\n\t$cleaner = preg_replace('/width=\"[^\"]+\"/','',$cleaner);\n\t$cleaner = preg_replace('/<tbody>/','<colgroup><col width=\"20%\"><col width=\"50%\"><col width=\"30%\"></colgroup><tbody>',$cleaner);\n\treturn $cleaner;\n  }\n?>\n\nWhat we are doing here is create a few different YQL statements and queue them together with the query.multi table. Each of these can be run inside YQL itself. Check out the YouTube, Flickr, Delicious and Blog example in the console if you don\u2019t believe me. The benefit of using this table is that we don\u2019t make individual requests for each query but we get all the data in one single request \u2013 which means a much better performing solution as the YQL server farm is faster on the web than our servers.\n\nWe point the query to the YQL web service end point and get the resulting data using cURL. All that we need to do then is to convert the returned data to HTML lists that can be printed out inside an HTML template.\n\nMixing, matching and using HTML as a data source\n\nThis was a simple example of what YQL can do for you. Where it gets really powerful however is by mixing and matching different APIs. YQL is also a good tool to get information from HTML documents. By using the html table you can load the content of an HTML document (which gets fixed automatically by HTMLTidy) and use XPATH to filter down results to what you need. Take the following example which takes headlines from the news.bbc.co.uk homepage and runs the results through Yahoo\u2019s Term Extractor API to give you a list of currently hot topics.\n\nselect * from search.termextract where context in (\n  select content from html where url=\"http://news.bbc.co.uk\" and xpath=\"//table[@width=800]//a\"\n)\n\nTry it out in the console or see the results here. In English, this means:\n\n\n\tGo to http://news.bbc.co.uk and get me the HTML\n\tRun it through HTML Tidy to clean it up.\n\tGet me only the links inside the table with an attribute of width and the value 800\n\tGet only the content of the link and for each of the links\n\t\n\t\tTake the content and send it as context to the Yahoo Term Extractor API\n\t\n\t\n\nIf we choose JSON-P as the output format we can use the outcome directly in JavaScript (see this demo or see its source):\n\n<ul id=\"hottopics\"></ul>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\nfunction hottopics(o){\n  var res = o.query.results.Result,\n\t  all = res.length,\n\t  topics = {},\n\t  out = [],\n\t  html = '',\n\t  i=0;\n  /* create hash from topics to prevent repetition */\t \n  for(i=0;i<all;i++){\n\ttopics[res[i]] = res[i];\n  };\n  for(i in topics){\n\tout.push(i);\n  };\n  html = '<li>' + out.join('</li><li>') + '</li>';\n  document.getElementById('hottopics').innerHTML = html;\n};\n</script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://query.yahooapis.com/v1/public/yql?q=select%20content%20from%20search.termextract%20where %20context%20in%20(select%20content%20from%20html%20where%20url%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fnews.bbc.co.uk%22%20and%20xpath%3D%22%2F%2Ftable%5B%40width%3D800%5D%2F%2Fa%22)&format=json&callback=hottopics\"></script>\n\nUsing JSON, we can also use PHP which means the demo works for everybody \u2013 not only those with JavaScript enabled (see this demo or see its source):\n\n<ul id=\"hottopics\"><li>\n<?php\n$url = 'http://query.yahooapis.com/v1/public/yql?q=select%20content'.\n\t   '%20from%20search.termextract%20where%20context%20in'.\n\t   '%20(select%20content%20from%20html%20where%20url%3D%22'.\n\t   'http%3A%2F%2Fnews.bbc.co.uk%22%20and%20xpath%3D%22%2F%2F'.\n\t   'table%5B%40width%3D800%5D%2F%2Fa%22)&format=json';\n$ch = curl_init(); \ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_URL, $url); \ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER, 1); \ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYPEER, false);\ncurl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_SSL_VERIFYHOST, false);\n$output = curl_exec($ch); \ncurl_close($ch);\n$data = json_decode($output);\n$topics = array_unique($data->query->results->Result);\necho join('</li><li>',$topics);\n?>\n</li></ul>\n\nSummary\n\nThis article could only scratch the surface of YQL. You have not only read access to the web but you can also write to web services. For example you can update Twitter, post to your WordPress blog or shorten a URL with bit.ly. Using Open Tables you can add any web service to the YQL interface and you can even run server-side JavaScript which is for example useful to return Flickr photos as HTML or get the HTML content from a document that needs POST data.\n\nThe web of data is already here, and using YQL you don\u2019t have to be a web services expert to use it and be part of it.", "year": "2009", "author": "Christian Heilmann", "author_slug": "chrisheilmann", "published": "2009-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/the-web-is-your-cms/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 251, "title": "The System, the Search, and the Food Bank", "contents": "Imagine a warehouse, half the length of a football field, with a looped conveyer belt down the center. \nOn the belt are plastic bins filled with assortments of shelf-stable food\u2014one may have two bags of potato chips, seventeen pudding cups, and a box of tissues; the next, a dozen cans of beets. The conveyer belt is ringed with large, empty cardboard boxes, each labeled with categories like \u201cBottled Water\u201d or \u201cCereal\u201d or \u201cCandy.\u201d \nSuch was the scene at my local food bank a few Saturdays ago, when some friends and I volunteered for a shift sorting donated food items. Our job was to fill the labeled cardboard boxes with the correct items nabbed from the swiftly moving, randomly stocked plastic bins.\nI could scarcely believe my good fortune of assignments. You want me to sort things? Into categories? For several hours? And you say there\u2019s an element of time pressure? Listen, is there some sort of permanent position I could be conscripted into.\nLook, I can\u2019t quite explain it: I just know that I love sorting, organizing, and classifying things\u2014groceries at a food bank, but also my bookshelves, my kitchen cabinets, my craft supplies, my dishwasher arrangement, yes I am a delight to live with, why do you ask?\nThe opportunity to create meaning from nothing is at the core of my excitement, which is why I\u2019ve tried to build a career out of organizing digital content, and why I brought a frankly frightening level of enthusiasm to the food bank. \u201cI can\u2019t believe they\u2019re letting me do this,\u201d I whispered in awe to my conveyer belt neighbor as I snapped up a bag of popcorn for the Snacks box with the kind of ferocity usually associated with birds of prey.\nThe jumble of donated items coming into the center need to be sorted in order for the food bank to be able to quantify, package, and distribute the food to those who need it (I sense a metaphor coming on). It\u2019s not just a nice-to-have that we spent our morning separating cookies from carrots\u2014it\u2019s a crucial step in the process. Organization makes the difference between chaos and sense, between randomness and usefulness, whether we\u2019re talking about donated groceries or\u2014there it is\u2014web content.\nThis happens through the magic of criteria matching. In order for us to sort the food bank donations correctly, we needed to know not only the categories we were sorting into, but also the criteria for each category. Does canned ravioli count as Canned Soup? Does enchilada sauce count as Tomatoes? Do protein bars count as Snacks? (Answers: yes, yes, and only if they are under 10 grams of protein or will expire within three months.) \nIs X a Y? was the question at the heart of our food sorting\u2014but it\u2019s also at the heart of any information-seeking behavior. When we are organizing, or looking for, any kind of information, we are asking ourselves:\n\nWhat is the criteria that defines Y?\nDoes X meet that criteria?\n\nWe don\u2019t usually articulate it so concretely because it\u2019s a background process, only leaping to consciousness when we encounter a stumbling block. If cans of broth flew by on the conveyer belt, it didn\u2019t require much thought to place them in the Canned Soup box. Boxed broth, on the other hand, wasn\u2019t allowed, causing a small cognitive hiccup\u2014this X is NOT a Y\u2014that sometimes meant having to re-sort our boxes.\nOn the web, we\u2019re interested\u2014I would hope\u2014in reducing cognitive hiccups for our users. We are interested in making our apps easy to use, our websites easy to navigate, our information easy to access. After all, most of the time, the process of using the internet is one of uniting a question with an answer\u2014Is this article from a trustworthy source? Is this clothing the style I want? Is this company paying their workers a living wage? Is this website one that can answer my question? Is X a Y?\nWe have a responsibility, therefore, to make information easy for our users to find, understand, and act on. This means\u2014well, this means a lot of things, and I\u2019ve got limited space here, so let\u2019s focus on these three lessons from the food bank:\n\n\nUse plain, familiar language. This advice seems to be given constantly, but that\u2019s because it\u2019s solid and it\u2019s not followed enough. Your menu labels, page names, and headings need to reflect the word choice of your users. Think how much harder it would have been to sort food if the boxes were labeled according to nutritional content, grocery store aisle number, or Latin name. How much would it slow sorting down if the Tomatoes box were labeled Nightshades? It sounds silly, but it\u2019s not that different from sites that use industry jargon, company lingo, acronyms (oh, yes, I\u2019ve seen it), or other internally focused language when trying to provide wayfinding for users. Choose words that your audience knows\u2014not only will they be more likely to spot what they\u2019re looking for on your site or app, but you\u2019ll turn up more often in search results.\n\n\nCreate consistency in all things. Missteps in consistency look like my earlier chicken broth example\u2014changing up how something looks, sounds, or functions creates a moment of cognitive dissonance, and those moments add up. The names of products, the names of brands, the names of files and forms and pages, the names of processes and procedures and concepts\u2014these all need to be consistently spelled, punctuated, linked, and referenced, no matter what section or level the user is in. If submenus are visible in one section, they should be visible in all. If calls-to-action are a graphic button in one section, they are the same graphic button in all. Every affordance, every module, every design choice sets up user expectations; consistency keeps those expectations afloat, making for a smoother experience overall.\n\nMake the system transparent. By this, I do not mean that every piece of content should be elevated at all times. The horror. But I do mean that we should make an effort to communicate the boundaries of the digital space from any given corner within. Navigation structures operate just as much as a table of contents as they do a method of moving from one place to another. Page hierarchies help explain content relationships, communicating conceptual relevancy and relative importance. Submenus illustrate which related concepts may be found within a given site section. Take care to show information that conveys the depth and breadth of the system, rather than obscuring it.\n\nThis idea of transparency was perhaps the biggest challenge we experienced in food sorting. Imagine us volunteers as users, each looking for a specific piece of information in the larger system. Like any new visitor to a website, we came into the system not knowing the full picture. We didn\u2019t know every category label around the conveyer belt, nor what criteria each category warranted. \nThe system wasn\u2019t transparent for us, so we had to make it transparent as we went. We had to stop what we were doing and ask questions. We\u2019d ask staff members. We\u2019d ask more seasoned volunteers. We\u2019d ask each other. We\u2019d make guesses, and guess wrongly, and mess up the boxes, and correct our mistakes, and learn.\nThe more we learned, the easier the sorting became. That is, we were able to sort more quickly, more efficiently, more accurately.  The better we understood the system, the better we were at interacting with it.\nThe same is true of our users: the better they understand digital spaces, the more effective they are at using them. But visitors to our apps and websites do not have the luxury of learning the whole system. The fumbling trial-and-error method that I used at the food bank can, on a website, drive users away\u2014or, worse, misinform or hurt them. \nThis is why we must make choices that prioritize transparency, consistency, and familiarity. Our users want to know if X is a Y\u2014well-sorted content can give them the answer.", "year": "2018", "author": "Lisa Maria Martin", "author_slug": "lisamariamartin", "published": "2018-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/the-system-the-search-and-the-food-bank/", "topic": "content"}
{"rowid": 22, "title": "The Responsive Hover Paradigm", "contents": "CSS transitions and animations provide web designers with a whole slew of tools to spruce up our designs. Move over ActionScript tweens! The techniques we can now implement with CSS are reminiscent of Flash-based adventures from the pages of web history.\n\nPairing CSS enhancements with our :hover pseudo-class allows us to add interesting events to our websites. We have a ton of power at our fingertips. However, with this power, we each have to ask ourselves: just because I can do something, should I?\n\nWhy bother? \n\nWe hear a lot of mantras in the web community. Some proclaim the importance of content; some encourage methods like mobile first to support content; and others warn of the overhead and speed impact of decorative flourishes and visual images. I agree, one hundred percent. At the same time, I believe that content can reign king and still provide a beautiful design with compelling interactions and acceptable performance impacts. Maybe, just maybe, we can even have a little bit of fun when crafting these systems!\n\nYes, a site with pure HTML content and no CSS will load very fast on your mobile phone, but it leaves a lot to be desired. If you went to your local library and every book looked the same, how would you know which one to borrow? Imagine if every book was printed on the same paper stock with the same cover page in the same type size set at a legible point value\u2026 how would you know if you were going to purchase a cookbook about wild game or a young adult story about teens fighting to the death?\n\nFor certain audiences, seeing a site with hip, lively hovers sure beats a stale website concept. I\u2019ve worked on many higher education sites, and setting the interactive options is often a very important factor in engaging potential students, alumni, and donors. The same can go for e-commerce sites: enticing your audience with surprise and delight factors can be the difference between a successful and a lost sale. \n\nKnowing your content and audience can help you decide if an intriguing experience is appropriate for your site; if it is, then hover responses can be a real asset. \n\nWhy hover?\n\nWe have all these capabilities with CSS properties to create the aforementioned fun interactions, and it would be quite easy to fall back into some old patterns and animation abuse. The world of Flash intros and skip links could be recreated with CSS keyframes. However, I don\u2019t think any of us want to go the route of forcing users into unwanted exchanges and road blocking content. \n\nWhat\u2019s great about utilizing hover to pair with CSS powered actions is that it\u2019s user initiated. It\u2019s a well-established expectation that when a user mouses over an object, something changes. If we can identify that something as a link, then we will expect something to change as we move our mouse over it. By waiting to trigger a CSS-based response until a user chooses to engage with a target makes for a more polished experience (as opposed to barraging our screens with animations all willy-nilly). This makes it the perfect opportunity to add some unique spunk. \n\nWhat about mobile, touch, and responsive?\n\nSo, you\u2019re on board with this so far, but what about mobile and touch devices? Sure, some devices like the Samsung Galaxy S4 have some hovering capabilities, but certainly most do not. Beyond mobile devices, we also have to worry about desktops with touch capabilities. It\u2019s super difficult to detect if a user is currently using touch or hover. One option we have is to design strictly for touch only and send hover enhancements to the graveyard. However, being that I\u2019m all \u201cfuck yeah hovers!,\u201d I like to explore all options. So, let\u2019s examine four different types of hover patterns and see how they can translate to our touch devices.\n\n1. The essential text hover\n\nChanging text color on hover is something we\u2019ve done for a while and it has helped aid in identifying links. To maintain the best accessibility we can achieve, it helps to have a different visual indicator on the default :link state, such as an underline. By making sure all text links have an underline, we won\u2019t have to rely on visual changes during hover to make sure touch device users know that it is a link. For hover-enabled devices, we can add a basic color transition. Doing so creates a nice fade, which makes the change on hover less jarring. Kinda like smooth jazz. The code* to achieve this is quite simple: \n\na {\n\tcolor: #6dd4b1;\n\ttransition: color 0.25s linear;  \n}\n\na:hover, a:focus  {\n\tcolor: #357099;\n}\n\n\n\tBrowser prefixes are omitted\n\n\nYou can see in the final result that, for both touch and hover, everyone wins: \n\nSee the Pen Most Basic Link Transition by Jenn Lukas (@Jenn) on CodePen\n\n  \n\n2. Visual background wizardry and animated hovers\n\nWe can take this a step further by again making changes to our aesthetic on hover, but not making any content changes. Altering image hovers for fun and personality can separate your site from others; that personality is important and can enhance our content. \n\nLet\u2019s look at a few sites that do this really well. Scroll down to the judges section of CSS Off and check out the illustrations of the judges. On hover, the illustration fades into a photo of the judge. This provides a realistic alternative to the drawing. Users without the hover can click into the detail page, where they can see the full color picture and learn more about the judges; the information is still available through a different pathway. \n\nGoing back to the higher education field, let\u2019s visit Delaware Valley College. The school had recently gone through a rebranding that included loop icons as a symbol to connect ideas. These icons are brought into the website on hover of the slideshow arrows (WebKit browsers). The hover reveals a loop animation, tying in overall themes and adding some extra pizzazz that makes me think, \u201cThis is a hip place that feels current.\u201d For visitors who can\u2019t access the hover effect, the default arrow state clearly represents a clickable link, and there is swipe functionality on mobile devices to boot. \n\nDIY.org\u2019s Frontend Dev page has a bunch of enjoyable hover actions happening, featuring scaling transforms and looping animations. Nothing new is revealed on hover, so touch devices won\u2019t miss anything, but it intrigues the user who is visiting a site about front-end dev doing cool front-end things. It backs up its claim of front-end knowledge by adding this enhancement. \n\nThe old Cowork Chicago (now redirecting) had a great example, captured here:\n\n Coop: Chicago Coworking from Jenn Lukas on Vimeo.\n\nThe code for the Join areas is quite simple: \n\n.join-buttons .daily, .join-buttons .monthly { \n    height: 260px; z-index: 0; margin-top: 30px;\n\ttransition: height .2s linear,margin .2s linear;\n}\n\n.join-buttons .daily:hover, .join-buttons .monthly:hover { \n\theight: 280px; margin-top: 20px; \n}\n\nli.button:hover { \n    z-index: 20; \n}\n\nThe slight rotation on the photos, and the change of color and size of the rate options on hover, add to the fun factor. The site attempts to advertise the co-working space by letting bits of their charisma show through with these transitions. They don\u2019t hit the user over the head with animations, but provide a nice addition to make sure visitors know it\u2019s a welcoming place to work. Some text is added on the hover, but the text isn\u2019t essential to determine where the link goes.\n\n3. Image block hovers\n\nThere have been more designs popping up with large image blocks acting as extensive hit area links to subsequent pages. On hover of these links, text is revealed, letting the user know where the link destination goes. \n\nSee the Pen Transitioning Max Height by Jenn Lukas (@Jenn) on CodePen\n\nThis type of link is tough for users on touch as the image might not provide enough context to reveal its target. If you weren\u2019t aware of what my illustrated avatar from 2007 looked like (or even if you did), then how would you know that this is a link to my Twitter page? Instead, if we provide  enough context \u2014 such as the @jennlukas handle \u2014 you could assume the destination. Users who receive the hover can also see the Twitter bio. It won\u2019t break the experience for users that can\u2019t hover, but it will provide a nice interaction and some more information for those that can. \n\nSee the Pen Transitioning Max Height by Jenn Lukas (@Jenn) on CodePen\n\nThe Esquire site follows this same pattern, in which the title of the story is shown and the subheading is revealed on hover. Dining at Altitude took the opposite approach, where all text is shown by default and, on hover, you can see more of the image that the text sits atop. This is a nice technique to follow. For touch users, following the link will allow them to see more of the image detail that was revealed on hover. \n\n4. Drop-down navigation menu hovers\n\nMain navigation options that rely on hover have come up as a problem for touch. One way to address this is to be sure your top level items are all functional links to somewhere, and not blank anchors to trigger a submenu drop-down. This ensures that, even without the hover-triggered menu, users can still navigate to those top-level pages. From there, they should be able to access the tertiary pages shown in the drop-down. Following this arrangement, drop-down menus act as a quick shortcut and aren\u2019t necessary to the navigational structure. If the top navigation items are your most visited pages, this execution won\u2019t hinder your visitors. \n\nIf the information within the menu is vital, such as a lone account menu, another option is to show drop-down menus on click instead of hover. This pattern will allow both mouse and touch users to access the drop-downs. \n\nWhy can\u2019t we just detect hover?\n\nThis is a really tricky thing to do. Internet Explorer 10 on Windows 8 uses the aria-haspopup attribute to simulate hover on touch devices, but usually our audience stretches beyond that group. There\u2019s been discussion around using Modernizr, but false positives have come with that. A W3C draft for Media Queries Level 4 includes a hover feature, but it\u2019s not supported yet. Since some devices can hover and touch, should you rely on hover effects for those? Arguments have come up that users can be browsing your site with a mouse and then decide to switch to touch, or vice versa. That might be a large concern for you, or it might be an edge case that isn\u2019t vital to your site\u2019s success. \n\nFor one site, I used mousemove and touchstart JavaScript events in order to detect if a visitor starts to browse the site with a mouse. The design initiates for touch users, showing all text on load, but as soon as a mouse movement occurs, the text becomes hidden and is then revealed on hover. \n\nSee the Pen Detect Touch devices with mousemove and touchstart by Jenn Lukas (@Jenn) on CodePen\n\nOne downside to this approach is that the text is viewable until a mouse enters the document, but if the elements are further down the page it might not be noticed. A second downside is if a user on a touch- and hover-enabled device starts browsing with the mouse and then switches back to touch, the hover-centric styles will remain until a new page load. These were acceptable scenarios in the project I worked on, but might not be for every project. \n\nCan we give our visitors a choice?\n\nI\u2019ve been thinking about how we can combat the concern of not knowing if our customers are using touch or a mouse, not to mention keyboard or Wacom tablets or Minority Report screens. We can cover keyboards with our friend :focus, but that still doesn\u2019t solve our other dilemmas. \n\nRemember when we couldn\u2019t rely on browsers to zoom text and we had to use those small A, medium A, big A [AAA] buttons? On selection of one of those options, a different style sheet would load with small, medium, or large text sizes to satisfy our user\u2019s request. We could even set cookies to remember their font choices. What if we offered a similar solution, a hover/touch switcher, for our new predicament? \n\nSee the Pen cwuJf by Jenn Lukas (@Jenn) on CodePen\n\nWe could add this switcher to our design. Maybe add it to the header on smaller screens and the footer on larger screens to play the odds. Then be sure to deliver the appropriate touch- or hover-optimized adventure for our guests.\n\nHow about adding View options in the areas where we\u2019re hiding content until hover? Looking at Delta Cycle, there\u2019s logic in place to switch layouts on some mobile devices. On desktops we can see the layout shows the product and price by default, and the name of the item and an Add to cart button on hover. If you want to keep this hover, but also worry that touch users can\u2019t access it \u2014 or even if you are concerned that people might want to view it with more details up front \u2014 we could add another view switcher. \n\nSee the Pen List/Grid Views for Hover or Touch by Jenn Lukas (@Jenn) on CodePen\n\nSimilar to the list versus grid view we often see in operating systems, a choice here could cover all of our bases.  \n\nConclusion\n\nThere is no one-size-fits-all solution when it comes to hover patterns. Design for your content. If you are providing important information about driving directions or healthcare, you might want to err on the side of designing for touch only. If you are behind an educational site and trying to entice more traffic and sign-ups, or a more immersive e-commerce site selling pies, then hover activity can help support your content and engage your visitors without being a detriment. While content can be our top priority, let\u2019s not forget that our designs and interactions, hovers included, can have a great positive impact on how visitors experience our site. Hover wisely, friends.", "year": "2013", "author": "Jenn Lukas", "author_slug": "jennlukas", "published": "2013-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/the-responsive-hover-paradigm/", "topic": null}
{"rowid": 145, "title": "The Neverending (Background Image) Story", "contents": "Everyone likes candy for Christmas, and there\u2019s none better than eye candy. Well, that, and just more of the stuff. Today we\u2019re going to combine both of those good points and look at how to create a beautiful background image that goes on and on\u2026 forever!\n\nOf course, each background image is different, so instead of agonising over each and every pixel, I\u2019m going to concentrate on five key steps that you can apply to any of your own repeating background images. In this example, we\u2019ll look at the Miami Beach background image used on the new FOWA site, which I\u2019m afraid is about as un-festive as you can get.\n\n1. Choose your image wisely\n\nI find there are three main criteria when judging photos you\u2019re considering for repetition manipulation (or \u2018repetulation\u2019, as I like to say)\u2026\n\n\n\tsimplicity (beware of complex patterns)\n\tangle and perspective (watch out for shadows and obvious vanishing points)\n\tconsistent elements (for easy cloning)\n\n\nYou might want to check out this annotated version of the image, where I\u2019ve highlighted elements of the photo that led me to choose it as the right one.\n\nThe original image purchased from iStockPhoto.\n\nThe Photoshopped version used on the FOWA site.\n\n2. The power of horizontal lines\n\nWith the image chosen and your cursor poised for some Photoshop magic, the most useful thing you can do is drag out the edge pixels from one side of the image to create a kind of rough colour \u2018template\u2019 on which to work over. It doesn\u2019t matter which side you choose, although you might find it beneficial to use the one with the simplest spread of colour and complex elements.\n\nClick and hold on the marquee tool in the toolbar and select the \u2018single column marquee tool\u2019, which will span the full height of your document but will only be one pixel wide. Make the selection right at the edge of your document, press ctrl-c / cmd-c to copy the selection you made, create a new layer, and hit ctrl-v / cmd-v to paste the selection onto your new layer. using free transform (ctrl-t / cmd-t), drag out your selection so that it becomes as wide as your entire canvas. \n\nA one-pixel-wide selection stretched out to the entire width of the canvas.\n\n3. Cloning\n\nIt goes without saying that the trusty clone tool is one of the most important in the process of creating a seamlessly repeating background image, but I think it\u2019s important to be fairly loose with it. Always clone on to a new layer so that you\u2019ve got the freedom to move it around, but above all else, use the eraser tool to tweak your cloned areas: let that handle the precision stuff and you won\u2019t have to worry about getting your clones right first time.\n\nIn the example below, you can see how I overcame the problem of the far-left tree shadow being chopped off by cloning the shadow from the tree on its right. \n\nThe edge of the shadow is cut off and needs to be \u2018made\u2019 from a pre-existing element.\n\nThe successful clone completes the missing shadow.\n\nThe two elements are obviously very similar but it doesn\u2019t look like a clone because the majority of the shape is \u2018genuine\u2019 and only a small part is a duplicate. Also, after cloning I transformed the duplicate, erased parts of it, used gradients, and \u2014 ooh, did someone mention gradients?\n\n4. Never underestimate a gradient\n\nFor this image, I used gradients in a similar way to a brush: covering large parts of the canvas with a colour that faded out to a desired point, before erasing certain parts for accuracy.\n\nSeveral of the gradients and brushes that make up the \u2018customised\u2019 part of the image, visible when the main photograph layer is hidden.\n\nThe full composite.\n\nGradients are also a bit of an easy fix: you can use a gradient on one side of the image, flip it horizontally, and then use it again on the opposite side to make a more seamless join.\n\nSpeaking of which\u2026\n\n5. Sewing the seams\n\nNo matter what kind of magic Photoshop dust you sprinkle over your image, there will still always be the area where the two edges meet: that scary \u2018loop\u2019 point. Fret ye not, however, for there\u2019s help at hand in the form of a nice little cheat. Even though the loop point might still be apparent, we can help hide it by doing something to throw viewers off the scent.\n\nThe seam is usually easy to spot because it\u2019s a blank area with not much detail or colour variation, so in order to disguise it, go against the rule: put something across it!\n\nThis isn\u2019t quite as challenging as it may sound, because if we intentionally make our own \u2018object\u2019 to span the join, we can accurately measure the exact halfway point where we need to split it across the two sides of the image. This is exactly what I did with the FOWA background image: I made some clouds!\n\nA sky with no clouds in an unhappy one.\n\nA simple soft white brush creates a cloud-like formation in the sky.\n\nAfter taking the cloud\u2019s opacity down to 20%, I used free transform to highlight the boundaries of the layer. I then moved it over to the right, so that the middle of the layer perfectly aligned with the right side of the canvas.\n\nFinally, I duplicated the layer and did the same in reverse: dragging the layer over to the left and making sure that the middle of the duplicate layer perfectly aligned with the left side of the canvas.\n\nAnd there you have it! Boom! Ta-da! Et Voila! To see the repeating background image in action, visit futureofwebapps.com on a large widescreen monitor or see a simulation of the effect.\n\nThanks for reading, folks. Have a great Christmas!", "year": "2007", "author": "Elliot Jay Stocks", "author_slug": "elliotjaystocks", "published": "2007-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2007/the-neverending-background-image-story/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 144, "title": "The Mobile Web, Simplified", "contents": "A note from the editors:  although eye-opening in 2006, this article is no longer relevant to today\u2019s mobile web.\n                \n                \n                      \n                Considering a foray into mobile web development? Following are four things you need to know before making the leap.\n\n1. 4 billion mobile subscribers expected by 2010\n\nFancy that. Coupled with the UN prediction of 6.8 billion humans by 2010, 4 billion mobile subscribers (source) is an astounding 59% of the planet. Just how many of those subscribers will have data plans and web-enabled phones is still in question, but inevitably this all means one thing for you and me: A ton of potential eyes to view our web content on a mobile device.\n\n2. Context is king\n\nYour content is of little value to users if it ignores the context in which it is viewed. Consider how you access data on your mobile device.  You might be holding a bottle of water or gripping a handle on the subway/tube. You\u2019re probably seeking specific data such as directions or show times, rather than the plethora of data at your disposal via a desktop PC.\n\nThe mobile web, a phrase often used to indicate \u201caccessing the web on a mobile device\u201d,  is very much a context-, content-, and component-specific environment. Expressed in terms of your potential target audience, access to web content on a mobile device is largely influenced by surrounding circumstances and conditions, information relevant to being mobile, and the feature set of the device being used. Ask yourself, What is relevant to my users and the tasks, problems, and needs they may encounter while being mobile? Answer that question and you\u2019ll be off to a great start.\n\n3. WAP 2.0 is an XHTML environment\n\nIn a nutshell, here are a few fundamental tenets of mobile internet technology:\n\n\n\tWireless Application Protocol (WAP) is the protocol for enabling mobile access to internet content.\n\tWireless Markup Language (WML) was the language of choice for WAP 1.0.\n\tNearly all devices sold today are WAP 2.0 devices.\n\tWith the introduction of WAP 2.0, XHTML Mobile Profile (XHTML-MP) became the preferred markup language.\n\tXHTML-MP will be familiar to anyone experienced with XHTML Transitional or Strict.\n\n\nSummary? The mobile web is rapidly becoming an XHTML environment, and thus you and I can apply our existing \u201cdesktop web\u201d skills to understand how to develop content for it. With WML on the decline, the learning curve is much smaller today than it was several years ago. I\u2019m generalizing things gratuitously, but the point remains: Get off yo\u2019 lazy butt and begin to take mobile seriously.\n\nI\u2019ll even pass you a few tips for getting started. First, the DOCTYPE for XHTML-MP is as follows:\n\n<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//WAPFORUM//DTD XHTML Mobile 1.0//EN\"\n\"http://www.openmobilealliance.org/tech/DTD/xhtml-mobile10.dtd\">\n\nAs for MIME type, Open Mobile Alliance (OMA) specifies using the MIME type application/vnd.wap.xhtml+xml, but ultimately you need to ensure the server delivering your mobile content is configured properly for the MIME type you choose to use, as there are other options (see Setting up WAP Servers).\n\nOnce you\u2019ve made it to the body, the XHTML-MP markup is not unlike what you\u2019re already used to. A few resources worth skimming:\n\n\n\tDevelopers Home XHTML-MP Tutorial \u2013 An impressively replete resource for all things XHTML-MP\n\tXHTML-MP Tags List \u2013 A complete list of XHTML-MP elements and accompanying attributes\n\n\nAnd last but certainly not least, CSS. There exists WAP CSS, which is essentially a subset of CSS2 with WAP-specific extensions. For all intents and purposes, much of the CSS you\u2019re already comfortable using will be transferrable to mobile. As for including CSS in your pages, your options are the same as for desktop sites: external, embedded, and inline. Some experts will argue embedded or inline over external in favor of reducing the number of HTTP connections per page request, yet many popular mobilized sites and apps employ external linking without issue.\n\nStocking stuffers: Flickr Mobile, Fandango Mobile, and Popurls Mobile. A few sites with whom you can do the View Source song and dance for further study.\n\n4. \u201cCell phone\u201d is so DynaTAC\n\nIf you\u2019re a U.S. resident, listen up: You must rid your vocabulary of the term \u201ccell phone\u201d. We\u2019re one of the few economies on the planet to refer to a mobile phone accordingly. If you care to find yourself in any of the worthwhile mobile development circles, begin using terms more widely accepted: \u201cmobile\u201d or \u201cmobile phone\u201d or \u201chandset\u201d or \u201chandy\u201d. If you\u2019re not sure which, go for \u201cmobile\u201d. Such as, \u201cYo dog, check out my new mobile.\u201d\n\nMore importantly, however, is overcoming the mentality that access to the mobile web can be done only with a phone. Instead, \u201cdevice\u201d encourages us to think phone, handheld computer, watch, Nintendo DS, car, you name it.\n\nSimple enough?", "year": "2006", "author": "Cameron Moll", "author_slug": "cameronmoll", "published": "2006-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/the-mobile-web-simplified/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 25, "title": "The Introvert Owner\u2019s Manual", "contents": "Nobody realizes that some people expend tremendous energy merely to be normal.\nAlbert Camus\n\n\n\u201cWhatever you plan, just make sure there are lots of people there,\u201d said my husband in the run-up to his birthday last year. A few months later, before my own birthday, I uttered, \u201cWhatever you plan, just make sure it is only me and you.\u201d\n\nI am an introvert. It is very likely some of you are too, or that you live, work or fraternise with one. Despite there being quite a few of us out there \u2013 some say as many as one third of the population, others as little as ten per cent \u2013 I think our professional and social lives are biased towards a definition of normality that is more accepting of the extrovert. I hope that by reading this article you will gain some insight to what goes on inside the head of the introvert(s) that you know and understand how to relate to them in a way that respects their disposition.\n\nBefore we go any further, I should define what exactly being an introvert means, and, equally important, what it does not. Only once this is established will you be able to handle your introvert correctly.\n\nWhat defines an introvert\n\nThe simplest and most accurate way of describing an introvert is that she uses up energy in social situations and needs to be in solitude to recharge.\n\nTo explain what I mean, let us take the example of the The Sims: when you create a Sim, you can choose (among other characteristics) whether it will be outgoing or not. If the Sim is outgoing, when you play the game you need to make sure it interacts as much as possible with other Sims or its mood indicator (the plumbob) will become red and that is a bad thing. Conversely, if your Sim is not outgoing, when you put it in too many social situations its plumbob will become red too.\n\nSo your (real life) introvert might think you are great (you might even be her best friend, her spouse or her child), but if her plumbob is red, or nearly, she might just need a little time and space to recharge before she is ready to interact.\n\nThis is not the same thing as being shy or in a bad mood all the time. We are not necessarily awkward in social situations, but, if we have not had the time to recharge, being social might be almost impossible. This explains why your introvert will likely ask who will be at the gathering you have planned, for how long she will have to stay there, and what she will be doing before and after the event. It is the equivalent of you wanting to know if there will be power sockets in the restaurant to charge your iPhone \u2013 asking this does not mean you don\u2019t want to attend.\n\nThe explanation above might be a simplistic way of looking at things, but I would say it is one that introverts can relate to; call it a minimalist approach to socialisation.\n\nCaring for your introvert\n\nArticles and conversations about introversion usually focus on how to fix the condition and how to make introverts more outgoing: a clear example of our society\u2019s bias towards the normality of extroversion. Avoid this. You will not be able to convert your introvert into an extrovert. Believe it or not, there is nothing wrong with her.\n\nIn her 2012 TED talk, \u201cThe power of introverts\u201d, Susan Cain pointed to the fact that places like school and work are designed for extroverts: students and workers are required to constantly work in groups and speaking up is highly valued. Both types are evaluated against the same criteria and more often than not people are expected to excel at being outspoken to be considered well rounded.\n\nObviously, this is not the right way to appraise your introvert. Comparing your introvert with an extrovert using the same parameters and simply asking her to behave more like an extrovert is a mistake and something that will only perpetuate an introvert\u2019s idea that the problem lies with her.\n\nSpeaking up\n\nYour introvert is likely to have strong opinions and ideas, and to have been listening to other people speak at meetings and workshops. Help her voice those thoughts by creating an environment where everyone stops and listens when someone speaks instead of one which fosters interruptions. Show her that it is acceptable for someone to take time to think before they speak: silences are OK. Allow her the freedom to be herself instead of pressuring her to change an innate quality.\n\nIt is not uncommon to find an introvert who likes to express ideas in writing. The world of web professionals excels in the spread of knowledge that is shared and sought through the written word. Give your introvert the necessary time and tools to write about the job, if she is that way inclined; this might be a good alternative to asking her to speak out.\n\nGroup work\n\nI remember the sinking feeling whenever I heard my teachers say the dreaded words: \u201cAnd now you\u2019re going to break out into groups of\u2026\u201d Being an introvert does not mean you do not like people (or like to be around or work with others). It is just that activities such as group work will invariably drain your introvert\u2019s energy rapidly. Your introvert\u2019s batteries will need to be fully charged for her to be at her best and afterwards she will most likely need to recharge.\n\nQuiet time\n\nThese days, one of the things that I value most at work is the ability to have moments to create and to think in solitude. When I am able to have those moments at the right time I will in turn be happy to participate in group conversations and tasks. Allow your introvert to have those moments: this does not mean she will have to work from home one day a week (but maybe it will); it might simply mean allowing her to take her laptop and her notebook and work from the empty side of the office, or from the coffee shop downstairs for an hour or two. In all likelihood she will come back fully recharged and ready to engage in more social activities \u2013 her plumbob will again be bright green.\n\nLeadership\n\nDo not think that your introvert cannot lead. Cain notes that introverted leaders are more likely to let their proactive employees run with their ideas instead of taking the ideas as their own. I would say that is a positive attribute in a leader. Maybe next time a project starts, talk to your introvert about the possibility of her being in a leadership position or of having more responsibility: you might be surprised at her ability to plan and foresee potential obstacles in the project.\n\nFinal thoughts\n\nYou would not tell someone with dyslexia to get better at spelling without giving her the right tools and enough time to do so. Equally, do not ask your introvert to be more outgoing, or to turn her frown upside down, without giving her the space to do so.\n\nI believe that everyone is an introvert at some point. Everyone needs a moment of solitude now and then, and the work we do requires frequent periods of deep focus and concentration. Striving to create workplaces, classrooms, homes that allow introverts to shine and be comfortable in their skin has the potential to also make those places more balanced for everyone else.\n\nResources and further reading\n\n\n\tThe power of introverts\n\t10 myths about introverts\n\tSusan Cain\u2019s 2014 TED Talk | Announcing the Quiet Revolution\n\tHelp Shy Kids \u2014 Don\u2019t Punish Them\n\tThe Introvert Advantage\n\t6 Things You Thought Wrong About Introverts\n\tExtraversion and introversion", "year": "2014", "author": "Inayaili de Le\u00f3n Persson", "author_slug": "inayailideleon", "published": "2014-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/the-introvert-owners-manual/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 116, "title": "The IE6 Equation", "contents": "It is the destiny of one browser to serve as the nemesis of web developers everywhere. At the birth of the Web Standards movement, that role was played by Netscape Navigator 4; an outdated browser that refused to die. Its tenacious existence hampered the adoption of modern standards. Today that role is played by Internet Explorer 6.\n\nThere\u2019s a sensation that I\u2019m sure you\u2019re familiar with. It\u2019s a horrible mixture of dread and nervousness. It\u2019s the feeling you get when\u2014after working on a design for a while in a standards-compliant browser like Firefox, Safari or Opera\u2014you decide that you can no longer put off the inevitable moment when you must check the site in IE6. Fingers are crossed, prayers are muttered, but alas, to no avail. The nemesis browser invariably screws something up.\n\nWhat do you do next? If the differences in IE6 are minor, you could just leave it be. After all, websites don\u2019t need to look exactly the same in all browsers. But if there are major layout issues and a significant portion of your audience is still using IE6, you\u2019ll probably need to roll up your sleeves and start fixing the problems.\n\nA common approach is to quarantine IE6-specific CSS in a separate stylesheet. This stylesheet can then be referenced from the HTML document using conditional comments like this:\n\n<!--[if lt IE 7]>\n<link rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"ie6.css\" type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\" />\n<![endif]-->\n\nThat stylesheet will only be served up to Internet Explorer where the version number is less than 7.\n\nYou can put anything inside a conditional comment. You could put a script element in there. So as well as serving up browser-specific CSS, it\u2019s possible to serve up browser-specific JavaScript.\n\nA few years back, before Microsoft released Internet Explorer 7, JavaScript genius Dean Edwards wrote a script called IE7. This amazing piece of code uses JavaScript to make Internet Explorer 5 and 6 behave like a standards-compliant browser. Dean used JavaScript to bootstrap IE\u2019s CSS support.\n\nBecause the script is specifically targeted at Internet Explorer, there\u2019s no point in serving it up to other browsers. Conditional comments to the rescue:\n\n<!--[if lt IE 7]>\n<script src=\"http://ie7-js.googlecode.com/svn/version/2.0(beta3)/IE7.js\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>\n<![endif]-->\n\nStandards-compliant browsers won\u2019t fetch the script. Users of IE6, on the hand, will pay a kind of bad browser tax by having to download the JavaScript file.\n\nSo when should you develop an IE6-specific stylesheet and when should you just use Dean\u2019s JavaScript code? This is the question that myself and my co-worker Natalie Downe set out to answer one morning at Clearleft. We realised that in order to answer that question you need to first answer two other questions, how much time does it take to develop for IE6? and how much of your audience is using IE6?\n\nLet\u2019s say that t represents the total development time. Let t6 represent the portion of that time you spend developing for IE6. If your total audience is a, then a6 is the portion of your audience using IE6. With some algebraic help from our mathematically minded co-worker Cennydd Bowles, Natalie and I came up with the following equation to calculate the percentage likelihood that you should be using Dean\u2019s IE7 script:\n\n\n\np = 50 [ log ( at6 / ta6 ) + 1 ]\n\nTry plugging in your own numbers. If you spend a lot of time developing for IE6 and only a small portion of your audience is using that browser, you\u2019ll get a very high number out of the equation; you should probably use the IE7 script. But if you only spend a little time developing for IE6 and a significant portion of you audience are still using that browser, you\u2019ll get a very small value for p; you might as well write an IE6-specific stylesheet.\n\nOf course this equation is somewhat disingenuous. While it\u2019s entirely possible to research the percentage of your audience still using IE6, it\u2019s not so easy to figure out how much of your development time will be spent developing for that one browser. You can\u2019t really know until you\u2019ve already done the development, by which time the equation is irrelevant.\n\nInstead of using the equation, you could try imposing a limit on how long you will spend developing for IE6. Get your site working in standards-compliant browsers first, then give yourself a time limit to get it working in IE6. If you can\u2019t solve all the issues in that time limit, switch over to using Dean\u2019s script. You could even make the time limit directly proportional to the percentage of your audience using IE6. If 20% of your audience is still using IE6 and you\u2019ve just spent five days getting the site working in standards-compliant browsers, give yourself one day to get it working in IE6. But if 50% of your audience is still using IE6, be prepared to spend 2.5 days wrestling with your nemesis.\n\nAll of these different methods for dealing with IE6 demonstrate that there\u2019s no one single answer that works for everyone. They also highlight a problem with the current debate around dealing with IE6. There\u2019s no shortage of blog posts, articles and even entire websites discussing when to drop support for IE6. But very few of them take the time to define what they mean by \u201csupport.\u201d This isn\u2019t a binary issue. There is no Boolean answer. Instead, there\u2019s a sliding scale of support:\n\n\n\tBlock IE6 users from your site.\n\tDevelop with web standards and don\u2019t spend any development time testing in IE6.\n\tUse the Dean Edwards IE7 script to bootstrap CSS support in IE6.\n\tWrite an IE6 stylesheet to address layout issues.\n\tMake your site look exactly the same in IE6 as in any other browser.\n\n\nEach end of that scale is extreme. I don\u2019t think that anybody should be actively blocking any browser but neither do I think that users of an outdated browser should get exactly the same experience as users of a more modern browser. The real meanings of \u201csupporting\u201d or \u201cnot supporting\u201d IE6 lie somewhere in-between those extremes.\n\nJust as I think that semantics are important in markup, they are equally important in our discussion of web development. So let\u2019s try to come up with some better terms than using the catch-all verb \u201csupport.\u201d If you say in your client contract that you \u201csupport\u201d IE6, define exactly what that means. If you find yourself in a discussion about \u201cdropping support\u201d for IE6, take the time to explain what you think that entails.\n\nThe web developers at Yahoo! are on the right track with their concept of graded browser support. I\u2019m interested in hearing more ideas of how to frame this discussion. If we can all agree to use clear and precise language, we stand a better chance of defeating our nemesis.", "year": "2008", "author": "Jeremy Keith", "author_slug": "jeremykeith", "published": "2008-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/the-ie6-equation/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 228, "title": "The Great Unveiling", "contents": "The moment of unveiling our designs should be among our proudest, but it never seems to work out that way. Instead of a chance to show how we can bring our clients\u2019 visions to life, critique can be a tense, worrying ordeal. And yes, the stakes are high: a superb design is only superb if it goes live. Mismanage the feedback process and your research, creativity and hard work can be wasted, and your client may wonder whether you\u2019ve been worth the investment.\n\nThe great unveiling is a pivotal part of the design process, but it needn\u2019t be a negative one. Just as usability testing teaches us whether our designs meet user needs, presenting our work to clients tells us whether we\u2019ve met important business goals. So how can we turn the tide to make presenting designs a constructive experience, and to give good designs a chance to shine through?\n\nTiming is everything\n\nFirst, consider when you should seek others\u2019 opinions. Your personal style will influence whether you show early sketches or wait to demonstrate something more complete. Some designers thrive at low fidelity, sketching out ideas that, despite their rudimentary nature, easily spark debate. Other designers take time to create more fully-realised versions. Some even argue that the great unveiling should be eliminated altogether by working directly alongside the client throughout, collaborating on the design to reach its full potential. \n\nWhatever your individual preference, you\u2019ll rarely have the chance to do it entirely your own way. Contracts, clients, and deadlines will affect how early and often you share your work. However, try to avoid the trap of presenting too late and at too high fidelity. My experience has taught me that skilled designers tend to present their work earlier and allow longer for iteration than novices do. More aware of the potential flaws in their solutions, these designers cling less tightly to their initial efforts. Working roughly and seeking early feedback gives you the flexibility to respond more fully to nuances you may have missed until now.\n\nPlanning design reviews\n\nPresent design ideas face-to-face, or at least via video conference. Asynchronous methods like e-mail and Basecamp are slow, easily ignored, and deny you the opportunity to guide your colleagues through your work. In person, you profit from both the well-known benefits of non-verbal communication, and the chance to immediately respond to questions and elaborate on rationale.\n\nBe sure to watch the numbers at your design review sessions, however. Any more than a handful of attendees and the meeting could quickly spiral into fruitless debate. Ask your project sponsor to appoint a representative to speak on behalf of each business function, rather than inviting too many cooks.\n\nWhere possible, show your work in its native format. Photocopy hand-drawn sketches to reinforce their disposability (the defining quality of a sketch) and encourage others to scribble their own thoughts on top. Show digital deliverables \u2013 wireframes, design concepts, rich interactions \u2013 on screen. The experience of a design is very different on screen than on paper. A monitor has appropriate dimensions and viewport size, presenting an accurate picture of the design\u2019s visual hierarchy, and putting interactive elements in the right context. On paper, a link is merely underlined text. On screen, it is another step along the user\u2019s journey.\n\nDon\u2019t waste time presenting multiple concepts. Not only is it costly to work up multiple concepts to the level required for fair appraisal, but the practice demonstrates a sorry abdication of responsibility. Designers should be custodians of design. Asking for feedback on multiple designs turns the critique process into a beauty pageant, relinquishing a designer\u2019s authority. Instead of rational choices that meet genuine user and business needs, you may be stuck with a Frankensteinian monstrosity, assembled from incompatible parts: \u201cThis header plus the whizzy bit from Version C\u201d.\n\nThis isn\u2019t to say that you shouldn\u2019t explore lots of ideas yourself. Divergent thinking early in the design process is the only way to break free of the clich\u00e9d patterns and fads that so often litter mediocre sites. But you must act as a design curator, choosing the best of your work and explaining its rationale clearly and succinctly. Attitude, then, is central to successful critique. It can be difficult to tread the fine line between the harmful extremes of doormat passivity and prima donna arrogance. Remember that you are the professional, but be mindful that even experts make mistakes, particularly when \u2013 as with all design projects \u2013 they don\u2019t possess all the relevant information in advance. Present your case with open-minded confidence, while accepting that positive critique will make your design (and ultimately your skills) stronger.\n\nThe courage of your convictions\n\nUltimately, your success in the feedback process, and indeed in the entire design process, hinges upon the rationale you provide for your work. Ideally, you should be able to refer to your research \u2013 personas, usability test findings, analytics \u2013 to support your decisions. To keep this evidence in mind, print it out to share at the design review, or include it in your presentation. Explain the rationale behind the most important decisions before showing the design, so that you can be sure of the full attention of your audience.\n\nOnce you\u2019ve covered these points, display your design and walk through the specific features of the page. A little honesty goes a long way here: state your case as strongly as your rationale demands. Sure of your reasoning? Be strong. Speculating an approach based on a hunch? Say so, and encourage your colleagues to explore the idea with you and see where it leads.\n\nOf course, none of these approaches should be sacrosanct. A proficient designer must be able to bend his or her way of working to suit the situation at hand. So sometimes you\u2019ll want to ignore these rules of thumb and explore your own hunches as required. More power to you. As long as you think as clearly about the feedback process as you have about the design itself, you\u2019ll be able to enjoy the great unveiling as a moment to be savoured, not feared.", "year": "2010", "author": "Cennydd Bowles", "author_slug": "cennyddbowles", "published": "2010-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/the-great-unveiling/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 117, "title": "The First Tool You Reach For", "contents": "Microsoft recently announced that Internet Explorer 8 will be released in the first half of 2009. Compared to the standards support of other major browsers, IE8 will not be especially great, but it will finally catch up with the state of the art in one specific area: support for CSS tables. This milestone has the potential to trigger an important change in the way you approach web design.\n\nTo show you just how big a difference CSS tables can make, think about how you might code a fluid, three-column layout from scratch. Just to make your life more difficult, give it one fixed-width column, with a background colour that differs from the rest of the page. Ready? Go!\n\nOkay, since you\u2019re the sort of discerning web designer who reads 24ways, I\u2019m going to assume you at least considered doing this without using HTML tables for the layout. If you\u2019re especially hardcore, I imagine you began thinking of CSS floats, negative margins, and faux columns. If you did, colour me impressed!\n\nNow admit it: you probably also gave an inward sigh about the time it would take to figure out the math on the negative margin overlaps, check for dropped floats in Internet Explorer and generally wrestle each of the major browsers into giving you what you want. If after all that you simply gave up and used HTML tables, I can\u2019t say I blame you.\n\nThere are plenty of professional web designers out there who still choose to use HTML tables as their main layout tool. Sure, they may know that users with screen readers get confused by inappropriate use of tables, but they have a job to do, and they want tools that will make that job easy, not difficult.\n\nNow let me show you how to do it with CSS tables. First, we have a div element for each of our columns, and we wrap them all in another two divs:\n\n<div class=\"container\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<div id=\"menu\">\n\t\t\u22ee\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div id=\"content\">\n\t\t\u22ee\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div id=\"sidebar\">\n\t\t\u22ee\n\t\t</div>\n\t</div>\n</div>\n\nDon\u2019t sweat the \u201cdiv clutter\u201d in this code. Unlike tables, divs have no semantic meaning, and can therefore be used liberally (within reason) to provide hooks for the styles you want to apply to your page.\n\nUsing CSS, we can set the outer div to display as a table with collapsed borders (i.e. adjacent cells share a border) and a fixed layout (i.e. cell widths unaffected by their contents):\n\n.container {\n\tdisplay: table;\n\tborder-collapse: collapse;\n\ttable-layout: fixed;\n}\n\nWith another two rules, we set the middle div to display as a table row, and each of the inner divs to display as table cells:\n\n.container > div {\n\tdisplay: table-row;\n}\n.container > div > div {\n\tdisplay: table-cell;\n}\n\nFinally, we can set the widths of the cells (and of the table itself) directly:\n\n.container {\n\twidth: 100%;\n}\n#menu {\n\twidth: 200px;\n}\n#content {\n\twidth: auto;\n}\n#sidebar {\n\twidth: 25%;\n}\n\nAnd, just like that, we have a rock solid three-column layout, ready to be styled to your own taste, like in this example:\n\n\n\nThis example will render perfectly in reasonably up-to-date versions of Firefox, Safari and Opera, as well as the current beta release of Internet Explorer 8.\n\nCSS tables aren\u2019t only useful for multi-column page layout; they can come in handy in most any situation that calls for elements to be displayed side-by-side on the page. Consider this simple login form layout:\n\n\n\nThe incantation required to achieve this layout using CSS floats may be old hat to you by now, but try to teach it to a beginner, and watch his eyes widen in horror at the hoops you have to jump through (not to mention the assumptions you have to build into your design about the length of the form labels).\n\nHere\u2019s how to do it with CSS tables:\n\n<form action=\"/login\" method=\"post\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<div>\n\t\t\t<label for=\"username\">Username:</label>\n\t\t\t<span class=\"input\"><input type=\"text\" name=\"username\" id=\"username\"/></span>\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div>\n\t\t\t<label for=\"userpass\">Password:</label>\n\t\t\t<span class=\"input\"><input type=\"password\" name=\"userpass\" id=\"userpass\"/></span>\n\t\t</div>\n\t\t<div class=\"submit\">\n\t\t\t<label for=\"login\"></label>\n\t\t\t<span class=\"input\"><input type=\"submit\" name=\"login\" id=\"login\" value=\"Login\"/></span>\n\t\t</div>\n\t</div>\n</form>\n\nThis time, we\u2019re using a mixture of divs and spans as semantically transparent styling hooks. Let\u2019s look at the CSS code.\n\nFirst, we set up the outer div to display as a table, the inner divs to display as table rows, and the labels and spans as table cells (with right-aligned text):\n\nform > div {\n\tdisplay: table;\n}\nform > div > div {\n\tdisplay: table-row;\n}\nform label,\nform span {\n\tdisplay: table-cell;\n\ttext-align: right;\n}\n\nWe want the first column of the table to be wide enough to accommodate our labels, but no wider. With CSS float techniques, we had to guess at what that width was likely to be, and adjust it whenever we changed our form labels. With CSS tables, we can simply set the width of the first column to something very small (1em), and then use the white-space property to force the column to the required width:\n\nform label {\n\twhite-space: nowrap;\n\twidth: 1em;\n}\n\nTo polish off the layout, we\u2019ll make our text and password fields occupy the full width of the table cells that contain them:\n\ninput[type=text],\ninput[type=password] {\n\twidth: 100%;\n}\n\nThe rest is margins, padding and borders to get the desired look. Check out the finished example.\n\nAs the first tool you reach for when approaching any layout task, CSS tables make a lot more sense to your average designer than the cryptic incantations called for by CSS floats. When IE8 is released and all major browsers support CSS tables, we can begin to gradually deploy CSS table-based layouts on sites that are more and more mainstream.\n\nIn our new book, Everything You Know About CSS Is Wrong!, Rachel Andrew and I explore in much greater detail how CSS tables work as a page layout tool in the real world. CSS tables have their quirks just like floats do, but they don\u2019t tend to affect common layout tasks, and the workarounds tend to be less fiddly too. Check it out, and get ready for the next big step forward in web design with CSS.", "year": "2008", "author": "Kevin Yank", "author_slug": "kevinyank", "published": "2008-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/the-first-tool-you-reach-for/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 172, "title": "The Construction of Instruction", "contents": "If the world were made to my specifications, all your clients would be happy to pay for a web writer to craft every sentence into something as elegant as it was functional, and the client would have planned the content so that you had it just when you asked, but we both know that won\u2019t happen every time. Sometimes you just know they are going to write the About page, two company blog pages and a Facebook fan page before resigning their position as chief content writer and you are going to end up filling in all the details that will otherwise just be Lorem Ipsum.\n\nWelcome to the big world of microcopy:\n\n\n\tA man walks into a bar. The bartender nods a greeting and watches as the man scans the bottles behind the bar. \n\u201cEr, you have a lot of gin here. Is there one you would recommend?\u201d \n\u201cYes sir.\u201d\nLong pause. \n\u201c\u2026 Never mind, I\u2019ll have the one in the green bottle.\u201d \n\u201cCertainly, sir. But you can\u2019t buy it from this part of the bar. You need to go through the double doors there.\u201d \n\u201cBut they look like they lead into the kitchen.\u201d \n\u201cReally, sir? Well, no, that\u2019s where we allow customers to purchase gin.\u201d \nThe man walks through the doors. On the other side he is greeted by the same bartender. \n\u201cY-you!\u201d he stammers but the reticent bartender is now all but silent. \nUnnerved, the man points to a green bottle, \u201cEr, I\u2019d like to buy a shot of that please. With ice and tonic water.\u201d \nThe bartender mixes the drink and puts it on the bar just out of the reach of the man and looks up. \n\u201cUm, do you take cards?\u201d the man asks, ready to present his credit card. \nThe bartender goes to take the card to put it through the machine. \n\u201cWait! How much was it \u2013 with sales tax and everything? Do you take a gratuity?\u201d \nThe bartender simply shrugs. \nThe man eyes him for a moment and decides to try his luck at the bar next door.\n\n\nIn the Choose Your Own Adventure version of this story there are plenty of ways to stop the man giving up. You could let him buy the gin right where he was; you could make the price more obvious; you could signpost the place to buy gin. The mistakes made by the bar and bartender are painfully obvious. And yet, there are websites losing users everyday due to the same lack of clear instruction.\n\nA smidgen of well written copy goes a long way to reassure the nervous prospect. Just imagine if our man walked into the bar and the bartender explained that although the bar was here, sales were conducted in the next room because people were not then able to overhear the man\u2019s card details. Instead, he is left to fend for himself. Online, we kick customers through the anonymous double doors with a merry \u2018Paypal will handle your transaction!\u2019.\n\nRecently I worked on a site where the default error message, to account for anything happening that the developers hadn\u2019t accounted for, was \u2018SOMETHING HAS GONE WRONG!\u2019. It might have been technically accurate but this is not how to inspire confidence in your customers that they can make a successful purchase through you. As everyone knows they can shop just fine, thank you very much, it is your site they will blame. Card declined? It\u2019s the site. Didn\u2019t know my email address has changed? It\u2019s the site. Can\u2019t log in? It\u2019s the site.\n\nYes, yes. I know. None of these things are related to your site, or you the developer, but drop outs will be high and you\u2019ll get imploring emails from your client asking you to wade knee deep into the site analytics to find a solution by testing 41 shades of blue because if it worked for Google\u2026? Before you try a visual fix involving the Dulux paint chart breeding with a Pantone swatch, take an objective look at the information you are giving customers. How much are you assuming they know? How much are you relying on age-old labels and prompts without clarification?\n\nHere\u2019s a fun example for non-North Americans: ask your Granny to write out her billing address. If she looks at you blankly, tell her it is the address where the bank sends her statements. Imagine how many fewer instances of the wrong address there would be if we routinely added that information when people purchased from the UK? Instead, we rely on a language convention that hasn\u2019t much common usage without explanation because, well, because we always have since the banks told us how we could take payments online.\n\nSo. Your client is busying themselves with writing the ultimate Facebook fan page about themselves and here you are left with creating a cohesive signup process or basket or purchase instructions. Here are five simple rules for bending puny humans to your will creating instructive instructions and constructive error messages that ultimately mean less hassle for you.\n\nPlan what you want to say and plan it out as early as possible \n\nThis goes for all content. Walk a virtual mile in the shoes of your users. What specific help can you offer customers to actively encourage continuation and ensure a minimal amount of dropouts? Make space for that information. One of the most common web content mistakes is jamming too much into a space that has been defined by physical boundaries rather than planned out. If you manage it, the best you can hope for is that no-one notices it was a last-minute job. Mostly it reads like a bad game of Tetris with content sticking out all over the place.\n\nUse your words\n\nMicrocopy often says a lot in a few words but without those words you could leave room for doubt. When doubt creeps in a customer wants reassurance just like Alice:\n\n\n\tThis time (Alice) found a little bottle\u2026 with the words \u2018DRINK ME\u2019 beautifully printed on it in large letters. It was all very well to say \u2018Drink me,\u2019 but the wise little Alice was not going to do that in a hurry. \u2018No, I\u2019ll look first,\u2019 she said, \u2018and see whether it\u2019s marked \u201cpoison\u201d or not\u2019\n\n\nAlice in Wonderland, Lewis Carroll.\n\nValue clarity over brevity. Or a little more prosaically, \u201cIf in doubt, spell it out.\u201d Thanks, Jeremy!\n\nBe prepared to help\n\n\n\t\u2018Login failed: email/password combination is incorrect.\u2019\n\n\nOh.\n\n\n\t\u2018Login failed: email/password combination is incorrect. \nAre you typing in all capitals? Caps Lock may be on. \nHave you changed your email address recently and not updated your account with us? Try your old email address first. \nCan\u2019t remember your password? We can help you reset it.\u2019 \n\n\nAh!\n\nBe direct and be informative\n\nThere is rarely a site that doesn\u2019t suffer from some degree of jargon. Squash it early by setting a few guidelines about what language and tone of voice you will use to converse with your users. Be consistent. Equally, try to be as specific as possible when giving error messages or instructions and allay fears upfront.\n\nCard payments are handled by paypal but you do not need a paypal account to pay.\n\nWe will not display your email address but we might need it to contact you.\n\nSign up for our free trial (no credit card required).\n\nCombine copy and visual cues, learn from others and test new combinations\n\nWhile visual design and copy can work independently, they work best together. New phrases and designs are being tested all the time so take a peek at abtests.com for more ideas, then test some new ideas and add your own results. Have a look at the microcopy pool on Flickr for some wonderful examples of little words and pictures working together. And yes, you absolutely should join the group and post more examples.\n\n\n\tA man walks into a bar. The bartender greets him in a friendly manner and asks him what he would like to drink. \n\u201cGin and Tonic, please.\u201d \n\u201cYes sir, we have our house gin on offer but we also have a particularly good import here too.\u201d\n\u201cThe import, please.\u201d \n\u201cHow would you like it? With a slice of lemon? Over ice?\u201d \n\u201cBoth\u201d \n\u201cThat\u2019s \u00a33.80. We accept cash, cards or you could open a tab.\u201d \n\u201cCard please.\u201d \n\u201cCertainly sir. Move just over here so that you can\u2019t be observed. Now, please enter your pin number.\u201d \n\u201cThank you.\u201d \n\u201cAnd here is your drink. Do let me know if there is a problem with it. I shall just be here at the bar. Enjoy.\u201d\n\n\nCheers!", "year": "2009", "author": "Relly Annett-Baker", "author_slug": "rellyannettbaker", "published": "2009-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/the-construction-of-instruction/", "topic": "content"}
{"rowid": 14, "title": "The Command Position Principle", "contents": "Living where I do, in a small village in rural North Wales, getting anywhere means driving along narrow country roads. Most of these are just about passable when two cars meet. \n\nIf you\u2019re driving too close to the centre of the road, when two drivers meet you stop, glare at each other and no one goes anywhere. Drive too close to your nearside and in summer you\u2019ll probably scratch your paintwork on the hedgerows, or in winter you\u2019ll sink your wheels into mud. \n\nDriving these lanes requires a balance between caring for your own vehicle and consideration for someone else\u2019s, but all too often, I\u2019ve seen drivers pushed towards the hedgerows and mud when someone who\u2019s inconsiderate drives too wide because they don\u2019t want to risk scratching their own paintwork or getting their wheels dirty.\n\nIf you learn to ride a motorcycle,\u00a0you\u2019ll be taught about the command position:\n\n\n\tApproximate central position, or any position from which the rider can exert control over invitation space either side.\n\n\nThe command position helps motorcyclists stay safe, because when they ride in the centre of their lane it prevents other people, usually car drivers, from driving alongside, either forcing them into the curb or potentially dangerously close to oncoming traffic. \n\nTaking the command position isn\u2019t about motorcyclists being aggressive, it\u2019s about them being confident. It\u2019s them knowing their rightful place on the road and communicating that through how they ride.\n\nI\u2019ve recently been trying to take that command position when driving my car on our lanes. When I see someone coming in the opposite direction, instead of instinctively moving closer to my nearside \u2014 and in so doing subconsciously invite them into my space on the road \u2014 I hold both my nerve and a central position in my lane. Since I done this I\u2019ve noticed that other drivers more often than not stay in their lane or pull closer to their nearside so we occupy equal space on the road. Although we both still need to watch our wing mirrors, neither of us gets our paint scratched or our wheels muddy.\n\nWe can apply this principle to business too, in particular to negotiations and the way we sell. Here\u2019s how we might do that.\n\nCommanding negotiations\n\nWhen a customer\u2019s been sold to well \u2014\u00a0more on that in just a moment \u2014 and they\u2019ve made the decision to buy, the thing that usually stands in the way of us doing business is a negotiation over price. Some people treat negotiations as the equivalent of driving wide. They act offensively, because their aim is to force the other person into getting less, usually in return for giving more.\n\nIn encounters like this, it\u2019s easy for us to act defensively. We might lack confidence in the price we ask for, or the value of the product or service we offer. We might compromise too early because of that. When that happens, there\u2019s a pretty good chance that we\u2019ll drive away with less than we deserve unless we use the command position principle to help us.\n\nBefore we start any negotiation it\u2019s important to know that both sides ultimately want to reach an agreement. This isn\u2019t always obvious. If one side isn\u2019t already committed, at least in principle, then it\u2019s not a negotiation at that point, it\u2019s something else. \n\nFor example, a prospective customer may be looking to learn our lowest price so that they can compare it to our competitors. When that\u2019s the case, we\u2019ve probably failed to qualify that prospect properly as, after all, who wants to be chosen simply because they\u2019re the cheapest? In this situation, negotiating is a waste of time since we don\u2019t yet know that it will result in us making a deal. We should enter into a negotiation only when we know where we stand. So ask confidently: \u201cAre you looking to [make a decision]?\u201d\n\nWhen that\u2019s been confirmed, it\u2019s down to everyone to compromise until a deal\u2019s been reached. That\u2019s because good negotiations aren\u2019t about one side beating the other, they\u2019re about achieving a good deal for both. Using the command position principle helps us to maintain control over our negotiating space and affords us the opportunity to give ground only if we need to and only when we\u2019re ready. It can also ensure that the person we\u2019re negotiating with gives up some of their space.\n\nCommanding sales\n\nIt\u2019s not always necessary to negotiate when we\u2019re doing a business deal, but we should always be prepared to sell. One of the most important parts of our sales process should be controlling when and how we tell someone our price. \n\nUnless it\u2019s impossible to avoid, don\u2019t work out a price for someone on the spot. When we do that we lose control over the time and place for presenting our price alongside the value factors that will contribute to the prospective customer accepting that price. For the same reason, never give a ballpark or, worse, a guesstimate figure. If the question of price comes up before we\u2019re fully prepared, we should say politely that we need more time to work out a meaningful cost. \n\nWhen we are ready, we shouldn\u2019t email a price for our prospective customer to read unaccompanied. Instead, create an opportunity to talk a prospect through our figures, demonstrate how we arrived at them and, most importantly, explain the value of what we\u2019re selling to their business. Agree a time and place to do this and, if possible, do it all face-to-face.  \n\nWe shouldn\u2019t hesitate when we give someone a price. When we sound even the slightest bit unsure or apologetic, we give the impression that we\u2019ll be flexible in our position before negotiations have even begun.\n\nThink about the command position principle, know the price and present it confidently. That way we send a clear signal that we know our business and how we deal with people. The command position principle isn\u2019t about being cocky, it\u2019s about showing other people respect, asking for it in return and showing it to ourselves.\n\n \n\nEarlier, I mentioned selling well, because we sometimes hear people say that they dislike being sold to. In my experience, it\u2019s not that people dislike the sales process, it\u2019s that we dislike it done badly.\n\nTaking part in a good sales process, either by selling or being sold to, can be a pleasurable experience. Try to be confident \u2014 after all, we understand how our skills will benefit a customer better than anyone else. Our confidence will inspire confidence in others. \n\nSelf-confidence isn\u2019t the same as arrogance, just as the command position isn\u2019t the same as riding without consideration for others. The command position principle preserves others\u2019 space as well as our own. By the same token, we should be considerate of others\u2019 time and not waste it and our own by attempting to force them into buying something that\u2019s inappropriate.\n\nTo prevent this from happening, evaluate them well to ensure that they\u2019re the right customer for us. If they\u2019re not, let them go on their way. They\u2019ll thank us for it and may well become customers the next time we meet.\n\nThe business of closing a deal can be made an enjoyable experience for everyone if we take control by guiding someone through the sales process by asking the right questions to uncover their concerns, then allaying them by being knowledgeable and confident. This is riding in the command position.\n\nJust like demonstrating we know our rightful position on the road, knowing our rightful place in a business relationship and communicating that through how we deal with people will help everyone achieve an equitable balance. When that happens in business, as well as on the road, no one gets their paintwork scratched or their wheels muddy.", "year": "2013", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2013-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/the-command-position-principle/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 333, "title": "The Attribute Selector for Fun and (no ad) Profit", "contents": "If I had a favourite CSS selector, it would undoubtedly be the attribute selector (Ed: You really need to get out more). For those of you not familiar with the attribute selector, it allows you to style an element based on the existence, value or partial value of a specific attribute.\n\nAt it\u2019s very basic level you could use this selector to style an element with particular attribute, such as a title attribute.\n\n<abbr title=\"Cascading Style Sheets\">CSS</abbr>\n\nIn this example I\u2019m going to make all <abbr> elements with a title attribute grey. I am also going to give them a dotted bottom border that changes to a solid border on hover. Finally, for that extra bit of feedback, I will change the cursor to a question mark on hover as well. \n\nabbr[title] {\n     color: #666;\n     border-bottom: 1px dotted #666;\n }\n\n abbr[title]:hover {\n     border-bottom-style: solid;\n     cursor: help;\n }\n\nThis provides a nice way to show your site users that <abbr> elements with title tags are special, as they contain extra, hidden information.\n\nMost modern browsers such as Firefox, Safari and Opera support the attribute selector. Unfortunately Internet Explorer 6 and below does not support the attribute selector, but that shouldn\u2019t stop you from adding nice usability embellishments to more modern browsers.\n\nInternet Explorer 7 looks set to implement this CSS2.1 selector, so expect to see it become more common over the next few years.\n\nStyling an element based on the existence of an attribute is all well and good, but it is still pretty limited. Where attribute selectors come into their own is their ability to target the value of an attribute. You can use this for a variety of interesting effects such as styling VoteLinks.\n\nVoteWhats?\n\nIf you haven\u2019t heard of VoteLinks, it is a microformat that allows people to show their approval or disapproval of a links destination by adding a pre-defined keyword to the rev attribute.\n\nFor instance, if you had a particularly bad meal at a restaurant, you could signify your dissaproval by adding a rev attribute with a value of vote-against.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.mommacherri.co.uk/\" rev=\"vote-against\">Momma Cherri's</a>\n\nYou could then highlight these links by adding an image to the right of these links.\n\na[rev=\"vote-against\"]{\n     padding-right: 20px;\n     background: url(images/vote-against.png) no-repeat right top;\n}\n\nThis is a useful technique, but it will only highlight VoteLinks on sites you control. This is where user stylesheets come into effect. If you create a user stylesheet containing this rule, every site you visit that uses VoteLinks will receive your new style.\n\nCool huh?\n\nHowever my absolute favourite use for attribute selectors is as a lightweight form of ad blocking. Most online adverts conform to industry-defined sizes. So if you wanted to block all banner-ad sized images, you could simply add this line of code to your user stylesheet.\n\nimg[width=\"468\"][height=\"60\"],\nimg[width=\"468px\"][height=\"60px\"]  {\n     display: none !important;\n}\n\nTo hide any banner-ad sized element, such as flash movies, applets or iFrames, simply apply the above rule to every element using the universal selector.\n\n*[width=\"468\"][height=\"60\"], *[width=\"468px\"][height=\"60px\"]  {\n     display: none !important;\n}\n\nJust bare in mind when using this technique that you may accidentally hide something that isn\u2019t actually an advert; it just happens to be the same size.\n\nThe Interactive Advertising Bureau lists a number of common ad sizes. Using these dimensions, you can create stylesheet that blocks all the popular ad formats. Apply this as a user stylesheet and you never need to suffer another advert again.\n\nHere\u2019s wishing you a Merry, ad-free Christmas.", "year": "2005", "author": "Andy Budd", "author_slug": "andybudd", "published": "2005-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/the-attribute-selector-for-fun-and-no-ad-profit/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 230, "title": "The Articulate Web Designer of Tomorrow", "contents": "You could say that we design to communicate, and that we seek emotive responses. It sounds straightforward, and it can be, but leaving it to chance isn\u2019t wise. Many wander into web design without formal training, and whilst that certainly isn\u2019t essential, we owe it to ourselves to draw on wider influences, learn from the past, and think smarter.\n\nWhat knowledge can we ourselves explore in order to become better designers? In addition, how can we take this knowledge, investigate it through our unique discipline, and in turn speak more eloquently about what we do on the web? Below, I outline a number of things that I personally believe all designers should be using and exploring collectively.\n\nTaking stock\n\nWhere we\u2019re at is good. Finding clarity through web standards, we\u2019ve ended up quite modernist in our approach, pursuing function, elegance and reduction. However, we\u2019re not great at articulating our own design processes and principles to outsiders. Equally, we rely heavily on our instincts when deciding if something is or isn\u2019t good. That\u2019s fine, but we can better understand why things are the way they are by looking a little deeper, thereby helping us articulate what goes on in our design brains to our peers, our clients and to normal humans.\n\nAs designers we use ideas, concepts, text and images. We apply our ideas and experience, imposing order and structure to content, hoping to ease the communication of an idea to the largest possible audience or to a specific audience. We consciously manipulate most of what is available to us, but not all. There is something else we can use. I often think that brilliant work demands a keen understanding of the magical visual language that informs design.\n\nEmbracing an established visual language\n\nThis is a language whose alphabet is shapes, structures, colours, lines and rhythms. When effective, it is somewhat invisible, subliminally enforcing messages and evoking meaning, using methods solidly rooted in a grammar perceptible in virtually all extraordinary creative work. The syntax for art, architecture, film, and furniture, industrial and graphic design (think Bauhaus and the Swiss style perhaps), this language urges us to become fluent if we aim for a more powerful dialogue with our audience.\n\n Figure 1: Structures (clockwise from top-left): Informal; Formal; Active; Visible.\n\nThe greatest creative minds our world has produced could understand some or all of this language. Line and point, form and shape. Abstract objects. Formal and informal structures. Visual distribution. Balance, composition and the multitudinous approaches to symmetry. Patterns and texture. Movement and paths. Repetition, rhythm and frequency. Colour theory. Whitespace and the pause. The list goes on.\n\nThe genius we perceive in our creative heroes is often a composite of experience, trial and error, conviction, intuition \u2013 even accident \u2013 but rarely does great work arise without an initial understanding of the nuts and bolts that help communicate an idea or emotion.\n\nOur world of interactivity\n\nAs web designers, our connection with this language is most evident in graphic design. With more technological ease and power comes the responsibility to understand, wisely use, and be able to justify many of our decisions. We have moved beyond the scope of print into a world of interactivity, but we shouldn\u2019t let go of any established principles without good reason.\n\n Figure 2: Understanding movement of objects in any direction along a defined path.\n\nFor example, immersion in this visual language can improve our implementation of CSS3 and JavaScript behaviour. With CSS3, we\u2019ve seen a resurgence in CSS experimentation, some of which has been wonderful, but much of it has appeared clumsy. In the race to make something spin, twist, flip or fly from one corner to another, the designer sometimes fails to think about the true movement they seek to emulate. What forces are supposedly affecting this movement? What is the expected path of this transition and is it being respected?\n\nStopping to think about what is really supposed to be happening on the page compels us to use complex animations, diagrams and rotations more carefully. It helps us to better understand paths and movement.\n\n Figure 3: Repetition can occur through variations in colour, shape, direction, and so on.\n\nIt can only be of greater benefit to be mindful of symmetries, depth, affordance, juxtaposition, balance, economy and reduction. A deeper understanding of basic structures can help us to say more with sketches, wireframes, layouts and composition. We\u2019ve all experimented with grids and rhythm but, to truly benefit from these long-established principles, we are duty-bound to understand their possibilities more than we will by simply leveraging a free framework or borrowing some CSS.\n\nDesign is not a science, but\u2026\n\nThreading through all of this is what we have learned from science, and what it teaches us of the human brain. This visual language matters because technology changes but, for the most part, people don\u2019t. For centuries, we humans have received and interpreted information in much the same way. Understanding more of how we perceive meaning can help designers make smarter decisions, and call on visual language to underpin these decisions. It is our responsibility as designers to be aware of mental models, mapping, semiotics, sensory experience and human emotion.\n\nDesign itself is not a science, but the appropriate use of visual language and scientific understanding exposes the line between effective and awkward, between communicative and mute. By strengthening our mental and analytical approach to what is often done arbitrarily or \u201cbecause it feels right\u201d, we simply become better designers.\n\nA visual language for the web\n\nSo, I\u2019ve outlined numerous starting points and areas worthy of deeper investigation, and hopefully you\u2019re eager to do some research. However, I\u2019ve mostly discussed established ideas and principles that we as web designers can learn from. It\u2019s my belief that our community has a shared responsibility to expand this visual language as it applies to the ebb and flow of the web. Indulge me as I conclude with a related tangent.\n\nIn defining a visual language specifically for the web, we must continue to mature. The old powerfully influences the new, but we must intelligently expand the visual language of masterful work and articulate what is uniquely ours.\n\nFor example, phrases like Ethan Marcotte\u2019s Responsive Web Design aren\u2019t merely elegant, they describe a new way of thinking and working, of communicating about designs and interaction patterns. These phrases broaden our vocabulary and are immediately adopted by designers worldwide, in both conversation and execution.\n\nOur legacy\n\nOur new definitions should flex and not be tied to specific devices or methods which fade away or morph with time. Our legacy is perhaps more about robust and flexible patterns and systems than it is about specific devices or programming languages.\n\n Figure 4: As web designers, we should think about systems, not pages.\n\nThe established principles we adopt and whatever new ways of thinking we define should slip neatly into a wider philosophy about our approach to web design. We\u2019re called, as a community, to define what is distinctive about the visual language of the web, create this vocabulary, this dialect that resonates with us and moves us forward as we tackle each day\u2019s work. Let\u2019s give it some thought.\n\nFurther reading\n\nThis is my immediate \u201cgo-to\u201d list of books that I bullishly believe all web designers should own, but there is so much more out there to read. Sadly, many great texts relating to this stuff are often out of print. Feel free to share your recommendations.\n\n\n\tDon Norman, The Design of Everyday Things\n\tChristian Leborg, Visual Grammar\n\tScott McCloud, Understanding Comics\n\tDavid Crow, Visible Signs\n\tWilliam Lidwell and Katrina Holden, Universal Principles of Design", "year": "2010", "author": "Simon Collison", "author_slug": "simoncollison", "published": "2010-12-16T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/the-articulate-web-designer-of-tomorrow/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 260, "title": "The Art of Mathematics: A Mandala Maker Tutorial", "contents": "In front-end development, there\u2019s often a great deal of focus on tools that aim to make our work more efficient. But what if you\u2019re new to web development? When you\u2019re just starting out, the amount of new material can be overwhelming, particularly if you don\u2019t have a solid background in Computer Science. But the truth is, once you\u2019ve learned a little bit of JavaScript, you can already make some pretty impressive things.\nA couple of years back, when I was learning to code, I started working on a side project. I wanted to make something colorful and fun to share with my friends. This is what my app looks like these days:\nMandala Maker user interface\nThe coolest part about it is the fact that it\u2019s a tool: anyone can use it to create something original and brand new. \nIn this tutorial, we\u2019ll build a smaller version of this app \u2013 a symmetrical drawing tool in ES5, JavaScript and HTML5. The tutorial app will have eight reflections, a color picker and a Clear button. Once we\u2019re done, you\u2019re on your own and can tweak it as you please. Be creative!\nPreparations: a blank canvas\nThe first thing you\u2019ll need for this project is a designated drawing space. We\u2019ll use the HTML5 canvas element and give it a width and a height of 600px (you can set the dimensions to anything else if you like).\nFiles\nCreate 3 files: index.html, styles.css, main.js. Don\u2019t forget to include your JS and CSS files in your HTML. \n<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n    <meta charset=\"utf-8\">\n    <link rel=\"stylesheet\" type=\"text/css\" href=\"style.css\">\n    <script src=\"main.js\"></script>\n</head>\n<body onload=\"init()\">\n    <canvas width=\"600\" height=\"600\">\n        <p>Your browser doesn't support canvas.</p>\n    </canvas>\n</body>\n</html>\nI\u2019ll ask you to update your HTML file at a later point, but the CSS file we\u2019ll start with will stay the same throughout the project. This is the full CSS we are going to use:\nbody {\n    background-color: #ccc;\n    text-align: center;\n}\n\ncanvas {\n    touch-action: none;\n    background-color: #fff;\n}\n\nbutton {\n    font-size: 110%;\n}\nNext steps\nWe are done with our preparations and ready to move on to the actual tutorial, which is made up of 4 parts:\n\nBuilding a simple drawing app with one line and one color \nAdding a Clear button and a color picker\nAdding more functionality: 2 line drawing (add the first reflection)\nAdding more functionality: 8 line drawing (add 6 more reflections!)\n\nInteractive demos\nThis tutorial will be accompanied by four CodePens, one at the end of each section. In my own app I originally used mouse events, and only added touch events when I realized mobile device support was (A) possible, and (B) going to make my app way more accessible. For the sake of code simplicity, I decided that in this tutorial app I will only use one event type, so I picked a third option: pointer events. These are supported by some desktop browsers and some mobile browsers. An up-to-date version of Chrome is probably your best bet.\nPart 1: A simple drawing app\nLet\u2019s get started with our main.js file. Our basic drawing app will be made up of 6 functions: init, drawLine, stopDrawing, recordPointerLocation, handlePointerMove, handlePointerDown. It also has nine variables:\nvar canvas, context, w, h,\n    prevX = 0, currX = 0, prevY = 0, currY = 0,\n    draw = false;\nThe variables canvas and context let us manipulate the canvas. w is the canvas width and h is the canvas height. The four coordinates are used for tracking the current and previous location of the pointer. A short line is drawn between (prevX, prevY) and (currX, currY) repeatedly many times while we move the pointer upon the canvas. For your drawing to appear, three conditions must be met: the pointer (be it a finger, a trackpad or a mouse) must be down, it must be moving and the movement has to be on the canvas. If these three conditions are met, the boolean draw is set to true. \n1. init\nResponsible for canvas set up, this listens to pointer events and the location of their coordinates and sets everything in motion by calling other functions, which in turn handle touch and movement events. \nfunction init() {\n    canvas = document.querySelector(\"canvas\");\n    context = canvas.getContext(\"2d\");\n    w = canvas.width;\n    h = canvas.height;\n\n    canvas.onpointermove = handlePointerMove;\n    canvas.onpointerdown = handlePointerDown;\n    canvas.onpointerup = stopDrawing;\n    canvas.onpointerout = stopDrawing;\n}\n2. drawLine\nThis is called to action by handlePointerMove() and draws the pointer path. It only runs if draw = true. It uses canvas methods you can read about in the canvas API documentation. You can also learn to use the canvas element in this tutorial.\nlineWidth and linecap set the properties of our paint brush, or digital pen, but pay attention to beginPath and closePath. Between those two is where the magic happens: moveTo and lineTo take canvas coordinates as arguments and draw from (a,b) to (c,d), which is to say from (prevX,prevY) to (currX,currY).\nfunction drawLine() {\n    var a = prevX,\n        b = prevY,\n        c = currX,\n        d = currY;\n\n    context.lineWidth = 4;\n    context.lineCap = \"round\";\n\n    context.beginPath();\n    context.moveTo(a, b);\n    context.lineTo(c, d);\n    context.stroke();\n    context.closePath();\n}\n3. stopDrawing\nThis is used by init when the pointer is not down (onpointerup) or is out of bounds (onpointerout).\nfunction stopDrawing() {\n    draw = false;\n}\n4. recordPointerLocation\nThis tracks the pointer\u2019s location and stores its coordinates. Also, you need to know that in computer graphics the origin of the coordinate space (0,0) is at the top left corner, and all elements are positioned relative to it. When we use canvas we are dealing with two coordinate spaces: the browser window and the canvas itself. This function converts between the two: it subtracts the canvas offsetLeft and offsetTop so we can later treat the canvas as the only coordinate space. If you are confused, read more about it.\nfunction recordPointerLocation(e) {\n    prevX = currX;\n    prevY = currY;\n    currX = e.clientX - canvas.offsetLeft;\n    currY = e.clientY - canvas.offsetTop;\n}\n5. handlePointerMove\nThis is set by init to run when the pointer moves. It checks if draw = true. If so, it calls recordPointerLocation to get the path and drawLine to draw it.\nfunction handlePointerMove(e) {\n    if (draw) {\n        recordPointerLocation(e);\n        drawLine();\n    }\n}\n6. handlePointerDown\nThis is set by init to run when the pointer is down (finger is on touchscreen or mouse it clicked). If it is, calls recordPointerLocation to get the path and sets draw to true. That\u2019s because we only want movement events from handlePointerMove to cause drawing if the pointer is down.\nfunction handlePointerDown(e) {\n    recordPointerLocation(e);\n    draw = true;\n}\nFinally, we have a working drawing app. But that\u2019s just the beginning!\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 1 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 2: Add a Clear button and a color picker\nNow we\u2019ll update our HTML file, adding a menu div with an input of the type and class color and a button of the class clear.\n<body onload=\"init()\">\n    <canvas width=\"600\" height=\"600\">\n        <p>Your browser doesn't support canvas.</p>\n    </canvas>\n    <div class=\"menu\">\n        <input type=\"color\" class=\"color\" />\n        <button type=\"button\" class=\"clear\">Clear</button>\n    </div>\n</body>\nColor picker\nThis is our new color picker function. It targets the input element by its class and gets its value. \nfunction getColor() {\n    return document.querySelector(\".color\").value;\n}\nUp until now, the app used a default color (black) for the paint brush/digital pen. If we want to change the color we need to use the canvas property strokeStyle. We\u2019ll update drawLine by adding strokeStyle to it and setting it to the input value by calling getColor.\nfunction drawLine() {\n    //...code...  \n    context.strokeStyle = getColor();\n    context.lineWidth = 4;\n    context.lineCap = \"round\";\n\n    //...code...  \n}\nClear button\nThis is our new Clear function. It responds to a button click and displays a dialog asking the user if she really wants to delete the drawing.\nfunction clearCanvas() {\n    if (confirm(\"Want to clear?\")) {\n        context.clearRect(0, 0, w, h);\n    }\n}\nThe method clearRect takes four arguments. The first two (0,0) mark the origin, which is actually the top left corner of the canvas. The other two (w,h) mark the full width and height of the canvas. This means the entire canvas will be erased, from the top left corner to the bottom right corner. \nIf we were to give clearRect a slightly different set of arguments, say (0,0,w/2,h), the result would be different. In this case, only the left side of the canvas would clear up.\nLet\u2019s add this event handler to init:\nfunction init() {\n    //...code...\n    canvas.onpointermove = handleMouseMove;\n    canvas.onpointerdown = handleMouseDown;\n    canvas.onpointerup = stopDrawing;\n    canvas.onpointerout = stopDrawing;\n    document.querySelector(\".clear\").onclick = clearCanvas;\n}\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 2 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 3: Draw with 2 lines\nIt\u2019s time to make a line appear where no pointer has gone before. A ghost line! \nFor that we are going to need four new coordinates: a', b', c' and d' (marked in the code as a_, b_, c_ and d_). In order for us to be able to add the first reflection, first we must decide if it\u2019s going to go over the y-axis or the x-axis. Since this is an arbitrary decision, it doesn\u2019t matter which one we choose. Let\u2019s go with the x-axis. \nHere is a sketch to help you grasp the mathematics of reflecting a point across the x-axis. The coordinate space in my sketch is different from my explanation earlier about the way the coordinate space works in computer graphics (more about that in a bit!). \nNow, look at A. It shows a point drawn where the pointer hits, and B shows the additional point we want to appear: a reflection of the point across the x-axis. This is our goal.\nA sketch illustrating the mathematics of reflecting a point.\nWhat happens to the x coordinates?\nThe variables a/a' and c/c' correspond to prevX and currX respectively, so we can call them \u201cthe x coordinates\u201d. We are reflecting across x, so their values remain the same, and therefore a' = a and c' = c. \nWhat happens to the y coordinates?\nWhat about b' and d'? Those are the ones that have to change, but in what way? Thanks to the slightly misleading sketch I showed you just now (of A and B), you probably think that the y coordinates b' and d' should get the negative values of b and d respectively, but nope. This is computer graphics, remember? The origin is at the top left corner and not at the canvas center, and therefore we get the following values: b = h - b, d' = h - d, where h is the canvas height.\nThis is the new code for the app\u2019s variables and the two lines: the one that fills the pointer\u2019s path and the one mirroring it across the x-axis.\nfunction drawLine() {\n    var a = prevX, a_ = a,\n        b = prevY, b_ = h-b,\n        c = currX, c_ = c,\n        d = currY, d_ = h-d;\n\n    //... code ...\n\n    // Draw line #1, at the pointer's location\n    context.moveTo(a, b);\n    context.lineTo(c, d);\n\n    // Draw line #2, mirroring the line #1\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n    //... code ...\n}\nIn case this was too abstract for you, let\u2019s look at some actual numbers to see how this works.\nLet\u2019s say we have a tiny canvas of w = h = 10. Now let a = 3, b = 2, c = 4 and d = 3.\nSo b' = 10 - 2 = 8 and d' = 10 - 3 = 7.\nWe use the top and the left as references. For the y coordinates this means we count from the top, and 8 from the top is also 2 from the bottom. Similarly, 7 from the top is 3 from the bottom of the canvas. That\u2019s it, really. This is how the single point, and a line (not necessarily a straight one, by the way) is made up of many, many small segments that are similar to point in behavior.\nIf you are still confused, I don\u2019t blame you. \nHere is the result. Draw something and see what happens.\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 3 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.\n\nPart 4: Draw with 8 lines\nI have made yet another confusing sketch, with points C and D, so you understand what we\u2019re trying to do. Later on we\u2019ll look at points E, F, G and H as well. The circled point is the one we\u2019re adding at each particular step. The circled point at C has the coordinates (-3,2) and the circled point at D has the coordinates (-3,-2). Once again, keep in mind that the origin in the sketches is not the same as the origin of the canvas. \nA sketch illustrating points C and D.\nThis is the part where the math gets a bit mathier, as our drawLine function evolves further. We\u2019ll keep using the four new coordinates: a', b', c' and d', and reassign their values for each new location/line. Let\u2019s add two more lines in two new locations on the canvas. Their locations relative to the first two lines are exactly what you see in the sketch above, though the calculation required is different (because of the origin points being different).\nfunction drawLine() {\n\n    //... code ... \n\n    // Reassign values\n    a_ = w-a; b_ = b;\n    c_ = w-c; d_ = d;\n\n    // Draw the 3rd line\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n    // Reassign values\n    a_ = w-a; b_ = h-b;\n    c_ = w-c; d_ = h-d;\n\n    // Draw the 4th line\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\n\n    //... code ... \nWhat is happening?\nYou might be wondering why we use w and h as separate variables, even though we know they have the same value. Why complicate the code this way for no apparent reason? That\u2019s because we want the symmetry to hold for a rectangular canvas as well, and this way it will. \nAlso, you may have noticed that the values of a' and c' are not reassigned when the fourth line is created. Why write their value assignments twice? It\u2019s for readability, documentation and communication. Maintaining the quadruple structure in the code is meant to help you remember that all the while we are dealing with two y coordinates (current and previous) and two x coordinates (current and previous). \nWhat happens to the x coordinates?\nAs you recall, our x coordinates are a (prevX) and c (currX).\nFor the third line we are adding, a' = w - a and c' = w - c, which means\u2026\nFor the fourth line, the same thing happens to our x coordinates a and c.\nWhat happens to the y coordinates?\nAs you recall, our y coordinates are b (prevY) and d (currY).\nFor the third line we are adding, b' = b and d' = d, which means the y coordinates are the ones not changing this time, making this is a reflection across the y-axis. \nFor the fourth line, b' = h - b and d' = h - d, which we\u2019ve seen before: that\u2019s a reflection across the x-axis.\nWe have four more lines, or locations, to define. Note: the part of the code that\u2019s responsible for drawing a micro-line between the newly calculated coordinates is always the same:\n    context.moveTo(a_, b_);\n    context.lineTo(c_, d_);\nWe can leave it out of the next code snippets and just focus on the calculations, i.e, the reassignments. \nOnce again, we need some concrete examples to see where we\u2019re going, so here\u2019s another sketch! The circled point E has the coordinates (2,3) and the circled point F has the coordinates (2,-3). The ability to draw at A but also make the drawing appear at E and F (in addition to B, C and D that we already dealt with) is the functionality we are about to add to out code.\nA sketch illustrating points E and F.\nThis is the code for E and F:\n    // Reassign for 5\n    a_ = w/2+h/2-b; b_ = w/2+h/2-a;\n    c_ = w/2+h/2-d; d_ = w/2+h/2-c;\n\n    // Reassign for 6\n    a_ = w/2+h/2-b; b_ = h/2-w/2+a;\n    c_ = w/2+h/2-d; d_ = h/2-w/2+c;\nTheir x coordinates are identical and their y coordinates are reversed to one another.\nThis one will be out final sketch. The circled point G has the coordinates (-2,3) and the circled point H has the coordinates (-2,-3).\nA sketch illustrating points G and H.\nThis is the code:\n    // Reassign for 7\n    a_ = w/2-h/2+b; b_ = w/2+h/2-a;\n    c_ = w/2-h/2+d; d_ = w/2+h/2-c;\n\n    // Reassign for 8\n    a_ = w/2-h/2+b; b_ = h/2-w/2+a;\n    c_ = w/2-h/2+d; d_ = h/2-w/2+c;\n    //...code...  \n}\nOnce again, the x coordinates of these two points are the same, while the y coordinates are different. And once again I won\u2019t go into the full details, since this has been a long enough journey as it is, and I think we\u2019ve covered all the important principles. But feel free to play around with the code and change it. I really recommend commenting out the code for some of the points to see what your drawing looks like without them.\nI hope you had fun learning! This is our final app:\nSee the Pen Mandala Maker Tutorial: Part 4 by Hagar Shilo (@hagarsh) on CodePen.", "year": "2018", "author": "Hagar Shilo", "author_slug": "hagarshilo", "published": "2018-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/the-art-of-mathematics/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 65, "title": "The Accessibility Mindset", "contents": "Accessibility is often characterized as additional work, hard to learn and only affecting a small number of people. Those myths have no logical foundation and often stem from outdated information or misconceptions.\nIndeed, it is an additional skill set to acquire, quite like learning new JavaScript frameworks, CSS layout techniques or new HTML elements. But it isn\u2019t particularly harder to learn than those other skills.\nA World Health Organization (WHO) report on disabilities states that,\n\n[i]ncluding children, over a billion people (or about 15% of the world\u2019s population) were estimated to be living with disability.\n\nBeing disabled is not as unusual as one might think. Due to chronic health conditions and older people having a higher risk of disability, we are also currently paving the cowpath to an internet that we can still use in the future.\nAccessibility has a very close relationship with usability, and advancements in accessibility often yield improvements in the usability of a website. Websites are also more adaptable to users\u2019 needs when they are built in an accessible fashion.\nBeyond the bare minimum\nIn the time of table layouts, web developers could create code that passed validation rules but didn\u2019t adhere to the underlying semantic HTML model. We later developed best practices, like using lists for navigation, and with HTML5 we started to wrap those lists in nav elements. Working with accessibility standards is similar. The Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 can inform your decision to make websites accessible and can be used to test that you met the success criteria. What it can\u2019t do is measure how well you met them. \nW3C developed a long list of techniques that can be used to make your website accessible, but you might find yourself in a situation where you need to adapt those techniques to be the most usable solution for your particular problem.\nThe checkbox below is implemented in an accessible way: The input element has an id and the label associated with the checkbox refers to the input using the for attribute. The hover area is shown with a yellow background and a black dotted border:\nOpen video\n    \nThe label is clickable and the checkbox has an accessible description. Job done, right? Not really. Take a look at the space between the label and the checkbox:\nOpen video\n    \nThe gutter is created using a right margin which pushes the label to the right. Users would certainly expect this space to be clickable as well. The simple solution is to wrap the label around the checkbox and the text:\nOpen video\n    \nYou can also set the label to display:block; to further increase the clickable area:\nOpen video\n    \nAnd while we\u2019re at it, users might expect the whole box to be clickable anyway. Let\u2019s apply the CSS that was on a wrapping div element to the label directly:\nOpen video\n    \nThe result enhances the usability of your form element tremendously for people with lower dexterity, using a voice mouse, or using touch interfaces. And we only used basic HTML and CSS techniques; no JavaScript was added and not one extra line of CSS.\n<form action=\"#\">  \n    <label for=\"uniquecheckboxid\">\n      <input type=\"checkbox\" name=\"checkbox\" id=\"uniquecheckboxid\" />\n      Checkbox 4\n    </label>\n</form>  \nButton Example\nThe button below looks like a typical edit button: a pencil icon on a real button element. But if you are using a screen reader or a braille keyboard, the button is just read as \u201cbutton\u201d without any indication of what this button is for.\nOpen video\n    A screen reader announcing a button. Contains audio.\nThe code snippet shows why the button is not properly announced:\n<button>\n  <span class=\"icon icon-pencil\"></span>\n</button>\nAn icon font is used to display the icon and no text alternative is given. A possible solution to this problem is to use the title or aria-label attributes, which solves the alternative text use case for screen reader users:\nOpen video\n    A screen reader announcing a button with a title.\nHowever, screen readers are not the only way people with and without disabilities interact with websites. For example, users can reset or change font families and sizes at will. This helps many users make websites easier to read, including people with dyslexia. Your icon font might be replaced by a font that doesn\u2019t include the glyphs that are icons. Additionally, the icon font may not load for users on slow connections, like on mobile phones inside trains, or because users decided to block external fonts altogether. The following screenshots show the mobile GitHub view with and without external fonts:\nThe mobile GitHub view with and without external fonts.\nEven if the title/aria-label approach was used, the lack of visual labels is a barrier for most people under those circumstances. One way to tackle this is using the old-fashioned img element with an appropriate alt attribute, but surprisingly not every browser displays the alternative text visually when the image doesn\u2019t load.\n<button>\n  <img src=\"icon-pencil.svg\" alt=\"Edit\">\n</button>\nProviding always visible text is an alternative that can work well if you have the space. It also helps users understand the meaning of the icons.\n<button>\n  <span class=\"icon icon-pencil\"></span> Edit\n</button>\nThis also reads just fine in screen readers:\nOpen video\n    A screen reader announcing the revised button.\nClever usability enhancements don\u2019t stop at a technical implementation level. Take the BBC iPlayer pages as an example: when a user navigates the \u201ccaptioned videos\u201d or \u201caudio description\u201d categories and clicks on one of the videos, captions or audio descriptions are automatically switched on. Small things like this enhance the usability and don\u2019t need a lot of engineering resources. It is more about connecting the usability dots for people with disabilities. Read more about the BBC iPlayer accessibility case study.\nMore information\nW3C has created several documents that make it easier to get the gist of what web accessibility is and how it can benefit everyone. You can find out \u201cHow People with Disabilities Use the Web\u201d, there are \u201cTips for Getting Started\u201d for developers, designers and content writers. And for the more seasoned developer there is a set of tutorials on web accessibility, including information on crafting accessible forms and how to use images in an accessible way.\nConclusion\nYou can only produce a web project with long-lasting accessibility if accessibility is not an afterthought. Your organization, your division, your team need to think about accessibility as something that is the foundation of your website or project. It needs to be at the same level as performance, code quality and design, and it needs the same attention. Users often don\u2019t notice when those fundamental aspects of good website design and development are done right. But they\u2019ll always know when they are implemented poorly.\nIf you take all this into consideration, you can create accessibility solutions based on the available data and bring accessibility to people who didn\u2019t know they\u2019d need it:\nOpen video\n    \nIn this video from the latest Apple keynote, the Apple TV is operated by voice input through a remote. When the user asks \u201cWhat did she say?\u201d the video jumps back fifteen seconds and captions are switched on for a brief time. All three, the remote, voice input and captions have their roots in assisting people with disabilities. Now they benefit everyone.", "year": "2015", "author": "Eric Eggert", "author_slug": "ericeggert", "published": "2015-12-17T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/the-accessibility-mindset/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 257, "title": "The (Switch)-Case for State Machines in User Interfaces", "contents": "You\u2019re tasked with creating a login form. Email, password, submit button, done.\n\u201cThis will be easy,\u201d you think to yourself.\nLogin form by Selecto\nYou\u2019ve made similar forms many times in the past; it\u2019s essentially muscle memory at this point. You\u2019re working closely with a designer, who gives you a beautiful, detailed mockup of a login form. Sure, you\u2019ll have to translate the pixels to meaningful, responsive CSS values, but that\u2019s the least of your problems.\nAs you\u2019re writing up the HTML structure and CSS layout and styles for this form, you realize that you don\u2019t know what the successful \u201clogged in\u201d page looks like. You remind the designer, who readily gives it to you. But then you start thinking more and more about how the login form is supposed to work.\n\nWhat if login fails? Where do those errors show up?\nShould we show errors differently if the user forgot to enter their email, or password, or both?\nOr should the submit button be disabled?\nShould we validate the email field?\nWhen should we show validation errors \u2013 as they\u2019re typing their email, or when they move to the password field, or when they click submit? (Note: many, many login forms are guilty of this.)\nWhen should the errors disappear?\nWhat do we show during the login process? Some loading spinner?\nWhat if loading takes too long, or a server error occurs?\n\nMany more questions come up, and you (and your designer) are understandably frustrated. The lack of upfront specification opens the door to scope creep, which readily finds itself at home in all the unexplored edge cases.\nModeling Behavior\nDescribing all the possible user flows and business logic of an application can become tricky. Ironically, user stories might not tell the whole story \u2013 they often leave out potential edge-cases or small yet important bits of information.\nHowever, one important (and very old) mathematical model of computation can be used for describing the behavior and all possible states of a user interface: the finite state machine.\nThe general idea, as it applies to user interfaces, is that all of our applications can be described (at some level of abstraction) as being in one, and only one, of a finite number of states at any given time. For example, we can describe our login form above in these states:\n\nstart - not submitted yet\nloading - submitted and logging in\nsuccess - successfully logged in\nerror - login failed\n\nAdditionally, we can describe an application as accepting a finite number of events \u2013 that is, all the possible events that can be \u201csent\u201d to the application, either from the user or some other external entity:\n\nSUBMIT - pressing the submit button\nRESOLVE - the server responds, indicating that login is successful\nREJECT - the server responds, indicating that login failed\n\nThen, we can combine these states and events to describe the transitions between them. That is, when the application is in one state, an an event occurs, we can specify what the next state should be:\n\nFrom the start state, when the SUBMIT event occurs, the app should be in the loading state.\nFrom the loading state, when the RESOLVE event occurs, login succeeded and the app should be in the success state.\nIf login fails from the loading state (i.e., when the REJECT event occurs), the app should be in the error state.\nFrom the error state, the user should be able to retry login: when the SUBMIT event occurs here, the app should go to the loading state.\nOtherwise, if any other event occurs, don\u2019t do anything and stay in the same state.\n\nThat\u2019s a pretty thorough description, similar to a user story! It\u2019s also a bit more symbolic than a user story (e.g., \u201cwhen the SUBMIT event occurs\u201d instead of \u201cwhen the user presses the submit button\u201d), and that\u2019s for a reason. By representing states, events, and transitions symbolically, we can visualize what this state machine looks like:\n\nEvery state is represented by a box, and every event is connected to a transition arrow that connects two states. This makes it intuitive to follow the flow and understand what the next state should be given the current state and an event.\nFrom Visuals to Code\nDrawing a state machine doesn\u2019t require any special software; in fact, using paper and pencil (in case anything changes!) does the job quite nicely. However, one common problem is handoff: it doesn\u2019t matter how detailed a user story or how well-designed a visualization is, it eventually has to be coded in order for it to become part of a real application.\nWith the state machine model described above, the same visual description can be mapped directly to code. Traditionally, and as the title suggests, this is done using switch/case statements:\nfunction loginMachine(state, event) {\n    switch (state) {\n        case 'start':\n            if (event === 'SUBMIT') {\n                return 'loading';\n            }\n            break;\n        case 'loading':\n            if (event === 'RESOLVE') {\n                return 'success';\n            } else if (event === 'REJECT') {\n                return 'error';\n            }\n            break;\n        case 'success':\n            // Accept no further events\n            break;\n        case 'error':\n            if (event === 'SUBMIT') {\n                return 'loading';\n            }\n            break;\n        default:\n            // This should never occur\n            return undefined;\n    }\n}\n\nconsole.log(loginMachine('start', 'SUBMIT'));\n// => 'loading'\nThis is fine (I suppose) but personally, I find it much easier to use objects:\nconst loginMachine = {\n  initial: \"start\",\n  states: {\n    start: {\n      on: { SUBMIT: 'loading' }\n    },\n    loading: {\n      on: {\n        REJECT: 'error',\n        RESOLVE: 'success'\n      }\n    },\n    error: {\n      on: {\n        SUBMIT: 'loading'\n      }\n    },\n    success: {}\n  }\n};\n\nfunction transition(state, event) {\n  return machine\n    .states[state] // Look up the state\n    .on[event]     // Look up the next state based on the event\n    || state;      // If not found, return the current state\n}\n\nconsole.log(transition('start', 'SUBMIT'));\nAs you might have noticed, the loginMachine is a plain JS object, and can be written in JSON. This is important because it allows the machine to be visualized by a 3rd-party tool, as demonstrated here:\n\nA Common Language Between Designers and Developers\nAlthough finite state machines are a fundamental part of computer science, they have an amazing potential to bridge the application specification gap between designers and developers, as well as project managers, stakeholders, and more. By designing a state machine visually and with code, designers and developers alike can:\n\nidentify all possible states, and potentially missing states\ndescribe exactly what should happen when an event occurs on a given state, and prevent that event from having unintended side-effects in other states (ever click a submit button more than once?)\neliminate impossible states and identify states that are \u201cunreachable\u201d (have no entry transition) or \u201csunken\u201d (have no exit transition)\nadd features with full confidence of knowing what other states it might affect\nsimplify redundant states or complex user flows\ncreate test paths for almost every possible user flow, and easily identify edge cases\ncollaborate better by understanding the entire application model equally.\n\nNot a New Idea\nI\u2019m not the first to suggest that state machines can help bridge the gap between design and development.\n\nVince MingPu Shao wrote an article about designing UI states and communicating with developers effectively with finite state machines\nUser flow diagrams, which visually describe the paths that a user can take through an app to achieve certain goals, are essentially state machines. Numerous tools, from Sketch plugins to standalone apps, exist for creating them.\nIn 1999, Ian Horrocks wrote a book titled \u201cConstructing the User Interface with Statecharts\u201d, which takes state machines to the next level and describes the inherent difficulties (and solutions) with creating complex UIs. The ideas in the book are still relevant today.\nMore than a decade earlier, David Harel published \u201cStatecharts: A Visual Formalism for Complex Systems\u201d, in which the statechart - an extended hierarchical state machine model - is born.\n\nState machines and statecharts have been used for complex systems and user interfaces, both physical and digital, for decades, and are especially prevalent in other industries, such as game development and embedded electronic systems. Even NASA uses statecharts for the Curiosity Rover and more, citing many benefits:\n\nVisualized modeling\nPrecise diagrams\nAutomatic code generation\nComprehensive test coverage\nAccommodation of late-breaking requirements changes\n\nMoving Forward\nIt\u2019s time that we improve how we communicate between designers and developers, much less improve the way we develop UIs to deliver the best, bug-free, optimal user experience. There is so much more to state machines and statecharts than just being a different way of designing and coding. For more resources:\n\nThe World of Statecharts is a comprehensive guide by Erik Mogensen in using statecharts in your applications\nThe Statechart Community on Spectrum is always full of interesting ideas and questions related to state machines, statecharts, and software modeling\nI gave a talk at React Rally over a year ago about how state machines (finite automata) can improve the way we develop applications. The latest one is from Reactive Conf, where I demonstrate how statecharts can be used to automatically generate test cases.\nI have also been working on XState, which is a library for \u201cstate machines and statecharts for the modern web\u201d. You can create and visualize statecharts in JavaScript, and use them in any framework (and soon enough, multiple different languages).\n\nI\u2019m excited about the future of developing web and mobile applications with statecharts, especially with regard to faster design/development cycles, auto-generated testing, better error prevention, comprehensive analytics, and even the use of model-based reinforcement learning and artificial intelligence to greatly improve the user experience.", "year": "2018", "author": "David Khourshid", "author_slug": "davidkhourshid", "published": "2018-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/state-machines-in-user-interfaces/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 215, "title": "Teach the CLI to Talk Back", "contents": "The CLI is a daunting tool. It\u2019s quick, powerful, but it\u2019s also incredibly easy to screw things up in \u2013 either with a mistyped command, or a correctly typed command used at the wrong moment. This puts a lot of people off using it, but it doesn\u2019t have to be this way.\nIf you\u2019ve ever interacted with Slack\u2019s Slackbot to set a reminder or ask a question, you\u2019re basically using a command line interface, but it feels more like having a conversation. (My favourite Slack app is Lunch Train which helps with the thankless task of herding colleagues to a particular lunch venue on time.)\nSame goes with voice-operated assistants like Alexa, Siri and Google Home. There are even games, like Lifeline, where you interact with a stranded astronaut via pseudo SMS, and KOMRAD where you chat with a Soviet AI.\nI\u2019m not aiming to build an AI here \u2013 my aspirations are a little more down to earth. What I\u2019d like is to make the CLI a friendlier, more forgiving, and more intuitive tool for new or reluctant users. I want to teach it to talk back.\nInteractive command lines in the wild\nIf you\u2019ve used dev tools in the command line, you\u2019ve probably already used an interactive prompt \u2013 something that asks you questions and responds based on your answers. Here are some examples:\nYeoman\nIf you have Yeoman globally installed, running yo will start a command prompt.\n\nThe prompt asks you what you\u2019d like to do, and gives you options with how to proceed. Seasoned users will run specific commands for these options rather than go through this prompt, but it\u2019s a nice way to start someone off with using the tool.\nnpm\nIf you\u2019re a Node.js developer, you\u2019re probably familiar with typing npm init to initialise a project. This brings up prompts that will populate a package.json manifest file for that project.\n\nThe alternative would be to expect the user to craft their own package.json, which is more error-prone since it\u2019s in JSON format, so something as trivial as an extraneous comma can throw an error.\nSnyk\nSnyk is a dev tool that checks for known vulnerabilities in your dependencies. Running snyk wizard in the CLI brings up a list of all the known vulnerabilities, and gives you options on how to deal with it \u2013 such as patching the issue, applying a fix by upgrading the problematic dependency, or ignoring the issue (you are then prompted for a reason).\n\nThese decisions get mapped to the manifest and a .snyk file, and committed into the repo so that the settings are the same for everyone who uses that project.\nI work at Snyk, and running the wizard is what made me think about building my own personal assistant in the command line to help me with some boring, repetitive tasks.\nWriting your own\nSomething I do a lot is add bookmarks to styleguides.io \u2013 I pull down the entire repo, copy and paste a template YAML file, and edit to contents. Sometimes I get it wrong and break the site. So I\u2019ve been putting together a tool to help me add bookmarks.\nIt\u2019s called bookmarkbot \u2013 it\u2019s a personal assistant squirrel called Mark who will collect and bury your bookmarks for safekeeping.*\n\n*Fortunately, this metaphor also gives me a charming excuse for any situation where bookmarks sometimes get lost \u2013 it\u2019s not my poorly-written code, honest, it\u2019s just being realistic because sometimes squirrels forget where they buried things!\nWhen you run bookmarkbot, it will ask you for some information, and save that information as a Markdown file in YAML format.\nFor this demo, I\u2019m going to use a Node.js package called inquirer, which is a well supported tool for creating command line prompts. I like it because it has a bunch of different question types; from input, which asks for some text back, confirm which expects a yes/no response, or a list which gives you a set of options to choose from. You can even nest questions, Choose Your Own Adventure style.\nPrerequisites\n\nNode.js\nnpm\nRubyGems (Only if you want to go as far as serving a static site for your bookmarks, and you want to use Jekyll for it)\n\nDisclaimer\nBear in mind that this is a really simplified walkthrough. It doesn\u2019t have any error states, and it doesn\u2019t handle the situation where we save a file with the same name. But it gets you in a good place to start building out your tool.\nLet\u2019s go!\nCreate a new folder wherever you keep your projects, and give it an awesome name (I\u2019ve called mine bookmarks and put it in the Sites directory because I\u2019m unimaginative). Now cd to that directory. \ncd Sites/bookmarks\nLet\u2019s use that example I gave earlier, the trusty npm init.\nnpm init\nPop in the information you\u2019d like to provide, or hit ENTER to skip through and save the defaults. Your directory should now have a package.json file in it. Now let\u2019s install some of the dependencies we\u2019ll need.\nnpm install --save inquirer\nnpm install --save slugify\nNext, add the following snippet to your package.json to tell it to run this file when you run npm start.\n\"scripts\": {\n  \u2026\n  \"start\": \"node index.js\"\n}\nThat index.js file doesn\u2019t exist yet, so let\u2019s create it in the root of our folder, and add the following:\n// Packages we need\nvar fs = require('fs'); // Creates our file (part of Node.js so doesn't need installing)\nvar inquirer = require('inquirer'); // The engine for our questions prompt\nvar slugify = require('slugify'); // Will turn a string into a usable filename\n\n// The questions\nvar questions = [\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'name',\n    message: 'What is your name?',\n  },\n];\n\n// The questions prompt\nfunction askQuestions() {\n\n  // Ask questions\n  inquirer.prompt(questions).then(answers => {\n\n    // Things we'll need to generate the output\n    var name = answers.name;\n\n    // Finished asking questions, show the output\n    console.log('Hello ' + name + '!');\n\n  });\n\n}\n\n// Kick off the questions prompt\naskQuestions();\nThis is just some barebones where we\u2019re including the inquirer package we installed earlier. I\u2019ve stored the questions in a variable, and the askQuestions function will prompt the user for their name, and then print \u201cHello <your name>\u201d in the console.\nEnough setup, let\u2019s see some magic. Save the file, go back to the command line and run npm start.\n\nExtending what we\u2019ve learnt\nAt the moment, we\u2019re just saving a name to a file, which isn\u2019t really achieving our goal of saving bookmarks. We don\u2019t want our tool to forget our information every time we talk to it \u2013 we need to save it somewhere. So I\u2019m going to add a little function to write the output to a file.\nSaving to a file\nCreate a folder in your project\u2019s directory called _bookmarks. This is where the bookmarks will be saved.\nI\u2019ve replaced my questions array, and instead of asking for a name, I\u2019ve extended out the questions, asking to be provided with a link and title (as a regular input type), a list of tags (using inquirer\u2019s checkbox type), and finally a description, again, using the input type.\nSo this is how my code looks now:\n// Packages we need\nvar fs = require('fs'); // Creates our file\nvar inquirer = require('inquirer'); // The engine for our questions prompt\nvar slugify = require('slugify'); // Will turn a string into a usable filename\n\n// The questions\nvar questions = [\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'link',\n    message: 'What is the url?',\n  },\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'title',\n    message: 'What is the title?',\n  },\n  {\n    type: 'checkbox',\n    name: 'tags',\n    message: 'Would you like me to add any tags?',\n    choices: [\n      { name: 'frontend' },\n      { name: 'backend' },\n      { name: 'security' },\n      { name: 'design' },\n      { name: 'process' },\n      { name: 'business' },\n    ],\n  },\n  {\n    type: 'input',\n    name: 'description',\n    message: 'How about a description?',\n  },\n];\n\n// The questions prompt\nfunction askQuestions() {\n\n  // Say hello\n  console.log('\ud83d\udc3f  Oh, hello! Found something you want me to bookmark?\\n');\n\n  // Ask questions\n  inquirer.prompt(questions).then((answers) => {\n\n    // Things we'll need to generate the output\n    var title = answers.title;\n    var link = answers.link;\n    var tags = answers.tags + '';\n    var description = answers.description;\n    var output = '---\\n' +\n                 'title: \"' + title + '\"\\n' +\n                 'link: \"' + link + '\"\\n' +\n                 'tags: [' + tags + ']\\n' +\n                 '---\\n' + description + '\\n';\n\n    // Finished asking questions, show the output\n    console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  All done! Here is what I\\'ve written down:\\n');\n    console.log(output);\n\n    // Things we'll need to generate the filename\n    var slug = slugify(title);\n    var filename = '_bookmarks/' + slug + '.md';\n\n    // Write the file\n    fs.writeFile(filename, output, function () {\n      console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  Great! I have saved your bookmark to ' + filename);\n    });\n\n  });\n\n}\n\n// Kick off the questions prompt\naskQuestions();\nThe output is formatted into YAML metadata as a Markdown file, which will allow us to turn it into a static HTML file using a build tool later. Run npm start again and have a look at the file it outputs.\n\nGetting confirmation\nBefore the user makes critical changes, it\u2019s good to verify those changes first. We\u2019re going to add a confirmation step to our tool, before writing the file. More seasoned CLI users may favour speed over a \u201chey, can you wait a sec and just check this is all ok\u201d step, but I always think it\u2019s worth adding one so you can occasionally save someone\u2019s butt.\nSo, underneath our questions array, let\u2019s add a confirmation array.\n// Packages we need\n\u2026\n// The questions\n\u2026\n\n// Confirmation questions\nvar confirm = [\n  {\n    type: 'confirm',\n    name: 'confirm',\n    message: 'Does this look good?',\n  },\n];\n\n// The questions prompt\n\u2026\n\nAs we\u2019re adding the confirm step before the file gets written, we\u2019ll need to add the following inside the askQuestions function:\n// The questions prompt\nfunction askQuestions() {\n  // Say hello\n  \u2026\n  // Ask questions\n  inquirer.prompt(questions).then((answers) => {\n    \u2026\n    // Things we'll need to generate the output\n    \u2026\n    // Finished asking questions, show the output\n    \u2026\n\n    // Confirm output is correct\n    inquirer.prompt(confirm).then(answers => {\n\n      // Things we'll need to generate the filename\n      var slug = slugify(title);\n      var filename = '_bookmarks/' + slug + '.md';\n\n      if (answers.confirm) {\n        // Save output into file\n        fs.writeFile(filename, output, function () {\n          console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  Great! I have saved your bookmark to ' +\n          filename);\n        });\n      } else {\n        // Ask the questions again\n        console.log('\\n\ud83d\udc3f  Oops, let\\'s try again!\\n');\n        askQuestions();\n      }\n\n    });\n\n  });\n}\n\n// Kick off the questions prompt\naskQuestions();\nNow run npm start and give it a go!\n\nTyping y will write the file, and n will take you back to the start. Ideally, I\u2019d store the answers already given as defaults so the user doesn\u2019t have to start from scratch, but I want to keep this demo simple.\nServing the files\nNow that your bookmarking tool is successfully saving formatted Markdown files to a folder, the next step is to serve those files in a way that lets you share them online. The easiest way to do this is to use a static-site generator to convert your YAML files into HTML, and pop them all on one page. Now, you\u2019ve got a few options here and I don\u2019t want to force you down any particular path, as there are plenty out there \u2013 it\u2019s just a case of using the one you\u2019re most comfortable with.\nI personally favour Jekyll because of its tight integration with GitHub Pages \u2013 I don\u2019t want to mess around with hosting and deployment, so it\u2019s really handy to have my bookmarks publish themselves on my site as soon as I commit and push them using Git.\nI\u2019ll give you a very brief run-through of how I\u2019m doing this with bookmarkbot, but I recommend you read my Get Started With GitHub Pages (Plus Bonus Jekyll) guide if you\u2019re unfamiliar with them, because I\u2019ll be glossing over some bits that are already covered in there.\nSetting up a build tool\nIf you haven\u2019t already, install Jekyll and Bundler globally through RubyGems. Jekyll is our static-site generator, and Bundler is what we use to install Ruby dependencies.\ngem install jekyll bundler\nIn my project folder, I\u2019m going to run the following which will install the Jekyll files we\u2019ll need to build our listing page. I\u2019m using --force, otherwise it will complain that the directory isn\u2019t empty.\njekyll new . --force\nIf you check your project folder, you\u2019ll see a bunch of new files. Now run the following to start the server:\nbundle exec jekyll serve\nThis will build a new directory called _site. This is where your static HTML files have been generated. Don\u2019t touch anything in this folder because it will get overwritten the next time you build.\nNow that serve is running, go to http://127.0.0.1:4000/ and you\u2019ll see the default Jekyll page and know that things are set up right. Now, instead, we want to see our list of bookmarks that are saved in the _bookmarks directory (make sure you\u2019ve got a few saved). So let\u2019s get that set up next.\nOpen up the _config.yml file that Jekyll added earlier. In here, we\u2019re going to tell it about our bookmarks. Replace everything in your _config.yml file with the following:\ntitle: My Bookmarks\ndescription: These are some of my favourite articles about the web.\nmarkdown: kramdown\nbaseurl: /bookmarks # This needs to be the same name as whatever you call your repo on GitHub.\ncollections:\n  - bookmarks\nThis will make Jekyll aware of our _bookmarks folder so that we can call it later. Next, create a new directory and file at _layouts/home.html and paste in the following.\n<!doctype html>\n<html lang=\"en\">\n<head>\n  <meta charset=\"UTF-8\" />\n  <title>{{site.title}}</title>\n  <meta name=\"description\" content=\"{{site.description}}\">\n</head>\n\n<body>\n\n  <h1>{{site.title}}</h1>\n  <p>{{site.description}}</p>\n\n  <ul>\n    {% for bookmark in site.bookmarks %}\n    <li>\n      <a href=\"{{bookmark.link}}\">\n        <h2>{{bookmark.title}}</h2>\n      </a>\n      {{bookmark.content}}\n      {% if bookmark.tags %}\n      <ul>\n        {% for tags in bookmark.tags %}<li>{{tags}}</li>{% endfor %}\n      </ul>\n      {% endif %}\n    </li>\n    {% endfor %}\n  </ul>\n\n</body>\n\n</html>\nRestart Jekyll for your config changes to kick in, and go to the url it provides you (probably http://127.0.0.1:4000/bookmarks, unless you gave something different as your baseurl).\n\nIt\u2019s a decent start \u2013 there\u2019s a lot more we can do in this area but now we\u2019ve got a nice list of all our bookmarks, let\u2019s get it online!\nIf you want to use GitHub Pages to host your files, your first step is to push your project to GitHub. Go to your repository and click \u201csettings\u201d. Scroll down to the section labelled \u201cGitHub Pages\u201d, and from here you can enable it. Select your master branch, and it will provide you with a url to view your published pages.\n\nWhat next?\nNow that you\u2019ve got a framework in place for publishing bookmarks, you can really go to town on your listing page and make it your own. First thing you\u2019ll probably want to do is add some CSS, then when you\u2019ve added a bunch of bookmarks, you\u2019ll probably want to have some filtering in place for the tags, perhaps extend the types of questions that you ask to include an image (if you\u2019re feeling extra-fancy, you could just ask for a url and pull in metadata from the site itself). Maybe you\u2019ve got an idea that doesn\u2019t involve bookmarks at all.\nYou could use what you\u2019ve learnt to build a place where you can share quotes, a list of your favourite restaurants, or even Christmas gift ideas.\nHere\u2019s one I made earlier\n\nMy demo, bookmarkbot, is on GitHub, and I\u2019ve reused a lot of the code from styleguides.io. Feel free to grab bits of code from there, and do share what you end up making!", "year": "2017", "author": "Anna Debenham", "author_slug": "annadebenham", "published": "2017-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/teach-the-cli-to-talk-back/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 132, "title": "Tasty Text Trimmer", "contents": "In most cases, when designing a user interface it\u2019s best to make a decision about how data is best displayed and stick with it. Failing to make a decision ultimately leads to too many user options, which in turn can be taxing on the poor old user. \n\nUnder some circumstances, however, it\u2019s good to give the user freedom in customising their workspace. One good example of this is the \u2018Article Length\u2019 tool in Apple\u2019s Safari RSS reader. Sliding a slider left of right dynamically changes the length of each article shown. It\u2019s that kind of awesomey magic stuff that\u2019s enough to keep you from sleeping. Let\u2019s build one.\n\nThe Setup\n\nLet\u2019s take a page that has lots of long text items, a bit like a news page or like Safari\u2019s RSS items view. If we were to attach a class name to each element we wanted to resize, that would give us something to hook onto from the JavaScript. \n\nExample 1: The basic page.\n\nAs you can see, I\u2019ve wrapped my items in a DIV and added a class name of chunk to them. It\u2019s these chunks that we\u2019ll be finding with the JavaScript. Speaking of which \u2026\n\nOur Core Functions\n\nThere are two main tasks that need performing in our script. The first is to find the chunks we\u2019re going to be resizing and store their original contents away somewhere safe. We\u2019ll need this so that if we trim the text down we\u2019ll know what it was if the user decides they want it back again. We\u2019ll call this loadChunks. \n\nvar loadChunks = function(){\n\tvar everything = document.getElementsByTagName('*');\n\tvar i, l;\n\tchunks\t= [];\n\tfor (i=0, l=everything.length; i<l; i++){\n\t\tif (everything[i].className.indexOf(chunkClass) > -1){\n\t\t\tchunks.push({\n\t\t\t\tref: everything[i],\n\t\t\t\toriginal: everything[i].innerHTML\n\t\t\t});\n\t\t}\n\t}\n};\n\nThe variable chunks is stored outside of this function so that we can access it from our next core function, which is doTrim.\n\nvar doTrim = function(interval) {\n\tif (!chunks) loadChunks();\n\tvar i, l;\n\tfor (i=0, l=chunks.length; i<l; i++){\n\t\tvar a = chunks[i].original.split(' ');\n\t\ta = a.slice(0, interval);\n\t\tchunks[i].ref.innerHTML\t= a.join(' ');\n\t}\n};\n\nThe first thing that needs to be done is to call loadChunks if the chunks variable isn\u2019t set. This should only happen the first time doTrim is called, as from that point the chunks will be loaded.\n\nThen all we do is loop through the chunks and trim them. The trimming itself (lines 6-8) is very simple. We split the text into an array of words (line 6), then select only a portion from the beginning of the array up until the number we want (line 7). Finally the words are glued back together (line 8).\n\nIn essense, that\u2019s it, but it leaves us needing to know how to get the number into this function in the first place, and how that number is generated by the user. Let\u2019s look at the latter case first.\n\nThe YUI Slider Widget\n\nThere are lots of JavaScript libraries available at the moment. A fair few of those are really good. I use the Yahoo! User Interface Library professionally, but have only recently played with their pre-build slider widget. Turns out, it\u2019s pretty good and perfect for this task. \n\nOnce you have the library files linked in (check the docs linked above) it\u2019s fairly straightforward to create yourself a slider.\n\nslider = YAHOO.widget.Slider.getHorizSlider(\"sliderbg\", \"sliderthumb\", 0, 100, 5); \nslider.setValue(50);\nslider.subscribe(\"change\", doTrim);\n\nAll that\u2019s needed then is some CSS to make the slider look like a slider, and of course a few bits of HTML. We\u2019ll see those later.\n\nSee It Working!\n\nRather than spell out all the nuts and bolts of implementing this fairly simple script, let\u2019s just look at in it action and then pick on some interesting bits I\u2019ve added.\n\nExample 2: Try the Tasty Text Trimmer.\n\nAt the top of the JavaScript file I\u2019ve added a small number of settings.\n\nvar chunkClass\t= 'chunk';\nvar minValue\t= 10;\nvar maxValue\t= 100;\nvar multiplier\t= 5;\n\nObvious candidates for configuration are the class name used to find the chunks, and also the some minimum and maximum values. The minValue is the fewest number of words we wish to display when the slider is all the way down. The maxValue is the length of the slider, in this case 100.\n\nMoving the slider makes a call to our doTrim function with the current value of the slider. For a slider 100 pixels long, this is going to be in the range of 0-100. That might be okay for some things, but for longer items of text you\u2019ll want to allow for displaying more than 100 words. I\u2019ve accounted for this by adding in a multiplier \u2013 in my code I\u2019m multiplying the value by 5, so a slider value of 50 shows 250 words. You\u2019ll probably want to tailor the multiplier to the type of content you\u2019re using.\n\nKeeping it Accessible \n\nThis effect isn\u2019t something we can really achieve without JavaScript, but even so we must make sure that this functionality has no adverse impact on the page when JavaScript isn\u2019t available. This is achieved by adding the slider markup to the page from within the insertSliderHTML function.\n\nvar insertSliderHTML = function(){\n\tvar s = '<a id=\"slider-less\" href=\"#less\"><img src=\"icon_min.gif\" width=\"10\" height=\"10\" alt=\"Less text\" class=\"first\" /></a>';\n\ts +=' <div id=\"sliderbg\"><div id=\"sliderthumb\"><img src=\"sliderthumbimg.gif\" /></div></div>';\n\ts +=' <a id=\"slider-more\" href=\"#more\"><img src=\"icon_max.gif\" width=\"10\" height=\"10\" alt=\"More text\" /></a>';\n\tdocument.getElementById('slider').innerHTML = s;\n}\n\nThe other important factor to consider is that a slider can be tricky to use unless you have good eyesight and pretty well controlled motor skills. Therefore we should provide a method of changing the value by the keyboard.\n\nI\u2019ve done this by making the icons at either end of the slider links so they can be tabbed to. Clicking on either icon fires the appropriate JavaScript function to show more or less of the text.\n\nIn Conclusion\n\nThe upshot of all this is that without JavaScript the page just shows all the text as it normally would. With JavaScript we have a slider for trimming the text excepts that can be controlled with the mouse or with a keyboard.\n\nIf you\u2019re like me and have just scrolled to the bottom to find the working demo, here it is again:\n\nTry the Tasty Text Trimmer\n\nTrimmer for Christmas? Don\u2019t say I never give you anything!", "year": "2006", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2006-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/tasty-text-trimmer/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 267, "title": "Taming Complexity", "contents": "I\u2019m going to step into my UX trousers for this one. I wouldn\u2019t usually wear them in public, but it\u2019s Christmas, so there\u2019s nothing wrong with looking silly.\n\nAnyway, to business. Wherever I roam, I hear the familiar call for simplicity and the denouncement of complexity. I read often that the simpler something is, the more usable it will be. We understand that simple is hard to achieve, but we push for it nonetheless, convinced it will make what we build easier to use. Simple is better, right?\n\nWell, I\u2019ll try to explore that. Much of what follows will not be revelatory to some but, like all good lessons, I think this serves as a welcome reminder that as we live in a complex world it\u2019s OK to sometimes reflect that complexity in the products we build.\n\nMyths and legends\n\nLess is more, we\u2019ve been told, ever since master of poetic verse Robert Browning used the phrase in 1855. Well, I\u2019ve conducted some research, and it appears he knew nothing of web design. Neither did modernist architect Ludwig Mies van der Rohe, a later pedlar of this worthy yet contradictory notion. Broad is narrow. Tall is short. Eggs are chips. See: anyone can come up with this stuff.\n\nTo paraphrase Einstein, simple doesn\u2019t have to be simpler. In other words, simple doesn\u2019t dictate that we remove the complexity. Complex doesn\u2019t have to be confusing; it can be beautiful and elegant. On the web, complex can be necessary and powerful. A website that simplifies the lives of its users by offering them everything they need in one site or screen is powerful. For some, the greater the density of information, the more useful the site.\n\nIn our decision-making process, principles such as Occam\u2019s razor\u2019s_razor (in a nutshell: simple is better than complex) are useful, but simple is for the user to determine through their initial impression and subsequent engagement. What appears simple to me or you might appear very complex to someone else, based on their own mental model or needs. We can aim to deliver simple, but they\u2019ll be the judge.\n\nAs a designer, developer, content alchemist, user experience discombobulator, or whatever you call yourself, you\u2019re often wrestling with a wealth of material, a huge number of features, and numerous objectives. In many cases, much of that stuff is extraneous, and goes in the dustbin. However, it can be just as likely that there\u2019s a truckload of suggested features and content because it all needs to be there. Don\u2019t be afraid of that weight.\n\nIn the right hands, less can indeed mean more, but it\u2019s just as likely that less can very often lead to, well\u2026 less.\n\nComplexity is powerful\n\nSimple is the ability to offer a powerful experience without overwhelming the audience or inducing information anxiety. Giving them everything they need, without having them ferret off all over a site to get things done, is important.\n\nIt\u2019s useful to ask throughout a site\u2019s lifespan, \u201cdoes the user have everything they need?\u201d It\u2019s so easy to let our designer egos get in the way and chop stuff out, reduce down to only the things we want to see. That benefits us in the short term, but compromises the audience long-term.\n\nThe trick is not to be afraid of complexity in itself, but to avoid creating the perception of complexity. Give a user a flight simulator and they\u2019ll crash the plane or jump out. Give them everything they need and more, but make it feel simple, and you\u2019re building a relationship, empowering people.\n\nThis can be achieved carefully with what some call gradual engagement, and often the sensible thing might be to unleash complexity in carefully orchestrated phases, initially setting manageable levels of engagement and interaction, gradually increasing the inherent power of the product and fostering an empowered community.\n\nThe design aesthetic\n\nHere\u2019s a familiar scenario: the client or project lead gets overexcited and skips most of the important decision-making, instead barrelling straight into a bout of creative direction Tourette\u2019s. Visually, the design needs to be minimal, white, crisp, full of white space, have big buttons, and quite likely be \u201cclean\u201d. Of course, we all like our websites to be clean as that\u2019s more hygienic.\n\nBut what do these words even mean, really? Early in a project they\u2019re abstract distractions, unnecessary constraints. This premature narrowing forces us to think much more about throwing stuff out rather than acknowledging that what we\u2019re building is complex, and many of the components perhaps necessary.\n\nSimple is not a formula. It cannot be achieved just by using a white background, by throwing things away, or by breathing a bellowsful of air in between every element and having it all float around in space. Simple is not a design treatment. Simple is hard. Simple requires deep investigation, a thorough understanding of every aspect of a project, in line with the needs and expectations of the audience.\n\nRecognizing this helps us empathize a little more with those most vocal of UX practitioners. They usually appreciate that our successes depend on a thorough understanding of the user\u2019s mental models and expected outcomes. I personally still consider UX people to be web designers like the rest of us (mainly to wind them up), but they\u2019re web designers that design every decision, and by putting the user experience at the heart of their process, they have a greater chance of finding simplicity in complexity. The visual design aesthetic \u2014 the fa\u00e7ade \u2014 is only a part of that.\n\nDivide and conquer\n\nI\u2019m currently working on an app that\u2019s complex in architecture, and complex in ambition. We\u2019ll be releasing in carefully orchestrated private phases, gradually introducing more complexity in line with the unavoidably complex nature of the objective, but my job is to design the whole, the complete system as it will be when it\u2019s out of beta and beyond.\n\nI\u2019ve noticed that I\u2019m not throwing much out; most of it needs to be there. Therefore, my responsibility is to consider interesting and appropriate methods of navigation and bring everything together logically.\n\nI\u2019m using things like smart defaults, graphical timelines and colour keys to make sense of the complexity, techniques that are sympathetic to the content. They act as familiar points of navigation and reference, yet are malleable enough to change subtly to remain relevant to the information they connect. It\u2019s really OK to have a lot of stuff, so long as we make each component work smartly.\n\nIt\u2019s a divide and conquer approach. By finding simplicity and logic in each content bucket, I\u2019ve made more sense of the whole, allowing me to create key layouts where most of the simplified buckets are collated and sometimes combined, providing everything the user needs and expects in the appropriate places.\n\nI\u2019m also making sure I don\u2019t reduce the app\u2019s power. I need to reflect the scale of opportunity, and provide access to or knowledge of the more advanced tools and features for everyone: a window into what they can do and how they can help. I know it\u2019s the minority who will be actively building the content, but the power is in providing those opportunities for all.\n\nMuch of this will be familiar to the responsible practitioners who build websites for government, local authorities, utility companies, newspapers, magazines, banking, and we-sell-everything-ever-made online shops. Across the web, there are sites and tools that thrive on complexity.\n\nAlas, the majority of such sites have done little to make navigation intuitive, or empower audiences. Where we can make a difference is by striving to make our UIs feel simple, look wonderful, not intimidating \u2014 even if they\u2019re mind-meltingly complex behind that fa\u00e7ade.\n\nEmbrace, empathize and tame\n\nSo, there are loads of ways to exploit complexity, and make it seem simple. I\u2019ve hinted at some methods above, and we\u2019ve already looked at gradual engagement as a way to make sense of complexity, so that\u2019s a big thumbs-up for a release cycle that increases audience power.\n\nPrior to each and every release, it\u2019s also useful to rest on the finished thing for a while and use it yourself, even if you\u2019re itching to release. \u2018Ready\u2019 often isn\u2019t, and \u2018finished\u2019 never is, and the more time you spend browsing around the sites you build, the more you learn what to question, where to add, or subtract. It\u2019s definitely worth building in some contingency time for sitting on your work, so to speak.\n\nOne thing I always do is squint at my layouts. By squinting, I get a sort of abstract idea of the overall composition, and general feel for the thing. It makes my face look stupid, but helps me see how various buckets fit together, and how simple or complex the site feels overall.\n\nI mentioned the need to put our design egos to one side and not throw out anything useful, and I think that\u2019s vital. I\u2019m a big believer in economy, reduction, and removing the extraneous, but I\u2019m usually referring to decoration, bells and whistles, and fluff. I wouldn\u2019t ever advocate the complete removal of powerful content from a project roadmap.\n\nAbove all, don\u2019t fear complexity. Embrace and tame it. Work hard to empathize with audience needs, and you can create elegant, playful, risky, surprising, emotive, delightful, and ultimately simple things.", "year": "2011", "author": "Simon Collison", "author_slug": "simoncollison", "published": "2011-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/taming-complexity/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 300, "title": "Taking Device Orientation for a Spin", "contents": "When The Police sang \u201cDon\u2019t Stand So Close To Me\u201d they weren\u2019t talking about using a smartphone to view a panoramic image on Facebook, but they could have been. For years, technology has driven relentlessly towards devices we can carry around in our pockets, and now that we\u2019re there, we\u2019re expected to take the thing out of our pocket and wave it around in front of our faces like a psychotic donkey in search of its own dangly carrot.\nBut if you can\u2019t beat them, join them.\nA brave new world\nA couple of years back all sorts of specs for new HTML5 APIs sprang up much to our collective glee. Emboldened, we ran a few tests and found they basically didn\u2019t work in anything and went off disheartened into the corner for a bit of a sob.\nTurns out, while we were all busy boohooing, those browser boffins have actually being doing some work, and lo and behold, some of these APIs are even half usable. Mostly literally half usable\u2014we\u2019re still talking about browsers, after all.\nNow, of course they\u2019re all a bit JavaScripty and are going to involve complex methods and maths and science and probably about a thousand dependancies from Github that will fall out of fashion while we\u2019re still trying to locate the documentation, right? Well, no! \nSo what if we actually wanted to use one of these APIs, say to impress our friends with our ability to make them wave their phones in front of their faces (because no one enjoys looking hapless more than the easily-technologically-impressed), how could we do something like that? Let\u2019s find out.\nThe Device Orientation API\nThe phone-wavy API is more formally known as the DeviceOrientation Event Specification. It does a bunch of stuff that basically doesn\u2019t work, but also gives us three values that represent orientation of a device (a phone, a tablet, probably not a desktop computer) around its x, y and z axes. You might think of it as pitch, roll and yaw if you like to spend your weekends wearing goggles and a leather hat.\nThe main way we access these values is through an event listener, which can inform our code every time the value changes. Which is constantly, because you try and hold a phone still and then try and hold the Earth still too.\nThe API calls those pitch, roll and yaw values alpha, beta and gamma. Chocks away:\nwindow.addEventListener('deviceorientation', function(e) {\n    console.log(e.alpha);\n    console.log(e.beta);\n    console.log(e.gamma);\n});\nIf you look at this test page on your phone, you should be able to see the numbers change as you twirl the thing around your body like the dance partner you never had. Wrist strap recommended.\nOne important note\nLike may of these newfangled APIs, Device Orientation is only available over HTTPS. We\u2019re not allowed to have too much fun without protection, so make sure that you\u2019re working on a secure line. I\u2019ve found a quick and easy way to share my local dev environment over TLS with my devices is to use an ngrok tunnel.\nngrok http -host-header=rewrite mylocaldevsite.dev:80\nngrok will then set up a tunnel to your dev site with both HTTP and HTTPS URL options. You, of course, want the HTTPS option.\nRight, where were we?\nMake something to look at\nIt\u2019s all well and good having a bunch of numbers, but they\u2019re no use unless we do something with them. Something creative. Something to inspire the generations. Or we could just build that Facebook panoramic image viewer thing (because most of us are familiar with it and we\u2019re not trying to be too clever here). Yeah, let\u2019s just build one of those.\nOur basic framework is going to be similar to that used for an image carousel. We have a container, constrained in size, and CSS overflow property set to hidden. Into this we place our wide content and use positioning to move the content back and  forth behind the \u2018window\u2019 so that the part we want to show is visible.\nHere it is mocked up with a slider to set the position. When you release the slider, the position updates. (This actually tests best on desktop with your window slightly narrowed.)\nThe details of the slider aren\u2019t important (we\u2019re about to replace it with phone-wavy goodness) but the crucial part is that moving the slider results in a function call to position the image. This takes a percentage value (0-100) with 0 being far left and 100 being far right (or \u2018alt-nazi\u2019 or whatever).\nvar position_image = function(percent) {\n    var pos = (img_W / 100)*percent;\n    img.style.transform = 'translate(-'+pos+'px)'; \n};\nAll this does is figure out what that percentage means in terms of the image width, and set the transform: translate(\u2026); CSS property to move the image. (We use translate because it might be a bit faster to animate than left/right positioning.)\nOk. We can now read the orientation values from our device, and we can programatically position the image. What we need to do is figure out how to convert those raw orientation values into a nice tidy percentage to pass to our function and we\u2019re done. (We\u2019re so not done.)\nThe maths bit\nIf we go back to our raw values test page and make-believe that we have a fascinating panoramic image of some far-off beach or historic monument to look at, you\u2019ll note that the main value that is changing as we swing back and forth is the \u2018alpha\u2019 value. That\u2019s the one we want to track.\nAs our goal here is hey, these APIs are interesting and fun and not let\u2019s build the world\u2019s best panoramic image viewer, we\u2019ll start by making a few assumptions and simplifications:\n\nWhen the image loads, we\u2019ll centre the image and take the current nose-forward orientation reading as the middle.\nMoving left, we\u2019ll track to the left of the image (lower percentage).\nMoving right, we\u2019ll track to the right (higher percentage).\nIf the user spins round, does cartwheels or loads the page then hops on a plane and switches earthly hemispheres, they\u2019re on their own.\n\nNose-forward\nWhen the page loads, the initial value of alpha gives us our nose-forward position. In Safari on iOS, this is normalised to always be 0, whereas most everywhere else it tends to be bound to pointy-uppy north. That doesn\u2019t really matter to us, as we don\u2019t know which direction the user might be facing in anyway \u2014 we just need to record that initial state and then use it to compare any new readings.\nvar initial_position = null;\n\nwindow.addEventListener('deviceorientation', function(e) {\n    if (initial_position === null) {\n        initial_position = Math.floor(e.alpha);\n    };\n\n    var current_position = initial_position - Math.floor(e.alpha);\n});\n(I\u2019m rounding down the values with Math.floor() to make debugging easier - we\u2019ll take out the rounding later.)\nWe get our initial position if it\u2019s not yet been set, and then calculate the current position as a difference between the new value and the stored one.\nThese values are weird\nOne thing you need to know about these values, is that they range from 0 to 360 but then you also get weird left-of-zero values like -2 and whatever. And they wrap past 360 back to zero as you\u2019d expect if you do a forward roll.\nWhat I\u2019m interested in is working out my rotation. If 0 is my nose-forward position, I want a positive value as I turn right, and a negative value as I turn left. That puts the awkward 360-tipping point right behind the user where they can\u2019t see it.\nvar rotation  = current_position;\nif (current_position > 180) rotation = current_position-360;\nWhich way up?\nSince we\u2019re talking about orientation, we need to remember that the values are going to be different if the device is held in portrait on landscape mode. See for yourself - wiggle it like a steering wheel and you get different values. That\u2019s easy to account for when you know which way up the device is, but in true browser style, the API for that bit isn\u2019t well supported. The best I can come up with is:\nvar screen_portrait = false;\nif (window.innerWidth < window.innerHeight) {\n    screen_portrait = true;\n}\nIt works. Then we can use screen_portrait to branch our code:\nif (screen_portrait) {\n        if (current_position > 180) rotation = current_position-360;\n} else {\n        if (current_position < -180) rotation = 360+current_position;\n}\nHere\u2019s the code in action so you can see the values for yourself. If you change screen orientation you\u2019ll need to refresh the page (it\u2019s a demo!).\nLimiting rotation\nNow, while the youth of today are rarely seen without a phone in their hands, it would still be unreasonable to ask them to spin through 360\u00b0 to view a photo. Instead, we need to limit the range of movement to something like 60\u00b0-from-nose in either direction and normalise our values to pan the entire image across that 120\u00b0 range. -60 would be full-left (0%) and 60 would be full-right (100%).\nIf we set max_rotation = 60, that code ends up looking like this:\nif (rotation > max_rotation) rotation = max_rotation;\nif (rotation < (0-max_rotation)) rotation = 0-max_rotation;\n\nvar percent = Math.floor(((rotation + max_rotation)/(max_rotation*2))*100);\nWe should now be able to get a rotation from -60\u00b0 to +60\u00b0 expressed as a percentage. Try it for yourself.\nThe big reveal\nAll that\u2019s left to do is pass that percentage to our image positioning function and would you believe it, it might actually work.\nposition_image(percent);\nYou can see the final result and take it for a spin. Literally.\nSo what have we made here? Have we built some highly technical panoramic image viewer to aid surgeons during life-saving operations using only JavaScript and some slightly questionable mathematics? No, my friends, we have not. Far from it. \nWhat we have made is progress. We\u2019ve taken a relatively newly available hardware API and a bit of simple JavaScript and paired it with existing CSS knowledge and made something that we didn\u2019t have this morning. Something we probably didn\u2019t even want this morning. Something that if you take a couple of steps back and squint a bit might be a prototype for something vaguely interesting. But more importantly, we\u2019ve learned that our browsers are just a little bit more capable than we thought.\nThe web platform is maturing rapidly. There are new, relatively unexplored APIs for doing all sorts of crazy thing that are often dismissed as the preserve of native apps. Like some sort of app marmalade. Poppycock. \nThe web is an amazing, exciting place to create things. All it takes is some base knowledge of the fundamentals, a creative mind and a willingness to learn. We have those! So let\u2019s create things.", "year": "2016", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2016-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/taking-device-orientation-for-a-spin/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 44, "title": "Taglines and Truisms", "contents": "To bring her good luck, \u201cwhite rabbits\u201d was the first thing that my grandmother said out loud on the first day of every month. We all need a little luck, but we shouldn\u2019t rely on it, especially when it comes to attracting new clients.\n\nThe first thing we say to a prospective client when they visit our website for the first time helps them to understand not only what we do but why we do it. We can also help them understand why they should choose to work with us over one of our competitors.\n\nTake a minute or two to look at your competitors\u2019 websites. What\u2019s the first thing that they say about themselves? Do they say that they \u201cdesign delightful digital experiences,\u201d \u201ccraft beautiful experiences\u201d or \u201ccreate remarkable digital experiences?\u201d\n\nIt\u2019s easy to find companies who introduce themselves with what they do, their proposition, but what a company does is only part of their story. Their beliefs and values, what they stand for why they do what they do are also important. \n\nWhen someone visits our websites for the first time, we have only a brief moment to help them understand us. To help us we can learn from the advertising industry, where the job of a tagline is to communicate a concept, deliver a message and sell a product, often using only a few words.\n\nWhen an advertising campaign is effective, its tagline stays with you, sometimes long after that campaign is over. For example, can you remember which company or brand these taglines help to sell? (Answers at the bottom of the article:)\n\n\nThe Ultimate Driving Machine\nJust Do It\nDon\u2019t Leave Home Without It\n\n\nA clever tagline isn\u2019t just a play on words, although it can include one. A tagline does far more than help make your company memorable. Used well, it brings together notions of what makes your company and what you offer special. Then it expresses those notions in a few words or possibly a short sentence. \n\nI\u2019m sure that everyone can find examples of company slogans written in the type of language that should stay within the walls of a marketing department. We can also find taglines where the meaning is buried so deep that the tag itself becomes effectively meaningless.\n\nA meaningful tagline supports our ideas about who we are and what we offer, and provides a platform for different executions of them, sometimes over a period of time. For a tagline to work well, it must allow for current and future ideas about a brand.\n\nIt must also be meaningful to our brand and describe a truism, a truth that need not be a fact or statistic, but something that\u2019s true about us, who we are, what we do and why that\u2019s distinctive. It can be obvious, funny, serious or specific but above all it must be true. It should also be difficult to argue with, making your messages difficult to argue with too.\n\nI doubt that I need remind you who this tagline belongs to:\n\n\n\tThere are some things money can\u2019t buy. For everything else there\u2019s MasterCard.\n\n\nThat tagline was launched in 1997 by McCann-Erickson along with the \u201cPriceless\u201d campaign and it helped establish MasterCard as a friendlier credit card company, one with a sense of humour. \n\nMasterCard\u2019s truism is that the things which really matter in life can\u2019t be bought. They are worth more than anything that a monetary value can be applied to. In expressing that truism through the tagline, MasterCard\u2019s advertising tells people to use not just any credit card, but their MasterCard, to pay for everything they buy.\n\n\u201cGuinness is good for you\u201d may have been a stretch, but \u201cGood things come to those who wait\u201d builds on the truism that patience is a virtue and therefore a good pint of Guinness takes time to pour (119.5 seconds. I know you were wondering.)\n\nThe fact that British Airways flies to more destinations than any other airline is their truism, and led their advertisers to the now famous tagline, \u201cThe world\u2019s favourite airline.\u201d\n\n\n\nAt my company, Stuff & Nonsense, we\u2019ve been thinking about taglines as we think about our position within an industry that seems full of companies who \u201cdesign\u201d, \u201ccraft\u201d, and \u201ccreate\u201d \u201cdelightful\u201d, \u201cbeautiful\u201d, \u201cremarkable digital experiences\u201d.\n\nMuch of what made us different has changed along with the type of work we\u2019re interested in doing. Our work\u2019s expanded beyond websites and now includes design for mobile and other media. It\u2019s true we can\u2019t know how or where it will be seen. The ways that we make it are flexible too as we\u2019re careful not to become tied to particular tools or approaches. \n\nIt\u2019s also true that we\u2019re a small team. One that\u2019s flexible enough to travel around the world to work alongside our clients. We join their in-house teams and we collaborate with them in ways that other agencies often find more difficult. We know that our clients appreciate our flexibility and have derived enormous value from it. We know that we\u2019ve won business because of it and that it\u2019s now a big part of our proposition.\n\nOur truism is that we\u2019re flexible, \u201cFabulously flexible\u201d as our tagline now expresses. And although we know that there may be other agencies who can be similarly flexible \u2013 after all, being flexible is not a unique selling proposition \u2013 only we do it so fabulously.\n\n\n\nAs the old year rolls into the new, how will your company describe what you do in 2015? More importantly, how will you tell prospective clients why you do it, what matters to you and why they should work with you?\n\nStart by writing a list of truisms about your company. Write as many as you can, but then whittle that list down to just one, the most important truth. Work on that truism to create a tagline that\u2019s meaningful, difficult to be argue with and, above all, uniquely yours.\n\nAnswers\n\n\nThe Ultimate Driving Machine (BMW)\nJust Do It (Nike)\nDon\u2019t Leave Home Without It (American Express)", "year": "2014", "author": "Andy Clarke", "author_slug": "andyclarke", "published": "2014-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/taglines-and-truisms/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 321, "title": "Tables with Style", "contents": "It might not seem like it but styling tabular data can be a lot of fun. From a semantic point of view, there are plenty of elements to tie some style into. You have cells, rows, row groups and, of course, the table element itself. Adding CSS to a paragraph just isn\u2019t as exciting.\n\nWhere do I start?\n\nFirst, if you have some tabular data (you know, like a spreadsheet with rows and columns) that you\u2019d like to spiffy up, pop it into a table \u2014 it\u2019s rightful place!\n\nTo add more semantics to your table \u2014 and coincidentally to add more hooks for CSS \u2014 break up your table into row groups. There are three types of row groups: the header (thead), the body (tbody) and the footer (tfoot). You can only have one header and one footer but you can have as many table bodies as is appropriate.\n\nSample table example\n\nInspiration\n\nTable Striping\n\nTo improve scanning information within a table, a common technique is to style alternating rows. Also known as zebra tables. Whether you apply it using a class on every other row or turn to JavaScript to accomplish the task, a handy-dandy trick is to use a semi-transparent PNG as your background image. This is especially useful over patterned backgrounds. \n\ntbody tr.odd td {\n     background:transparent url(background.png) repeat top left;\n }\n\n * html tbody tr.odd td {\n     background:#C00;\n     filter: progid:DXImageTransform.Microsoft.AlphaImageLoader(\n          src='background.png', sizingMethod='scale');\n }\n\nWe turn off the default background and apply our PNG hack to have this work in Internet Explorer. \n\nStyling Columns\n\nDid you know you could style a column? That\u2019s right. You can add special column (col) or column group (colgroup) elements. With that you can add border or background styles to the column.\n\n<table>\n     <col id=\"ingredients\">\n     <col id=\"serve12\">\n     <col id=\"serve24\">\n ...\n\nCheck out the example.\n\nFun with Backgrounds\n\nPop in a tiled background to give your table some character! Internet Explorer\u2019s PNG hack unfortunately only works well when applied to a cell.\n\nTo figure out which background will appear over another, just remember the hierarchy:\n\n (bottom) Table \u2192 Column \u2192 Row Group \u2192 Row \u2192 Cell (top)\n\nThe Future is Bright\n\nOnce browser-makers start implementing CSS3, we\u2019ll have more power at our disposal. Just with :first-child and :last-child, you can pull off a scalable version of our previous table with rounded corners and all \u2014 unfortunately, only Firefox manages to pull this one off successfully. And the selector the masses are clamouring for, nth-child, will make zebra tables easy as eggnog.", "year": "2005", "author": "Jonathan Snook", "author_slug": "jonathansnook", "published": "2005-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/tables-with-style/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 328, "title": "Swooshy Curly Quotes Without Images", "contents": "The problem\n\nTake a quote and render it within blockquote tags, applying big, funky and stylish curly quotes both at the beginning and the end without using any images \u2013 at all.\n\nThe traditional way\n\nFeint background images under the text, or an image in the markup housed in a little float. Often designers only use the opening curly quote as it\u2019s just too difficult to float a closing one.\n\nWhy is the traditional way bad?\n\nWell, for a start there are no actual curly quotes in the text (unless you\u2019re doing some nifty image replacement). Thus with CSS disabled you\u2019ll only have default blockquote styling to fall back on. Secondly, images don\u2019t resize, so scaling text will have no affect on your graphic curlies.\n\nThe solution\n\nUse really big text. Then it can be resized by the browser, resized using CSS, and even be restyled with a new font style if you fancy it. It\u2019ll also make sense when CSS is unavailable.\n\nThe problem\n\nCreating \u201cDrop Caps\u201d with CSS has been around for a while (Big Dan Cederholm discusses a neat solution in that first book of his), but drop caps are normal characters \u2013 the A to Z or 1 to 10 \u2013 and these can all be pulled into a set space and do not serve up a ton of whitespace, unlike punctuation characters.\n\nCurly quotes aren\u2019t like traditional characters. Like full stops, commas and hashes they float within the character space and leave lots of dead white space, making it bloody difficult to manipulate them with CSS. Styles generally fit around text, so cutting into that character is tricky indeed. Also, all that extra white space is going to push into the quote text and make it look pretty uneven. This grab highlights the actual character space:\n\n\n\nSee how this is emphasized when we add a normal alphabetical character within the span. This is what we\u2019re dealing with here:\n\n\n\nThen, there\u2019s size. Call in a curly quote at less than 300% font-size and it ain\u2019t gonna look very big. The white space it creates will be big enough, but the curlies will be way too small. We need more like 700% (as in this example) to make an impression, but that sure makes for a big character space.\n\nPrepare the curlies\n\nFirstly, remove the opening \u201c from the quote. Replace it with the opening curly quote character entity \u201c. Then replace the closing \u201c with the entity reference for that, which is \u201d. Now at least the curlies will look nice and swooshy.\n\nAdd the hooks\n\nTwo reasons why we aren\u2019t using :first-letter pseudo class to manipulate the curlies. Firstly, only CSS2-friendly browsers would get what we\u2019re doing, and secondly we need to affect the last \u201cletter\u201d of our text also \u2013 the closing curly quote.\n\nSo, add a span around the opening curly, and a second span around the closing curly, giving complete control of the characters:\n\n<blockquote><span class=\"bqstart\">\u201c</span>Speech marks. Curly quotes. That annoying thing cool people do with their fingers to emphasize a buzzword, shortly before you hit them.<span class=\"bqend\">\u201d</span></blockquote>\n\nSo far nothing will look any different, aside form the curlies looking a bit nicer. I know we\u2019ve just added extra markup, but the benefits as far as accessibility are concerned are good enough for me, and of course there are no images to download.\n\nThe CSS\n\nOK, easy stuff first. Our first rule .bqstart floats the span left, changes the color, and whacks the font-size up to an exuberant 700%. Our second rule .bqend does the same tricks aside from floating the curly to the right.\n\n.bqstart {\n     float: left;\n     font-size: 700%;\n     color: #FF0000;\n }\n\n .bqend {\n     float: right;\n     font-size: 700%;\n     color: #FF0000;\n }\n\nThat gives us this, which is rubbish. I\u2019ve highlighted the actual span area with outlines:\n\n\n\nNote that the curlies don\u2019t even fit inside the span! At this stage on IE 6 PC you won\u2019t even see the quotes, as it only places focus on what it thinks is in the div. Also, the quote text is getting all spangled.\n\nFiddle with margin and padding\n\nThink of that span outline box as a window, and that you need to position the curlies within that window in order to see them. By adding some small adjustments to the margin and padding it\u2019s possible to position the curlies exactly where you want them, and remove the excess white space by defining a height:\n\n.bqstart {\n     float: left;\n     height: 45px;\n     margin-top: -20px;\n     padding-top: 45px;\n     margin-bottom: -50px;\n     font-size: 700%;\n     color: #FF0000;\n }\n\n .bqend {\n     float: right;\n     height: 25px;\n     margin-top: 0px;\n     padding-top: 45px;\n     font-size: 700%;\n     color: #FF0000;\n }\n\nI wanted the blocks of my curlies to align with the quote text, whereas you may want them to dig in or stick out more. Be aware however that my positioning works for IE PC and Mac, Firefox and Safari. Too much tweaking seems to break the magic in various browsers at various times. Now things are fitting beautifully:\n\nI must admit that the heights, margins and spacing don\u2019t make a lot of sense if you analyze them. This was a real trial and error job. Get it working on Safari, and IE would fail. Sort IE, and Firefox would go weird.\n\nFinished\n\nThe final thing looks ace, can be resized, looks cool without styles, and can be edited with CSS at any time. Here\u2019s a real example (note that I\u2019m specifying Lucida Grande and then Verdana for my curlies):\n\n \u201cSpeech marks. Curly quotes. That annoying thing cool people do with their fingers to emphasize a buzzword, shortly before you hit them.\u201d\n\nBrowsers happy\n\nAs I said, too much tweaking of margins and padding can break the effect in some browsers. Even now, Firefox insists on dropping the closing curly by approximately 6 or 7 pixels, and if I adjust the padding for that, it\u2019ll crush it into the text on Safari or IE. Weird. Still, as I close now it seems solid through resizing tests on Safari, Firefox, Camino, Opera and IE PC and Mac. Lovely.\n\nIt\u2019s probably not perfect, but together we can beat the evil typographic limitations of the web and walk together towards a brighter, more aligned world. Merry Christmas.", "year": "2005", "author": "Simon Collison", "author_slug": "simoncollison", "published": "2005-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/swooshy-curly-quotes-without-images/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 261, "title": "Surviving\u2014and Thriving\u2014as a Remote Worker", "contents": "Remote work is hot right now. Many people even say that remote work is the future. Why should a company limit itself to hiring from a specific geographic location when there\u2019s an entire world of talent out there?\nI\u2019ve been working remotely, full-time, for five and a half years. I\u2019ve reached the point where I can\u2019t even fathom working in an office. The idea of having to wake up at a specific time and commute into an office, work for eight hours, and then commute home, feels weirdly anachronistic. I\u2019ve grown attached to my current level of freedom and flexibility.\nHowever, it took me a lot of trial and error to reach success as a remote worker \u2014 and sometimes even now, I slip up. Working remotely requires a great amount of discipline, independence, and communication. It can feel isolating, especially if you lean towards the more extroverted side of the social spectrum. Remote working isn\u2019t for everyone, but most people, with enough effort, can make it work \u2014 or even thrive. Here\u2019s what I\u2019ve learned in over five years of working remotely.\nExperiment with your environment\nAs a remote worker, you have almost unprecedented control of your environment. You can often control the specific desk and chair you use, how you accessorize your home office space \u2014 whether that\u2019s a dedicated office, a corner of your bedroom, or your kitchen table. (Ideally, not your couch\u2026 but I\u2019ve been there.) Hate fluorescent lights? Change your lightbulbs. Cover your work area in potted plants. Put up blackout curtains and work in the dark like a vampire. Whatever makes you feel most comfortable and productive, and doesn\u2019t completely destroy your eyesight.\nWorking remotely doesn\u2019t always mean working from home. If you don\u2019t have a specific reason you need to work from home (like specialized equipment), try working from other environments (which is especially helpful it you have roommates, or children). Cafes are the quintessential remote worker hotspot, but don\u2019t just limit yourself to your favorite local haunt. More cities worldwide are embracing co-working spaces, where you can rent either a roaming spot or a dedicated desk. If you\u2019re a social person, this is a great way to build community in your work environment. Most have phone rooms, so you can still take calls.\nCo-working spaces can be expensive, and not everyone has either the extra income, or work-provided stipend, to work from one. Local libraries are also a great work location. They\u2019re quiet, usually have free wi-fi, and you have the added bonus of being able to check out books after work instead of, ahem, spending too much money on Kindle books. (I know most libraries let you check out ebooks, but reader, I am impulsive and impatient person. When I want a book now, I mean now.) \nJust be polite \u2014 make sure your headphones don\u2019t leak, and don\u2019t work from a library if you have a day full of calls.\nRemember, too, that you don\u2019t have to stay in the same spot all day. It\u2019s okay to go out for lunch and then resume work from a different location. If you find yourself getting restless, take a walk. Wash some dishes while you mull through a problem. Don\u2019t force yourself to sit at your desk for eight hours if that doesn\u2019t work for you.\nSet boundaries\nIf you\u2019re a workaholic, working remotely can be a challenge. It\u2019s incredibly easy to just\u2026 work. All the time. My work computer is almost always with me. If I remember at 11pm that I wanted to do something, there\u2019s nothing but my own willpower keeping me from opening up my laptop and working until 2am. Some people are naturally disciplined. Some have discipline instilled in them as children. And then some, like me, are undisciplined disasters that realize as adults that wow, I guess it\u2019s time to figure this out, eh?\nLearning how to set boundaries is one of the most important lessons I\u2019ve learned working remotely. (And honestly, it\u2019s something I still struggle with). \nFor a long time, I had a bad habit of waking up, checking my phone for new Slack messages, seeing something I need to react to, and then rolling over to my couch with my computer. Suddenly, it\u2019s noon, I\u2019m unwashed, unfed, starting to get a headache, and wondering why suddenly I hate all of my coworkers. Even when I finally tear myself from my computer to shower, get dressed, and eat, the damage is done. The rest of my day is pretty much shot.\nI recently had a conversation with a coworker, in which she remarked that she used to fill her empty time with work. Wake up? Scroll through Slack and email before getting out of bed. Waiting in line for lunch? Check work. Hanging out on her couch in the evening? You get the drift. She was only able to break the habit after taking a three month sabbatical, where she had no contact with work the entire time.\nI too had just returned from my own sabbatical. I took her advice, and no longer have work Slack on my phone, unless I need it for an event. After the event, I delete it. I also find it too easy to fill empty time with work. Now, I might wake up and procrastinate by scrolling through other apps, but I can\u2019t get sucked into work before I\u2019m even dressed. I\u2019ve gotten pretty good at forbidding myself from working until I\u2019m ready, but building any new habit requires intentionality. \nSomething else I experimented with for a while was creating a separate account on my computer for social tasks, so if I wanted to hang out on my computer in the evening, I wouldn\u2019t get distracted by work. It worked exceptionally well. The only problems I encountered were technical, like app licensing and some of my work proxy configurations. I\u2019ve heard other coworkers have figured out ways to work through these technical issues, so I\u2019m hoping to give it another try soon.\nYou might noticed that a lot of these ideas are just hacks for making myself not work outside of my designated work times. It\u2019s true! If you\u2019re a more disciplined person, you might not need any of these coping mechanisms. If you\u2019re struggling, finding ways to subvert your own bad habits can be the difference between thriving or burning out.\nCreate intentional transition time\nI know it\u2019s a stereotype that people who work from home stay in their pajamas all day, but\u2026 sometimes, it\u2019s very easy to do. I\u2019ve found that in order to reach peak focus, I need to create intentional transition time. \nThe most obvious step is changing into different clothing than I woke up in. Ideally, this means getting dressed in real human clothing. I might decide that it\u2019s cold and gross out and I want to work in joggers and a hoody all day, but first, I need to change out of my pajamas, put on a bra, and then succumb to the lure of comfort. \nI\u2019ve found it helpful to take similar steps at the end of my day. If I\u2019ve spent the day working from home, I try to end my day with something that occupies my body, while letting my mind unwind. Often, this is doing some light cleaning or dinner prep. If I try to go straight into another mentally heavy task without allowing myself this transition time, I find it hard to context switch. \nThis is another reason working from outside your home is advantageous. Commutes, even if it\u2019s a ten minute walk down the road, are great transition time. Lunch is a great transition time. You can decompress between tasks by going out for lunch, or cooking and eating lunch in your kitchen \u2014 not next to your computer. \nEmbrace async\nIf you\u2019re used to working in an office, you\u2019ve probably gotten pretty used to being able to pop over to a colleague\u2019s desk if you need to ask a question. They\u2019re pretty much forced to engage with you at that point. When you\u2019re working remotely, your coworkers might not be in the same timezone as you. They might take an hour to finish up a task before responding to you, or you might not get an answer for your entire day because dangit Gary\u2019s in Australia and it\u2019s 3am there right now. \nFor many remote workers, that\u2019s part of the package. When you\u2019re not co-located, you have to build up some patience and tolerance around waiting. You need to intentionally plan extra time into your schedule for waiting on answers.\nAsynchronous communication is great. Not everyone can be present for every meeting or office conversation \u2014 and the same goes for working remotely. However, when you\u2019re remote, you can read through your intranet messages later or scroll back a couple hours in Slack. My company has a bunch of internal blogs (\u201cp2s\u201d) where we record major decisions and hold asynchronous conversations. I feel like even if I missed a meeting, or something big happened while I was asleep, I can catch up later. We have a phrase \u2014 \u201cp2 or it didn\u2019t happen.\u201d\nWorking remotely has made me a better communicator largely because I\u2019ve gotten into the habit of making written updates. I\u2019ve also trained myself to wait before responding, which allows me to distance myself from what could potentially be an emotional reaction. (On the internet, no one can see you making that face.) Having the added space that comes from not being in the same physical location with somebody else creates an opportunity to rein myself in and take the time to craft an appropriate response, without having the pressure of needing to reply right meow. Lean into it!\n(That said, if you\u2019re stuck, sometimes the best course of action is to hop on a video call with someone and hash out the details. Use the tools most appropriate for the problem. They invented Zoom for a reason.)\nSeek out social opportunities\nEven introverts can feel lonely or isolated. When you work remotely, there isn\u2019t a built-in community you\u2019re surrounded by every day. You have to intentionally seek out social opportunities that an office would normally provide.\nI have a couple private Slack channels where I can joke around with work friends. Having that kind of safe space to socialize helps me feel less alone. (And, if the channels get too noisy, I can mute them for a couple hours.)\nEvery now and then, I\u2019ll also hop on a video call with some work friends and just hang out for a little while. It feels great to actually see someone laugh.\nIf you work from a co-working space, that space likely has events. My co-working space hosts social hours, holiday parties, and sometimes even lunch-and-learns. These events are great opportunities for making new friends and forging professional connections outside of work. \nIf you don\u2019t have access to a co-working space, your town or city likely has meetups. Create a Meetup.com account and search for something that piques your interest. If you\u2019ve been stuck inside your house for days, heads-down on a hard deadline, celebrate by getting out of the house. Get coffee or drinks with friends. See a show. Go to a religious service. Take a cooking class. Try yoga. Find excuses to be around someone other than your cats. When you can\u2019t fall back on your work to provide community, you need to build your own.\n\nThese are tips that I\u2019ve found help me, but not everyone works the same way. Remember that it\u2019s okay to experiment \u2014 just because you\u2019ve worked one way, doesn\u2019t mean that\u2019s the best way for you. Check in with yourself every now and then. Are you happy with your work environment? Are you feeling lonely, down, or exhausted? Try switching up your routine for a couple weeks and jot down how you feel at the end of each day. Look for patterns. You deserve to have a comfortable and productive work environment!\nHope to see you all online soon \ud83d\ude4c", "year": "2018", "author": "Mel Choyce", "author_slug": "melchoyce", "published": "2018-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/thriving-as-a-remote-worker/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 284, "title": "Subliminal User Experience", "contents": "The term \u2018user experience\u2019 is often used vaguely to quantify common elements of the interaction design process: wireframing, sitemapping and so on. UX undoubtedly involves all of these principles to some degree, but there really is a lot more to it than that.\n\nGood UX is characterized by providing the user with constant feedback as they step through your interface. It means thinking about and providing fallbacks and error resolutions in even the rarest of scenarios. It\u2019s about omitting clutter to make way for the necessary, and using the most fundamental of design tools to influence a user\u2019s path. It means making no assumptions, designing right down to the most distinct details and going one step further every single time. In many cases, good UX is completely subliminal.\n\nThere are simple tools and subtleties we can build into our products to enhance the overall experience but, in order to do so, we really have to step beyond where we usually draw the line on what to design.\n\nThe purpose of this article is not to provide technical how-tos, as the functionality is, in most cases, quite simple and could be implemented in a myriad of ways. Rather, it will present a handful of ideas for enhancing the experience of an interface at a deeper level of design without relying on the container.\n\nWe\u2019ll cover three elements that should get you thinking in the right mindset:\n\n\n\tprogress activity and post-active states\n\tpseudo-class preloading\n\tbuttons and their (mis)behaviour\n\n\nProgress activity and the post-active state\n\nWe\u2019ve long established that we can\u2019t control the devices our products are viewed on, which browser they\u2019ll run in or what connection speed will be used to access them. We accept this all as factual, so why is it so often left to the browser to provide feedback to the user when an event is triggered or an error encountered? The browser isn\u2019t part of the interface \u2014 it\u2019s merely a container. A simple, visual recognition of your users\u2019 activity may be all it takes to make or break the product.\n\nLet\u2019s begin with a commonly overlooked case: progress activity.\n\nA user moves their cursor over a hyperlink or button, which is clearly defined as one by the visual language of your content. Upon doing so, they trigger the :hover state to confirm this element is indeed interactive. So far, so good. What happens next is where it starts to fall apart: the user hits this link, presumably triggering an :active state, which is then returned to the normal state upon release. And then what?\n\n\n\nFrom this point on, your user is in limbo. The link has fallen back to either its regular or :visited state. You\u2019ve effectively abandoned them and are relying entirely on the browser they\u2019re using to communicate that something is happening. This poses quite a few problems:\n\n\n\tThe user may lose focus of what they were doing.\n\tThere is little consistency between progress indication in browsers.\n\tThe user may not even notice that their action has been acknowledged.\n\n\nHow many times have one or more of these events happened to you due to a lack of communication from the interface?\n\nThink about the differences between Safari and Chrome in this area \u2014 two browsers that, when compared to each other, are relatively similar in nature, though this basic feature differs in execution.\n\n\n\nLike all aspects of designing the user experience, there is no one true way to fix this problem, but we can introduce details that many users will unconsciously appreciate.\n\nConsider the basic loading indicator. It\u2019s nothing new \u2014 in fact, some would argue it\u2019s quite a clich\u00e9. However, whether using a spinning wheel or a progress bar, a gif or JavaScript, or something more sophisticated, these simple tools create an illusion of movement, progress and activity. Depending on the implementation, progress indication graphics can significantly increase a user\u2019s perception of the speed in which an event is taking place. Combine this with a cursor change and a lock over the element to prevent double-clicking or reloading, and your chances of keeping your user\u2019s valuable attention have significantly increased.\n\nDemo: Progress activity and the post-active state\n\nThis same logic applies to all aspects of defaulting in a browser, from micro-elements like this up to something as simple as a 404 page. The difference in a user\u2019s reaction to hitting the default Apache 404 and a hand-crafted, branded page are phenomenal and there are no prizes for guessing which one they\u2019re more likely to exit from.\n\nPseudo-class preloading\n\nAnother detail that it pays well to look after is the use and abuse of the :hover element and, more importantly, the content revealed by it. Chances are you\u2019re using the :hover pseudo-class somewhere in almost every screen you create. If content is being revealed on :hover and that content takes some time to load, there will inevitably be a delay the first time it is initiated. It appears tacky and half-finished when a tooltip or drop-down loads instantly, only to have its background or supporting elements follow through a second or two later. So, let\u2019s preload the elements we know we\u2019ll need.\n\nA very simple application of this would be to load each file into the default state of a visible element and offset them by a large number. This ensures our elements have loaded and are ready if and when they need to be displayed.\n\nelement {\n    background: url(path/to/image.jpg) -9999em -9999em no-repeat;\n    }\nelement .tooltip {\n    display: none;\n    }\nelement:hover .tooltip {\n    display: block;\n    background: url(path/to/image.jpg) 0 0;\n    }\n\nBackground images are just one example. Of course, the same logic can apply to any form of revealed content. Using a sprite graphic can also be a clever \u2014 albeit tedious \u2014 method for achieving the same goal, so if you\u2019re using a sprite, preloading in this way may not be necessary\n\nThe differences between preloading and not can only be visualized properly with an actual demonstration.\n\nDemo: Preloading revealed content\n\nButtons and their (mis)behaviour\n\nAlmost all of the time, a button serves just one purpose: to be clicked (or tapped). When a button\u2019s pressed, therefore, if anything other than triggering the desired event occurs, a user naturally becomes frustrated. I often get funny looks when talking about this, but designing the details of a button is something I consider essential.\n\nIt goes without saying that a button should always visually recognise :hover and :active states. We can take that one step further and disable some actions that get in the way of pressing the button.\n\nIt\u2019s rare that a user would ever want to select and use the text on a button, so let\u2019s cleanly disable it:\n\nelement {\n    -moz-user-select: -moz-none;\n    -webkit-user-select: none;\n    user-select: none;\n    }\n\nIf the button is image-based or contains an image, we could also disable user dragging to make sure the image element stays locked to the button:\n\nelement {\n    -moz-user-drag: -moz-none;\n    -webkit-user-drag: none;\n    user-drag: none;\n    }\n\nDemo: A more usable button\n\nDisabling global features like this should be done with utmost caution as it\u2019s very easy to cross the line between enhancement and friction. Cases where this is acceptable are very rare, but it\u2019s a good trick to keep in mind nevertheless. Both Apple\u2019s iCloud and Metalab\u2019s Flow applications use these tools appropriately and to great extent.\n\nYou could argue that the visual feedback of having the text selected or image dragged when a user mis-hits the button is actually a positive effect, informing the user that their desired action did not work. However, covering for human error should be a designer\u2019s job, not that of our users. We can (almost) ensure it does work for them by accommodating for errors like this in most cases.\n\nFinal thoughts\n\nDesigning to this level of detail can seem obsessive, but as a designer and user of many interfaces and applications, I believe it can be the difference between a good user experience and a great one.\n\nThe samples you\u2019ve just seen are only a fraction of the detail we can design for. Keep in mind that the demonstrations, code and methods above outline just one way to do this. You may not agree with all of these processes or have the time and desire to consider them, but one fact remains: it\u2019s not the technology, or the way it\u2019s done that\u2019s important \u2014 it\u2019s the logic and the concept of designing everything.", "year": "2011", "author": "Chris Sealey", "author_slug": "chrissealey", "published": "2011-12-03T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2011/subliminal-user-experience/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 140, "title": "Styling hCards with CSS", "contents": "There are plenty of places online where you can learn about using the hCard microformat to mark up contact details at your site (there are some resources at the end of the article). But there\u2019s not yet been a lot of focus on using microformats with CSS. So in this installment of 24 ways, we\u2019re going to look at just that \u2013 how microformats help make CSS based styling simpler and more logical.\n\nBeing rich, quite complex structures, hCards provide designers with a sophisticated scaffolding for styling them. A recent example of styling hCards I saw, playing on the business card metaphor, was by Andy Hume, at http://thedredge.org/2005/06/using-hcards-in-your-blog/. While his approach uses fixed width cards, let\u2019s take a look at how we might style a variable width business card style for our hCards.\n\nLet\u2019s take a common hCard, which includes address, telephone and email details\n\n<div class=\"vcard\">\n\t<p class=\"fn org\">Web Directions North\n\t\t<a href=\"http://suda.co.uk/projects/X2V/get-vcard.php?uri=http://north.webdirections.org/contact/\">\n\t\t\t<img src=\"images/vcard-add.png\" alt=\"download vcard icon\"></a>\n\t</p>\n\n\t\n\t\t 1485 Laperri\u00e8re Avenue \n\t\t Ottawa  ON  K1Z 7S8 \n\t\tCanada\n\t\n\n\t\n\t\tPhone/Fax: Work: 61 2 9365 5007\n\t\tEmail: info@webdirections.org\n\t\n\n\nWe\u2019ll be using a variation on the now well established \u201csliding doors\u201d technique (if you create a CSS technique, remember it\u2019s very important to give it a memorable name or acronym, and bonus points if you get your name in there!) by Douglas Bowman, enhanced by Scott Schiller (see http://www.schillmania.com/projects/dialog/,) which will give us a design which looks like this\n\n\n\nThe technique, in a nutshell, uses background images on four elements, two at the top, and two at the bottom, to add each rounded corner.\n\nWe are going to make this design \u201cfluid\u201d in the sense that it grows and shrinks in proportion with the size of the font that the text of the element is displayed with. This is sometimes referred to as an \u201cem driven design\u201d (we\u2019ll see why in a moment).\n\nTo see how this works in practice, here\u2019s the same design with the text \u201czoomed\u201d up in size\n\n\n\nand the same design again, when we zoom the text size down\n\n\n\nBy the way, the hCard image comes from Chris Messina, and you can download it and other microformat icons from the microformats wiki.\n\nNow, with CSS3, this whole task would be considerably easier, because we can add multiple background images to an element, and border images for each edge of an element. Safari, version 1.3 up, actually supports multiple background images, but sadly, it\u2019s not supported in Firefox 1.5, or even Firefox 2.0 (let\u2019s not mention IE7 eh?). So it\u2019s probably too little supported to use now. So instead we\u2019ll use a technique that only involves CSS2, and works in pretty much any browser.\n\nVery often, developers add div or span elements as containers for these background images, and in fact, if you visit Scott Shiller\u2019s site, that\u2019s what he has done there. But if at all possible we shouldn\u2019t be adding any HTML simply for presentational purposes, even if the presentation is done via CSS. What we can do is to use the HTML we have already, as much as is possible, to add the style we want. This can take some creative thinking, but once you get the hang of this approach it becomes a more natural way of using HTML compared with simply adding divs and spans at will as hooks for style. Of course, this technique isn\u2019t always simple, and in fact sometimes simply not possible, requiring us to add just a little HTML to provide the \u201chooks\u201d for CSS.\n\nLet\u2019s go to work\n\nThe first step is to add a background image to the whole vCard element.\n\n\n\nWe make this wide enough (for example 1000 or more pixels) and tall enough that no matter how large the content of the vCard grows, it will never overflow this area. We can\u2019t simply repeat the image, because the top left corner will show when the image repeats.\n\nWe add this as the background image of the vCard element using CSS.\n\nWhile we are at it, let\u2019s give the text a sans-serif font, some color so that it will be visible, and stop the image repeating.\n\n.vcard {\n\tbackground-image: url(images/vcardfill.png);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat;\n\tcolor: #666;\n\tfont-family: \"Lucida Grande\", Verdana, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n}\n\nWhich in a browser, will look something like this.\n\n\n\nNext step we need to add the top right hand corner of the hCard. In keeping with our aim of not adding HTML simply for styling purposes, we want to use the existing structure of the page where possible. Here, we\u2019ll use the paragraph of class fn and org, which is the first child element of the vcard element.\n\n<p class=\"fn org\">Web Directions Conference Pty Ltd <img src=\"images/vcard-add.png\" alt=\"download vcard icon\"></p>\n\nHere\u2019s our CSS for this element\n\n.fn {\n\tbackground-image: url(images/topright.png);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat;\n\tbackground-position: top right;\n\tpadding-top: 2em;\n\tfont-weight: bold;\n\tfont-size: 1.1em;\n}\n\nAgain, we don\u2019t want it to repeat, but this time, we\u2019ve specified a background position for the image. This will make the background image start from the top, but its right edge will be located at the right edge of the element. I also made the font size a little bigger, and the weight bold, to differentiate it from the rest of the text in the hCard.\n\nHere\u2019s the image we are adding as the background to this element.\n\n\n\nSo, putting these two CSS statements together we get\n\n\n\nWe specified a padding-top of 2em to give some space between the content of the fn element and the edge of the fn element. Otherwise the top of the hCard image would be hard against the border. To see this in action, just remove the padding-top: 2em; declaration and preview in a browser.\n\nSo, with just two statements, we are well under way. We\u2019ve not even had to add any HTML so far. Let\u2019s turn to the bottom of the element, and add the bottom border (well, the background image which will serve as that border).\n\nNow, which element are we going to use to add this background image to?\n\nOK, here I have to admit to a little, teensie bit of cheating. If you look at the HTML of the hCard, I\u2019ve grouped the email and telephone properties into a div, with a class of telecommunications. This grouping is not strictly requred for our hCard.\n\n<div class=\"telecommunications\">\n\t<p class=\"tel\">Phone/Fax: <span class=\"tel\"><span class=\"type\">Work</span>:\n\t\t<span class=\"value\">61 2 9365 5007</span></p>\n\t<p class=\"email\">Email: <a class=\"value\" href=\"mailto:info@webdirections.org\">info@webdirections.org</a></p>\n</div>\n\nNow, I chose that class name because that is what the vCard specification calls this group of properties. And typically, I do tend to group together related elements using divs when I  mark up content. I find it makes the page structure more logical and readable. But strictly speaking, this isn\u2019t necessary, so you may consider it cheating. But my lesson in this would be, if you are going to add markup, try to make it as meaningful as possible.\n\nAs you have probably guessed by now, we are going to add one part of the bottom border image to this element. We\u2019re going to add this image as the background-image.\n\n\n\nAgain, it will be a very wide image, like the top left one, so that no matter how wide the element might get, the background image will still be wide enough. Now, we\u2019ll need to make this image sit in the bottom left of the element we attach it to, so we use a backgound position of left bottom (we put the horizontal position before the vertical). Here\u2019s our CSS statement for this\n\n.telecommunications {\n\tbackground-image: url(images/bottom-left.png);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat;\n\tbackground-position: left bottom;\n\tmargin-bottom: 2em;\n}\n\nAnd that will look like this\n\n\n\nNot quite there, but well on the way. Time for the final piece in the puzzle.\n\nOK, I admit, I might have cheated just a little bit more in this step. But like the previous step, all valid, and (hopefully) quite justifiable markup. If we look at the HTML again, you\u2019ll find that our email address is marked up like this\n\n<p class=\"email\">Email: <a class=\"value\" href=\"mailto:info@webdirections.org\">info@webdirections.org</a></p>\n\nTypically, in hCard, the value part of this property isn\u2019t required, and we could get away with\n\n<a class=\"email\" href=\"mailto:info@webdirections.org\">info@webdirections.org</a>\n\nThe form I\u2019ve used, with the span of class value is however, perfectly valid hCard markup (hard allows for multiple email addresses of different types, which is where this typically comes in handy). Why have I gone to all this trouble? Well, when it came to styling the hCard, I realized I needed a block element to attach the background image for the bottom right hand corner to. Typically the last block element in the containing element is the ideal choice (and sometimes it\u2019s possible to take an inline element, for example the link here, and use CSS to make it a block element, and attach it to that, but that really doesn\u2019t work with this design).\n\nSo, if we are going to use the paragraph which contains the email link, we need a way to select it exclusively, which means that with CSS2 at least, we need a class or id as a hook for our CSS selector (in CSS3 we could use the last-child selector, which selects the last child element of a specified element, but again, as last child is not widely supported, we won\u2019t rely on it here.)\n\nSo, the least worst thing we could do is take an existing element, and add some reasonably meaningful markup to it. That\u2019s why we gave the paragraph a class of email, and the email address a class of value. Which reminds me a little of a moment in Hamlet\n\n\n\tThe lady doth protest too much, methinks\n\n\nOK, let\u2019s get back to the CSS.\n\nWe add the bottom right corner image, positioning it in the bottom right of the element, and making sure it doesn\u2019t repeat. We also add some padding to the bottom, to balance out the padding we added to the top of the hCard.\n\np.email {\n\tbackground-image: url(images/bottom-right.png);\n\tbackground-position: right bottom;\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat;\n\tpadding-bottom: 2em;\n}\n\nWhich all goes to make our hCard look like this\n\n\n\nIt just remains for us to clean up a little.\n\nLet\u2019s start from the top. We\u2019ll float the download image to the right like this\n\n.vcard img {\n\tfloat: right;\n\tpadding-right: 1em;\n\tmargin-top: -1em\n}\n\nSee how we didn\u2019t have to add a class to style the image, we used the  fact that the image is a descendent of the vcard element, and a descendent selector. In my experience, the very widely supported, powerful descendent selector is one of the most underused aspects of CSS. So if you don\u2019t use it frequently, look into it in more detail.\n\nWe added some space to the right of the image, and pulled it up a bit closer to the top of the hCard, like this\n\n\n\nWe also want to add some whitespace between the edge of the hCard and the text. We would typically add padding to the left of the containing element, (in this case the vcard element) but this would break our bottom left hand corner, like this\n\n\n\nThat\u2019s because the div element we added this bottom left background image to would be moved in by the padding on its containing element.\n\nSo instead, we add left margin to all the paragraphs in the hCard\n\n.vcard p {\n\tmargin-left: 1em;\n}\n\n(there is the descendent selector again \u2013 it is the swiss army knife of CSS)\n\nNow, we\u2019ve not yet made the width of the hCard a function of the size of the text inside it (or \u201cem driven\u201d as we described it earlier). We do this by giving the hCard a width that is specified in em units. Here we\u2019ll set a width of say 28em, which makes the hCard always roughly as wide as 28 characters (strictly speaking 28 times the width of the letter capital M). \n\nSo the statement for our containing vcard element becomes\n\n.vcard {\n\tbackground-image: url(images/vcardfill.png);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat;\n\tcolor: #666;\n\tfont-family: \"Lucida Grande\", Verdana, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n\twidth: 28em;\n}\n\nand now our element will look like this\n\n\n\nWe\u2019ve used almost entirely the existing HTML from our original hCard (adding just a little, and trying as much as possible to keep that additional markup meaningful), and just 6 CSS statements.\n\nHoliday Bonus \u2013 a downloadable vCard\n\nDid you notice this part of the HTML\n\n<a href=\"http://suda.co.uk/projects/X2V/get-vcard.php?uri=http://north.webdirections.org/contact/\">\n        <img src=\"images/vcard-add.png\" alt=\"download vcard icon\"></a>\n\nWhat\u2019s with the odd looking url\n\n<a href=\"http://suda.co.uk/projects/X2V/get-vcard.php?uri=http://north.webdirections.org/contact/\"\n\nIf you click the link, X2V, a nifty web service from Brian Suda, grabs the page at the URL, and if it finds a hCard, converts it to a vCard, and depending on how your system is setup, automatically downloads it and adds it to your address book (Mac OS X) or prompts you whether you\u2019d like to save the vCard and add it to whatever application is the default vCard handler on your system. \n\nWhat X2V does is take the actual HTML of your hCard, and with the magic of XSLT, converts it to a vCard. So, by simply marking up contact details using hCard, and adding a link like this, you automatically get downloadable vCard \u2013 and if you change your contact details, and update the hCard, there\u2019s no vCard file to update as well.\n\nTechnorati also have a similar service at http://technorati.com/contact so you might want to use that if you expect any kind of load, as they can probably afford the bandwidth more than Brian!\n\nIf you want to play with the HTML and CSS for this design, the code and images can be downloaded.\n\nHope you enjoyed this, and found it useful. If so, you might like to check out my microformats focussed blog, or get along to Web Directions North, where I\u2019ll be speaking along with Dan Cederholmn and Tantek \u00c7elik in a 2 hour session focussed solely on microformats. And keep an eye out for my microformats book, from which this article has been adapted, coming in the spring of 2007.\n\nA happy festive season, and all the best for 2007\n\nJohn\n\nSome hCard links\n\n\n\tThe hCard entry at microformats.org\n\tThe hCard Creator\n\tThe hCard cheatsheet\n\tThe hCard FAQ\n\tIdeas for authoring hCards\n\n\n\n\tMicrofomatique \u2013 a blog about microformats\n\tWeb Directions North \u2013 featuring a full 2 hour focussed microformats session", "year": "2006", "author": "John Allsopp", "author_slug": "johnallsopp", "published": "2006-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/styling-hcards-with-css/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 216, "title": "Styling Components - Typed CSS With Stylable", "contents": "There\u2019s been a lot of debate recently about how best to style components for web apps so that styles don\u2019t accidentally \u2018leak\u2019 out of the component they\u2019re meant for, or clash with other styles on the page.\nElaborate CSS conventions have sprung up, such as OOCSS, SMACSS, BEM, ITCSS, and ECSS. These work well, but they are methodologies, and require everyone in the team to know them and follow them, which can be a difficult undertaking across large or distributed teams.\nOthers just give up on CSS and put all their styles in JavaScript. Now, I\u2019m not bashing JS, especially so close to its 22nd birthday, but CSS-in-JS has problems of its own. Browsers have 20 years experience in optimising their CSS engines, so JavaScript won\u2019t be as fast as using real CSS, and in any case, this requires waiting for JS to download, parse, execute then render the styles.\nThere\u2019s another problem with CSS-in-JS, too. Since Responsive Web Design hit the streets, most designers no longer make comps in Photoshop or its equivalents; instead, they write CSS. Why hire an expensive design professional and require them to learn a new way of doing their job? \nA recent thread on Twitter asked \u201cWhat\u2019s your biggest gripe with CSS-in-JS?\u201d, and the replies were illuminating: \u201cAlways having to remember to camelCase properties then spending 10min pulling hair out when you do forget\u201d, \u201cthe cryptic domain-specific languages that each of the frameworks do just ever so slightly differently\u201d, \u201cWhen I test look and feel in browser, then I copy paste from inspector, only to have to re-write it as a JSON object\u201d, \u201cLack of linting, autocomplete, and css plug-ins for colors/ incrementing/ etc\u201d. \nIf you\u2019re a developer, and you\u2019re still unconvinced, I challenge you to let designers change the font in your IDE to Zapf Chancery and choose a new colour scheme, simply because they like it better. Does that sound like fun? Will that boost your productivity? Thought not.\nSome chums at Wix Engineering and I wanted to see if we could square this circle. Wix-hosted sites have always used CSS-in-JS (the concept isn\u2019t new; it was in Netscape 4!) but that was causing performance problems. Could we somehow devise a method of extending CSS (like SASS and LESS do) that gives us styles that are guaranteed not to leak or clash, that is compatible with code editors\u2019 autocompletion, and which could be pre-processed at build time to valid, cross-browser, static CSS?\nAfter a few months and a few proofs of concept later (drumroll), yes \u2013 we could! We call it Stylable.\nIntroducing Stylable\nStylable is a CSS pre-processor, like SASS or LESS. It uses CSS syntax so all your development tools will work. At build time, the Stylable CSS extensions are transpiled to flat, valid, cross-browser vanilla CSS for maximum performance. There\u2019s quite a bit to it, and this is a short article, so let\u2019s look at the basic concepts.\nComponents all the way down\nStylable is designed for component-based systems. Imagine you have a Gallery component. Within that, there is a Navigation component (for example, containing a \u2018next\u2019, \u2018previous\u2019, \u2018show all thumbnails\u2019, and \u2018show all albums\u2019 controls), and within that there are NavButton components. Each component is discrete, used elsewhere in the system in different contexts, perhaps maintained by different team members or even different organisations \u2014 you can use Stylable to add a typed interface to non-Stylable component libraries, as well as using it to build an app from scratch.\nFirstly, Stylable will automatically namespace styles so they only apply inside that component, by rewriting them at build time with a unique (but human-readable) prefix. So, for example,\n<div className=\"jingle bells\" /> might be re-written as <div class=\"header183--jingle header183--bells\"></div>. \nSo far, so BEM-like (albeit without the headache of remembering a convention). But what else can it do?\nCustom pseudo-elements\nAn important feature of Stylable is the ability to reach into a component and style it from the outside, without having to know about its internal structure. Let\u2019s see the guts of a simple JSX button component in the file button.jsx:\nrender () {\n    return (\n        <button>\n            <span className=\"icon\" />\n            <span className=\"label\">Submit</span>\n        </button>\n    );\n}\n(Note:className is the JSX way of setting a class on an element; this example uses React, but Stylable itself is framework-agnostic.)\nI style it using a Stylable stylesheet (the .st.css suffix tells the preprocessor to process this file):\n/* button.st.css */\n\n/* note that the root class is automatically placed on the root HTML \nelement by Stylable React integration */\n.root {\n  background: #b0e0e6;\n}\n\n.icon {\n  display: block; \n  height: 2em;\n  background-image: url('./assets/btnIcon.svg');\n}\n\n.label {\n  font-size: 1.2em;\n  color: rgba(81, 12, 68, 1.0);\n}\nNote that Stylable allows all the CSS that you know and love to be included. As Drew Powers wrote in his review:\n\nwith Stylable, you get CSS, and every part of CSS. This seems like a \u201cduh\u201d observation, but this is significant if you\u2019ve ever battled with a CSS-in-JS framework over a lost or \u201chacky\u201d implementation of a basic CSS feature.\n\nI can import my Button component into another component - this time, panel.jsx:\n/* panel.jsx */\nimport * as React from 'react';\nimport {properties, stylable} from 'wix-react-tools';\nimport {Button} from '../button';\nimport style from './panel.st.css';\n\nexport const Panel = stylable(style)(() => (\n    <div>\n        <Button className=\"cancelBtn\" />\n    </div>\n));\nIn panel.st.css: \n/* panel.st.css */\n:import {\n  -st-from: './button.st.css';\n  -st-default: Button;\n}\n\n/* cancelBtn is of type Button */\n.cancelBtn {\n  -st-extends: Button;\n  background: cornflowerblue;\n}\n\n/* targets the label of <Button className=\"cancelBtn\" /> */\n.cancelBtn::label {\n  color: honeydew;\n  font-weight: bold;\n}\nHere, we\u2019re reaching into the Button component from the Panel component. Buttons that are not inside a Panel won\u2019t be affected.\nWe do this by extending the CSS concept of pseudo-elements. As MDN says \u201cA CSS pseudo-element is a keyword added to a selector that lets you style a specific part of the selected element(s)\u201d. We don\u2019t use a descendant selector because the label isn\u2019t part of the Panel component, it\u2019s part of the Button component. \nThis syntax allows us three important features: \nPiercing the Shadow Boundary\nBecause, like a Matroshka doll of code, you can have components inside components inside components, you can chain pseudo-elements. In Stylable, Gallery::NavigationPanel::Button::Icon is a legitimate selector. We were worried by this (even though all Stylable CSS is transpiled to flat, valid CSS) because it\u2019s not allowed in CSS, albeit with the note \u201cA future version of this specification may allow multiple pseudo-elements per selector\u201d. So I asked the CSS Working Group and was told \u201cwe intend to only allow specific combinations\u201d, so we feel this extension to CSS is in the spirit of the language.\nWhile we\u2019re on the subject of those pesky Web Standards, note that the proposed ::part and ::theme pseudo-elements are meant to fulfil the same function. However, those are coming in two years (YouTube link) and, when they do, Stylable will support them.\nStructure-agnostic\nThe second totez-groovy\u2122 feature of Stylable\u2019s pseudo-element syntax is that you don\u2019t have to care about the internal structure of the component whose boundary you\u2019re piercing. Any element with a class attribute is exposed as a pseudo-element to any component that imports it. It acts as an interface on any component, whether written in-house or by a third party.\nCode completion\nWhen we started writing Stylable, our objective was to do for CSS what TypeScript does for JavaScript. Wikipedia says\n\nChallenges with dealing with complex JavaScript code led to demand for custom tooling to ease developing of components in the language. TypeScript developers sought a solution that would not break compatibility with the standard and its cross-platform support \u2026 [with]  static typing that enables static language analysis, which facilitates tooling and IDE support.\n\nSimilarly, because Stylable knows about components, their stylable parts and states, and how they inter-relate, we can develop language services like code completion and validation. That means we can see our errors at build time or even while working in our IDE. Wave goodbye to silent run-time breakage misery, with the Stylable Intelligence VS Code extension !\nAn action replay of Visual Studio Code offering code completion etc, filmed in super StyloVision.\nPseudo-classes for state\nStylable makes it easy to apply styles to custom states (as well as the usual :active, :checked, :visited etc) by extending the CSS pseudo-class syntax. \nWe do this by declaring the possible custom states on the component:\n/* Gallery.st.css */\n.root {\n  -st-states: toggled, loading;\n}\n\n.root:toggled {\n  color: red;\n}\n\n.root:loading {\n  color: green;\n}\n\n.root:loading:toggled {\n  color: blue;\n}\nThe -st-states \u201cproperty\u201d is actually a directive for the transpiler, so Stylable knows about possible pseudo-elements and can offer code completion etc. It looks like a vendor prefix by design, because it\u2019s therefore valid CSS syntax and IDEs won\u2019t flag it as an error, but is removed at build time. Remember, Stylable resolves to flat, valid, cross-browser CSS.\nAs with plain CSS, it can\u2019t set a state, but can only react to states set externally. In the case of custom pseudo-classes, your JavaScript logic is responsible for maintaining state \u2014 by default, by setting a data-* attribute.\nAnd there\u2019s more!\nHopefully, I\u2019ve shown you how Stylable extends CSS to allow you to style components and sub-components without worrying about that styles will leak, or knowing too much about internal structure. There isn\u2019t time to tell you about mixins (CSS macros in JavaScript), variables or our theming capabilities, because I have wine to wrap and presents to mull.\nWe made Stylable because we \u2665 CSS. But there\u2019s a practical reason, too. As James Kyle, a core team member of Yarn, Babel and TC39 (the JavaScript Standards Technical Committee), said of Styable \u201cpretty sure all the CSS-in-JS libraries just died for me\u201d,\nexplaining\n\nCSS could be perfectly static if given the right tools, that\u2019s exactly what stylable does. It gives you the tools you need in CSS so that you don\u2019t need to do a bunch of dynamic shit in JS.\nMaking it static is a huge performance win.\n\nWix is currently battle-testing Stylable in its back-office systems, before rolling it out to power Wix-hosted sites to make them more performant. There are 110 million Wix-hosted sites, so there will be a lot of Stylable on the web in a few months. And it\u2019s open-sourced so you, dear Reader, can try it out and use it too. There\u2019s a Stylable boilerplate based on create-react-app to get you started (more integrations are in the pipeline).\nHappy Hols \u2018n\u2019 Hugz from the Stylable team: Bruce, Arnon, Tom, Ido.\n\nRead more\n\nStylable documentation centre\nStylable on Twitter\nA nice picture of a hedgehog", "year": "2017", "author": "Bruce Lawson", "author_slug": "brucelawson", "published": "2017-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/styling-components-typed-css-with-stylable/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 301, "title": "Stretching Time", "contents": "Time is valuable. It\u2019s a precious commodity that, if we\u2019re not too careful, can slip effortlessly through our fingers. When we think about the resources at our disposal we\u2019re often guilty of forgetting the most valuable resource we have to hand: time.\nWe are all given an allocation of time from the time bank. 86,400 seconds a day to be precise, not a second more, not a second less.\nIt doesn\u2019t matter if we\u2019re rich or we\u2019re poor, no one can buy more time (and no one can save it). We are all, in this regard, equals. We all have the same opportunity to spend our time and use it to maximum effect. As such, we need to use our time wisely.\nI believe we can \u2018stretch\u2019 time, ensuring we make the most of every second and maximising the opportunities that time affords us.\nThrough a combination of \u2018Structured Procrastination\u2019 and \u2018Focused Finishing\u2019 we can open our eyes to all of the opportunities in the world around us, whilst ensuring that we deliver our best work precisely when it\u2019s required. A win win, I\u2019m sure you\u2019ll agree.\nStructured Procrastination\nI\u2019m a terrible procrastinator. I used to think that was a curse  \u2013 \u201cWhy didn\u2019t I just get started earlier?\u201d \u2013 over time, however, I\u2019ve started to see procrastination as a valuable tool if it is used in a structured manner.\nDon Norman refers to procrastination as \u2018late binding\u2019 (a term I\u2019ve happily hijacked). As he argues, in Why Procrastination Is Good, late binding (delay, or procrastination) offers many benefits:\n\nDelaying decisions until the time for action is beneficial\u2026 it provides the maximum amount of time to think, plan, and determine alternatives.\n\nWe live in a world that is constantly changing and evolving, as such the best time to execute is often \u2018just in time\u2019. By delaying decisions until the last possible moment we can arrive at solutions that address the current reality more effectively, resulting in better outcomes.\nProcrastination isn\u2019t just useful from a project management perspective, however. It can also be useful for allowing your mind the space to wander, make new discoveries and find creative connections. By embracing structured procrastination we can \u2018prime the brain\u2019.\nAs James Webb Young argues, in A Technique for Producing Ideas, all ideas are made of other ideas and the more we fill our minds with other stimuli, the greater the number of creative opportunities we can uncover and bring to life.\nBy late binding, and availing of a lack of time pressure, you allow the mind space to breathe, enabling you to uncover elements that are important to the problem you\u2019re working on and, perhaps, discover other elements that will serve you well in future tasks.\nWhen setting forth upon the process of writing this article I consciously set aside time to explore. I allowed myself the opportunity to read, taking in new material, safe in the knowledge that what I discovered \u2013 if not useful for this article \u2013 would serve me well in the future. \nRon Burgundy summarises this neatly:\n\nProcrastinator? No. I just wait until the last second to do my work because I will be older, therefore wiser.\n\nAn \u2018older, therefore wiser\u2019 mind is a good thing. We\u2019re incredibly fortunate to live in a world where we have a wealth of information at our fingertips. Don\u2019t waste the opportunity to learn, rather embrace that opportunity. Make the most of every second to fill your mind with new material, the rewards will be ample.\nDeadlines are deadlines, however, and deadlines offer us the opportunity to focus our minds, bringing together the pieces of the puzzle we found during our structured procrastination.\nLike everyone I\u2019ll hear a tiny, but insistent voice in my head that starts to rise when the deadline is approaching. The older you get, the closer to the deadline that voice starts to chirp up.\nAt this point we need to focus.\nFocused Finishing\nWe live in an age of constant distraction. Smartphones are both a blessing and a curse, they keep us connected, but if we\u2019re not careful the constant connection they provide can interrupt our flow.\nWhen a deadline is accelerating towards us it\u2019s important to set aside the distractions and carve out a space where we can work in a clear and focused manner.\nWhen it\u2019s time to finish, it\u2019s important to avoid context switching and focus. All those micro-interactions throughout the day \u2013 triaging your emails, checking social media and browsing the web \u2013 can get in the way of you hitting your deadline. At this point, they\u2019re distractions.\nChunking tasks and managing when they\u2019re scheduled can improve your productivity by a surprising order of magnitude. At this point it\u2019s important to remove distractions which result in \u2018attention residue\u2019, where your mind is unable to focus on the current task, due to the mental residue of other, unrelated tasks.\nBy focusing on a single task in a focused manner, it\u2019s possible to minimise the negative impact of attention residue, allowing you to maximise your performance on the task at hand.\nCal Newport explores this in his excellent book, Deep Work, which I would highly recommend reading. As he puts it:\n\nEfforts to deepen your focus will struggle if you don\u2019t simultaneously wean your mind from a dependence on distraction.\n\nTo help you focus on finishing it\u2019s helpful to set up a work-focused environment that is purposefully free from distractions. There\u2019s a time and a place for structured procrastination, but \u2013 equally \u2013 there\u2019s a time and a place for focused finishing.\nThe French term \u2018mise en place\u2019 is drawn from the world of fine cuisine \u2013 I discovered it when I was procrastinating \u2013 and it\u2019s applicable in this context. The term translates as \u2018putting in place\u2019 or \u2018everything in its place\u2019 and it refers to the process of getting the workplace ready before cooking.\nJust like a professional chef organises their utensils and arranges their ingredients, so too can you.\nThanks to the magic of multiple users on computers, it\u2019s possible to create a separate user on your computer \u2013 without access to email and other social tools \u2013 so that you can switch to that account when you need to focus and hit the deadline.\nAnother, less technical way of achieving the same result \u2013 depending, of course, upon your line of work \u2013 is to close your computer and find some non-digital, unconnected space to work in.\nThe goal is to carve out time to focus so you can finish. As Newport states:\n\nIf you don\u2019t produce, you won\u2019t thrive \u2013 no matter how skilled or talented you are.\n\nProcrastination is fine, but only if it\u2019s accompanied by finishing. Create the space to finish and you\u2019ll enjoy the best of both worlds.\nIn closing\u2026\nThere is a time and a place for everything: there is a time to procrastinate, and a time to focus. To truly reap the rewards of time, the mind needs both.\nBy combining the processes of \u2018Structured Procrastination\u2019 and \u2018Focused Finishing\u2019 we can make the most of our 86,400 seconds a day, ensuring we are constantly primed to make new discoveries, but just as importantly, ensuring we hit the all-important deadlines.\nMake the most of your time, you only get so much. Use every second productively and you\u2019ll be thankful that you did. Don\u2019t waste your time, once it\u2019s gone, it\u2019s gone\u2026 and you can never get it back.", "year": "2016", "author": "Christopher Murphy", "author_slug": "christophermurphy", "published": "2016-12-21T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2016/stretching-time/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 210, "title": "Stop Leaving Animation to the Last Minute", "contents": "Our design process relies heavily on static mockups as deliverables and this makes it harder than it needs to be to incorporate UI animation in our designs. Talking through animation ideas and dancing out the details of those ideas can be fun; but it\u2019s not always enough to really evaluate or invest in animated design solutions. \nBy including deliverables that encourage discussing animation throughout your design process, you can set yourself (and your team) up for creating meaningful UI animations that feel just as much a part of the design as your colour palette and typeface. You can get out of that \u201crunning out of time to add in the animation\u201d trap by deliberately including animation in the early phases of your design process. This will give you both the space to treat animation as a design tool, and the room to iterate on UI animation ideas to come up with higher quality solutions. Two deliverables that can be especially useful for this are motion comps and animated interactive prototypes. \nMotion comps - an animation deliverable\nMotion comps (also called animatics or motion mock-ups) are usually video representation of UI animations. They are used to explore the details of how a particular animation might play out. And they\u2019re most often made with timeline-based tools like Adobe After Effects, Adobe Animate, or Tumult Hype. \nThe most useful things about motion comps is how they allow designers and developers to share the work of creating animations. (Instead of pushing all the responsibility of animation on one group or the other.) For example, imagine you\u2019re working on a design that has a content panel that can either be open or closed. You might create a mockup like the one below including the two different views: the closed state and the open state. If you\u2019re working with only static deliverables, these two artboards might be exactly what you handoff to developers along with the instruction to animate between the two. \n\nOn the surface that seems pretty straight forward, but even with this relatively simple transition there\u2019s a lot that those two artboards don\u2019t address. There are seven things that change between the closed state and the open state. That\u2019s seven things the developer building this out has to figure out how to move in and out of view, when, and in what order. And all of that is even before starting to write the code to make it work. \nBy providing only static comps, all the logic of the animation falls on the developer. This might go ok if she has the bandwidth and animation knowledge, but that\u2019s making an awful lot of assumptions.\nInstead, if you included a motion mock up like this with your static mock ups, you could share the work of figuring out the logic of the animation between design and development. Designers could work out the logic of the animation in the motion comp, exploring which items move at which times and in which order to create the opening and closing transitions. \n\nThe motion comp can also be used to iterate on different possible animation approaches before any production code has to be committed too. Sharing the work and giving yourself time to explore animation ideas before you\u2019re backed up again the deadline will lead to happier teammates and better design solutions. \nWhen to use motion comps\nI\u2019m not a fan of making more deliverables just for the sake of having more things to make, so I find it helps to narrow down what question I\u2019m trying answer before choosing which sort of deliverable to make to investigate. \nMotion comps can be most helpful for answering questions like: \n\nExactly how should this animation look? \nWhich items should move? Where? And when? \nDo the animation qualities reflect our brand or our voice and tone?\nOne of the added bonuses of creating motion comps to answer these questions is that you\u2019ll have a concrete thing to bring to design critiques or reviews to get others\u2019 input on them as well.\n\nUsing motion comps as handoff\nMotion comps are often used to handoff animation ideas from design to development. They can be super useful for this, but they\u2019re even more useful when you include the details of the motion specs with them. (It\u2019s difficult, if not impossible, to glean these details from playing back a video.)\nMore specifically, you\u2019ll want to include:\n\nDurations and the properties animated for each animation\nEasing curve values or spring values used\nDelay values and repeat counts\n\nIn many cases you\u2019ll have to collect these details up manually. But this isn\u2019t necessarily something that that will take a lot of time. If you take note of them as you\u2019re creating the motion comp, chances are most of these details will already be top of  mind. (Also, if you use After Effects for your motion comps, the Inspector Spacetime plugin might be helpful for this task.)\nAnimated prototypes - an interactive deliverable\nMaking prototypes isn\u2019t a new idea for web work by any stretch, but creating prototypes that include animation \u2013 or even creating prototypes specifically to investigate potential animation solutions \u2013 can go a long way towards having higher quality animations in your final product.\nInteractive prototypes are web or app-based, or displayed in a particular tool\u2019s preview window to create a useable version of interactions that might end up in the end product. They\u2019re often made with prototyping apps like Principle, Framer, or coded up in HTML, CSS and JS directly like the example below.\nSee the Pen Prototype example by Val Head (@valhead) on CodePen.\n\nThe biggest different between motion comps and animated prototypes is the interactivity. Prototypes can reposed to taps, drags or gestures, while motion comps can only play back in a linear fashion. Generally speaking, this makes prototypes a bit more of an effort to create, but they can also help you solve different problems. The interactive nature of prototypes can also make them useful for user testing to further evaluate potential solutions. \nWhen to use prototypes\nWhen it comes to testing out animation ideas, animated prototypes can be especially helpful in answering questions like these: \n\nHow will this interaction feel to use? (Interactive animations often have different timing needs than animations that are passively viewed.)\nWhat will the animation be like with real data or real content? \nDoes this animation fit the context of the task at hand? \n\nPrototypes can be used to investigate the same questions that motion comps do if you\u2019re comfortable working in code or your prototyping tool of choice has capabilities to address high fidelity animation details. There are so many different prototyping tools out there at the moment, you\u2019re sure to be able to find one that fits your needs. \nAs a quick side note: If you\u2019re worried that your coding skills might not be up to par to prototype in code, know that prototype code doesn\u2019t have to be production quality code. Animated prototypes\u2019 main concern is working out the animation details. Once you\u2019ve arrived at a combination of animations that works, the animation specifics can be extracted or the prototype can be refactored for production.\nMotion comp or prototype?\nBoth motion comps and prototypes can be extremely useful in the design process and you can use whichever one (or ones) that best fits your team\u2019s style. The key thing that both offer is a way to make animation ideas visible and sharable. When you and your teammate are both looking at the same deliverable, you can be confident you\u2019re talking about the same thing and discuss its pros and cons more easily than just describing the idea verbally. \nMotion comps tend to be more useful earlier in the design process when you want to focus on the motion without worrying about the underlying structure or code yet. Motion comps also be great when you want to try something completely new. Some folks prefer motion comps because the tools for making them feel more familiar to them which means they can work faster. \nPrototypes are most useful for animations that rely heavily on interaction. (Getting the timing right for interactions can be tough without the interaction part sometimes.) Prototypes can also be helpful to investigate and optimize performance if that\u2019s a specific concern.\nGive them a try\nWhichever deliverables you choose to highlight your animation decisions, including them in your design reviews, critiques, or other design discussions will help you make better UI animation choices. More discussion around UI animation ideas during the design phase means greater buy-in, more room for iteration, and higher quality UI animations in your designs. Why not give them a try for your next project?", "year": "2017", "author": "Val Head", "author_slug": "valhead", "published": "2017-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/stop-leaving-animation-to-the-last-minute/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 85, "title": "Starting Your Project on the Right Foot (and Keeping It There)", "contents": "I\u2019m not sure if anything is as terrifying as beginning a new design project. I often spend hours trying to find the best initial footing in a design, so I\u2019ve been working hard to improve my process, particularly for the earliest stages of a project. I want\u00a0to smooth out the bumps that disrupt my creative momentum and focus on the emotional highs and lows I experience, and then try to minimize the lows and ride the highs as long as possible. \n\nDesign is often a struggle broken up by blissful moments of creative clarity that provide valuable force to move your work forward. Momentum is a powerful tool in creative work, and it\u2019s something we don\u2019t always maximize when we\u2019re working because of the hectic nature of our field.\u00a0Obviously, every designer is going to have a different process, but I thought I\u2019d share some of the methods I\u2019ve begun to adopt. I hope this will spark a conversation among designers who are interested in looking at process in a new way.\n\nJump-starting a project\n\nI cannot overstate the importance of immersing yourself in design and collecting ample amounts of inspiration when beginning a project. I make it a daily practice to visit a handful of sites (Dribbble, Graphic Exchange, Web Creme, siteInspire, Designspiration, and others) and save any examples of design that I like. I then sort them into general categories (publication design, illustration, typography, web design, and so on). Enjoying a bit of fresh design every day helps me absorb it and analyze why it\u2019s effective instead of just imitating it.\u00a0\n\nMany designers are afraid to look at too much design for fear that they\u2019ll be tempted to copy it, but I feel a steady influx of design inspiration reduces that possibility. You\u2019re much more likely to take the easy way out and rip off a design if you\u2019re scrambling for inspiration after getting stuck. If you are immersed in design from a variety of mediums, you\u2019ll engage your creative brain on multiple levels and have an easier time creating something unique for your project. Looking at good design will not make you a good designer but it will make you a better designer.\n\nDesign is design\n\nTry not to limit your visual research to the medium you\u2019re working in. Websites, books, posters and packaging all have their own unique limitations and challenges, and any one of those characteristics could be useful to you. Posters need to grab the viewer and pass on a small tidbit of information; packaging needs to encourage physical interaction; and websites need to encourage exploration. If you know the challenges you\u2019ll be facing, you will know where to look for design that tackles those same problems.\n\nI find it refreshing to look at design from the turn of the nineteenth century, when type was laid out on objects without thought to aesthetics. Many vintage packages break all sorts of modern design rules, and looking at that kind of work is a great way to spark your creativity. Pulling yourself out of the box and away from the rules of what you\u2019re working on can reveal solutions that are innovative and unique.\u00a0After a little finessing, the warning label text from a 1940s hazardous chemical box from could have the exact type and icon arrangement you need for your project.\u00a0There\u2019s a massive pool of design to pull from that doesn\u2019t have the limitations the web has, and exploring those design worlds will help you grow your own repertoire.\n\nIf all else fails, start with the footer\n\nThe very beginning of a project is the most frustrating point in a project for me. I\u2019m trying to figure out typeface combinations, colors and the overall voice of the design, and until I find the right solutions, I\u2019m a wreck. I\u2019ve found often that my frustration stems from trying to solve too many problems at once. The beginning of a project has a lot of moving targets, nearly endless possible solutions, and constantly changing variables. You\u2019ll knock out one problem only to discover your solution doesn\u2019t jive with something you worked out earlier \u2014 you end up designing in circles.\n\nIf you find yourself getting stuck at the beginning of a website design, try working out one specific element of the site and see what emerges. I\u2019m going to recommend the footer. Why? Footers can easily be ignored in a design or become a dumping ground for items that couldn\u2019t be worked into the main layout. But, at the start of most projects, the minimum content requirements for the footer are usually established. There needs to be a certain number of links, social media buttons, copyright details, a search bar, and so on. It\u2019s a self-contained item within the design that has a specific purpose, and that\u2019s a great element to focus on when you\u2019re stuck in a design. Colors, typefaces, link styles, input fields and buttons can all be sketched out from just the footer. It\u2019s a very flexible element that can be as prominent or subtle as you want, and it\u2019s a solid starting point for setting the tone and style of a site.\n\nSave the details\n\nDesigners love details. I love details. But don\u2019t let nitpicking early on in your process kill your creative momentum.\u00a0Design is an emotional process, and being frustrated or defeated by a tricky problem or a graphical detail you just can\u2019t nail down can deflate your creative energies. If you hit a roadblock, set it aside and tackle another piece of the project. As you spend time engaged in a design, the style you develop will evolve according to the needs of the content, and you might arrive naturally at a solution that will work perfectly for the problem that had you stuck before.\u00a0\n\nIf I find myself working on one particular element for more than a half an hour without any clear movement, I shelve it. Designers often wear their obsessive detail-oriented tendencies as a badge of honor, but there\u2019s a difference between making the design better and wasting time. If you\u2019ve spent hours nudging elements around pixel by pixel and can\u2019t settle on something, it probably means what you\u2019re doing isn\u2019t making a huge improvement on the design. Don\u2019t be afraid to let it lie and come at it again with fresh eyes. You will be better equipped to tackle the finer points of a project once you\u2019ve got the broad strokes defined.\n\nHave a plan when you start and stop designing\n\nWe all know that creativity isn\u2019t something you can turn on effortlessly, and it\u2019s easy to forget the emotional process that goes along with design.\u00a0If you leave a project in a place of frustration, it\u2019s going to stay with you in your free time and affect you negatively, like a dark cloud of impending disaster. Try to end each design session with a victory, a small bit of definable progress that you can take with you in your downtime. Even something as small as finding the right opacity for the interior shadow on the search bar in the header of the site is a win.\u00a0Likewise, when you return to a project after a break, it can be difficult to get the ball rolling on the design again if you set it down without a clear path for the next steps. I find that I work on details best when I\u2019m returning from downtime, when I\u2019m fresh and re-energized and ready to dig in again. Try to pick out at least one element you\u2019d like to fine-tune when you are winding down in a design session and use it to kick-start your next session.\n\nContent is king\n\nI would argue there is nothing more crucial to the success of a design than having the content defined from the outset.\u00a0Designing without content is similar to designing without an audience, and designing with vague ideas of content types and character limits is going to result in a muted design that doesn\u2019t reach its full potential. Images and language go hand in hand with design, and can take a design from functional to outstanding if you have them available from the outset. We don\u2019t always have the luxury of having content to build a design around, but fight for it whenever you can. For example, if the site you are designing is full of technical jargon, your paragraphs might need a longer line length to accommodate the longer words being used.\u00a0\n\nOften, working with content will lead to design solutions you wouldn\u2019t have come to otherwise.\u00a0Design speaks to content, and content speaks to design. Lorem ipsum doesn\u2019t speak to anyone (unless you know Latin, in which case, congratulations!).\n\nEvery project has its own set of needs, and every designer has his or her own method of working. There\u2019s obviously no perfect process to design, and being dogmatic about process can be just as harmful as not having one. Exposing yourself to new design and new ways of designing is an easy way to test your skills and grow. When things are hard and you can\u2019t get any momentum going on a design, this is when your skill set is truly challenged. We all hope to get wonderful projects with great assets and ample creative possibilities, but you won\u2019t always be so blessed, and this is when the quality of your process is really going to shine.", "year": "2012", "author": "Bethany Heck", "author_slug": "bethanyheck", "published": "2012-12-02T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/starting-your-project-on-the-right-foot/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 184, "title": "Spruce It Up", "contents": "The landscape of web typography is changing quickly these days. We\u2019ve gone from the wild west days of sIFR to Cuf\u00f3n to finally seeing font embedding seeing wide spread adoption by browser developers (and soon web designers) with @font-face. For those who\u2019ve felt limited by the typographic possibilities before, this has been a good year.\n\nAs Mark Boulton has so eloquently elucidated, @font-face embedding doesn\u2019t come without its drawbacks. Font files can be quite large and FOUT\u2014that nasty flash of unstyled text\u2014can be a distraction for users.\n\nData URIs\n\nWe can battle FOUT by using Data URIs. A Data URI allows the font to be encoded right into the CSS file. When the font comes with the CSS, the flash of unstyled text is mitigated. No extra HTTP requests are required. \n\nDon\u2019t be a grinch, though. Sending hundreds of kilobytes down the pipe still isn\u2019t great. Sometimes, all we want to do is spruce up our site with a little typographic sugar. \n\nBe Selective\n\nDan Cederholm\u2019s SimpleBits is an attractive site. \n\n\n\nTake a look at the ampersand within the header of his site. It\u2019s the lovely (and free) Goudy Bookletter 1911 available from The League of Movable Type. The Opentype format is a respectable 28KB. Nothing too crazy but hold on here. Mr. Cederholm is only using the ampersand! Ouch. That\u2019s a lot of bandwidth just for one character.\n\nCan we optimize a font like we can an image? Yes. Image optimization essentially works by removing unnecessary image data such as colour data, hidden comments or using compression algorithms. How do you remove unnecessary information from a font? Subsetting. \n\nIf you\u2019re the adventurous type, grab a copy of FontForge, which is an open source font editing tool. You can open the font, view and edit any of the glyphs and then re-generate the font. The interface is a little clunky but you\u2019ll be able to select any character you don\u2019t want and then cut the glyphs. Re-generate your font and you\u2019ve now got a smaller file. \n\n\n\nThere are certainly more optimizations that can also be made such as removing hinting and kerning information. Keep in mind that removing this information may affect how well the type renders.\n\nAt this time of year, though, I\u2019m sure you\u2019re quite busy. Save yourself some time and head on over to the Font Squirrel Font Generator.\n\n\n\nThe Font Generator is extremely handy and allows for a number of optimizations and cross-platform options to be generated instantly. Select the font from your local system\u2014make sure that you are only using properly licensed fonts! \n\nIn this particular case, we only want the ampersand. Click on Subset Fonts which will open up a new menu. Unselect any preselected sets and enter the ampersand into the Single Characters text box. \n\nGenerate your font and what are you left with? 3KB. \n\n\n\nThe Font Generator even generates a base64 encoded data URI stylesheet to be imported easily into your project.\n\nCheck out the Demo page. (This demo won\u2019t work in Internet Explorer as we\u2019re only demonstrating the Data URI font embedding and not using the EOT file format that IE requires.) \n\nNo Unnecessary Additives\n\nIf you peeked under the hood of that demo, did you notice something interesting? There\u2019s no <span> around the ampersand. The great thing about this is that we can take advantage of the font stack\u2019s natural ability to switch to a fallback font when a character isn\u2019t available.\n\nJust like that, we\u2019ve managed to spruce up our page with a little typographic sugar without having to put on too much weight.", "year": "2009", "author": "Jonathan Snook", "author_slug": "jonathansnook", "published": "2009-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/spruce-it-up/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 331, "title": "Splintered Striper", "contents": "Back in March 2004, David F. Miller demonstrated a little bit of DOM scripting magic in his A List Apart article Zebra Tables.\n\nHis script programmatically adds two alternating CSS background colours to table rows, making them more readable and visually pleasing, while saving the document author the tedious task of manually assigning the styling to large static data tables.\n\nAlthough David\u2019s original script performs its duty well, it is nonetheless very specific and limited in its application. It only:\n\n\n\tworks on a single table, identified by its id, with at least a single tbody section\n\tassigns a background colour\n\tallows two colours for odd and even rows\n\tacts on data cells, rather than rows, and then only if they have no class or background colour already defined\n\n\nTaking it further\n\nIn a recent project I found myself needing to apply a striped effect to a medium sized unordered list. Instead of simply modifying the Zebra Tables code for this particular case, I decided to completely recode the script to make it more generic.\n\nBeing more general purpose, the function in my splintered striper experiment is necessarily more complex. Where the original script only expected a single parameter (the id of the target table), the new function is called as follows:\n\nstriper('[parent element tag]','[parent element class or null]','[child element tag]','[comma separated list of classes]')\n\nThis new, fairly self-explanatory function:\n\n\n\ttargets any type of parent element (and, if specified, only those with a certain class)\n\tassigns two or more classes (rather than just two background colours) to the child elements inside the parent\n\tpreserves any existing classes already assigned to the child elements\n\n\nSee it in action\n\nView the demonstration page for three usage examples. For simplicity\u2019s sake, we\u2019re making the calls to the striper function from the body\u2019s onload attribute. In a real deployment situation, we would look at attaching a behaviour to the onload programmatically \u2014 just remember that, as we need to pass variables to the striper function, this would involve creating a wrapper function which would then be attached\u2026something like:\n\nfunction stripe() {\n    striper('tbody','splintered','tr','odd,even');\n}\n\nwindow.onload=stripe;\n\nA final thought\n\nJust because the function is called striper does not mean that it\u2019s limited to purely applying a striped look; as it\u2019s more of a general purpose \u201calternating class assignment\u201d script, you can achieve a whole variety of effects with it.", "year": "2005", "author": "Patrick Lauke", "author_slug": "patricklauke", "published": "2005-12-15T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2005/splintered-striper/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 219, "title": "Speed Up Your Site with Delayed Content", "contents": "Speed remains one of the most important factors influencing the success of any website, and the first rule of performance (according to Yahoo!) is reducing the number of HTTP requests. Over the last few years we\u2019ve seen techniques like sprites and combo CSS/JavaScript files used to reduce the number of HTTP requests. But there\u2019s one area where large numbers of HTTP requests are still a fact of life: the small avatars attached to the comments on articles like this one.\n\nAvatars\n\nMany sites like 24 ways use a fantastic service called Gravatar to provide user images. As a user, you can sign up to Gravatar, give them your e-mail address, and upload an image to represent you. Sites can then include your image by generating a one way hash of your e-mail address and using that to build an image URL. For example, the markup for the comments on this page looks something like this:\n\n<div>\n\t<h4><a href=\"http://allinthehead.com/\">\n\t\t<img src=\"http://www.gravatar.com/avatar.php?gravatar_id=13734b0cb20708f79e730809c29c3c48&size=100\" class=\"gravatar\" alt=\"\" height=\"100\" width=\"100\" />\n    Drew McLellan\n\t</a></h4>\n\t<p>This is a great article!</p>\n</div>\n\nThe Gravatar URL contains two parts. 100 is the size in pixels of the image we want.  13734b0cb20708f79e730809c29c3c48 is an MD5 digest of Drew\u2019s e-mail address. Using MD5 means we can request an image for a user without sharing their e-mail address with anyone who views the source of the page.\n\nSo what\u2019s wrong with avatars?\n\nThe problem is that a popular article can easily get hundreds of comments, and every one of them means another image has to be individually requested from Gravatar\u2019s servers. Each request is small and the Gravatar servers are fast but, when you add them up, it can easily add seconds to the rendering time of a page. Worse, they can delay the loading of more important assets like the CSS required to render the main content of the page.\n\nThese images aren\u2019t critical to the page, and don\u2019t need to be loaded up front. Let\u2019s see if we can delay loading them until everything else is done. That way we can give the impression that our site has loaded quickly even if some requests are still happening in the background.\n\nDelaying image loading\n\nThe first problem we find is that there\u2019s no way to prevent Internet Explorer, Chrome or Safari from loading an image without removing it from the HTML itself. Tricks like removing the images on the fly with JavaScript don\u2019t work, as the browser has usually started requesting the images before we get a chance to stop it.\n\nRemoving the images from the HTML means that people without JavaScript enabled in their browser won\u2019t see avatars. As Drew mentioned at the start of the month, this can affect a large number of people, and we can\u2019t completely ignore them. But most sites already have a textual name attached to each comment and the avatars are just a visual enhancement. In most cases it\u2019s OK if some of our users don\u2019t see them, especially if it speeds up the experience for the other 98%.\n\nRemoving the images from the source of our page also means we\u2019ll need to put them back at some point, so we need to keep a record of which images need to be requested. All Gravatar images have the same URL format; the only thing that changes is the e-mail hash. Storing this is a great use of HTML5 data attributes.\n\nHTML5 data what?\n\nData attributes are a new feature in HTML5. The latest version of the spec says:\n\n\n\tA custom data attribute is an attribute in no namespace whose name starts with the string \u201cdata-\u201d, has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no characters in the range U+0041 to U+005A (LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z).\n[\u2026]\nCustom data attributes are intended to store custom data private to the page or application, for which there are no more appropriate attributes or elements. These attributes are not intended for use by software that is independent of the site that uses the attributes.\n\n\nIn other words, they\u2019re attributes of an HTML element that start with \u201cdata-\u201d which you can use to share data with scripts running on your site. They\u2019re great for adding small bits of metadata that don\u2019t fit into an existing markup pattern the way microformats do.\n\nLet\u2019s see this in action\n\nTake a look at the markup for comments again:\n\n<div>\n\t<h4><a href=\"http://allinthehead.com/\">\n\t\t<img src=\"http://www.gravatar.com/avatar.php?gravatar_id=13734b0cb20708f79e730809c29c3c48&size=100\" class=\"gravatar\" alt=\"\" height=\"100\" width=\"100\" />\n    Drew McLellan\n\t</a></h4>\n\t<p>This is a great article!</p>\n</div>\n\nLet\u2019s replace the <img> element with a data-gravatar-hash attribute on the <a> element:\n\n<div>\n\t<h4><a href=\"http://allinthehead.com/\" data-gravatar-hash=\"13734b0cb20708f79e730809c29c3c48\">\n    Drew McLellan\n\t</a></h4>\n\t<p>This is a great article!</p>\n</div>\n\nOnce we\u2019ve done this, we\u2019ll need a small bit of JavaScript to find all these attributes, and replace them with images after the page has loaded. Here\u2019s an example using jQuery:\n\n$(window).load(function() {\n\t$('a[data-gravatar-hash]').prepend(function(index){\n\t\tvar hash = $(this).attr('data-gravatar-hash')\n\t\treturn '<img width=\"100\" height=\"100\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.gravatar.com/avatar.php?size=100&gravatar_id=' + hash + '\">'\n\t})\n})\n\nThis code waits until everything on the page is loaded, then uses jQuery.prepend to insert an image into every link containing a data-gravatar-hash attribute. It\u2019s short and relatively simple, but in tests it reduced the rendering time of a sample page from over three seconds to well under one.\n\nFinishing touches\n\nWe still need to consider the appearance of the page before the avatars have loaded. When our script adds extra content to the page it will cause a browser reflow, which is visually annoying. We can avoid this by using CSS to reserve some space for each image before it\u2019s inserted into the HTML:\n\n#comments div {\n\tpadding-left: 110px;\n\tmin-height: 100px;\n\tposition: relative;\n}\n#comments div h4 img {\n\tdisplay: block;\n\tposition: absolute;\n\ttop: 0;\n\tleft: 0;\n}\n\nIn a real world example, we\u2019ll also find that the HTML for a comment is more varied as many users don\u2019t provide a web page link. We can make small changes to our JavaScript and CSS to handle this case.\n\nPut this all together and you get this example.\n\nTaking this idea further\n\nThere\u2019s no reason to limit this technique to sites using Gravatar; we can use similar code to delay loading any images that don\u2019t need to be present immediately. For example, this year\u2019s redesigned Flickr photo page uses a \u201cdata-defer-src\u201d attribute to describe any image that doesn\u2019t need to be loaded straight away, including avatars and map tiles.\n\nYou also don\u2019t have to limit yourself to loading the extra resources once the page loads. You can get further bandwidth savings by waiting until the user takes an action before downloading extra assets. Amazon has taken this tactic to the extreme on its product pages \u2013 extra content is loaded as you scroll down the page.\n\nSo next time you\u2019re building a page, take a few minutes to think about which elements are peripheral and could be delayed to allow more important content to appear as quickly as possible.", "year": "2010", "author": "Paul Hammond", "author_slug": "paulhammond", "published": "2010-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/speed-up-your-site-with-delayed-content/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 66, "title": "Solve the Hard Problems", "contents": "So, here we find ourselves on the cusp of 2016. We\u2019ve had a good year \u2013 the web is still alive, no one has switched it off yet. Clients still have websites, teenagers still have phone apps, and there continue to be plenty of online brands to meaningfully engage with each day. Good job team, high fives all round.\nAs it\u2019s the time to make resolutions, I wanted to share three small ideas to take into the new year.\nGet good at what you do\n\u201cHow do you get to Carnegie Hall?\u201d the old joke goes. \u201cPractise, practise, practise.\u201d \nWe work in an industry where there is an awful lot to learn. There\u2019s a lot to learn to get started and then once you do, there\u2019s a lot more to learn to keep your skills current. Just when you think you\u2019ve mastered something, it changes.\nThis is true of many industries, of course, but the sheer pace of change for us makes learning not an annual activity, but daily. Learning takes time, and while I\u2019m not convinced that every skill takes the fabled ten thousand hours to master, there is certainly no escaping that to remain current we must reinvest time in keeping our skills up to date.\nPicking where to spend your time\nOne of the hardest aspects of this thing of ours is just choosing what to learn. If you, like me, invested any time in learning the Less CSS preprocessor over the last few years, you\u2019ll probably now be spending your time relearning Sass instead. If you spent time learning Grunt, chances are you\u2019ll now be thinking about whether you should switch to Gulp. It\u2019s not just that there are new types of tools, there are new tools and frameworks to do the things you\u2019re already doing, but, well, differently.\nDeciding what to learn is hard and the costs of backing the wrong horse can seriously mount up; so much so that by the time you\u2019ve learned and then relearned the tools everyone says you need for your job, there\u2019s rarely enough time to spend really getting to know how best to use them.\n\u00a0Practise, practise, practise\nDo you know how you don\u2019t get to Carnegie Hall? By learning a new instrument each week. It takes time and experience to really learn something well. That goes for a new JavaScript framework as much as a violin. If you flit from one shiny new thing to another, you\u2019re destined to produce amateurish work forever.\nLearn the new thing, but then stick with it long enough to get really good at it \u2013 even if Twitter trolls try to convince you it\u2019s not cool. What\u2019s really not cool is living as a forevernoob. \nIf you\u2019re still not sure what to learn, go back to basics. Considering a new CSS or JavaScript framework? Invest that time in learning the underlying CSS or JavaScript really well instead. Those skills will stand the test of time.\nAudience and purpose\nBack when I was in school, my English teacher (a nice Welsh lady, who I appreciate more now than I did back then) used to love to remind us that every piece of writing should have an audience and a purpose. So much so that audience and purpose almost became her catch phrase. For every essay, article or letter, we were reminded to consider who we were writing it for and what we were trying to achieve. \nIt\u2019s something I think about a lot; certainly when writing, but also in almost every other creative endeavour. Asking who is this for and what am I trying to achieve applies equally to designing a logo or website, through to composing music or writing software.\nBeing productive\nIt seems like everyone wants to have a product these days. As someone who used to do client services work and now has a product company, I often talk with people who are interested in taking something they\u2019ve built in-house and turning it into a product. You know the sort of thing: a design agency with its own CMS or project management web app; the very logical thought process of: if this helps our business, maybe others will find it valuable too; the question that inevitably follows: could we turn this into a product?\nWhether consciously or not, the audience and purpose influence nearly every aspect of your creative process. Once written or designed or developed or created, revising a work to change the audience and purpose can be quite a challenge. No matter how much you want to turn the tension-building, atmospheric music for a horror film into a catchy chart hit, it\u2019s going to be a struggle. Yes, it\u2019s music, but that\u2019s neither the audience nor purpose for which it was created.\nThe same is absolutely true for your in-house tools \u2013 those were also designed for a specific audience and purpose. Your in-house CMS would have been designed with an audience of your own development team, who are busy implementing sites for clients. The purpose is to make that team more productive overall, taking into account considerations of maintaining multiple sites on a common codebase, training clients, a more mature and stable platform and all the other benefits of reusing the same code for each project. The audience is your team and the purpose increased productivity.\nThat\u2019s very different from a customer who wants to buy a polished system to use off-the-shelf. If their needs perfectly aligned with yours then they wouldn\u2019t be in the market for your product \u2013 they would have built their own.\nSometimes you hear the advice to \u201cscratch your own itch\u201d when it comes to product design. I don\u2019t completely agree. Got an itch? Great. Find other itchy people and sell them a backscratcher.\nBuilding a product, like designing a website, is a lot of work. It requires knowing your audience and purpose inside out. You can\u2019t fudge it and you can\u2019t just hope you\u2019ll find an audience for some old thing you have lying around.\nAlways consider the audience and purpose for everything you create. It\u2019s often the difference between success and failure.\nSolve the hard problems\nHuman beings have a natural tendency to avoid hard problems. In digital design (websites, software, whatever) the received wisdom is often that we can get 80% of the way towards doing the hard thing by doing something that\u2019s not very hard.\nDo you know what you get at the end of it? Paid. But nothing really great ever happens that way.\nI worked on a client project a while back where one of the big challenges was making full use of the massive image library they had built up over the years. The client had tens of thousands of photographs, along with a fair amount of video and a large MP3 audio library too. If it wasn\u2019t managed carefully, storage sizes would get out of control, content would go unattributed, and everything would get very messy very quickly.\nI could tell from the outset that this aspect of the project was going to be a constant problem. So we tackled it head-on. We designed and built a media management system to hold and process all the assets, and added an API so the content management system could talk to it. Every time the site needed a photo at a new size, it made an API request to the system and everything was handled seamlessly.\nIt was a daunting job to invest all the time and effort in building that dedicated system and API, but it really paid off. Instead of having the constant troubles of a vast library of media, it became one of the strongest parts of the project.\nTurn your hardest problems into your biggest strengths\nThere\u2019s a funny thing about hard problems. The hardest problems are the most fun to solve and have the biggest impact.\nMaybe you\u2019re the sort of person who clocks in for work, does their job and clocks out at 5pm without another thought. But I don\u2019t think you are, because you\u2019re here reading this. If you really love what you do, I don\u2019t think you can be satisfied in your work unless you\u2019re seeking out and working on those hard problems. That\u2019s where the magic is.\n\nThe new year is a helpful time to think about breaking bad habits. Whether it\u2019s smoking a bit less, or going to the gym a bit more, the ticking over of the calendar can provide the motivation for a new start. I have some suggestions for you.\n\nGet good at what you do. Practise your skills and don\u2019t just flit from one shiny thing to the next.\nRemember who you\u2019re doing it for and why. Consider the audience and purpose for everything you create.\nSolve the hard problems. It\u2019s more interesting, more satisfying, and has a greater impact.\n\nAs we move into 2016, these are the things I\u2019m going to continue to work on. Maybe you\u2019d like to join me.", "year": "2015", "author": "Drew McLellan", "author_slug": "drewmclellan", "published": "2015-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2015/solve-the-hard-problems/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 229, "title": "Sketching to Communicate", "contents": "As a web designer I\u2019ve always felt that I\u2019d somehow cheated the system, having been absent on the day God handed out the ability to draw. I didn\u2019t study fine art, I don\u2019t have a natural talent to effortlessly knock out a realistic bowl of fruit beside a water jug, and yet somehow I\u2019ve still managed to blag my way this far. I\u2019m sure many of you may feel the same.\n\nI had no intention of becoming an artist, but to have enough skill to convey an idea in a drawing would be useful. Instead, my inadequate instrument would doodle drunkenly across the page leaving a web of unintelligible paths instead of the refined illustration I\u2019d seen in my mind\u2019s eye. This \u2013 and the natural scrawl of my handwriting \u2013 is fine (if somewhat frustrating) when it\u2019s for my eyes only but, when sketching to communicate a concept to a client, such amateur art would be offered with a sense of embarrassment. So when I had the opportunity to take part in some sketching classes whilst at Clearleft I jumped at the chance.\n\nWhy sketch?\n\nIn UX workshops early on in a project\u2019s life, sketching is a useful and efficient way to convey and record ideas. It\u2019s disposable and inexpensive, but needn\u2019t look amateur. A picture may be worth a thousand words, but a well executed sketch of how you\u2019ll combine funny YouTube videos with elephants to make Lolephants.com could be worth millions in venture capital. Actually, that\u2019s not bad\u2026 ;-)\n\nAlthough (as you will see) the basics of sketching are easy to master, the kudos you will receive from clients for being a \u2018proper designer\u2019 makes it worthwhile!\n\nWhere to begin?\n\nStart by not buying yourself a sketch pad. If you were the type of child who ripped the first page out of a school exercise book and started again if you made even a tiny mistake (you\u2019re not alone!), Wreck This Journal may offer a helping hand. Practicing on plain A4 paper instead of any \u2018special\u2019 notepad will make the process a whole lot easier, no matter how deliciously edible those Moleskines look.\n\nDo buy yourself a black fine-liner pen and a set of grey Pro Markers for shading. These pens are unlike any you will have used before, and look like blended watercolours once the ink is dry. Although multiple strokes won\u2019t create unsightly blotches of heavy ink on the page, they will go right through your top sheet so always remember to keep a rough sheet in the second position as an ink blotter.\n\n photo by Tom Harrison\n\nDon\u2019t buy pencils to sketch with, as they lack the confidence afforded by the heavy black ink strokes of marker pens and fine-liners.\n\nIf you\u2019re going to be sketching with clients then invest in some black markers and larger sheets of paper. At the risk of sounding like a stationery brand whore, Sharpies are ideal, and these comedy-sized Post-Its do the job far better than cheaper, less sticky alternatives. Although they\u2019re thicker than most standard paper, be sure to double-layer them if you\u2019re writing on them on a wall, unless you fancy a weekend redecorating your client\u2019s swanky boardroom.\n\nThe best way to build confidence and improve your sketching technique is, obviously, to practise. Reading this article will be of no help unless you repeat the following examples several times each. Go grab a pen and some paper now, and notice how you improve within even a short period of time.\n\nSketching web UI\n\nMost elements of any website can be drawn as a combination of geometric shapes.\n\n photo by Nathanael Boehm\n\nCircles\n\nTo draw a circle, get in position and start by resting your hand on the page and making the circular motion a few times without putting pen to paper. As you lower your pen whilst continuing the motion, you should notice the resulting shape is more regular than it otherwise would have been.\n\nSquares and rectangles\n\nDraw one pair of parallel lines first, followed by the others to complete the shapes. Slightly overlap the ends of the lines to make corners feel more solid than if you were to leave gaps. If you\u2019re drawing a container, always draw the contents first, that way it won\u2019t be a squash to fit them in. If you\u2019re drawing a grid (of thumbnails, for instance), draw all parallel lines first as a series of long dashes to help keep line lengths and angles consistent.\n\n\n\nShadows\n\nTo lift elements from the page for emphasis, add a subtle shadow with a grey marker. For the most convincing look, assume the light source to be at the top left of the page \u2013 the shadow should simply be a thick grey line along the bottom and up the right edge of your shape. If the shape is irregular, the shadow should follow its outline. This is a good way to emphasise featured items, speech bubbles, form buttons, and so on.\n\n\n\nSketching ideas\n\nArrows\n\nUse arrows to show steps in a process or direction of movement. Giving shadows a 3-D feel, or adding a single colour, will help separate them from the rest of the sketch.\n\n\n\nFaces\n\nStart by drawing the circle. The direction of the nose (merely a point) indicates the direction of the person\u2019s gaze. The eyes and mouth show emotion: more open and curvy for happy thoughts; more closed and jagged for angry thoughts. Try out a few shapes and see what emotions they convey.\n\n\n\nPeople\n\nRemember, we\u2019re aiming for communication rather than realism here. A stick man would be fine. Give him a solid body, as shown in this example, and it becomes easier to pose him.\n\n\n\nI know you think hands are hard, but they\u2019re quite important to convey some ideas, and for our purposes we don\u2019t need to draw hands with any detail. An oval with a stick does the job of a pointing hand. Close-ups might need more fingers showing, but still don\u2019t require any degree of realism.\n\nSignage\n\nDon\u2019t be afraid to use words. We\u2019re sketching to communicate, so if the easiest way to show an office block is a building with a big \u2018office\u2019 sign on the roof, that\u2019s fine!\n\n\n\nLabels\n\nLikewise, feel free to label interactions. Use upper-case letters for legibility and slightly angle the horizontal bars upwards to create a more positive feel.\n\nClich\u00e9s\n\nClich\u00e9s are your friend! Someone\u2019s having an idea? Light bulb above the head. Computer\u2019s crashed? Cloud of smoke with \u201c$\u00a3%*!\u201d\n\n\n\n\n\nIt\u2019s good to practise regularly. Try applying these principles to still life, too. Look around you now and draw the cup on the table, or the books on the shelf. Think of it as a combination of shapes and aim for symbolism rather than realism, and it\u2019s not as hard as you\u2019d think.\n\nI hope this has given you the confidence to give it a shot, and the ability to at least not be mortified with the results!\n\nTip: If you\u2019re involving clients in design games like Leisa Reichelt\u2019s \u2018Design Consequences\u2019 it may be wise to tone down the quality of your drawings at that point so they don\u2019t feel intimidated. Remember, it\u2019s important for them to feel at ease with the idea of wireframing in front of you and their colleagues, no matter how bad their line work.\n\nFor more information see davegrayinfo.com \u2013 Dave Gray taught me everything I know :-)", "year": "2010", "author": "Paul Annett", "author_slug": "paulannett", "published": "2010-12-19T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/sketching-to-communicate/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 104, "title": "Sitewide Search On A Shoe String", "contents": "One of the questions I got a lot when I was building web sites for smaller businesses was if I could create a search engine for their site. Visitors should be able to search only this site and find things without the maintainer having to put \u201crelated articles\u201d  or \u201cfeatured content\u201d links on every page by hand. \n\nBack when this was all fields this wasn\u2019t easy as you either had to write your own scraping tool, use ht://dig or a paid service from providers like Yahoo, Altavista or later on Google. In the former case you had to swallow the bitter pill of computing and indexing all your content and storing it in a database for quick access and in the latter it hurt your wallet.\n\nTimes have moved on and nowadays you can have the same functionality for free using Yahoo\u2019s \u201cBuild your own search service\u201d \u2013 BOSS. The cool thing about BOSS is that it allows for a massive amount of hits a day and you can mash up the returned data in any format you want. Another good feature of it is that it comes with JSON-P as an output format which makes it possible to use it without any server-side component!\n\nStarting with a working HTML form\n\nIn order to add a search to your site, you start with a simple HTML form which you can use without JavaScript. Most search engines will allow you to filter results by domain. In this case we will search \u201cbbc.co.uk\u201d. If you use Yahoo as your standard search, this could be: \n\n<form id=\"customsearch\" action=\"http://search.yahoo.com/search\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<label for=\"p\">Search this site:</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"p\" id=\"term\">\n\t\t<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"vs\" id=\"site\" value=\"bbc.co.uk\">\n\t\t<input type=\"submit\" value=\"go\">\n\t</div>\n</form>\n\nThe Google equivalent is:\n\n<form id=\"customsearch\" action=\"http://www.google.co.uk/search\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<label for=\"p\">Search this site:</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"as_q\" id=\"term\">\n\t\t<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"as_sitesearch\" id=\"site\" value=\"bbc.co.uk\">\n\t\t<input type=\"submit\" value=\"go\">\n\t</div>\n</form>\n\nIn any case make sure to use the ID term for the search term and site for the site, as this is what we are going to use for the script. To make things easier, also have an ID called customsearch on the form.\n\nTo use BOSS, you should get your own developer API for BOSS and replace the one in the demo code. There is click tracking on the search results to see how successful your app is, so you should make it your own.\n\nAdding the BOSS magic\n\nBOSS is a REST API, meaning you can use it in any HTTP request or in a browser by simply adding the right parameters to a URL. Say for example you want to search \u201cbbc.co.uk\u201d for \u201cchristmas\u201d all you need to do is open the following URL:\n\nhttp://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&format=xml&appid=YOUR-APPLICATION-ID\n\nTry it out and click it to see the results in XML. We don\u2019t want XML though, which is why we get rid of the format=xml parameter which gives us the same information in JSON:\n\nhttp://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&appid=YOUR-APPLICATION-ID\n\nJSON makes most sense when you can send the output to a function and immediately use it. For this to happen all you need is to add a callback parameter and the JSON will be wrapped in a function call. Say for example we want to call SITESEARCH.found() when the data was retrieved we can do it this way:\n\nhttp://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&callback=SITESEARCH.found&appid=YOUR-APPLICATION-ID\n\nYou can use this immediately in a script node if you want to. The following code would display the total amount of search results for the term christmas on bbc.co.uk as an alert:\n\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\tvar SITESEARCH = {};\n\tSITESEARCH.found = function(o){\n\t\talert(o.ysearchresponse.totalhits);\n\t}\n</script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"http://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/christmas?sites=bbc.co.uk&callback=SITESEARCH.found&appid=Kzv_lcHV34HIybw0GjVkQNnw4AEXeyJ9Rb1gCZSGxSRNrcif_HdMT9qTE1y9LdI-\">\n</script>\n\nHowever, for our example, we need to be a bit more clever with this.\n\nEnhancing the search form\n\n\n\n\nHere\u2019s the script that enhances a search form to show results below it.\n\nSITESEARCH = function(){\n\tvar config = {\n\t\tIDs:{\n\t\t\tsearchForm:'customsearch',\n\t\t\tterm:'term',\n\t\t\tsite:'site'\n\t\t},\n\t\tloading:'Loading results...',\n\t\tnoresults:'No results found.',\n\t\tappID:'YOUR-APP-ID',\n\t\tresults:20\n\t};\n\tvar form;\n\tvar out;\n\tfunction init(){\n\t\tif(config.appID === 'YOUR-APP-ID'){\n\t\t\talert('Please get a real application ID!');\n\t\t} else {\n\t\t\tform = document.getElementById(config.IDs.searchForm);\n\t\t\tif(form){\n\t\t\t\tform.onsubmit = function(){\n\t\t\t\t\tvar site = document.getElementById(config.IDs.site).value;\n\t\t\t\t\tvar term = document.getElementById(config.IDs.term).value;\n\t\t\t\t\tif(typeof site === 'string' && typeof term === 'string'){\n\t\t\t\t\t\tif(typeof out !== 'undefined'){\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\tout.parentNode.removeChild(out);\n\t\t\t\t\t\t}\n\t\t\t\t\t\tout = document.createElement('p');\n\t\t\t\t\t\tout.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.loading));\n\t\t\t\t\t\tform.appendChild(out);\n\t\t\t\t\t\tvar APIurl = 'http://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tterm + '?callback=SITESEARCH.found&sites=' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tsite + '&count=' + config.results + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t'&appid=' + config.appID;\n\t\t\t\t\t\tvar s = document.createElement('script');\n\t\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('src',APIurl);\n\t\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('type','text/javascript');\n\t\t\t\t\t\tdocument.getElementsByTagName('head')[0].appendChild(s);\n\t\t\t\t\t\treturn false;\n\t\t\t\t\t}\n\t\t\t\t};\n\t\t\t}\n\t\t}\n\t};\n\tfunction found(o){\n\t\tvar list = document.createElement('ul');\n\t\tvar results = o.ysearchresponse.resultset_web;\n\t\tif(results){\n\t\t\tvar item,link,description;\n\t\t\tfor(var i=0,j=results.length;i<j;i++){\n\t\t\t\titem = document.createElement('li');\n\t\t\t\tlink = document.createElement('a');\n\t\t\t\tlink.setAttribute('href',results[i].clickurl);\n\t\t\t\tlink.innerHTML = results[i].title;\n\t\t\t\titem.appendChild(link);\n\t\t\t\tdescription = document.createElement('p');\n\t\t\t\tdescription.innerHTML = results[i]['abstract'];\n\t\t\t\titem.appendChild(description);\n\t\t\t\tlist.appendChild(item);\n\t\t\t}\n\t\t} else {\n\t\t\tlist = document.createElement('p');\n\t\t\tlist.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.noresults));\n\t\t}\n\t\tform.replaceChild(list,out);\n\t\tout = list;\n\t};\n\treturn{\n\t\tconfig:config,\n\t\tinit:init,\n\t\tfound:found\n\t};\n}();\n\nOooohhhh scary code! Let\u2019s go through this one bit at a time:\n\nWe start by creating a module called SITESEARCH and give it an configuration object: \n\nSITESEARCH = function(){\n\tvar config = {\n\t\tIDs:{\n\t\t\tsearchForm:'customsearch',\n\t\t\tterm:'term',\n\t\t\tsite:'site'\n\t\t},\n\t\tloading:'Loading results...',\n\t\tappID:'YOUR-APP-ID',\n\t\tresults:20\n\t}\n\nConfiguration objects are a great idea to make your code easy to change and also to override. In this case you can define different IDs than the one agreed upon earlier, define a message to show when the results are loading, when there aren\u2019t any results, the application ID and the number of results that should be displayed.\n\nNote: you need to replace \u201cYOUR-APP-ID\u201d with the real ID you retrieved from BOSS, otherwise the script will complain! \n\nvar form;\nvar out;\nfunction init(){\n\tif(config.appID === 'YOUR-APP-ID'){\n\t\talert('Please get a real application ID!');\n\t} else {\n\nWe define form and out as variables to make sure that all the methods in the module have access to them. We then check if there was a real application ID defined. If there wasn\u2019t, the script complains and that\u2019s that.      \n\nform = document.getElementById(config.IDs.searchForm);\nif(form){\n\tform.onsubmit = function(){\n\t\tvar site = document.getElementById(config.IDs.site).value;\n\t\tvar term = document.getElementById(config.IDs.term).value;\n\t\tif(typeof site === 'string' && typeof term === 'string'){      \n\nIf the application ID was a winner, we check if the form with the provided ID exists and apply an onsubmit event handler. The first thing we get is the values of the site we want to search in and the term that was entered and check that those are strings.\n\nif(typeof out !== 'undefined'){\n\tout.parentNode.removeChild(out);\n}\nout = document.createElement('p');\nout.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.loading));\nform.appendChild(out);  \n\nIf both are strings we check of out is undefined. We will create a loading message and subsequently the list of search results later on and store them in this variable. So if out is defined, it\u2019ll be an old version of a search (as users will re-submit the form over and over again)  and we need to remove that old version.\n\nWe then create a paragraph with the loading message and append it to the form.\n\nvar APIurl = 'http://boss.yahooapis.com/ysearch/web/v1/' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tterm + '?callback=SITESEARCH.found&sites=' + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\tsite + '&count=' + config.results + \n\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t'&appid=' + config.appID;\n\t\t\t\t\tvar s = document.createElement('script');\n\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('src',APIurl);\n\t\t\t\t\ts.setAttribute('type','text/javascript');\n\t\t\t\t\tdocument.getElementsByTagName('head')[0].appendChild(s);\n\t\t\t\t\treturn false;\n\t\t\t\t}\n\t\t\t};\n\t\t}\n\t}\n};\n\nNow it is time to call the BOSS API by assembling a correct REST URL, create a script node and apply it to the head of the document. We return false to ensure the form does not get submitted as we want to stay on the page.\n\nNotice that we are using SITESEARCH.found as the callback method, which means that we need to define this one to deal with the data returned by the API.\n\nfunction found(o){\n\tvar list = document.createElement('ul');\n\tvar results = o.ysearchresponse.resultset_web;\n\tif(results){\n\t\tvar item,link,description;\n\nWe create a new list and then get the resultset_web array from the data returned from the API. If there aren\u2019t any results returned, this array will not exist which is why we need to check for it. Once we done that we can define three variables to repeatedly store the item title we want to display, the link to point to and the description of the link.\n\nfor(var i=0,j=results.length;i<j;i++){\n\titem = document.createElement('li');\n\tlink = document.createElement('a');\n\tlink.setAttribute('href',results[i].clickurl);\n\tlink.innerHTML = results[i].title;\n\titem.appendChild(link);\n\tdescription = document.createElement('p');\n\tdescription.innerHTML = results[i]['abstract'];\n\titem.appendChild(description);\n\tlist.appendChild(item);\n}\n\nWe then loop over the results array and assemble a list of results with the titles in links and paragraphs with the abstract of the site. Notice the bracket notation for abstract as abstract is a reserved word in JavaScript2 :).\n\n} else {\n\t\tlist = document.createElement('p');\n\t\tlist.appendChild(document.createTextNode(config.noresults));\n\t}\n\tform.replaceChild(list,out);\n\tout = list;\n};      \n\nIf there aren\u2019t any results, we define a paragraph with the no results message as list. In any case we replace the old out (the loading message) with the list and re-define out as the list.  \n\nreturn{\n\t\tconfig:config,\n\t\tinit:init,\n\t\tfound:found\n\t};\n}();\n\nAll that is left to do is return the properties and methods we want to make public. In this case found needs to be public as it is accessed by the API return. We return init to make it accessible and config to allow implementers to override any of the properties.\n\nUsing the script\n\n\nIn order to use this script, all you need to do is to add it after the form in the document, override the API key with your own and call init():\n\n<form id=\"customsearch\" action=\"http://search.yahoo.com/search\">\n\t<div>\n\t\t<label for=\"p\">Search this site:</label>\n\t\t<input type=\"text\" name=\"p\" id=\"term\">\n\t\t<input type=\"hidden\" name=\"vs\" id=\"site\" value=\"bbc.co.uk\">\n\t\t<input type=\"submit\" value=\"go\">\n\t</div>\n</form>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"boss-site-search.js\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\tSITESEARCH.config.appID = 'copy-the-id-you-know-to-get-where';\n\tSITESEARCH.init();\n</script>\n\nWhere to go from here\n\nThis is just a very simple example of what you can do with BOSS. You can define languages and regions, retrieve and display images and news and mix the results with other data sources before displaying them. One very cool feature is that by adding a view=keyterms parameter to the URL you can get the keywords of each of the results to drill deeper into the search. An example for this written in PHP is available on the YDN blog. For JavaScript solutions there is a handy wrapper called yboss available to help you go nuts.", "year": "2008", "author": "Christian Heilmann", "author_slug": "chrisheilmann", "published": "2008-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/sitewide-search-on-a-shoestring/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 127, "title": "Showing Good Form", "contents": "Earlier this year, I forget exactly when (it\u2019s been a good year), I was building a client site that needed widgets which look like this (designed, incidentally, by my erstwhile writing partner, Cameron Adams):\n\n\n\nBuilding this was a challenge not just in CSS, but in choosing the proper markup \u2013 how should such a widget be constructed?\n\nMmm \u2026 markup\n\nIt seemed to me there were two key issues to deal with:\n\n\n\tThe function of the interface is to input information, so semantically this is a form, therefore we have to find a way of building it using form elements: fieldset, legend, label and input\n\tWe can\u2019t use a table for layout, even though that would clearly be the easiest solution!\n\n\nAbusing tables for layout is never good \u2013 physical layout is not what table semantics mean. But even if this data can be described as a table, we shouldn\u2019t mix forms markup with non-forms markup, because of the behavioral impact this can have on a screen reader:\n\nTo take a prominent example, the screen reader JAWS has a mode specifically for interacting with forms (cunningly known as \u201cforms mode\u201d). When running in this mode its output only includes relevant elements \u2013 legends, labels and form controls themselves. Any other kind of markup \u2013 like text in a previous table cell, a paragraph or list in between \u2013 is simply ignored. The user in this situation would have to switch continually in and out of forms mode to hear all the content. (For more about this issue and some test examples, there\u2019s a  thread at accessify forum which wanders in that direction.)\n\nOne further issue for screen reader users is implied by the design: the input fields are associated together in rows and columns, and a sighted user can visually scan across and down to make those associations; but a blind user can\u2019t do that. For such a user the row and column header data will need to be there at every axis; in other words, the layout should be more like this:\n\n\n\nAnd constructed with appropriate semantic markup to convey those relationships. By this point the selection of elements seems pretty clear: each row is a fieldset, the row header is a legend, and each column header is a label, associated with an input.\n\nHere\u2019s what that form looks like with no CSS:\n\n\n\nAnd here\u2019s some markup for the first row (with most of the attributes removed just to keep this example succinct):\n\n<fieldset>\n\t<legend>\n\t\t<span>Match points</span>\n\t</legend>\n\t<label>\n\t\t<span>Win</span>\n\t\t<input value=\"3\" />\n\t</label>\n\t<label>\n\t\t<span>Draw</span>\n\t\t<input value=\"1\" />\n\t</label>\n\t<label>\n\t\t<span>Lose</span>\n\t\t<input value=\"0\" />\n\t</label>\n\t<label>\n\t\t<span>Played</span>\n\t\t<input value=\"0\" />\n\t</label>\n</fieldset>\n\nThe span inside each legend is because legend elements are highly resistant to styling! Indeed they\u2019re one of the most stubborn elements in the browsers\u2019 vocabulary. Oh man \u2026 how I wrestled with the buggers \u2026 until this obvious alternative occurred to me! So the legend element itself is just a container, while all the styling is on the inner span.\n\nOh yeah, there was some CSS too\n\nI\u2019m not gonna dwell too much on the CSS it took to make this work \u2013 this is a short article, and it\u2019s all there in the demo [demo page, style sheet]\n\nBut I do want to touch on the most interesting bit \u2013 where we get from a layout with headers on every row, to one where only the top row has headers \u2013 or at least, so it appears to graphical browsers. For screen readers, as we noted, we need those headers on every row, so we should employ some cunning CSS to partly negate their visual presence, without removing them from the output.\n\nThe core styling for each label span is like this:\n\nlabel span\n{\n\tdisplay:block;\n\tpadding:5px;\n\tline-height:1em;\n\tbackground:#423221;\n\tcolor:#fff;\n\tfont-weight:bold;\n}\n\nBut in the rows below the header they have these additional rules:\n\nfieldset.body label span\n{\n\tpadding:0 5px;\n\tline-height:0;\n\tposition:relative;\n\ttop:-10000em;\n}\n\nThe rendered width of the element is preserved, ensuring that the surrounding label is still the same width as the one in the header row above, and hence a unified column width is preserved all the way down. But the element effectively has no height, and so it\u2019s effectively invisible. The styling is done this way, rather than just setting the height to zero and using overflow:hidden, because to do that would expose an unrelated quirk with another popular screen reader! (It would hide the output from Window Eyes, as shown in this  test example at access matters.)\n\nThe finished widget\n\nIt\u2019s an intricate beast allright! But after all that we do indeed get the widget we want:\n\n\n\tDemo page\n\tStyle sheet\n\n\nIt\u2019s not perfect, most notably because the legends have to have a fixed width; this can be in em to allow for text scaling, but it still doesn\u2019t allow the content to break into multiple lines. It also doesn\u2019t look quite right in Safari; and some CSS hacking was needed to make it look right in IE6 and IE7.\n\nStill it worked well enough for the purpose, and satisfied the client completely. And most of all it re-assured me in my faith \u2013 that there\u2019s never any need to abuse tables for layout. (Unless of course you think this content is a table anyway, but that\u2019s another story!)", "year": "2006", "author": "James Edwards", "author_slug": "jamesedwards", "published": "2006-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/showing-good-form/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 74, "title": "Should We Be Reactive?", "contents": "Evolution\n\nLooking at the evolution of the web and the devices we use should help remind us that the times we\u2019re adjusting to are just another step on a journey. These times seem to be telling us that we need to embrace flexibility.\n\nImagine an HTML file containing nothing but text. It\u2019s viewable on any web-capable device and reasonably readable: the notion of the universality of the web was very much a founding principle. Right from the beginning, browser vendors understood that we\u2019d want text to reflow (why wouldn\u2019t we?), so I consider the first websites to have been fluid. \n\nAs we attempted to exert more control through our designs in the early days of the web, debates about whether we should produce fixed or fluid sites raged. We could create fluid designs using tables, but what we didn\u2019t have then was a wide range of web capable devices or the ability to control this fluidity. The biggest changes occurred when stats showed enough people using a different screen resolution we could cater for.\n\nTo me, the techniques of responsive web design provide the control we were missing. Combining new approaches to layout and images with media queries empowered us to learn how to embrace the inherent flexibility of the web in ways to suit our work and the devices used by our audience.\n\nPerhaps another kind of flexibility might be found in how we use context to affect how we present our content; to consider how we might use the information we can access from people, browsers and devices to provide web experiences \u2013 effectively creating sites that react to initial or changing circumstances in the relationship between people and our content.\n\nEmbracing flexibility\n\nSo what is context? Put simply, you could think of it as a secondary piece of information that helps clarify the meaning of the first. It helps set a scene or describe circumstances. I think that Cennydd Bowles has summed it up really well through talks he\u2019s given recently, in which he\u2019s arrived at the acronym DETAILS (Device, Environment, Time, Activity, Individual, Location, Social) \u2013 I encourage you to keep an eye out for his next book due in the new year where he\u2019ll explore this idea much further. This clarity over what context could mean in terms of what we do on the web is fundamental, directing us towards ways we might use it.\n\nWhen you stop to think about it, we\u2019ve been using some basic pieces of this information right from the beginning, like bits of JavaScript or Java applets that serve an appropriate greeting to your site\u2019s visitors, or show their location, or even local weather. But what if we think of this from the beginning of our projects?\n\nWe should think about our content first. Once we know this and have a direction, perhaps then we can think about what context, or even multiple contexts, might help us to communicate more effectively.\n\nThe real world\n\nThere\u2019s always been a disconnect between the real world and the web, which is to be expected. But the world around us is a sea of data; every fundamental building block: people, places, events and things have information waiting to be explored. \n\nFor sites based around physical objects or locations, this divide is really apparent. We don\u2019t ordinarily take the time to describe in code the properties of a place, or consider whether your relationship to the place in the real world should have any impact on your relationship with a site about it.\n\nWhen I think about local businesses, they have such rich properties to draw on and yet we don\u2019t really explore them in any meaningful way, even through something as simple as opening hours.\n\nNow we have data\u2026\n\nWe\u2019ve long had access to the current time both on server- and client-sides. The use of geolocation is easier than ever, but when we look at the range of information we could glean to help us make some choices, maybe there\u2019s some help on the horizon from projects like the W3C Device APIs Working Group. This might prove useful to help make us aware of network and battery conditions of a device, along with the potential to gain data from other sensors, which could tell us about lighting conditions, ambient noise levels and temperature depending on the capabilities of the device.\n\nIt may be that our sites have some form of login or access to your profile from another site. Along with data from our devices and browsers, this should give us a sense of how best to talk to our audience in certain situations. We don\u2019t necessarily need to know any personal details, just enough to make decisions about how to present our sites.\n\nThe reactive web?\n\nSo why reactive web design? I\u2019m hoping that a name might help us to have a common vocabulary not only about what we mean when we talk about context, but how it could be considered through our projects, right from the early stages. How could this manifest itself?\n\nA simple example might be a location-aware panel on your site. Perhaps the space is a little down in your content hierarchy but serves a perfectly valid purpose by default. To visitors outside the country perhaps this works fine, but within your country maybe this panel could be used to communicate more effectively. Further still, if we knew the visitors were in the vicinity, we could talk to them more directly. \n\nWhat if both time and location were relevant? This space could work as before but you could consider how time could intersect with your local audience. If you know they\u2019re local and it\u2019s a certain time of day, you could communicate directly with them.\n\nThis example isn\u2019t beyond what banner ads often do and uses easily accessible information. There are more unusual combinations we may be able to find, such as movement and presence. Perhaps a site that tells a story, which changes design and content based on whether you\u2019re moving, how long you\u2019ve been on the site and how far you\u2019ve travelled. This isn\u2019t what we typically expect from websites, but we should bear in mind that what websites are now will not be what they become in the future.\n\nYou could do much of this contextual presentation through native apps, of course. The Silent History, an app novel written and designed for iPad and iPhone, uses an exploration element, providing \u201chundreds of location-based stories across the U.S. and around the world. These can be read only when your device\u2019s GPS matches the coordinates of the specified location.\u201d But considering the universality of the web, we could redefine what web-based experiences should be like. Not all methods would work well on the web, but that\u2019s a decision that has to be made for a specific project.\n\nBy thinking more broadly about any web-capable device, we can use what we know to provide relevant experiences for our site\u2019s visitors. We need to be sure what we mean by relevant, of course!\n\nReality bites\n\nWhile there are incredible possibilities, from a simple panel on a site to something bordering on living sites that evolve and change with our circumstances, we need to act with a degree of pragmatism and understand how much of what we could do is based on assumptions and the bias of our own experiences.\n\nWe could go wild with changing the way our content is presented based on contextual information, but if we\u2019re not careful what we end up with confuses and could provide a very fractured experience. As much as possible we need to think more ethnographically, observe and question people in the situations we think may be relevant, and test our assumptions as early as we can. Even on small projects, there may be ways we can validate our assumptions and test with our audience. The key to applying contextual content or cues is not to break the experience between contextual views (as I think we now wouldn\u2019t when hiding content on a mobile view). \n\nIt\u2019s another instance of progressive enhancement \u2013 as we know certain pieces of information, we can enhance the experience. Also, if you do change content, how can you not make a more cumbersome experience for your visitors?\n\nIt\u2019s all about communication\n\nContent is at the core of what we do, but if we consider context we need to understand the impact on that. The effect could be as subtle as an altered hierarchy, involve swapping out panels of content, or in extreme instances perhaps all of your content might change. In some ways, this extends the notion of adaptive content that Karen McGrane has been talking about, to how we write and store the content we create. Thinking about the the impact of context may require us to re-evaluate our site structure, too. Whatever we decide, we have to be clear what will happen and manage the expectations of our users.\n\nThe bottom line\n\nWhat I\u2019m proposing isn\u2019t that we go crazy and end up with a confused, disjointed set of experiences across the web. What I hope is that starting right from the beginning of a project, we think about what context is and could be, and see what relevance it might have to what we\u2019re trying to communicate. This strategic process leads us to think about design.\n\nWe are slowly adapting to what it means to be flexible through responsive and adaptive processes. What does thinking about contextual states mean to us (or designing for state in general)? Does this highlight again how difficult it\u2019ll be for our tools to keep up with our processes and output?\n\nIn terms of code, the vast majority of this data comes from the client-side through JavaScript. While we can progressively enhance, this could lead to a lot of code bloat through feature or capability detection, and potentially a lot of conditional loading of scripts. It\u2019s a real shame we don\u2019t get much we can rely on from the server-side \u2013 we know how unreliable user agents are!\n\nWe need to understand why we\u2019d do this. Are we trying to communicate well and be useful, or doing it to show off? Underneath it all, what do we base our decisions on? Do we have actual insight or are we proceeding from our assumptions and the bias of our own experiences? Scott Jenson summed it up best for me: (to paraphrase) the pain we put people through has to be greatly outweighed by the value we offer.\n\nI see that this could be another potential step in our evolution on the web; continuing this exploration of the flexibility the web allows us. It\u2019s amazing we can do such incredible things from what is essentially a set of disparate, linked documents.", "year": "2012", "author": "Dan Donald", "author_slug": "dandonald", "published": "2012-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/should-we-be-reactive/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 110, "title": "Shiny Happy Buttons", "contents": "Since Mac OS X burst onto our screens, glossy, glassy, shiny buttons have been almost de rigeur, and have essentially, along with reflections and rounded corners, become a clich\u00e9 of Web 2.0 \u201cdesign\u201d. But if you can\u2019t beat \u2018em you\u2019d better join \u2018em. So, in this little contribution to our advent calendar, we\u2019re going to take a plain old boring HTML button, and 2.0 it up the wazoo. \n\nBut, here\u2019s the catch. We\u2019ll use no images, either in our HTML or our CSS. No sliding doors, no image replacement techniques. Just straight up, CSS, CSS3 and a bit of experimental CSS. And, it will be compatible with pretty much any browser (though with some progressive enhancement for those who keep up with the latest browsers).\n\nThe HTML\n\nWe\u2019ll start with our HTML.\n\n<button type=\"submit\">This is a shiny button</button>\n\nOK, so it\u2019s not shiny yet \u2013 but boy will it ever be.\n\nBefore styling, that\u2019s going to look like this.\n\nIronically, depending on the operating system and browser you are using, it may well be a shiny button already, but that\u2019s not the point. We want to make it shiny 2.0. Our mission is to make it look something like this\n\n\n\nIf you want to follow along at home keep in mind that depending on which browser you are using you may see fewer of the CSS effects we\u2019ve added to create the button. As of writing, only in Safari are all the effects we\u2019ll apply supported.\n\nTaking a look at our finished product, here\u2019s what we\u2019ve done to it:\n\n\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button some padding and a width.\n\tWe\u2019ve changed the text color, and given the text a drop shadow.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button a border.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button some rounded corners.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button a drop shadow.\n\tWe\u2019ve given the button a gradient background.\n\n\nand remember, all without using any images.\n\nStyling the button\n\nSo, let\u2019s get to work.\n\nFirst, we\u2019ll add given the element some padding and a width:\n\nbutton {\n\tpadding: .5em;\n\twidth: 15em;\n}\n\nNext, we\u2019ll add the text color, and the drop shadow:\n\ncolor: #ffffff;\ntext-shadow: 1px 1px 1px #000;\n\nA note on text-shadow\n\nIf you\u2019ve not seen text-shadows before well, here\u2019s the quick back-story. Text shadow was introduced in CSS2, but only supported in Safari (version 1!) some years later. It was removed from CSS2.1, but returned in CSS3 (in the text module). It\u2019s now supported in Safari, Opera and Firefox (3.1). Internet Explorer has a shadow filter, but the syntax is completely different.\n\nSo, how do text-shadows work? The three length values specify respectively a horizontal offset, a vertical offset and a blur (the greater the number the more blurred the shadow will be), and finally a color value for the shadow.\n\nRounding the corners\n\nNow we\u2019ll add a border, and round the corners of the element:\n\nborder: solid thin #882d13;\n-webkit-border-radius: .7em;\n-moz-border-radius: .7em;\nborder-radius: .7em;\n\nHere, we\u2019ve used the same property in three slightly different forms. We add the browser specific prefix for Webkit and Mozilla browsers, because right now, both of these browsers only support border radius as an experimental property. We also add the standard property name, for browsers that do support the property fully in the future. \n\nThe benefit of the browser specific prefix is that if a browser only partly supports a given property, we can easily avoid using the property with that browser simply by not adding the browser specific prefix. At present, as you might guess, border-radius is supported in Safari and Firefox, but in each the relevant prefix is required.\n\nborder-radius takes a length value, such as pixels. (It can also take two length values, but that\u2019s for another Christmas.) In this case, as with padding, I\u2019ve used ems, which means that as the user scales the size of text up and down, the radius will scale as well. You can test the difference by making the radius have a value of say 5px, and then zooming up and down the text size. \n\nWe\u2019re well and truly on the way now. All we need to do is add a shadow to the button, and then a gradient background.\n\nIn CSS3 there\u2019s the box-shadow property, currently only supported in Safari 3. It\u2019s very similar to text-shadow \u2013 you specify a horizontal and vertical offset, a blur value and a color.\n\n-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 3px #999; \nbox-shadow: 2px 2px 2px #bbb;\n\nOnce more, we require the \u201cexperimental\u201d -webkit- prefix, as Safari\u2019s support for this property is still considered by its developers to be less than perfect.\n\nGradient Background\n\nSo, all we have left now is to add our shiny gradient effect. Now of course, people have been doing this kind of thing with images for a long time. But if we can avoid them all the better. Smaller pages, faster downloads, and more scalable designs that adapt better to the user\u2019s font size preference. But how can we add a gradient background without an image?\n\nHere we\u2019ll look at the only property that is not as yet part of the CSS standard \u2013 Apple\u2019s gradient function for use anywhere you can use images with CSS (in this case backgrounds). In essence, this takes SVG gradients, and makes them available via CSS syntax.\n\nHere\u2019s what the property and its value looks like:\n\nbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left bottom, from(#e9ede8), to(#ce401c),color-stop(0.4, #8c1b0b));\n\nZooming in on the gradient function, it has this basic form:\n\n-webkit-gradient(type, point, point, from(color), to(color),color-stop(where, color));\n\nWhich might look complicated, but is less so than at first glance.\n\nThe name of the function is gradient (and in this case, because it is an experimental property, we use the -webkit- prefix).\n\nYou might not have seen CSS functions before, but there are others, including the attr() function, used with generated content. A function returns a value that can be used as a property value \u2013 here we are using it as a background image.\n\nNext we specify the type of the gradient. Here we have a linear gradient, and there are also radial gradients. \n\nAfter that, we specify the start and end points of the gradient \u2013 in our case the top and bottom of the element, in a vertical line. \n\nWe then specify the start and end colors \u2013 and finally one stop color, located at 40% of the way down the element. Together, this creates a gradient that smoothly transitions from the start color in the top, vertically to the stop color, then smoothly transitions to the end color.\n\nThere\u2019s one last thing. What color will the background of our button be if the browser doesn\u2019t support gradients? It will be white (or possibly some default color for buttons). Which may make the text difficult or impossible to read. So, we\u2019ll add a background color as well (see why the validator is always warning you when a color but not a background color is specified for an element?).\n\nIf we put it all together, here\u2019s what we have:\n\nbutton {\n\twidth: 15em;\n\tpadding: .5em;\n\tcolor: #ffffff;\n\ttext-shadow: 1px 1px 1px #000;\n\tborder: solid thin #882d13;\n\t-webkit-border-radius: .7em;\n\t-moz-border-radius: .7em;\n\tborder-radius: .7em;\n\t-webkit-box-shadow: 2px 2px 3px #999; \n\tbox-shadow: 2px 2px 2px #bbb;\n\tbackground-color: #ce401c;\n\tbackground-image: -webkit-gradient(linear, left top, left bottom, from(#e9ede8), to(#ce401c),color-stop(0.4, #8c1b0b));\n}\n\nWhich looks like this in various browsers:\n\nIn Safari (3)\n\n\n\nIn Firefox 3.1 (3.0 supports border-radius but not text-shadow)\n\n\n\nIn Opera 10\n\n\n\nand of course in Internet Explorer (version 8 shown here)\n\n\n\nBut it looks different in different browsers\n\nYes, it does look different in different browsers, but we all know the answer to the question \u201cdo web sites need to look the same in every browser?\u201c.\n\nEven if you really think sites should look the same in every browser, hopefully this little tutorial has whet your appetite for what CSS3 and experimental CSS that\u2019s already supported in widely used browsers (and we haven\u2019t even touched on animations and similar effects!).\n\nI hope you\u2019ve enjoyed out little CSSMas present, and look forward to seeing your shiny buttons everywhere on the web.\n\nOh, and there\u2019s just a bit of homework \u2013 your job is to use the :hover selector, and make a gradient in the hover state.", "year": "2008", "author": "John Allsopp", "author_slug": "johnallsopp", "published": "2008-12-18T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/shiny-happy-buttons/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 190, "title": "Self-Testing Pages with JavaScript", "contents": "Working at an agency I am involved more and more on projects in which client side code is developed internally then sent out to a separate team for implementation. You provide static HTML, CSS and JavaScript which then get placed into the CMS and brought to life as an actual website. As you can imagine this can sometimes lead to frustrations. However many safeguards you include, handing over your code to someone else is always a difficult thing to do effectively.\n\nIn this article I will show you how you can create a JavaScript implementation checker and that will give you more time for drink based activity as your web site and apps are launched quicker and with less unwanted drama!\n\nAn all too frequent occurrence\n\nYou\u2019ve been working on a project for weeks, fixed all your bugs and send it to be implemented. You hear nothing and assume all is going well then a few days before it\u2019s meant to launch you get an email from the implementation team informing you of bugs in your code that you need to urgently fix.\n\n The 24ways website with a misspelt ID for the years menu\n\nBeing paranoid you trawl through the preview URL, check they have the latest files, check your code for errors then notice that a required HTML attribute has been omitted from the build and therefore CSS or JavaScript you\u2019ve hooked onto that particular attribute isn\u2019t being applied and that\u2019s what is causing the \u201cbug\u201d.\n\nIt takes you seconds drafting an email informing them of this, it takes then seconds putting the required attribute in and low and behold the bug is fixed, everyone is happy but you\u2019ve lost a good few hours of your life \u2013 this time could have been better spent in the pub.\n\nI\u2019m going to show you a way that these kind of errors can be alerted immediately during implementation of your code and ensure that when you are contacted you know that there actually is a bug to fix. You probably already know the things that could be omitted from a build and look like bugs so you\u2019ll soon be creating tests to look for these and alert when they are not found on the rendered page. The error is reported directly to those who need to know about it and fix it. Less errant bug reports and less frantic emails ahoy!\n\n A page with an implementation issue and instant feedback on the problem\n\nJavaScript selector engines to the rescue\n\nWhether you\u2019re using a library or indeed tapping into the loveliness of the new JavaScript Selector APIs looking for particular HTML elements in JavaScript is fairly trivial now. \n\nFor instance this is how you look for a div element with the id attribute of year (the missing attribute from top image) using jQuery (the library I\u2019ll be coding my examples in): \n\nif ($(\u2018div#year\u2019).length) {\n\talert(\u2018win\u2019);\n}\n\nUsing this logic you can probably imagine how you can write up a quick method to check for the existence of a particular element and alert when it\u2019s not present \u2014 but assuming you have a complex page you\u2019re going to be repeating yourself a fair bit and we don\u2019t want to be doing that.\n\nTest scripts\n\nIf you\u2019ve got a lot of complex HTML patterns that need testing across a number of different pages it makes sense to keep your tests out of production code. Chances are you\u2019ve already got a load of heavy JavaScript assets, and when it comes to file size saving every little helps.\n\nI don\u2019t think that tests should contain code inside of them so keep mine externally as JSON. This also means that you can use the one set of tests in multiple places. We already know that it\u2019s a good idea to keep our CSS and JavaScript separate so lets continue along those lines here.\n\nThe test script for this example looks like this:\n\n{\n\t\"title\": \"JS tabs implementation test\",\n\t\"description\": \"Check that the correct HTML patterns has been used\",\n\t\"author\": \"Ross Bruniges\",\n\t\"created\": \"20th July 2009\",\n\t\"tests\": [\n\t\t{\n\t\t\t\"name\": \"JS tabs elements\",\n\t\t\t\"description\": \"Checking that correct HTML elements including class/IDs are used on the page for the JS to progressively enhance\",\n\t\t\t\"selector\": \"div.tabbed_content\",\n\t\t\t\"message\": \"We couldn't find VAR on the page - it's required for our JavaScript to function correctly\",\n\t\t\t\"check_for\": {\n\t\t\t\t\"contains\": {\n\t\t\t\t\t\"elements\": [\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\"div.tab_content\", \"h2\" \n\t\t\t\t\t],\n\t\t\t\t\t\"message\": \"We've noticed some missing HTML:</p><ul><li>VAR</li></ul><p>please refer to the examples sent for reference\" \n\t\t\t\t} \n\t\t\t} \n\t\t} \n\t]\n}\n\nThe first four lines are just a little bit of meta data so we remember what this test was all about when we look at it again in the future, or indeed if it ever breaks. The tests are the really cool parts and firstly you\u2019ll notice that it\u2019s an array \u2013 we\u2019re only going to show one example test here but there is no reason why you can\u2019t place in as many as you want. I\u2019ll explain what each of the lines in the example test means:\n\n\n\tname \u2013 short test name, I use this in pass/fail messaging later\n\tdescription \u2013 meta data for future reference\n\tselector \u2013 the root HTML element from which your HTML will be searched\n\tmessage \u2013 what the app will alert if the initial selector isn\u2019t found\n\tcheck_for \u2013 a wrapper to hold inner tests \u2013 those run if the initial selector does match\n\t\n\t\tcontains \u2013 the type of check, we\u2019re checking that the selector contains specified elements\n\t\t\n\t\t\telements \u2013 the HTML elements we are searching for\n\t\t\tmessage \u2013 a message for when these don\u2019t match (VAR is substituted when it\u2019s appended to the page with the name of any elements that don\u2019t exist)\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\nIt\u2019s very important to pass the function valid JSON (JSONLint is a great tool for this) otherwise you might get a console showing no tests have even been run. \n\nThe JavaScript that makes this helpful\n\nAgain, this code should never hit a production server so I\u2019ve kept it external. This also means that the only thing that\u2019s needed to be done by the implementation team when they are ready to build is that they delete this code.\n\n<script src=\"sleuth.js\" type=\"text/javascript\"></script>\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n\t$(document).ready(function() {\n\t  sleuth.test_page.init(\u2018js_tabs_test.js');\n\t}); \n</script>\n\n\u201cView the full JavaScript:/examples/self-testing-pages-with-javascript/js/tests/test_suite.js\n\nThe init function appends the test console to the page and inserts the CSS file required to style it (you don\u2019t need to use pictures of me when tests pass and fail though I see no reason why you shouldn\u2019t), goes and grabs the JSON file referenced and parses it. The methods to pass (tests_pass) and fail (haz_fail) the test I hope are pretty self-explanatory as is the one which creates the test summary once everything has been run (create_summary).\n\nThe two interesting functions are init_tests and confirm_html.\n\ninit_tests\n\ninit_tests:function(i,obj) {\n\tvar $master_elm = $(obj.selector);\n\tsleuth.test_page.$logger.append(\"<div id='test_\" + i + \"' class='message'><p><em>\" + obj.name + \"</em></p></div>\");\n\tvar $container = $('#test_' + i);\n\tif (!$master_elm.length) {\n\t\tvar err_sum = obj.message.replace(/VAR/gi, obj.selector);\n\t\tsleuth.test_page.haz_failed(err_sum, $container);\n\t\treturn;\n\t}\n\tif (obj.check_for) {\n\t\t$.each(obj.check_for,function(key, value){\n\t\t\tsleuth.test_page.assign_checks($master_elm, $container, key, value);\n\t\t});\n\t} else {\n\t\tsleuth.test_page.tests_passed($container);\n\t\treturn;\n\t}\n}\n\nThe function gets sent the number of the current iteration (used to create a unique id for its test summary) and the current object that contains the data we\u2019re testing against as parameters.\n\nWe grab a reference to the root element and this is used (pretty much in the example shown right at the start of this article) and its length is checked. If the length is positive we know we can continue to the inner tests (if they exist) but if not we fail the test and don\u2019t go any further. We append the error to the test console for everyone to see.\n\nIf we pass the initial check we send the reference to the root element, message contains and the inner object to a function that in this example sends us on to confirm_html (if we had a more complex test suite it would do a lot more). \n\nconfirm_html\n\nconfirm_html:function(target_selector, error_elm, obj) {\n\tvar missing_elms = [];\n\t$.each(obj.elements, function(i, val) {\n\t\tif (!target_selector.find(val).length) {\n\t\t\tmissing_elms.push(val);\n\t\t}\t\n\t});\n\tif (missing_elms.length) {\n\t\tvar file_list = missing_elms.join('</li><li>');\n\t\tvar err_sum = obj.message.replace(/VAR/gi, file_list);\n\t\tsleuth.test_page.haz_failed(err_sum, error_elm);\n\t\treturn;\n\t}\n\tsleuth.test_page.tests_passed(error_elm);\n\treturn;\n}\n\nWe\u2019re again using an array to check for a passed or failed test and checking its length but this time we push in a reference to each missing element we find.\n\nIf the test does fail we\u2019re providing even more useful feedback by informing what elements have been missed out. All the implementation team need do is look for them in the files we\u2019ve sent and include them as expected.\n\nNo more silly implementation bugs!\n\nHere is an example of a successful implementation.\n\nHere are some examples of failed implementations \u2013 one which fails at finding the root node and one that has the correct root node but none of the inner HTML tests pass.\n\nIs this all we can check for?\n\nCertainly not!\n\nJavaScript provides pretty easy ways to check for attributes, included files (if the files being checked for are being referenced correctly and not 404ing) and even applied CSS.\n\nWant to check that those ARIA attributes are being implemented correctly or that all images contain an alt attribute well this simple test suite can be extended to include tests for this \u2013 the sky is pretty much up to your imagination.", "year": "2009", "author": "Ross Bruniges", "author_slug": "rossbruniges", "published": "2009-12-12T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/self-testing-pages-with-javascript/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 263, "title": "Securing Your Site like It\u2019s 1999", "contents": "Running a website in the early years of the web was a scary business. The web was an evolving medium, and people were finding new uses for it almost every day. From book stores to online auctions, the web was an expanding universe of new possibilities.\nAs the web evolved, so too did the knowledge of its inherent security vulnerabilities. Clever tricks that were played on one site could be copied on literally hundreds of other sites. It was a normal sight to log in to a website to find nothing working because someone had breached its defences and deleted its database. Lessons in web security in those days were hard-earned.\nWhat follows are examples of critical mistakes that brought down several early websites, and how you can help protect yourself and your team from the same fate.\nBad input validation: Trusting anything the user sends you\nOur story begins in the most unlikely place: Animal Crossing. Animal Crossing was a 2001 video game set in a quaint town, filled with happy-go-lucky inhabitants that co-exist peacefully. Like most video games, Animal Crossing was the subject of many fan communities on the early web.\nOne such unofficial web forum was dedicated to players discussing their adventures in Animal Crossing. Players could trade secrets, ask for help, and share pictures of their virtual homes. This might sound like a model community to you, but you would be wrong.\nOne day, a player discovered a hidden field in the forum\u2019s user profile form. Normally, this page allows users to change their name, their password, or their profile photo. This person discovered that the hidden field contained their unique user ID, which identifies them when the forum\u2019s backend saves profile changes to its database. They discovered that by modifying the form to change the user ID, they could make changes to any other player\u2019s profile.\nNeedless to say, this idyllic online community descended into chaos. Users changed each other\u2019s passwords, deleted each other\u2019s messages, and attacked each-other under the cover of complete anonymity. What happened?\nThere aren\u2019t any official rules for developing software on the web. But if there were, my golden rule would be:\nNever trust user input. Ever.\nAlways ask yourself how users will send you data that isn\u2019t what it seems to be. If the nicest community of gamers playing the happiest game on earth can turn on each other, nowhere on the web is safe.\nMake sure you validate user input to make sure it\u2019s of the correct type (e.g. string, number, JSON string) and that it\u2019s the length that you were expecting. Don\u2019t forget that user input doesn\u2019t become safe once it is stored in your database; any data that originates from outside your network can still be dangerous and must be escaped before it is inserted into HTML.\nMake sure to check a user\u2019s actions against what they are allowed to do. Create a clear access control policy that defines what actions a user may take, and to whose data they are allowed access to. For example, a newly-registered user should not be allowed to change the user profile of a web forum\u2019s owner.\nFinally, never rely on client-side validation. Validating user input in the browser is a convenience to the user, not a security measure. Always assume the user has full control over any data sent from the browser and make sure you validate any data sent to your backend from the outside world.\nSQL injection: Allowing the user to run their own database queries\nA long time ago, my favourite website was a web forum dedicated to the Final Fantasy video game series. Like the users of the Animal Crossing forum, I\u2019d while away many hours arguing with other people on the internet about my favourite characters, my favourite stories, and the greatest controversies of the day.\nOne day, I noticed people were acting strangely. Users were being uncharacteristically nasty and posting in private areas of the forum they wouldn\u2019t normally have access to. Then messages started disappearing, and user accounts for well-respected people were banned.\nIt turns out someone had discovered a way of logging in to any other user account, using a secret password that allowed them to do literally anything they wanted. What was this password that granted untold power to those who wielded it?\n' OR '1'='1\nSQL is a computer language that is used to query databases. When you fill out a login form, just like the one above, your username and your password are usually inserted into an SQL query like this:\n\nSELECT COUNT(*)\nFROM USERS\nWHERE USERNAME='Alice'\nAND PASSWORD='hunter2'\nThis query selects users from the database that match the username Alice and the password hunter2. If there is at least one user matching record, the user will be granted access. Let\u2019s see what happens when we use our magic password instead!\n\nSELECT COUNT(*)\nFROM USERS\nWHERE USERNAME='Admin'\nAND PASSWORD='' OR '1'='1'\nDoes the password look like part of the query to you? That\u2019s because it is! This password is a deliberate attempt to inject our own SQL into the query, hence the term SQL injection. The query is now looking for users matching the username Admin, with a password that is blank, or 1=1. In an SQL query, 1=1 is always true, which makes this query select every single record in the database. As long as the forum software is checking for at least one matching user, it will grant the person logging in access. This password will work for any user registered on the forum!\nSo how can you protect yourself from SQL injection?\nNever build SQL queries by concatenating strings. Instead, use parameterised query tools. PHP offers prepared statements, and Node.JS has the knex package. Alternatively, you can use an ORM tool, such as Propel or sequelize.\nExpert help in the form of language features or software tools is a key ally for securing your code. Get all the help you can!\nCross site request forgery: Getting other users to do your dirty work for you\nDo you remember Netflix? Not the Netflix we have now, the Netflix that used to rent you DVDs by mailing them to you. My next story is about how someone managed to convince Netflix users to send him their DVDs - free of charge.\nHave you ever clicked on a hyperlink, only to find something that you weren\u2019t expecting? If you were lucky, you might have just gotten Rickrolled. If you were unlucky\u2026\nLet\u2019s just say there are older and fouler things than Rick Astley in the dark places of the web.\nWhat if you could convince people to visit a page you controlled? And what if those people were Netflix users, and they were logged in? In 2006, Dave Ferguson did just that. He created a harmless-looking page with an image on it:\n<img src=\"http://www.netflix.com/JSON/AddToQueue?movieid=70110672\" />\nDid you notice the source URL of the image? It\u2019s deliberately crafted to add a particular DVD to your queue. Sprinkle in a few more requests to change the user\u2019s name and shipping address, and you could ship yourself DVDs completely free of charge!\nThis attack is possible when websites unconditionally trust a user\u2019s session cookies without checking where HTTP requests come from.\nThe first check you can make is to verify that a request\u2019s origin and referer headers match the location of the website. These headers can\u2019t be programmatically set.\nAnother check you can use is to add CSRF tokens to your web forms, to verify requests have come from an actual form on your website. Tokens are long, unpredictable, unique strings that are generated by your server and inserted into web forms. When users complete a form, the form data sent to the server can be checked for a recently generated token. This is an effective deterrent of CSRF attacks because CSRF tokens aren\u2019t stored in cookies.\nYou can also set SameSite=Strict when setting cookies with the Set-Cookie HTTP header. This communicates to browsers that cookies are not to be sent with cross-site requests. This is a relatively new feature, though it is well supported in evergreen browsers.\nCross site scripting: Someone else\u2019s code running on your website\nIn 2005, Samy Kamkar became famous for having lots of friends. Lots and lots of friends.\nSamy enjoyed using MySpace which, at the time, was the world\u2019s largest social network. Social networks at that time were more limited than today. For instance, MySpace let you upload photos to your photo gallery, but capped the limit at twelve. Twelve photos. At least you didn\u2019t have to wade through photos of avocado toast back then\u2026\nSamy discovered that MySpace also locked down the kinds of content that you could post on your MySpace page. He discovered he could inject <img /> and <div /> tags into his headline, but <script /> was filtered. MySpace wasn\u2019t about to let someone else run their own code on MySpace.\nIntrigued, Samy set about finding out exactly what he could do with <img /> and <div /> tags. He found that you could add style properties to <div /> tags to style them with CSS.\n<div style=\"background:url('javascript:alert(1)')\">\nThis code only worked in Internet Explorer and in some versions of Safari, but that was plenty of people to befriend. However, MySpace was prepared for this: they also filtered the word javascript from <div />.\n<div style=\"background:url('java\nscript:alert(1)')\">\nSamy discovered that by inserting a line break into his code, MySpace would not filter out the word javascript. The browser would continue to run the code just fine! Samy had now broken past MySpace\u2019s first line of defence and was able to start running code on his profile page. Now he started looking at what he could do with that code.\nalert(document.body.innerHTML)\nSamy wondered if he could inspect the page\u2019s source to find the details of other MySpace users to befriend. To do this, you would normally use document.body.innerHTML, but MySpace had filtered this too.\nalert(eval('document.body.inne' + 'rHTML'))\nThis isn\u2019t a problem if you build up JavaScript code inside a string and execute it using the eval() function. This trick also worked with XMLHttpRequest.onReadyStateChange, which allowed Samy to send friend requests to the MySpace API and install the JavaScript code on his new friends\u2019 pages.\nOne final obstacle stood in his way. The same origin policy is a security mechanism that prevents scripts hosted on one domain interacting with sites hosted on another domain.\nif (location.hostname == 'profile.myspace.com') {\n  document.location = 'http://www.myspace.com'\n  + location.pathname + location.search\n}\nSamy discovered that only the http://www.myspace.com domain would accept his API requests, and requests from http://profile.myspace.com were being blocked by the browser\u2019s same-origin policy. By redirecting the browser to http://www.myspace.com, he discovered that he could load profile pages and successfully make requests to MySpace\u2019s API. Samy installed this code on his profile page, and he waited.\n\nOver the course of the next day, over a million people unwittingly installed Samy\u2019s code into their MySpace profile pages and invited their friends. The load of friend requests on MySpace was so large that the site buckled and shut down. It took them two hours to remove Samy\u2019s code and patch the security holes he exploited. Samy was raided by the United States secret service and sentenced to do 90 days of community service.\nThis is the power of installing a little bit of JavaScript on someone else\u2019s website. It is called cross site scripting, and its effects can be devastating. It is suspected that cross-site scripting was to blame for the 2018 British Airways breach that leaked the credit card details of 380,000 people.\nSo how can you help protect yourself from cross-site scripting?\nAlways sanitise user input when it comes in, using a library such as sanitize-html. Open source tools like this benefit from hundreds of hours of work from dozens of experienced contributors. Don\u2019t be tempted to roll your own protection. MySpace was prepared, but they were not prepared enough. It makes no sense to turn this kind of help down.\nYou can also use an auto-escaping templating language to make sure nobody else\u2019s HTML can get into your pages. Both Angular and React will do this for you, and they are extremely convenient to use.\nYou should also implement a content security policy to restrict the domains that content like scripts and stylesheets can be loaded from. Loading content from sites not under your control is a significant security risk, and you should use a CSP to lock this down to only the sources you trust. CSP can also block the use of the eval() function.\nFor content not under your control, consider setting up sub-resource integrity protection. This allows you to add hashes to stylesheets and scripts you include on your website. Hashes are like fingerprints for digital files; if the content changes, so does the fingerprint. Adding hashes will allow your browser to keep your site safe if the content changes without you knowing.\nnpm audit: Protecting yourself from code you don\u2019t own\nJavaScript and npm run the modern web. Together, they make it easy to take advantage of the world\u2019s largest public registry of open source software. How do you protect yourself from code written by someone you\u2019ve never met? Enter npm audit.\nnpm audit reviews the security of your website\u2019s dependency tree. You can start using it by upgrading to the latest version of npm:\nnpm install npm -g\nnpm audit\nWhen you run npm audit, npm submits a description of your dependencies to the Registry, which returns a report of known vulnerabilities for the packages you have installed.\n\nIf your website has a known cross-site scripting vulnerability, npm audit will tell you about it. What\u2019s more, if the vulnerability has been patched, running npm audit fix will automatically install the patched package for you!\nSecuring your site like it\u2019s 2019\nThe truth is that since the early days of the web, the stakes of a security breach have become much, much higher. The web is so much more than fandom and mailing DVDs - online banking is now mainstream, social media and dating websites store intimate information about our personal lives, and we are even inviting the internet into our homes.\nHowever, we have powerful new allies helping us stay safe. There are more resources than ever before to teach us how to write secure code. Tools like Angular and React are designed with security features baked-in from the start. We have a new generation of security tools like npm audit to watch over our dependencies.\nAs we roll over into 2019, let\u2019s take the opportunity to reflect on the security of the code we write and be grateful for the everything we\u2019ve learned in the last twenty years.", "year": "2018", "author": "Katie Fenn", "author_slug": "katiefenn", "published": "2018-12-01T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/securing-your-site-like-its-1999/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 81, "title": "Science!", "contents": "Sometimes we want to capture people\u2019s attention at a glance to communicate something fast. At other times we want to have the interface fade away into the background, letting people paint pictures in their minds with our words (if you\u2019ll forgive a little flowery festive flourish).\n\nI tend to distinguish between these two broad objectives as designing for impact on the one hand, and designing for immersion on the other. What defines them is interruption. Impact needs an attention-grabbing interruption. Immersion requires us to remove interruption from the interface. Careful design deliberately interrupts but doesn\u2019t accidentally disrupt. If that seems to make sense to you, then you\u2019ll find the following snippets of science as useful as I did.\n\nSaccades and fixations\n\nAs you\u2019re reading this your eyes are skipping along the lines in tiny jumps. During each jump everything is blurred. Each jump ends in a small pause so your brain can take a snapshot of the letters. It arranges them into words, and then parses out the meaning \u2014 fast \u2014 in around a quarter of a second.\n\nThe jumps are called saccades. The pauses are called fixations. Sometimes we take regressive saccades, skipping back to reread. There\u2019s a simple example in the excellent little book, Detail in Typography, by Jost Hochuli.\n\n\n\nIf you want to explore the science of reading in much more depth, I recommend the excellent paper, \u201cThe Science of Word Recognition\u201d, by Dr Kevin Larson of Microsoft.\n\nTo design for legibility and readability is to design for saccades and fixations. It\u2019s the craft of making it easy for people\u2019s brains to extract meaning, using techniques like good contrast, font size, spacing and structure, and only interrupting the reading experience deliberately.\n\nScan paths\n\nAt some point when visiting 24 ways you probably scanned the screen to get orientated. The journey your eyes took is known as a scan path. Scan paths are made up of saccades and fixations. Right now you\u2019re following a scan path as you read, along one line, and down to the next. This is a map of the scan paths found by Olivier Le Meur from observing people looking at Rembrandt\u2019s Le\u00e7on d\u2019anatomie:\n\n\n\nFor websites, the scan path is a little different. This is an aggregate scan path of Google from LC Technologies:\n\n\n\nThe average shape of a website scan path becomes clearer in this average scan path taken by forty-six people during research by the Poynter Institute, the Estlow Center for Journalism & New Media, and Eyetools:\n\n\n\nJust like when we read text arranged left to right in a vertical column, scan paths follow a roughly Z-shaped pattern from the top left to bottom right. Sometimes we skip back to reread a word or sentence, or glance again at a specific element, but the Z-shaped scan path persists.\n\nDesigning for scan paths is to organise content to help people move through an interface to get orientated, and to read.\n\nThe elements that are important enough to need impact must interrupt the scan path and clearly call attention to themselves. However, they don\u2019t always need to clip people round the ear from multiple directions at once to get attention. It helps to list elements by importance. That gives us an interruption hierarchy to work with. Elements can then interrupt the design with degrees of contrast to the rest of the content using either positioning, treatment, or both. Ta-da! Impact achieved, but gently. No clips round the ear required.\n\nSwinging mood\n\nHuman beings are resilient. Among the immersion and occasional interruptions, we even like a little disruption, especially if it\u2019s absurd and funny. The Ling\u2019s Cars website proves it. In fact, we\u2019re so resilient that we can work around all kinds of mayhem to get a seemingly simple task done.\n\nIn one study, \u201cThe Aesthetics of Reading\u201d (PDF, 480Kb), Dr Kevin Larson of Microsoft and Dr Rosalind Picard of MIT explored the effect of good typography on mood. Two versions of the New Yorker ePeriodical were created. One was typeset well and the other poorly.\n\n\n\nThey engaged twenty volunteers \u2014 half male, half female \u2014 and showed the good version to half of the participants. The other half saw the poor version.\n\nThe good doctors found that, \u201cthere are important differences between good and poor typography that appear to have little effect on common performance measures such as reading speed and comprehension.\u201d In short, good typography didn\u2019t help people read faster or comprehend better.\n\nOh. On the face of it that seems to invalidate what we designers do. Hold your horses, though! They also found that \u201cthe participants who received the good typography performed better on relative subjective duration and on certain cognitive tasks\u201d, and that \u201cgood typography induces a good mood.\u201d\n\nThis means that even though there were no actual differences in reading speed and comprehension, the people who read the version with good typography thought that it took less time to read, and were induced into a good mood by doing so. Not only that, but by being in a good mood, people were more capable of completing creative tasks faster.\n\nThat was a revelation to me. It means that the study showed there is a positive, measurable, emotional and perceptual benefit to good typography and design. To paraphrase: time and tasks fly when you\u2019re having fun!\n\n\n\nSource: Nationaal Archief of the Netherlands: Cheering man after the first goal, Netherlands vs. Belgium, Amsterdam, 1931.\n\nSo, among all my talk of saccades, fixations, scan paths and typesetting, there is science, and the science helps us qualify our design decisions when we need to, and do our jobs better. The science helps us understand how people will interact with our work, and what the actual benefits are for them, and the products or organisations we serve. Good design equals a subjectively quicker experience, a good mood, objectively faster completion of tasks, and happiness for everyone. Thank you, science!", "year": "2012", "author": "Jon Tan", "author_slug": "jontan", "published": "2012-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/science/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 35, "title": "SEO in 2015 (and Why You Should Care)", "contents": "If your business is healthy, you can always find plenty of reasons to leave SEO on your to-do list in perpetuity. After all, SEO is technical, complicated, time-consuming and potentially dangerous. The SEO industry is full of self-proclaimed gurus whose lack of knowledge can be deadly. There\u2019s the terrifying fact that even if you dabble in SEO in the most gentle and innocent way, you might actually end up in a worse state than you were to begin with.\n\nTo make matters worse, Google keeps changing the rules. There have been a bewildering number of major updates, which despite their cuddly names have had a horrific impact on website owners worldwide.\n\nFear aside, there\u2019s also the issue of time. It\u2019s probably tricky enough to find the time to read this article. Setting up, planning and executing an SEO campaign might well seem like an insurmountable obstacle.\n\nSo why should you care enough about SEO to do it anyway?\n\nThe main reason is that you probably already see between 30% and 60% of your website traffic come from the search engines. That might make you think that you don\u2019t need to bother, because you\u2019re already doing so well. But you\u2019re almost certainly wrong.\n\nIf you have a look through the keyword data in your Google Webmaster Tools account, you\u2019ll probably see that around 30\u201350% of the keywords used to find your website are brand names \u2013 the names of your products or companies. These are searches carried out by people who already know about you. But the people who don\u2019t know who you are but are searching for what you sell aren\u2019t finding you right now. This is your opportunity.\n\nIf a person goes looking for a company or product by name, Google will steer them towards what they\u2019re looking for. Their intelligence does have limits, however, and even though they know your name they won\u2019t be completely clear about what you sell. That\u2019s where SEO would come in.\n\nStill need more convincing? How about the fact that the seeming complexities of SEO mean that your competition are almost certainly neglecting it too. They have the same reservations as you about complexity, time and danger, and hopefully they aren\u2019t reading this article and so are none the wiser of the well-kept secret: that 70% of SEO is easy.\n\nI\u2019m going to lead you through what you need to do to tap into that stream of people looking for what you sell right now.\n\nWhat is real SEO?\n\nReal SEO is all about helping Google understand the content of your website. It\u2019s about steering, guiding and assisting Google. Not manipulating it.\n\nIt\u2019s easy to assume that Google already understands the content and relevance of each and every page on your website, but the fact is that it needs a fair amount of hand-holding. Fortunately, helping Google along really isn\u2019t very difficult at all.\n\nRest assured that real SEO has nothing to do with keyword stuffing, keyword density, hacks, tricks or cunning techniques. If you hear any of these terms from your SEO advisor, run away from them as quickly as you can.\n\nUnderstanding your current situation \u2013 Google Analytics\n\nBefore you can do anything to improve your SEO status, you need to get an idea of how you\u2019re already doing. Below is a very quick and easy way of doing so.\n\n1. Open up your Google Analytics account.\n\n2. Click on the date range selector on the top-right of the interface and change the year of the first date to last year. So 12 Dec 2014 will become 12 Dec 2013. Then click on Apply.\n\n3. Click on the All Sessions rectangle towards the top-left, click once on Organic Traffic and click Apply.\n\n4. Click the little black-and-white squares icon that has now appeared under the date selector on the top-right, and drag the slider all the way over to Higher Precision.\n\n5. Change the interval buttons on the top-right of the graph to Week to make this easier to digest.\n\nAt this point your graph should look something like this:\n\n\n\nIt\u2019s worth noting the approximate proportion of your visitors that currently come from organic sources.\n\n6. Click the little downwards arrow to the right of the All Sessions rectangle and choose Remove, so that we\u2019re only looking at the organic traffic on its own.\n\n7. Click on Select a metric next to the Sessions button above the graph and select Pages / Session. You should then see something like this:\n\n\n\nIn the example above we can see that the quantity of traffic has been increasing since the middle of August, but the quality of the traffic (as measured by the number of pages per session) has fallen significantly. \n\nHow you choose to view this is down to your own graph, recent history and interpretation of events, but this should give you an indication of how things stand at the present time. Trends are often much more revealing than a snapshot of a brief moment in time.\n\nYour Google Webmaster Tools data\n\nIf you\u2019re not very familiar with your Google Webmaster Tools account, it\u2019s really worth taking ten to fifteen minutes to see what\u2019s on offer. I can\u2019t recommend this enough. From the point of view of an SEO health check, I\u2019d advise you to look into the HTML Improvements, Crawl Errors and Crawl Stats, and most importantly the Search Queries.\n\nFrom what you see here and the trends shown in your Analytics data, you should now have a good idea of your current status. If you want to explore further, I recommend Screaming Frog as a good diagnostics tool, or Botify if your website is large or unusually complex.\n\nCombining the data into something useful\n\nYour Google Analytics session will have shown you how you\u2019re doing from an SEO point of view in terms of the quantity and, to some extent, the quality of your visitors. But it\u2019s only showing you what is already working. In other words: the people who are finding you on the search engines, and clicking on your links.\n\nThe Google Webmaster Tools search query data, on the other hand, will give you a better idea of what isn\u2019t working. It will show you the keyword searches that are getting you listed in the results, but which aren\u2019t necessarily getting clicked. And it doesn\u2019t take much by the way of expertise to see why.\n\nFor example, if you see your targeted keyword, which you feel is extremely relevant, has generated over 2,000 impressions in the last month but produced only two clicks, you\u2019ll probably find a very low average position. Bear in mind that an average position of fourteen will mean being around halfway down the second page of results. Think about how rarely you go beyond the first two or three listings, never mind to the second page of results, and you\u2019ll understand why the click-through rate is so low.\n\nSo now you have an idea of what you\u2019re being found for at the present time. But what about the other terms?\n\nWhat would you like to be found for?\n\nThis is one of the more common SEO mistakes, on a number of different levels. \n\nMany businesses assume that they don\u2019t need to worry about keyword research. They think they know what terms people use to find what they sell, and they also assume that Google understands the content on their website. This is incorrect on all counts.\n\nA better starting point is to brainstorm a small number of your most obvious keywords, then run them through Google\u2019s Keyword Planner. Ignore the information in the Ad group ideas tab, and instead go straight to the Keyword ideas tab. Rather than wade through the very unfriendly interface, I recommend downloading the data as a spreadsheet, in which not only is more detail included, but you can also slice, dice, sort and report the data as required.\n\nFrom there you can delete all the irrelevant columns, and start working your way through the list, deleting any irrelevant keywords as you go along.\n\nIt\u2019s around this stage that you may hit a problem in terms of where to focus your efforts. The number of reported searches for a given keyword is of course important, but so is the level of competition. Ideally, you\u2019d like keywords with plenty of searches but not too much competition.\n\nI personally like to factor both together by adding a column that simply divides the number of searches squared by the level of competition:\n\n(number of searches \u00d7 number of searches) \u00f7 competition\n\nThere are plenty of alternatives to this basic formula, but I like it for ease of use and simplicity. Once I\u2019ve added this column, I then sort the data by this value (largest to smallest) and I then only usually need ten to fifteen keywords at most to give me plenty of ideas to work with.\n\nThis is a slightly involved but effective methodology for keyword research, as what you\u2019re left with is a list of keywords that both Google and you consider to be relevant to the content of your website. And relevance is an important concept in SEO.\n\nReal SEO keyword research is about making sure that your customers, website and Google are all in agreement and alignment over the content of your website. Other sources of inspiration and ideas include having a look at what terms your competition are targeting, Google Trends and, of course, Google Suggest. If you\u2019re not sure where to find these things, you can probably work out where to search for them!\n\nIf you want to dive further into understanding your current search engine status, search for some of the better keywords that you just discovered and see where you rank compared to your competition. Note that it\u2019s vital to avoid Google serving up personalised results, so either use the privacy, incognito or anonymous mode of your browser for the searches, or use a browser that you don\u2019t normally use. I hope this is Internet Explorer. If what you find isn\u2019t great, don\u2019t despair: everything in SEO is fixable (terms and conditions may apply).\n\nPutting it all together\n\nYou should now have a good idea of where things stand with your current search engine traffic, and a solid list of keywords that you\u2019re not getting visitors for but very much want.\n\nAll that\u2019s left now is to work out how to use these keywords. But before we do, let\u2019s take a quick step back.\n\nIf you have in any way kept up with what\u2019s been happening in SEO over the last couple of years, you\u2019ll have probably heard about Google updates with names like Panda, Hummingbird, Phantom, Pirate and more.\n\nI won\u2019t go into the technical details of what Google is doing, but it is important to understand why they\u2019re trying to do it. At the most basic level, Google understands that there\u2019s a very real problem with people who are trying manipulate its index. In response to this, Google is trying to clean up its results. They don\u2019t want people getting fed up with bad results and considering other options \u2013 have you even tried Bing?\n\nThis is extremely important. Remember earlier when I said that 70% of SEO was easy? That rule still applies. So, for example, if you have a list of keywords that you know are relevant to what you sell, then all you need to do is create great content for them. Incredibly, that\u2019s all there is to it (terms and conditions apply again, unfortunately \u2013 see below).\n\nThere is, however, one simple rule to be consistently followed without exception: that the content you create should not only be good quality and completely original, but it should also be written primarily for the human visitor and not the search engine spider.\n\nIn other words, if you create some fantastic content for a keyword like \u201cchoosing a small business HR service\u201d, then the article should not only make perfect sense if read out loud (as opposed to the same phrase being repeated fifteen times), but also provide real value to the person reading it.\n\nSo the process is simple:\n\n\n\tChoose your keywords\n\tCreate spectacular content\n\n\nWait. Is it really that simple?\n\nUnfortunately there\u2019s a lot more to the other 30% of SEO than just creating great content and waiting for the visitors. There are issues like helping Google understand the content on your pages and website, incoming links, page authority, domain authority, usage patterns, spam factors, canonical issues and much more.\n\nBut there\u2019s the often overlooked fact about Google: it actually does a reasonable job of working out what\u2019s on your website and (to some extent) understanding the gist of it. If you\u2019ve never done any SEO on your website but still get some traffic from Google, this is why.\n\nEven without dabbling in the other 30% of SEO, by creating the right content for the right visitors using the precise language and terminology that your potential customers are using, you\u2019re significantly better off than your competition. And you can only gain from this.\n\nWhen you\u2019ve checked this off your to-do list and made it an ingrained part of your content creation process, then you\u2019re ready to delve into the other 30% of SEO. The not-so-easy side.\n\nUntil then, work on understanding your current situation, exploring the opportunities, creating a list of good keywords, creating the right content for them, and starting 2015 with a little bit of smart, safe and real SEO.", "year": "2014", "author": "Dave Collins", "author_slug": "davecollins", "published": "2014-12-15T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/seo-in-2015-and-why-you-should-care/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 6, "title": "Run Ragged", "contents": "You care about typography, right? Do you care about words and how they look, read, and are understood? If you pick up a book or magazine, you notice the moment something is out of place: an orphan, rivers within paragraphs of justified prose, or caps masquerading as small caps. So why, I ask you, is your stance any different on the web?\n\nWe\u2019re told time and time again that as a person who makes websites we have to get comfortable with our lack of control. On the web, this is a feature, not a bug. But that doesn\u2019t mean we have to lower our standards, or not strive for the same amount of typographic craft of our print-based cousins. We shouldn\u2019t leave good typesetting at the door because we can\u2019t control the line length.\n\nWhen I typeset books, I\u2019d spend hours manipulating the text to create a pleasurable flow from line to line. A key aspect of this is manicuring the right rag \u2014 the vertical line of words on ranged-left text. Maximising the space available, but ensuring there are no line breaks or orphaned words that disrupt the flow of reading. Setting a right rag relies on a bunch of guidelines \u2014 or as I was first taught to call them, violations! \n\nViolation 1. Never break a line immediately following a preposition\n\nPrepositions are important, frequently used words in English. They link nouns, pronouns and other words together in a sentence. And links should not be broken if you can help it. Ending a line on a preposition breaks the join from one word to another and forces the reader to work harder joining two words over two lines.\n\nFor example: \n\n\n\tThe container is for the butter\n\n\nThe preposition here is for and shows the relationship between the butter and the container. If this were typeset on a line and the line break was after the word for, then the reader would have to carry that through to the next line. The sentence would not flow.\n\nThere are lots of prepositions in English \u2013 about 150 \u2013 but only 70 or so in use.\n\nViolation 2. Never break a line immediately following a dash\n\nA dash \u2014 either an em-dash or en-dash \u2014 can be used as a pause in the reading, or as used here, a point at which you introduce something that is not within the flow of the sentence. Like an aside. Ending with a pause on the end of the line would have the same effect as ending on a preposition. It disrupts the flow of reading.\n\nViolation 3. No small words at the end of a line\n\nDon\u2019t end a line with small words. Most of these will actually be covered by violation \u21161. But there will be exceptions. My general rule of thumb here is not to leave words of two or three letters at the end of a line.\n\nViolation 4. Hyphenation\n\nIn print, hyphens are used at the end of lines to join words broken over a line break. Mostly, this is used in justified body text, and no doubt you will be used to seeing it in newspapers or novels. A good rule of thumb is to not allow more than two consecutive lines to end with a hyphen.\n\nOn the web, of course, we can use the CSS hyphens property. It\u2019s reasonably supported with the exception of Chrome. Of course, it works best when combined with justified text to retain the neat right margin.\n\nViolation 5. Don\u2019t break emphasised phrases of three or fewer words\n\nIf you have a few words emphasised, for example:\n\n\n\tHe calls this problem definition escalation\n\n\n\u2026then try not to break the line among them. It\u2019s important the reader reads through all the words as a group.\n\nHow do we do all of that on the web?\n\nAll of those guidelines are relatively easy to implement in print. But what about the web? Where content is poured into a template from a CMS? Well, there are things we can do. Meet your new friend, the non-breaking space, or as you may know them: \u00a0.\n\nThe guidelines above are all based on one decision for the typesetter: when should the line break? \n\nWe can simply run through a body of text and add the \u00a0 based on these sets of questions:\n\n\n\tAre there any prepositions in the text? If so, add a \u00a0 after them.\n\tAre there any dashes? If so, add a \u00a0 after them.\n\tAre there any words of fewer than three characters that you haven\u2019t already added spaces to? If so, add a \u00a0 after them.\n\tAre there any emphasised groups of words either two or three words long? If so, add a \u00a0 in between them.\n\n\nFor a short piece of text, this isn\u2019t a big problem. But for longer bodies of text, this is a bit arduous. Also, as I said, lots of websites use a CMS and just dump the text into a template. What then? We can\u2019t expect our content creators to manually manicure a right rag based on these guidelines. In this instance, we really need things to be automatic.\n\nThere isn\u2019t any reason why we can\u2019t just pass the question of when to break the line straight to the browser by way of a script which compares the text against a set of rules. In plain English, this script could be to scan the text for:\n\n\n\tPrepositions. If found, add \u00a0 after them.\n\tDashes. If found, add \u00a0 after them.\n\tWords fewer than three characters long that aren\u2019t prepositions. If found, add \u00a0 after them.\n\tEmphasised phrases of up to three words in length. If found, add \u00a0 between all of the words.\n\n\nAnd there we have it.\n\nA note on fluidity\n\nAn important consideration of this script is that it doesn\u2019t scan the text to see what is at the end of a line. It just looks for prepositions, dashes, words fewer than three characters long, and emphasised words within paragraphs and applies the \u00a0 accordingly regardless of where the thing lives. This is because in a fluid layout a word might appear in the beginning, middle or the end of a line depending on the width of the browser. And we want it to behave in the right way when it does find itself at the end.\n\nSee it in action!\n\nMy friend and colleague, Nathan Ford, has written a small JavaScript called Ragadjust that does all of this automatically. The script loops through a webpage, compares the text against the conditions, and then inserts \u00a0 in the places that violate the conditions above.\n\nYou can get the script from GitHub and see it in action on my own website.\n\nSome caveats\n\nAs my friend Jon Tan says, \u201cThere are no rules in typography, just good or bad decisions\u201d, and typesetting the right rag is no different. \n\n\n\tThe guidelines for the violations above are useful for justified text, too. But we need to be careful here. Too stringent adherence to these violations could lead to ugly gaps in our words \u2014 called rivers \u2014 as the browser forces justification.\n\tThe violation regarding short words at the end of sentences is useful for longer line lengths, or measures, of text. When the measure gets shorter, maybe five or six words, then we need to be more forgiving as to what wraps to the next line and what doesn\u2019t. In fact, you can see this happening on my site where I\u2019ve not included a check on the size of the browser window (purposefully, for this demo, of course. Ahem).\n\tThis article is about applying these guidelines to English. Some of them will, no doubt, cross over to other languages quite well. But for those languages, like German for instance, where longer words tend to be in more frequent use, then some of the rules may result in a poor right rag.\n\n\nMarginal gains\n\nIn 2007, I spoke with Richard Rutter at SXSW on web typography. In that talk, Richard and I made a point that good typographic design \u2014 on the web, in print; anywhere, in fact \u2014 relies on small, measurable improvements across an entire body of work. From heading hierarchy to your grid system, every little bit helps. In and of themselves, these little things don\u2019t really mean that much. You may well have read this article, shrugged your shoulders and thought, \u201cHuh. So what?\u201d But these little things, when added up, make a difference. A difference between good typographic design and great typographic design.\n\n \n\nAppendix\n\nPreposition whitelist\n\naboard\nabout\nabove\nacross\nafter\nagainst\nalong\namid\namong\nanti\naround\nas\nat\nbefore\nbehind\nbelow\nbeneath\nbeside\nbesides\nbetween\nbeyond\nbut\nby\nconcerning\nconsidering\ndespite\ndown\nduring\nexcept\nexcepting\nexcluding\nfollowing\nfor\nfrom\nin\ninside\ninto\nlike\nminus\nnear\nof\noff\non\nonto\nopposite\noutside\nover\npast\nper\nplus\nregarding\nround\nsave\nsince\nthan\nthrough\nto\ntoward\ntowards\nunder\nunderneath\nunlike\nuntil\nup\nupon\nversus\nvia\nwith\nwithin\nwithout", "year": "2013", "author": "Mark Boulton", "author_slug": "markboulton", "published": "2013-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2013/run-ragged/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 138, "title": "Rounded Corner Boxes the CSS3 Way", "contents": "If you\u2019ve been doing CSS for a while you\u2019ll know that there are approximately 3,762 ways to create a rounded corner box. The simplest techniques rely on the addition of extra mark-up directly to your page, while the more complicated ones add the mark-up though DOM manipulation. While these techniques are all very interesting, they do seem somewhat of a kludge. The goal of CSS is to separate structure from presentation, yet here we are adding superfluous mark-up to our code in order to create a visual effect. The reason we are doing this is simple. CSS2.1 only allows a single background image per element.\n\nThankfully this looks set to change with the addition of multiple background images into the CSS3 specification. With CSS3 you\u2019ll be able to add not one, not four, but eight background images to a single element. This means you\u2019ll be able to create all kinds of interesting effects without the need of those additional elements.\n\nWhile the CSS working group still seem to be arguing over the exact syntax, Dave Hyatt went ahead and implemented the currently suggested mechanism into Safari. The technique is fiendishly simple, and I think we\u2019ll all be a lot better off once the W3C stop arguing over the details and allow browser vendors to get on and provide the tools we need to build better websites.\n\nTo create a CSS3 rounded corner box, simply start with your box element and apply your 4 corner images, separated by commas.\n\n.box {\n\tbackground-image: url(top-left.gif), url(top-right.gif), url(bottom-left.gif), url(bottom-right.gif);\n}\n\nWe don\u2019t want these background images to repeat, which is the normal behaviour, so lets set all their background-repeat properties to no-repeat.\n\n.box {\n\tbackground-image: url(top-left.gif), url(top-right.gif), url(bottom-left.gif), url(bottom-right.gif);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat;\n}\n\nLastly, we need to define the positioning of each corner image.\n\n.box {\n\tbackground-image: url(top-left.gif), url(top-right.gif), url(bottom-left.gif), url(bottom-right.gif);\n\tbackground-repeat: no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat, no-repeat;\n\tbackground-position: top left, top right, bottom left, bottom right;\n}\n\nAnd there we have it, a simple rounded corner box with no additional mark-up.\n\nAs well as using multiple background images, CSS3 also has the ability to create rounded corners without the need of any images at all. You can do this by setting the border-radius property to your desired value as seen in the next example.\n\n.box {\n\tborder-radius: 1.6em;\n}\n\nThis technique currently works in Firefox/Camino and creates a nice, if somewhat jagged rounded corner. If you want to create a box that works in both Mozilla and WebKit based browsers, why not combine both techniques and see what happens.", "year": "2006", "author": "Andy Budd", "author_slug": "andybudd", "published": "2006-12-04T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/rounded-corner-boxes-the-css3-way/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 119, "title": "Rocking Restrictions", "contents": "I love my job. I live my job. For every project I do, I try to make it look special. I\u2019ll be honest: I have a fetish for comments like \u201cI never saw anything like that!\u201d or, \u201cI wish I thought of that!\u201d. I know, I have an ego-problem. (Eleven I\u2019s already)\n\nBut sometimes, you run out of inspiration. Happens to everybody, and everybody hates it. \u201cI\u2019m the worst designer in the world.\u201d \u201cEverything I designed before this was just pure luck!\u201d No it wasn\u2019t.\n\nCountless articles about finding inspiration have already been written. Great, but they\u2019re not the magic potion you\u2019d expect them to be when you need it. Here\u2019s a list of small tips that can have immediate effect when applying them/using them. Main theme: Liberate yourself from the designers\u2019 block by restricting yourself.\n\nDo\u2019s\n\nGrids\n\nIf you aren\u2019t already using grids, you\u2019re doing something wrong. Not only are they a great help for aligning your design, they also restrict you to certain widths and heights. (For more information about grids, I suggest you read Mark Boulton\u2019s series on designing grid systems. Oh, he\u2019s also publishing a book I think.)\n\nSo what\u2019s the link between grids and restrictions? Instead of having the option to style a piece of layout with a width of 1 to 960 pixels, you have to choose from values like 60 pixels, 140, 220, 300, \u2026\n\nStart small\n\nHaving a hard time finding a style for the layout, why don\u2019t you start with one small object? No, not that small object, I meant a piece of a form, or a link, or try styling your headers (h1 \u2013 h6).\n\nLet\u2019s take a submit button of a form: it\u2019s small, but needs much attention. People will click it. People will hover it. Maybe sometimes it\u2019s disabled? Also: a button needs to look like a button, so typically it requires more styling then a regular link. Once you\u2019ve got the button, move on, following the button\u2019s style.\n\nColor palettes\n\nThere are lots of resources on the web for finding inspiration for color palettes. Some of the most famous are COLOURlovers, wear palettes and Adobe\u2019s Kuler. Browse through them (or create your own from a picture), pick a color palette you like and which works with the subject you\u2019re handling, and stick with it. 4-5 colors, maybe with some tonal variations, but that\u2019s it.\n\nFonts\n\nThere aren\u2019t many fonts available for the web (Richard Rutter has a great article on this subject), but you\u2019d be surprised how long they go. A simple text-transform: uppercase; or font-style: italic; can change a dull looking font into something entirely fresh.\n\nPlay around with the fonts you want to use and the variations you\u2019ll be using, and make a list. Pick five combinations of fonts and their variations, and stick with them throughout the layout.\n\nSingle-task\n\nMost of us use multiple monitors. They\u2019re great to increase productivity, but make it harder to focus on a single task. Here\u2019s what you do: try using only your smallest monitor. Maybe it\u2019s the one from your laptop, maybe it\u2019s an old 1024\u00d7768 you found in the attic. Having Photoshop (or Fireworks or\u2026) taking over your entire workspace blocks out all the other distractions on your screen, and works quite liberating.\n\nMute everything\u2026\n\n\u2026but not entirely. I noticed I was way more focused when I set NetNewsWire to refresh it\u2019s feeds only once every two hours. After two hours, I need a break anyway. Turning off Twitterrific was a mistake, as it\u2019s my window to the world, and it\u2019s the place where the people I like to call colleagues live. You can\u2019t exactly ask them to bring you a cup of coffee when they go to the vending machine, but they do keep you fresh, and it stops you from going human-shy. Instead I changed the settings to not play a notification sound when new Tweets arrive so it doesn\u2019t disturb me when I\u2019m zoning.\n\nDon\u2019ts\n\nCSS galleries\n\nDon\u2019t start browsing all kinds of CSS galleries. Either you\u2019ll feel bad, or you just start using elements in a way you can\u2019t call \u201cinspired\u201d anymore. Instead gather your own collection of inspiration. Example: I use LittleSnapper in which I dump everything I find inspiring. This goes from a smart layout idea, to a failed picture someone posted on Flickr. Everything is inspiring.\n\nPanicking\n\nDon\u2019t panic. It\u2019s the worst thing you could do. Instead, get away from the computer, and go to bed early. A good night of sleep combined with a hot/cold shower can give you a totally new perspective on a design. Got a deadline by tomorrow? Well, you should\u2019ve started earlier. Got a good excuse to start on this design this late? Tell your client it was either that or a bad design.\n\n120-hour work-week\n\nDon\u2019t work all day long, including evenings and early mornings. Write off that first hour, you don\u2019t really think you\u2019ll get anything productive done before 9AM?! I don\u2019t even think you should work on one and the same design all day long. If you\u2019re stuck, try working in blocks of 1 or 2 hours on a certain design. Mixing projects isn\u2019t for everyone, but it might just do the trick for you.\n\nSummary\n\n\n\tUse grids, not only for layout purposes.\n\tPick a specific element to start with.\n\tUse a colour palette.\n\tLimit the amount of fonts and variations you\u2019ll use.\n\tSearch for the smallest monitor around, and restrict yourself to that one.\n\tReduce the amount of noise.\n\tDon\u2019t start looking on the internet for inspiration. Build your own little inspirarchive.\n\tWork in blocks.", "year": "2008", "author": "Tim Van Damme", "author_slug": "timvandamme", "published": "2008-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/rocking-restrictions/", "topic": "process"}
{"rowid": 171, "title": "Rock Solid HTML Emails", "contents": "At some stage in your career, it\u2019s likely you\u2019ll be asked by a client to design a HTML email. Before you rush to explain that all the cool kids are using social media, keep in mind that when done correctly, email is still one of the best ways to promote you and your clients online. In fact, a recent survey showed that every dollar spent on email marketing this year generated more than $40 in return. That\u2019s more than any other marketing channel, including the cool ones.\n\nThere are a whole host of ingredients that contribute to a good email marketing campaign. Permission, relevance, timeliness and engaging content are all important. Even so, the biggest challenge for designers still remains building an email that renders well across all the popular email clients.\n\nSame same, but different\n\nBefore getting into the details, there are some uncomfortable facts that those new to HTML email should be aware of. Building an email is not like building for the web. While web browsers continue their onward march towards standards, many email clients have stubbornly stayed put. Some have even gone backwards. In 2007, Microsoft switched the Outlook rendering engine from Internet Explorer to Word. Yes, as in the word processor. Add to this the quirks of the major web-based email clients like Gmail and Hotmail, sprinkle in a little Lotus Notes and you\u2019ll soon realize how different the email game is.\n\nWhile it\u2019s not without its challenges, rest assured it can be done. In my experience the key is to focus on three things. First, you should keep it simple. The more complex your email design, the more likely is it to choke on one of the popular clients with poor standards support. Second, you need to take your coding skills back a good decade. That often means nesting tables, bringing CSS inline and following the coding guidelines I\u2019ll outline below. Finally, you need to test your designs regularly. Just because a template looks nice in Hotmail now, doesn\u2019t mean it will next week.\n\nSetting your lowest common denominator\n\nTo maintain your sanity, it\u2019s a good idea to decide exactly which email clients you plan on supporting when building a HTML email. While general research is helpful, the email clients your subscribers are using can vary significantly from list to list. If you have the time there are a number of tools that can tell you specifically which email clients your subscribers are using. Trust me, if the testing shows almost none of them are using a client like Lotus Notes, save yourself some frustration and ignore it altogether. \n\nKnowing which email clients you\u2019re targeting not only makes the building process easier, it can save you lots of time in the testing phase too. For the purpose of this article, I\u2019ll be sharing techniques that give the best results across all of the popular clients, including the notorious ones like Gmail, Lotus Notes 6 and Outlook 2007. Just remember that pixel perfection in all email clients is a pipe dream.\n\nLet\u2019s get started.\n\nUse tables for layout\n\nBecause clients like Gmail and Outlook 2007 have poor support for float, margin and padding, you\u2019ll need to use tables as the framework of your email. While nested tables are widely supported, consistent treatment of width, margin and padding within table cells is not. For the best results, keep the following in mind when coding your table structure.\n\nSet the width in each cell, not the table\n\nWhen you combine table widths, td widths, td padding and CSS padding into an email, the final result is different in almost every email client. The most reliable way to set the width of your table is to set a width for each cell, not for the table itself.\n\n<table cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"10\" border=\"0\">\n\t<tr>\n\t\t<td width=\"80\"></td>\n\t\t<td width=\"280\"></td>\n\t</tr>\n</table>\n\nNever assume that if you don\u2019t specify a cell width the email client will figure it out. It won\u2019t.  Also avoid using percentage based widths. Clients like Outlook 2007 don\u2019t respect them, especially for nested tables. Stick to pixels. If you want to add padding to each cell, use either the cellpadding attribute of the table or CSS padding for each cell, but never combine the two.\n\nErr toward nesting\n\nTable nesting is far more reliable than setting left and right margins or padding for table cells. If you can achieve the same effect by table nesting, that will always give you the best result across the buggier email clients.\n\nUse a container table for body background colors\n\nMany email clients ignore background colors specified in your CSS or the <body> tag. To work around this, wrap your entire email with a 100% width table and give that a background color.\n\n<table cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" border=\"0\" width=\"100%\">\n\t<tr>\n\t\t<td bgcolor=\u201d#000000\u201d>\n\t\t\tYour email code goes here.\n\t\t</td>\n\t</tr>\n</table>\n\nYou can use the same approach for background images too. Just remember that some email clients don\u2019t support them, so always provide a fallback color.\n\nAvoid unnecessary whitespace in table cells\n\nWhere possible, avoid whitespace between your <td> tags. Some email clients (ahem, Yahoo! and Hotmail) can add additional padding above or below the cell contents in some scenarios, breaking your design for no apparent reason.\n\nCSS and general font formatting\n\nWhile some email designers do their best to avoid CSS altogether and rely on the dreaded <font> tag, the truth is many CSS properties are well supported by most email clients. See this comprehensive list of CSS support across the major clients for a good idea of the safe properties and those that should be avoided. \n\nAlways move your CSS inline\n\nGmail is the culprit for this one. By stripping the CSS from the <head> and <body> of any email, we\u2019re left with no choice but to move all CSS inline. The good news is this is something you can almost completely automate. Free services like Premailer will move all CSS inline with the click of a button. I recommend leaving this step to the end of your build process so you can utilize all the benefits of CSS.\n\nAvoid shorthand for fonts and hex notation\n\nA number of email clients reject CSS shorthand for the font property. For example, never set your font styles like this.\n\np {\n\tfont:bold 1em/1.2em georgia,times,serif;\n}\n\nInstead, declare the properties individually like this.\n\np {\n\tfont-weight: bold;\n\tfont-size: 1em;\n\tline-height: 1.2em;\n\tfont-family: georgia,times,serif;\n}\n\nWhile we\u2019re on the topic of fonts, I recently tested every conceivable variation of @font-face across the major email clients. The results were dismal, so unfortunately it\u2019s web-safe fonts in email for the foreseeable future.\n\nWhen declaring the color property in your CSS, some email clients don\u2019t support shorthand hexadecimal colors like color:#f60; instead of color:#ff6600;. Stick to the longhand approach for the best results.\n\nParagraphs\n\nJust like table cell spacing, paragraph spacing can be tricky to get a consistent result across the board. I\u2019ve seen many designers revert to using double <br /> or DIVs with inline CSS margins to work around these shortfalls, but recent testing showed that paragraph support is now reliable enough to use in most cases (there was a time when Yahoo! didn\u2019t support the paragraph tag at all).\n\nThe best approach is to set the margin inline via CSS for every paragraph in your email, like so:\n\np {\n\tmargin: 0 0 1.6em 0;\n}\n\nAgain, do this via CSS in the head when building your email, then use Premailer to bring it inline for each paragraph later.\n\nIf part of your design is height-sensitive and calls for pixel perfection, I recommend avoiding paragraphs altogether and setting the text formatting inline in the table cell. You might need to use table nesting or cellpadding / CSS to get the desired result. Here\u2019s an example:\n\n<td width=\"200\" style=\"font-weight:bold; font-size:1em; line-height:1.2em; font-family:georgia,'times',serif;\">your height sensitive text</td>\n\nLinks\n\nSome email clients will overwrite your link colors with their defaults, and you can avoid this by taking two steps. First, set a default color for each link inline like so:\n\n<a href=\"http://somesite.com/\" style=\"color:#ff00ff\">this is a link</a>\n\nNext, add a redundant span inside the a tag.\n\n<a href=\"http://somesite.com/\" style=\"color:#ff00ff\"><span style=\"color:#ff00ff\">this is a link</span></a>\n\nTo some this may be overkill, but if link color is important to your design then a superfluous span is the best way to achieve consistency.\n\nImages in HTML emails\n\nThe most important thing to remember about images in email is that they won\u2019t be visible by default for many subscribers. If you start your design with that assumption, it forces you to keep things simple and ensure no important content is suppressed by image blocking.\n\nWith this in mind, here are the essentials to remember when using images in HTML email:\n\nAvoid spacer images\n\nWhile the combination of spacer images and nested tables was popular on the web ten years ago, image blocking in many email clients has ruled it out as a reliable technique today. Most clients replace images with an empty placeholder in the same dimensions, others strip the image altogether. Given image blocking is on by default in most email clients, this can lead to a poor first impression for many of your subscribers. Stick to fixed cell widths to keep your formatting in place with or without images.\n\nAlways include the dimensions of your image\n\nIf you forget to set the dimensions for each image, a number of clients will invent their own sizes when images are blocked and break your layout. Also, ensure that any images are correctly sized before adding them to your email. Some email clients will ignore the dimensions specified in code and rely on the true dimensions of your image. \n\nAvoid PNGs\n\nLotus Notes 6 and 7 don\u2019t support 8-bit or 24-bit PNG images, so stick with the GIF or JPG formats for all images, even if it means some additional file size.\n\nProvide fallback colors for background images\n\nOutlook 2007 has no support for background images (aside from this hack to get full page background images working). If you want to use a background image in your design, always provide a background color the email client can fall back on. This solves both the image blocking and Outlook 2007 problem simultaneously.\n\nDon\u2019t forget alt text\n\nLack of standards support means email clients have long destroyed the chances of a semantic and accessible HTML email. Even still, providing alt text is important from an image blocking perspective. Even with images suppressed by default, many email clients will display the provided alt text instead. Just remember that some email clients like Outlook 2007, Hotmail and Apple Mail don\u2019t support alt text at all when images are blocked.\n\nUse the display hack for Hotmail\n\nFor some inexplicable reason, Windows Live Hotmail adds a few pixels of additional padding below images. A workaround is to set the display property like so.\n\nimg {display:block;}\n\nThis removes the padding in Hotmail and still gives you the predicable result in other email clients.\n\nDon\u2019t use floats\n\nBoth Outlook 2007 and earlier versions of Notes offer no support for the float property. Instead, use the align attribute of the img tag to float images in your email.\n\n<img src=\"image.jpg\" align=\"right\">\n\nIf you\u2019re seeing strange image behavior in Yahoo! Mail, adding align=\u201ctop\u201d to your images can often solve this problem.\n\nVideo in email\n\nWith no support for JavaScript or the object tag, video in email (if you can call it that) has long been limited to animated gifs. However, some recent research I did into the HTML5 video tag in email showed some promising results.\n\nTurns out HTML5 video does work in many email clients right now, including Apple Mail, Entourage 2008, MobileMe and the iPhone. The real benefit of this approach is that if the video isn\u2019t supported, you can provide reliable fallback content such as an animated GIF or a clickable image linking to the video in the browser.\n\nOf course, the question of whether you should add video to email is another issue altogether. If you lean toward the \u201cyes\u201d side check out the technique with code samples.\n\nWhat about mobile email?\n\nThe mobile email landscape was a huge mess until recently. With the advent of the iPhone, Android and big improvements from Palm and RIM, it\u2019s becoming less important to think of mobile as a different email platform altogether.\n\nThat said, there are a few key pointers to keep in mind when coding your emails to get a decent result for your more mobile subscribers.\n\nKeep the width less than 600 pixels\n\nBecause of email client preview panes, this rule was important long before mobile email clients came of age. In truth, the iPhone and Pre have a viewport of 320 pixels, the Droid 480 pixels and the Blackberry models hover around 360 pixels. Sticking to a maximum of 600 pixels wide ensures your design should still be readable when scaled down for each device. This width also gives good results in desktop and web-based preview panes.\n\nBe aware of automatic text resizing\n\nIn what is almost always a good feature, email clients using webkit (such as the iPhone, Pre and Android) can automatically adjust font sizes to increase readability. If testing shows this feature is doing more harm than good to your design, you can always disable it with the following CSS rule:\n\n-webkit-text-size-adjust: none;\n\nDon\u2019t forget to test\n\nWhile standards support in email clients hasn\u2019t made much progress in the last few years, there has been continual change (for better or worse) in some email clients. Web-based providers like Yahoo!, Hotmail and Gmail are notorious for this. On countless occasions I\u2019ve seen a proven design suddenly stop working without explanation.\n\nFor this reason alone it\u2019s important to retest your email designs on a regular basis. I find a quick test every month or so does the trick, especially in the web-based clients. The good news is that after designing and testing a few HTML email campaigns, you will find that order will emerge from the chaos. Many of these pitfalls will become quite predictable and your inbox-friendly designs will take shape with them in mind.\n\nLooking ahead\n\nDesigning HTML email can be a tough pill for new designers and standardistas to swallow, especially given the fickle and retrospective nature of email clients today. With HTML5 just around the corner we are entering a new, uncertain phase. Will email client developers take the opportunity to repent on past mistakes and bring email clients into the present? The aim of groups such as the Email Standards Project is to make much of the above advice as redundant as the long-forgotten <blink> and <marquee> tags, however, only time will tell if this is to become a reality.\n\nAlthough not the most compliant (or fashionable) medium, the results speak for themselves \u2013 email is, and will continue to be one of the most successful and targeted marketing channels available to you. As a designer with HTML email design skills in your arsenal, you have the opportunity to not only broaden your service offering, but gain a unique appreciation of how vital standards are.\n\nNext steps\n\nReady to get started? There are a number of HTML email design galleries to provide ideas and inspiration for your own designs. \n\n\n\thttp://www.campaignmonitor.com/gallery/\n\thttp://htmlemailgallery.com/\n\thttp://inboxaward.com/\n\n\nEnjoy!", "year": "2009", "author": "David Greiner", "author_slug": "davidgreiner", "published": "2009-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/rock-solid-html-emails/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 142, "title": "Revealing Relationships Can Be Good Form", "contents": "A few days ago, a colleague of mine \u2013 someone I have known for several years, who has been doing web design for several years and harks back from the early days of ZDNet \u2013 was running through a prototype I had put together for some user testing. As with a lot of prototypes, there was an element of \u2018smoke and mirrors\u2019 to make things look like they were working. \n\nOne part of the form included a yes/no radio button, and selecting the Yes option would, in the real and final version of the form, reveal some extra content. Rather than put too much JavaScript in the prototype, I took a preverbial shortcut and created a link which I wrapped around the text next to the radio button \u2013 clicking on that link would cause the form to mimic a change event on the radio button. But it wasn\u2019t working for him. \n\nWhy was that? Because whereas I created the form using a <label> tag for each <input> and naturally went to click on the text rather than the form control itself, he was going straight for the control (and missing the sneaky little <a href> I\u2019d placed around the text). Bah! There goes my time-saver.\n\nSo, what did I learn? That a web professional who has used the Internet for years had neither heard of the <label> tag, nor had he ever tried clicking on the text. It just goes to show that despite its obvious uses, the label element is not as well known as it rightfully deserves to be. So, what\u2019s a web-standards-loving guy to do? Make a bit more bleedin\u2019 obvious, that\u2019s what! \n\nThe Mouse Pointer Trick\n\nOK, this is the kind of thing that causes some people outrage. A dead simple way of indicating that the label does something is to use a snippet of CSS to change the default mouse cursor to a hand. It\u2019s derided because the hand icon is usually used for links, and some would argue that using this technique is misleading:\n\nlabel {\n\tcursor: pointer;\n}\n\nThis is not a new idea, though, and you didn\u2019t come here for this. The point is that with something very simple, you\u2019ve made the label element discoverable. But there are other ways that you can do this that are web standards friendly and won\u2019t upset the purists quite so much as the hand/pointer trick. Time to wheel in the JavaScript trolley jack \u2026\n\nOur Old Friend AddEvent\n\nFirst things, first, you\u2019ll need to use the addEvent function (or your favourite variation thereof) that Scott Andrew devised and make that available to the document containing the form:\n\nfunction addEvent(elm, evType, fn, useCapture)\n{\n\tif(elm.addEventListener)\n\t{\n\t\telm.addEventListener(evType, fn, useCapture);\n\t\treturn true;\n\t}\n\telse if (elm.attachEvent)\n\t{\n\t\tvar r = elm.attachEvent('on' + evType, fn);\n\t\treturn r;\n\t}\n\telse\n\t{\n\t\telm['on' + evType] = fn;\n\t}\n}\n\nFinding All Your Labels\n\nOnce you\u2019ve linked to the addEvent function (or embedded it on the page), you can start to get your JavaScripting fingers a-flexing. Now, what I\u2019m suggesting you do here is:\n\n\n\tIdentify all the label elements on the page by working your way through the DOM\n\tFind out the value of the for attribute for each label that you uncover\n\tAttach a behaviour or two to each of those label elements \u2013 and to the input that the label relates to (identified with the for attribute)\n\n\nHere\u2019s the technobabble version of the steps above:\n\nfunction findLabels()\n{\n\tvar el = document.getElementsByTagName(\"label\");\n\tfor (i=0;i<el.length;i++)\n\t{\n\t\tvar thisId = el[i].getAttribute(\"for\");\n\t\tif ((thisId)==null)\n\t\t{\n\t\t\tthisId = el[i].htmlFor;\n\t\t}\n\t\tif(thisId!=\"\")\n\t\t{\n\t\t\t//apply these behaviours to the label\n\t\t\tel[i].onmouseover = highlightRelationship;\n\t\t\tel[i].onmouseout = hideRelationship;\n\t\t}\n\t}\n}\nfunction highlightRelationship()\n{\n\tvar thisId = this.getAttribute(\"for\");\n\tif ((thisId)==null)\n\t{\n\t\tthisId = this.htmlFor;\n\t}\t\n\tthis.className=\"showRel\";\n\tdocument.getElementById(thisId).className=\"showRel\";\n\t//if (document.getElementById(thisId).type==\"text\") document.getElementById(thisId).select();\n}\nfunction hideRelationship()\n{\n\tvar thisId = this.getAttribute(\"for\");\n\tif ((thisId)==null)\n\t{\n\t\tthisId = this.htmlFor;\n\t}\t\n\tthis.className=\"\";\n\tdocument.getElementById(thisId).className=\"\";\n}\naddEvent(window, 'load', findLabels, false);\n\nUsing the above script, you can apply a CSS class (I\u2019ve called it showRel) to the elements when you hover over them. How you want it to look is up to you, of course. Here are a few examples of the idea. Note: the design is not exactly what you\u2019d call \u2018fancy\u2019, and in the examples there is one input that looks broken but it is deliberately moved away from the label it relates to, just to demonstrate that you can show the relationship even from afar. \n\n\n\n\tBackground colour changes on hover\n\tBackground colour change + mouse pointer trick\n\tBackground colour change + mouse pointer trick + text selection\n\n\nHopefully you\u2019ll agree that using an unobtrusive piece of JavaScript you can make otherwise \u2018shy\u2019 elements like the label reveal their true colours. Although you might want to tone down the colours from the ones I\u2019ve used in this demo!", "year": "2006", "author": "Ian Lloyd", "author_slug": "ianlloyd", "published": "2006-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/revealing-relationships-can-be-good-form/", "topic": "ux"}
{"rowid": 84, "title": "Responsive Responsive Design", "contents": "Now more than ever, we\u2019re designing work meant to be viewed along a gradient of different experiences. Responsive web design offers us a way forward, finally allowing us to \u201cdesign for the ebb and flow of things.\u201d\n\n\nWith those two sentences, Ethan closed the article that introduced the web to responsive design. Since then, responsive design has taken the web by storm. Seemingly every day, some company is touting their new responsive redesign. Large brands such as Microsoft, Time and Disney are getting in on the action, blowing away the once common criticism that responsive design was a technique only fit for small blogs.\n\nCertainly, this is a good thing. As Ethan and John Allsopp before him, were right to point out, the inherent flexibility of the web is a feature, not a bug. The web\u2019s unique ability to be consumed and interacted with on any number of devices, with any number of input methods is something to be embraced.\n\nBut there\u2019s one part of the web\u2019s inherent flexibility that seems to be increasingly overlooked: the ability for the web to be interacted with on any number of networks, with a gradient of  bandwidth constraints and latency costs, on devices with varying degrees of hardware power.\n\nA few months back, Stephanie Rieger tweeted\n\n\n\t\u201cShoot me now\u2026responsive design has seemingly become confused with an opportunity to reduce performance rather than improve it.\u201d\n\n\nI would love to disagree, but unfortunately the evidence is damning. Consider the size and number of requests for four highly touted responsive sites that were launched this year:\n\n\n\t74 requests, 1,511kb\n\t114 requests, 1,200kb\n\t99 requests, 1,298kb\n\t105 requests, 5,942kb\n\n\nAnd those numbers were for the small screen versions of each site!\n\nThese sites were praised for their visual design and responsive nature, and rightfully so. They\u2019re very easy on the eyes and a lot of thought went into their appearance. But the numbers above tell an inconvenient truth: for all the time spent ensuring the visual design was airtight, seemingly very little (if any) attention was given to their performance.\n\nIt would be one thing if these were the exceptions, but unfortunately they\u2019re not. Guy Podjarny, who has done a lot of research around responsive performance, discovered that 86% of the responsive sites he tested were either the same size or larger on the small screen as they were on the desktop.\n\nThe reality is that high performance should be a requirement on any web project, not an afterthought. Poor performance has been tied to a decrease in revenue, traffic, conversions, and overall user satisfaction. Case study after case study shows that improving performance, even marginally, will impact the bottom line. The situation is no different on mobile where 71% of people say they expect sites to load as quickly or faster on their phone when compared to the desktop.\n\nThe bottom line: performance is a fundamental component of the user experience.\n\nSo, given it\u2019s extreme importance in the success of any web project, why is it that we\u2019re seeing so many bloated responsive sites?\n\nFirst, I adamantly disagree with the belief that poor performance is inherent to responsive design. That\u2019s not a rule \u2013 it\u2019s a cop-out. It\u2019s an example of blaming the technique when we should be blaming the implementation. This argument also falls flat because it ignores the fact that the trend of fat sites is increasing on the web in general. While some responsive sites are the worst offenders, it\u2019s hardly an issue resigned to one technique.\n\nTo fix the issue, we need to stop making excuses and start making improvements instead. Here, then, are some things we can do to start improving the state of responsive performance, and performance in general, right now.\n\nCreate a culture of performance\n\nIf you understand just how important performance is to the success of a project, the natural next step is to start creating a culture where high performance is a key consideration. \n\nOne of the things you can do is set a baseline. Determine the maximum size and number of requests you are going to allow, and don\u2019t let a page go live if either of those numbers is exceeded. The BBC does this with its responsive mobile site.\n\nA variation of that, which Steve Souders discussed in a recent podcast is to create a performance budget based on those numbers. Once you have that baseline set, if someone comes along and wants to add a something to the page, they have to make sure the page remains under budget. If it exceeds the budget, you have three options:\n\n\n\tOptimize an existing feature or asset on the page\n\tRemove an existing feature or asset from the page\n\tDon\u2019t add the new feature or asset\n\n\nThe idea here is that you make performance part of the process instead of something that may or may not get tacked on at the end.\n\nEmbrace the pain\n\nThis troubling trend of web bloat can be blamed in part on the lack of pain associated with poor performance. Most of us work on high-speed connections with low latency. When we fire up a 4Mb site, it doesn\u2019t feel so bad. \n\nWhen I tested the previously mentioned 5,942kb site on a 3G network, it took over 93 seconds to load. A minute and a half just staring at a white screen. Had anyone working on that project experienced that, you can bet the site wouldn\u2019t have launched in that state.\n\nDon\u2019t just crunch numbers. Fire up your site on a slower network and see what it feels like to wait. If you don\u2019t have access to a slow network, simulate one using a tool like Slowy, Throttle or the Network Conditioner found in Mac OS X 10.7.\n\nWatch for low-hanging fruit\n\nThere are a bunch of general performance improvements that apply to any site (responsive or not) but often aren\u2019t made. A great starting point is to refer to Yahoo!\u2018s list of rules.\n\nSome of this might sound complicated or intimidating, but it doesn\u2019t have to be. You can grab an .htaccess file from HTML 5 Boilerplate or use Sergey Chernyshev\u2019s drop-in .htaccess file. You can use tools like SpriteMe to simplify the creation of sprites, and ImageOptim to compress images.\n\nJust by implementing these simple optimizations you will achieve a noticeable improvement in terms of weight and page load time.\n\nBe careful with images\n\nThe most common offender for poor responsive performance is downloading unnecessarily large images, or worse yet, multiple sizes of the same image. \n\nFor background images, simply being careful with where and how you include the image can ensure you don\u2019t get caught in the trap of multiple background images being downloaded without being used. Don\u2019t count on display:none to help. While it may hide elements from displaying on screen, those images will still be requested and downloaded.\n\nContent images can be a little trickier. Whatever you do, don\u2019t serve a large image that works on a large screen display to small screens. It\u2019s wasteful, not only in terms of adding weight to the page, but also in wasting precious memory. Instead, use a tool like Adaptive Images or src.sencha.io to make sure only appropriately sized images are being downloaded. \n\nThe new <picture> element that has been so often discussed is another excellent solution if you\u2019re feeling particularly future-oriented. A picture polyfill exists so that you can start using the element now without any worries about support.\n\nConditional loading\n\nDon\u2019t load any more than you absolutely need to. If a script isn\u2019t needed at certain sizes, use the matchMedia polyfill to ensure it only loads when needed. Use eCSSential to do the same for unnecessary CSS files.\n\nLast year on 24 ways, Jeremy Keith wrote an article about conditional loading of content in a responsive design based on the screen width. The technique was later refined by the Filament Group into what they dubbed the Ajax-Include Pattern. It\u2019s a powerful and simple way to lighten the load on small screens as well as reduce clutter.\n\nGo vanilla?\n\nIf you take a look at the HTTP Archive you\u2019ll see that other than image size, JavaScript is the heaviest asset on a page weighing in at 215kb on average. It also boasts the fifth highest correlation to load time as well as the second highest correlation to render time. \n\nMuch of the weight can be attributed to our industry\u2019s increasing reliance on frameworks. This is especially a concern on mobile devices. PPK recently exclaimed that current JavaScript libraries are just \u201ctoo heavy for mobile\u201d. \u201cResearch from Stoyan Stefanov on parse times supports this. On some Android and iOS devices, it can take as long as 200-300ms just to parse jQuery.\n\nThere\u2019s nothing wrong about using a framework, but the problem is that they\u2019ve become the default. Before dropping another framework or plugin into a page, we should stop to consider the value it adds and whether we could accomplish what we need to do using a combination of vanilla JavaScript and CSS instead. (This is a great example of a scenario where a performance budget could help.)\n\nStart thinking beyond visual aesthetics\n\nWe love to tout the web\u2019s universality when discussing the need for responsive design. But that universality is not limited simply to screen size. Networks and hardware capabilities must factor in as well.\n\nThe web is an incredibly dynamic and interactive medium, and designing for it demands that we consider more than just visual aesthetics. Let\u2019s not forget to give those other qualities the attention they deserve.", "year": "2012", "author": "Tim Kadlec", "author_slug": "timkadlec", "published": "2012-12-05T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/responsive-responsive-design/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 79, "title": "Responsive Images: What We Thought We Needed", "contents": "If you were to read a web designer\u2019s Christmas wish list, it would likely include a solution for displaying images responsively. For those concerned about users downloading unnecessary image data, or serving images that look blurry on high resolution displays, finding a solution has become a frustrating quest.\n\nHaving experimented with complex and sometimes devilish hacks, consensus is forming around defining new standards that could solve this problem. Two approaches have emerged.\n\nThe <picture> element markup pattern was proposed by Mat Marquis and is now being developed by the Responsive Images Community Group. By providing a means of declaring multiple sources, authors could use media queries to control which version of an image is displayed and under what conditions:\n\n<picture width=\"500\" height=\"500\">\n  <source media=\"(min-width: 45em)\" src=\"large.jpg\">\n  <source media=\"(min-width: 18em)\" src=\"med.jpg\">\n  <source src=\"small.jpg\">\n  <img src=\"small.jpg\" alt=\"\">\n  <p>Accessible text</p>\n</picture>\n\nA second proposal put forward by Apple, the srcset attribute, uses a more concise syntax intended for use with the <img> element, although it could be compatible with the <picture> element too. This would allow authors to provide a set of images, but with the decision on which to use left to the browser:\n\n<img src=\"fallback.jpg\" alt=\"\" srcset=\"small.jpg 640w 1x, small-hd.jpg 640w 2x, med.jpg 1x, med-hd.jpg 2x \">\n\nEnter Scrooge\n\n\n\tMen\u2019s courses will foreshadow certain ends, to which, if persevered in, they must lead.\nEbenezer Scrooge\n\n\nGiven the complexity of this issue, there\u2019s a heated debate about which is the best option. Yet code belies a certain truth. That both feature verbose and opaque syntax, I\u2019m not sure either should find its way into the browser \u2013 especially as alternative approaches have yet to be fully explored.\n\nSo, as if to dampen the festive cheer, here are five reasons why I believe both proposals are largely redundant.\n\n1. We need better formats, not more markup\n\nAs we move away from designs defined with fixed pixel values, bitmap images look increasingly unsuitable. While simple images and iconography can use scalable vector formats like SVG, for detailed photographic imagery, raster formats like GIF, PNG and JPEG remain the only suitable option.\n\nThere is scope within current formats to account for varying bandwidth but this requires cooperation from browser vendors. Newer formats like JPEG2000 and WebP generate higher quality images with smaller file sizes, but aren\u2019t widely supported.\n\nWhile it\u2019s tempting to try to solve this issue by inventing new markup, the crux of it remains at the file level.\n\nDaan Jobsis\u2019s experimentation with image compression strengthens this argument. He discovered that by increasing the dimensions of a JPEG image while simultaneously reducing its quality, a smaller files could be produced, with the resulting image looking just as good on both standard and high-resolution displays.\n\nThis may be a hack in lieu of a more permanent solution, but it\u2019s applied in the right place. Easy to accomplish with existing tools and without compatibility issues, it has few downsides. Further experimentation in this area should be encouraged, with standardisation efforts more helpful if focused on developing new image formats or, preferably, extending existing ones.\n\n2. Art direction doesn\u2019t belong in markup\n\nA desired benefit of the <picture> markup pattern is to allow for greater art direction. For example, rather than scaling down images on smaller displays to the point that their content is hard to discern, we could present closer crops instead:\n\n\n\nThis can be achieved with CSS of course, although with a download penalty for those parts of an image not shown. This point may be negligible, however, since in the context of adaptable layouts, these hidden areas may end up being revealed anyway.\n\nArt direction concerns design, not content. If we wish to maintain a separation of concerns, including presentation within our markup seems misguided.\n\n3. The size of a display has little relation to the size of an image\n\nBy using media queries, the <picture> element allows authors to choose which characteristics of the screen or viewport to query for different images to be displayed.\n\nIn developing sites at Clearleft, we have noticed that the viewport is essentially arbitrary, with the size of an image\u2019s containing element more important. For example, look at how this grid of images may adapt at different viewport widths:\n\n\n\nAs we build more modular systems, components need to be adaptable in and of themselves. There is a case to be made for developing more contextual methods of querying, rather than those based on attributes of the display.\n\n4. We haven\u2019t lived with the problem long enough\n\nA key strength of the web is that the underlying platform can be continually iterated. This can also be problematic if snap judgements are made about what constitutes an improvement.\n\nThe early history of the web is littered with such examples, be it the perceived need for blinking text or inline typographic styling. To build a platform for the future, additions to it should be carefully considered. And if we want more consistent support across browsers, burdening vendors with an ever increasing list of features seems counterproductive.\n\nOnly once the need for a new feature is sufficiently proven, should we look to standardise it. Before we could declare hover effects, rounded corners and typographic styling in CSS, we used JavaScript as a polyfill. Sure, doing so was painful, but use cases were fully explored, and the CSS specification better reflected the needs of authors.\n\n5. Images and the web aesthetic\n\nThe srcset proposal has emerged from a company that markets its phones as being able to browse the real \u2013 yet squashed down, tapped and zoomable \u2013 web. Perhaps Apple should make its own website responsive before suggesting how the rest of us should do so.\n\nConverserly, while the <picture> proposal has the backing of a few respected developers and designers, it was born out of the work Mat Marquis and Filament Group did for the Boston Globe. As the first large-scale responsive design, this was a landmark project that ignited the responsive web design movement and proved its worth. But it was the first.\n\nIts design shares a vernacular to that of contemporary newspaper websites, with a columnar, image-laden and densely packed layout. Compared to more recent examples \u2013 Quartz, The Next Web and the New York Times Skimmer \u2013 it feels out of step with the future direction of news sites. In seeking out a truer aesthetic for the web in which software interfaces have greater influence, we might discover that the need for responsive images isn\u2019t as great as originally thought.\n\n\n\nBuilding for the future\n\nWith responsive design, we\u2019ve accepted the idea that a fully fluid layout, rather than a set of fixed layouts, is best suited to the web\u2019s unpredictable nature. Current responsive image proposals are antithetical to this approach.\n\nWe need solutions that lack complexity, are device-agnostic and work within existing workflows. Any proposal that requires different versions of the same image to be created, is likely to have to acquiesce under the pressure of reality.\n\nWhile it\u2019s easy to get distracted about the size and quality of an image, and how we might choose to serve it, often the simplest solution is not to include it at all. After years of gluttonous design practice, in which fast connections and expansive display sizes were an accepted norm, we have got use to filling pages with needless images and countless items of page furniture.\n\nTo design more adaptable experiences, the presence of every element needs to be questioned, for its existence requires additional data to be downloaded or futher complexity within a design system. Conditional loading techniques mean that the inclusion of images is no longer a binary choice, but can instead appear in a progressively enhanced manner.\n\nSo here is my proposal. Instead of spending the next year worrying about responsive images, let\u2019s embrace the constraints of the medium, and seek out new solutions that can work within them.", "year": "2012", "author": "Paul Lloyd", "author_slug": "paulrobertlloyd", "published": "2012-12-11T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/responsive-images-what-we-thought-we-needed/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 46, "title": "Responsive Enhancement", "contents": "24 ways has been going strong for ten years. That\u2019s an aeon in internet timescales. Just think of all the changes we\u2019ve seen in that time: the rise of Ajax, the explosion of mobile devices, the unrecognisably changed landscape of front-end tooling.\n\nTools and technologies come and go, but one thing has remained constant for me over the past decade: progressive enhancement.\n\nProgressive enhancement isn\u2019t a technology. It\u2019s more like a way of thinking. Instead of thinking about the specifics of how a finished website might look, progressive enhancement encourages you to think about the fundamental meaning of what the website is providing. So instead of thinking of a website in terms of its ideal state in a modern browser on a nice widescreen device, progressive enhancement allows you to think about the core functionality in a more abstract way.\n\nOnce you\u2019ve figured out what the core functionality is \u2013 adding an item to a shopping cart, posting a message, sharing a photo \u2013 then you can enable that functionality in the simplest possible way. That usually means starting with good old-fashioned HTML. Links and forms are often all you need. Then, once you have the core functionality working in a basic way, you can start to enhance to make a progressively better experience for more modern browsers.\n\nThe advantage of working this way isn\u2019t just that your site will work in older browsers (albeit in a rudimentary way). It also ensures that if anything goes wrong in a modern browser, it won\u2019t be catastrophic.\n\nThere\u2019s a common misconception that progressive enhancement means that you\u2019ll spend your time dealing with older browsers, but in fact the opposite is true. Putting the basic functionality into place doesn\u2019t take very long at all. And once you\u2019ve done that, you\u2019re free to spend all your time experimenting with the latest and greatest browser technologies, secure in the knowledge that even if they aren\u2019t universally supported yet, that\u2019s OK: you\u2019ve already got your fallback in place.\n\nThe key to thinking about web development this way is realising that there isn\u2019t one final interface \u2013 there could be many, slightly different interfaces depending on the properties and capabilities of any particular user agent at any particular moment. And that\u2019s OK. Websites do not need to look the same in every browser.\n\nOnce you truly accept that, it\u2019s an immensely liberating idea. Instead of spending your time trying to make websites look the same in wildly varying browsers, you can spend your time making sure that the core functionality of what you build works everywhere, while providing the best possible experience for more capable browsers.\n\nAllow me to demonstrate with a simple example: navigation.\n\nStep one: core functionality\n\nLet\u2019s say we have a straightforward website about the twelve days of Christmas, with a page for each day. The core functionality is pretty clear:\n\n\n\tTo read about any particular day.\n\tTo browse from day to day.\n\n\nThe first is easily satisfied by marking up the text with headings, paragraphs and all the usual structural HTML elements. The second is satisfied by providing a list of good ol\u2019 hyperlinks.\n\nNow where\u2019s the best place to position this navigation list? Personally, I\u2019m a big fan of the jump-to-footer pattern. This puts the content first and the navigation second. At the top of the page there\u2019s a link with an href attribute pointing to the fragment identifier for the navigation.\n\n<body>\n  <main role=\"main\" id=\"top\">\n    <a href=\"#menu\" class=\"control\">Menu</a>\n    ...\n  </main>\n  <nav role=\"navigation\" id=\"menu\">\n    ...\n    <a href=\"#top\" class=\"control\">Dismiss</a>\n  </nav>\n</body>\n\nSee the footer-anchor pattern in action.\n\nBecause it\u2019s nothing more than a hyperlink, this works in just about every browser since the dawn of the web. Following hyperlinks is what web browsers were made to do (hence the name).\n\nStep two: layout as an enhancement\n\nThe footer-anchor pattern is a particularly neat solution on small-screen devices, like mobile phones. Once more screen real estate is available, I can use the magic of CSS to reposition the navigation above the content. I could use position: absolute, flexbox or, in this case, display: table.\n\n@media all and (min-width: 35em) {\n  .control {\n    display: none;\n  }\n  body {\n    display: table;\n  }\n  [role=\"navigation\"] {\n    display: table-caption;\n    columns: 6 15em;\n  }\n}\n\nSee the styles for wider screens in action\n\nStep three: enhance!\n\nRight. At this point I\u2019m providing core functionality to everyone, and I\u2019ve got nice responsive styles for wider screens. I could stop here, but the real advantage of progressive enhancement is that I don\u2019t have to. From here on, I can go crazy adding all sorts of fancy enhancements for modern browsers, without having to worry about providing a fallback for older browsers \u2013 the fallback is already in place.\n\nWhat I\u2019d really like is to provide a swish off-canvas pattern for small-screen devices. Here\u2019s my plan:\n\n\n\tPosition the navigation under the main content.\n\tListen out for the .control links being activated and intercept that action.\n\tWhen those links are activated, toggle a class of .active on the body.\n\tIf the .active class exists, slide the content out to reveal the navigation.\n\n\nHere\u2019s the CSS for positioning the content and navigation:\n\n@media all and (max-width: 35em) {\n  [role=\"main\"] {\n    transition: all .25s;\n    width: 100%;\n    position: absolute;\n    z-index: 2;\n    top: 0;\n    right: 0;\n  }\n  [role=\"navigation\"] {\n    width: 75%;\n    position: absolute;\n    z-index: 1;\n    top: 0;\n    right: 0;\n  }\n  .active [role=\"main\"] {\n    transform: translateX(-75%);\n  }\n}\n\nIn my JavaScript, I\u2019m going to listen out for any clicks on the .control links and toggle the .active class on the body accordingly:\n\n(function (win, doc) {\n  'use strict';\n  var linkclass = 'control',\n    activeclass = 'active',\n    toggleClassName = function (element, toggleClass) {\n      var reg = new RegExp('(s|^)' + toggleClass + '(s|$)');\n      if (!element.className.match(reg)) {\n        element.className += ' ' + toggleClass;\n      } else {\n        element.className = element.className.replace(reg, '');\n      }\n    },\n    navListener = function (ev) {\n      ev = ev || win.event;\n      var target = ev.target || ev.srcElement;\n      if (target.className.indexOf(linkclass) !== -1) {\n        ev.preventDefault();\n        toggleClassName(doc.body, activeclass);\n      }\n    };\n  doc.addEventListener('click', navListener, false);\n}(this, this.document));\n\nI\u2019m all set, right? Not so fast!\n\nCutting the mustard\n\nI\u2019ve made the assumption that addEventListener will be available in my JavaScript. That isn\u2019t a safe assumption. That\u2019s because JavaScript \u2013 unlike HTML or CSS \u2013 isn\u2019t fault-tolerant. If you use an HTML element or attribute that a browser doesn\u2019t understand, or if you use a CSS selector, property or value that a browser doesn\u2019t understand, it\u2019s no big deal. The browser will just ignore what it doesn\u2019t understand: it won\u2019t throw an error, and it won\u2019t stop parsing the file.\n\nJavaScript is different. If you make an error in your JavaScript, or use a JavaScript method or property that a browser doesn\u2019t recognise, that browser will throw an error, and it will stop parsing the file. That\u2019s why it\u2019s important to test for features before using them in JavaScript. That\u2019s also why it isn\u2019t safe to rely on JavaScript for core functionality.\n\nIn my case, I need to test for the existence of addEventListener:\n\n(function (win, doc) {\n  if (!win.addEventListener) {\n    return;\n  }\n  ...\n}(this, this.document));\n\nThe good folk over at the BBC call this kind of feature test cutting the mustard. If a browser passes the test, it cuts the mustard, and so it gets the enhancements. If a browser doesn\u2019t cut the mustard, it doesn\u2019t get the enhancements. And that\u2019s fine because, remember, websites don\u2019t need to look the same in every browser.\n\nI want to make sure that my off-canvas styles are only going to apply to mustard-cutting browsers. I\u2019m going to use JavaScript to add a class of .cutsthemustard to the document:\n\n(function (win, doc) {\n  if (!win.addEventListener) {\n    return;\n  }\n  ...\n  var enhanceclass = 'cutsthemustard';\n  doc.documentElement.className += ' ' + enhanceclass;\n}(this, this.document));\n\nNow I can use the existence of that class name to adjust my CSS:\n\n@media all and (max-width: 35em) {\n  .cutsthemustard [role=\"main\"] {\n    transition: all .25s;\n    width: 100%;\n    position: absolute;\n    z-index: 2;\n    top: 0;\n    right: 0;\n  }\n  .cutsthemustard [role=\"navigation\"] {\n    width: 75%;\n    position: absolute;\n    z-index: 1;\n    top: 0;\n    right: 0;\n  }\n  .cutsthemustard .active [role=\"main\"] {\n    transform: translateX(-75%);\n  }\n}\n\nSee the enhanced mustard-cutting off-canvas navigation. Remember, this only applies to small screens so you might have to squish your browser window.\n\nEnhance all the things!\n\nThis was a relatively simple example, but it illustrates the thinking behind progressive enhancement: once you\u2019re providing the core functionality to everyone, you\u2019re free to go crazy with all the latest enhancements for modern browsers.\n\nProgressive enhancement doesn\u2019t mean you have to provide all the same functionality to everyone \u2013 quite the opposite. That\u2019s why it\u2019s key to figure out early on what the core functionality is, and make sure that it can be provided with the most basic technology. But from that point on, you\u2019re free to add many more features that aren\u2019t mission-critical. You should reward more capable browsers by giving them more of those features, such as animation in CSS, geolocation in JavaScript, and new input types in HTML.\n\nLike I said, progressive enhancement isn\u2019t a technology. It\u2019s a way of thinking. Once you start thinking this way, you\u2019ll be prepared for whatever the next ten years throws at us.", "year": "2014", "author": "Jeremy Keith", "author_slug": "jeremykeith", "published": "2014-12-09T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2014/responsive-enhancement/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 243, "title": "Researching a Property in the CSS Specifications", "contents": "I frequently joke that I\u2019m \u201creading the specs so you don\u2019t have to\u201d, as I unpack some detail of a CSS spec in a post on my blog, some documentation for MDN, or an article on Smashing Magazine. However waiting for someone like me to write an article about something is a pretty slow way to get the information you need. Sometimes people like me get things wrong, or specifications change after we write a tutorial. \nWhat if you could just look it up yourself? That\u2019s what you get when you learn to read the CSS specifications, and in this article my aim is to give you the basic details you need to grab quick information about any CSS property detailed in the CSS specs.\nWhere are the CSS Specifications?\nThe easiest way to see all of the CSS specs is to take a look at the Current Work page in the CSS section of the W3C Website. Here you can see all of the specifications listed, the level they are at and their status. There is also a link to the specification from this page. I explained CSS Levels in my article Why there is no CSS 4.\nWho are the specifications for?\nCSS specifications are for everyone who uses CSS. You might be a browser engineer - referred to as an implementor - needing to know how to implement a feature, or a web developer - referred to as an author - wanting to know how to use the feature. The fact that both parties are looking at the same document hopefully means that what the browser displays is what the web developer expected.\nWhich version of a spec should I look at?\nThere are a couple of places you might want to look. Each published spec will have the latest published version, which will have TR in the URL and can be accessed without a date (which is always the newest version) or at a date, which will be the date of that publication. If I\u2019m referring to a particular Working Draft in an article I\u2019ll typically link to the dated version. That way if the information changes it is possible for someone to see where I got the information from at the time of writing.\nIf you want the very latest additions and changes to the spec, then the Editor\u2019s Draft is the place to look. This is the version of the spec that the editors are committing changes to. If I make a change to the Multicol spec and push it to GitHub, within a few minutes that will be live in the Editor\u2019s Draft. So it is possible there are errors, bits of text that we are still working out and so on. The Editor\u2019s Draft however is definitely the place to look if you are wanting to raise an issue on a spec, as it may be that the issue you are about to raise is already fixed.\nIf you are especially keen on seeing updates to specifications keep an eye on https://drafts.csswg.org/ as this is a list of drafts, along with the date they were last updated.\nHow to approach a spec\nThe first thing to understand is that most CSS Specifications start with the most straightforward information, and get progressively further into the weeds. For an author the initial examples and explanations are likely to be of interest, and then the property definitions and examples. Therefore, if you are looking at a vast spec, know that you probably won\u2019t need to read all the way to the bottom, or read every section in detail.\nThe second thing that is useful to know about modern CSS specifications is how modularized they are. It really never is a case of finding everything you need in a single document. If we tried to do that, there would be a lot of repetition and likely inconsistency between specs. There are some key specifications that many other specifications draw on, such as:\n\nValues and Units\nIntrinsic and Extrinsic Sizing\nBox Alignment\n\nWhen something is defined in another specification the spec you are reading will link to it, so it is worth opening that other spec in a new tab in order that you can refer back to it as you explore.\nResearching your property\nAs an example we will take a look at the property grid-auto-rows, this property defines row tracks in the implicit grid when using CSS Grid Layout. The first thing you will need to do is find out which specification defines this property.\nYou might already know which spec the property is part of, and therefore you could go directly to the spec and search using your browser or look in the navigation for the spec to find it. Alternatively, you could take a look at the CSS Property Index, which is an automatically generated list of CSS Properties.\nClicking on a property will take you to the TR version of the spec, the latest published draft, and the definition of that property in it. This definition begins with a panel detailing the syntax of this property. For grid-auto-rows, you can see that it is listed along with grid-auto-columns as these two properties are essentially identical. They take the same values and work in the same way, one for rows and the other for columns.\nValue\nFor value we can see that the property accepts a value <track-size>. The next thing to do is to find out what that actually means, clicking  will take you to where it is defined in the Grid spec.\nThe <track-size> value is defined as accepting various values:\n\n<track-breadth>\nminmax( <inflexible-breadth> , <track-breadth> )\nfit-content( <length-percentage>\n\nWe need to head down the rabbit hole to find out what each of these mean. From here we essentially go down line by line until we have unpacked the value of track-size.\n<track-breadth> is defined just below <track-size> as:\n\n<length-percentage>\n<flex>\nmin-content\nmax-content\nauto\n\nSo these are all things that would be valid to use as a value for grid-auto-rows.\nThe first value of <length-percentage> is something you will see in many specifications as a value. It means that you can use a length unit - for example px or em - or a percentage. Some properties only accept a <length> in which case you know that you cannot use a percentage as the value. This means that you could have grid-auto-rows with any of the following values.\ngrid-auto-rows: 100px;\ngrid-auto-rows: 1em;\ngrid-auto-rows: 30%;\nWhen using percentages, it is important to know what it is a percentage of. As a percentage has to resolve from something. There is text in the spec which explains how column and row percentages work.\n\n\u201c<percentage> values are relative to the inline size of the grid container in column grid tracks, and the block size of the grid container in row grid tracks.\u201d\n\nThis means that in a horizontal writing mode such as when using English, a percentage when used as a track-size in grid-auto-columns would be a percentage of the width of the grid, and a percentage in grid-auto-rows a percentage of the height of the grid.\nThe second value of <flex> is also defined here, as \u201cA non-negative dimension with the unit fr specifying the track\u2019s flex factor.\u201d This is the fr unit, and the spec links to a fuller definition of fr as this unit is only used in Grid Layout so it is therefore defined in the grid spec. We now know that a valid value would be:\ngrid-auto-rows: 1fr;\nThere is some useful information about the fr unit in this part of the spec. It is noted that the fr unit has an automatic minimum. This means that 1fr is really minmax(auto, 1fr). This is why having a number of tracks all at 1fr does not mean that all are equal sized, as a larger item in any of the tracks would have a large auto size and therefore would be larger after spare space had been distributed.\nWe then have min-content and max-content. These keywords can be used for track sizing and the specification defines what they mean in the context of sizing a track, representing the min and max-sizing contributions of the grid tracks. You will see that there are various terms linked in the definition, so if you do not know what these mean you can follow them to find out.\nFor example the spec links max-content contribution to the CSS Intrinsic and Extrinsic Sizing specification. This is one of those specs which is drawn on by many other specifications. If we follow that link we can read the definition there and follow further links to understand what each term means. The more that you read specifications the more these terms will become familiar to you. Just like learning a foreign language, at first you feel like you have to look up every little thing. After a while you remember the vocabulary.\nWe can now add min-content and max-content to our available values.\ngrid-auto-rows: min-content;\ngrid-auto-rows: max-content;\nThe final item in our list is auto. If you are familiar with using Grid Layout, then you are probably aware that an auto sized track for will grow to fit the content used. There is an interesting note here in the spec detailing that auto sized rows will stretch to fill the grid container if there is extra space and align-content or justify-content have a value of stretch. As stretch is the default value, that means these tracks stretch by default. Tracks using other types of length will not behave like this.\ngrid-auto-rows: auto;\nSo, this was the list for <track-breadth>, the next possible value is minmax( <inflexible-breadth> , <track-breadth> ). So this is telling us that we can use minmax() as a value, the final (max) value will be <track-breadth> and we have already unpacked all of the allowable values there. The first value (min) is detailed as an <inflexible-breadth>. If we look at the values for this, we discover that they are the same as <track-breadth>, minus the <flex> value:\n\n<length-percentage>\nmin-content\nmax-content\nauto\n\nWe already know what all of these do, so we can add possible minmax() values to our list of values for <track-size>.\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(100px, 200px);\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(20%, 1fr);\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(1em, auto);\ngrid-auto-rows: minmax(min-content, max-content);\nFinally we can use fit-content( <length-percentage>. We can see that fit-content takes a value of <length-percentage> which we already know to be either a length unit, or a percentage. The spec details how fit-content is worked out, and it essentially allows a track which acts as if you had used the max-content keyword, however the track stops growing when it hits the length passed to it.\ngrid-auto-rows: fit-content(200px);\ngrid-auto-rows: fit-content(20%);\nThose are all of our possible values, and to round things off, check again at the initial <track-size> value, you can see it has a little + sign next to it, click that and you will be taken to the CSS Values and Units module to find that, \u201cA plus (+) indicates that the preceding type, word, or group occurs one or more times.\u201d This means that we can pass a single track size to grid-auto-rows or multiple track sizes as a space separated list. Below the box is an explanation of what happens if you pass in more than one track size:\n\n\u201cIf multiple track sizes are given, the pattern is repeated as necessary to find the size of the implicit tracks. The first implicit grid track after the explicit grid receives the first specified size, and so on forwards; and the last implicit grid track before the explicit grid receives the last specified size, and so on backwards.\u201d\n\nTherefore with the following CSS, if five implicit rows were needed they would be as follows:\n\n100px\n1fr\nauto\n100px\n1fr\n\n.grid {\n    display: grid;\n    grid-auto-rows: 100px 1fr auto;\n}\nInitial\nWe can now move to the next line in the box, and you\u2019ll be glad to know that it isn\u2019t going to require as much unpacking! This simply defines the initial value for grid-auto-rows. If you do not specify anything, created rows will be auto sized. All CSS properties have an initial value that they will use if they are invoked as part of the usage of the specification they are in, but you do not set a value for them. In the case of grid-auto-rows it is used whenever rows are created in the implicit grid, so it needs to have a value to be used even if you do not set one.\nApplies to\nThis line tells us what this property is used for. Some properties are used in multiple places. For example if you look at the definition for justify-content in the Box Alignment specification you can see it is used in multicol containers, flex containers, and grid containers. In our case the property only applies for grid containers.\nInherited\nThis tells us if the property can be inherited from a parent element if it is not set. In the case of grid-auto-rows it is not inherited. A property such as color is inherited, so you do not need to set it on each element.\nPercentages\nAre percentages allowed for this property, and if so how are they calculated. In this case we are referred to the definition for grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows where we discover that the percentage is from the corresponding dimension of the content area.\nMedia\nThis defines the media group that the property belongs to. In this case visual.\nComputed Value\nThis details how the value is resolved. The grid-auto-rows property again refers to track sizing as defined for grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows, which tells us the computed value is as specified with lengths made absolute.\nCanonical Order\nIf you have a property\u2013generally a shorthand property\u2013which takes multiple values in a set order, then those values need to be serialized in the order detailed in the grammar for that property. In general you don\u2019t need to worry about this value in the table.\nAnimation Type\nThis details whether the property can be animated, and if so what type of animation. This is useful if you are trying to animate something and not getting the result that you expect. Note that just because something is listed in the spec as animatable does not mean that browsers will have implemented animation for that property yet!\nThat\u2019s (mostly) it!\nSometimes the property will have additional examples - there is one underneath the table for grid-auto-rows. These are worth looking at as they will highlight usage of the property that the spec editor has felt could use an example. There may also be some additional text explaining anythign specific to this property.\nIn selecting grid-auto-rows I chose a fairly complex property in terms of the work we needed to do to unpack the value. Many properties are far simpler than this. However ultimately, even when you come across a complex value, it really is just a case of stepping through the definitions until you come to the bottom of the rabbit hole.\nBeing able to work out what is valid for each property is incredibly useful. It means you don\u2019t waste time trying to use a value that doesn\u2019t work for that property. You also may find that there are values you weren\u2019t aware of, that solve problems for you.\nFurther reading\nSpecifications are not designed to be user manuals, and while they often contain examples, these are pretty terse as they need to be clear to demonstrate their particular point. The manual for the Web Platform is MDN Web Docs. Pairing reading a specification with the examples and information on an MDN property page such as the one for grid-auto-rows is a really great way to ensure that you have all the information and practical usage examples you might need.\nYou may also find useful:\n\nValue Definition Syntax on MDN.\nThe MDN Glossary defines many common terms.\nUnderstanding the CSS Property Value Syntax goes into more detail in terms of reading the syntax.\nHow to read W3C Specs - from 2001 but still relevant.\n\nI hope this article has gone some way to demystify CSS specifications for you. Even if the specifications are not your preferred first stop to learn about new CSS, being able to go directly to the source and avoid having your understanding filtered by someone else, can be very useful indeed.", "year": "2018", "author": "Rachel Andrew", "author_slug": "rachelandrew", "published": "2018-12-14T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2018/researching-a-property-in-the-css-specifications/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 212, "title": "Refactoring Your Way to a Design System", "contents": "I love refactoring code. Absolutely love it. There\u2019s something about taking a piece of UI or a bit of code and reworking it in a way that is simpler, modular, and reusable that makes me incredibly happy.\nI also love design systems work. It gives hybrids like me a home. It seems like everyone is talking about design systems right now. Design systems teams are perfect for those who enjoy doing architectural work and who straddle the line between designer and developer. \nUna Kravets recently identified some of the reasons that design systems fail, and chief among them are lack of buy-in, underlying architecture, and communication. While it\u2019s definitely easier to establish these before project work begins, that doesn\u2019t mean it is the only path to success. \nIt\u2019s a privilege to work on a greenfield project, and one that is not afforded to many. Companies with complex and/or legacy codebases may not be able to support a full rewrite of their product. In addition, many people feel overwhelmed at the thought of creating a complete system and are at a loss of how or where to even begin the process. \nThis is where refactoring comes into play.\nAccording to Martin Fowler, \u201crefactoring is the process of changing a software system in such a way that it does not alter the external behavior of the code yet improves its internal structure.\u201d It\u2019s largely invisible work, and if you do it right, the end user will never know the difference. What it will do is provide a decent foundation to begin more systematic work.\nBuild a solid foundation\nWhen I was first asked to create Pantsuit, the design system for Hillary for America, I was tasked with changing our codebase to be more modular and scalable, without changing the behavior or visual design of the UI. We needed a system in place that would allow for the rapid creation of new projects while maintaining a consistent visual language. In essence, I was asked to refactor our code into a design system.\nDuring that refactor, I focused the majority of my efforts on creating a scalable architecture based on the UI components in a single workflow. Since I needed to maintain a 1:1 parity with production, the only changes I could create were under-the-hood. I started with writing coding standards and deciding on a CSS architecture that I would then use as I rewrote sections of the codebase. \nIf you already have these in place, great! If not, then this is an excellent place to start. Even if your dream of a design system is never fully realized, having a coding philosophy and architecture in place will still have far-reaching benefits and implications.\nI want to note that if your refactor includes creating new coding standards or a CSS architecture, don\u2019t try to switch everything over right away. Instead, focus on a single new feature and isolate/encapsulate your work from the rest of the codebase.\nFocus on the features\n\nThe key principle to cleaning up a complex codebase is to always refactor in the service of a feature. \n\u2014 Max Kanat-Alexander\n\nRefactoring for the sake of refactoring can easily lead to accusations of misused time and lack of results. Another danger of refactoring is that it can turn into yak-shaving if you aren\u2019t disciplined in your approach. To that end, tying your refactored components to feature work is a great way to limit scope and reduce the rest of unintended changes.\nFor example, the initial work on Pantsuit focused only on components related to the donations flow. Every line of code I wrote was in service to improving the maintainability and modularity of that UI. Because we didn\u2019t have any standards in place, I started with those. From there, I identified all the components present in every step of the donations flow, which included some type styles, buttons, form inputs and error states. Then came the refactor of each individual component. Finally, I reintegrated the newly refactored components into the existing donations flow and tested it against production, checking for visual and behavioral diffs. At the end of this process, I had the beginning of a design system that would grow to serve over 50 applications, and a case study to demonstrate its effectiveness.\nIdeally, you\u2019ll want to get buy-in from your stakeholders and product owners before you begin any design systems work. However, in the absence of buy-in, linking your work to new feature development is a good way to both limit the scope of your refactor and jump start component creation.\nIn addition, if you\u2019re still trying to convince your team of the benefits of a design system, starting small and using the newly refactored, feature-driven work as a case study is one way showcase a design systems\u2019 value. By providing a concrete example of how working towards a design system contributed to the project\u2019s success, you\u2019re gathering the data necessary to secure buy-in for a larger-scale effort. It\u2019s a great way to show value, rather than just talking about it.\nShow, don\u2019t tell\nPerhaps the most important thing you can do for any design system is to document it. The key is to create a frictionless way to keep the documentation up-to-date, otherwise no one will contribute to it, and in turn, it will become obsolete and useless. \nThere are lots of tools out there to help you get started documenting your new system. One of my favorites is KSS, which parses comments in the code and uses them to generate a style guide. For Pantsuit, I used the node version of KSS, along with a template to quickly spin up a documentation site.\nI\u2019ve listed just a few tools below; for even more, check out the tools sections of styleguides.io.\n\nFractal\nPattern Lab\nDrizzle\nFabricator\nAstrum\nCatalog\n\nRegardless of what tool you settle on, it needs to integrate well with your current workflow. \nConclusion: always be refactoring\nIf you\u2019re not lucky enough to be able to start a new design system from scratch, you can start small and work on a single feature or component. With each new project comes a new opportunity to flesh out a new part of the system, and another potential case study to secure buy-in and showcase its value. Make sure to carefully and thoroughly document each new portion of the system as it\u2019s built. After a few projects, you\u2019ll find yourself with a decent start to a design system. \nGood luck, and happy holidays!\nFurther reading:\n\nWhy Design Systems Fail\nCSS Architecture for Design Systems\nRefactoring: Improving the Design of Existing Code\nRefactoring CSS: The Three I\u2019s\nRefactoring is About Features", "year": "2017", "author": "Mina Markham", "author_slug": "minamarkham", "published": "2017-12-23T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2017/refactoring-your-way-to-a-design-system/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 92, "title": "Redesigning the Media Query", "contents": "Responsive web design is showing us that designing content is more important than designing containers. But if you\u2019ve given RWD a serious try, you know that shifting your focus from the container is surprisingly hard to do. There are many factors and\ninstincts working against you, and one culprit is a perpetrator you\u2019d least suspect.\n\nThe media query is the ringmaster of responsive design. It lets us establish the rules of the game and gives us what we need most: control. However, like some kind of evil double agent, the media query is actually working against you.\n\nIts very nature diverts your attention away from content and forces you to focus on the container.\n\nThe very act of choosing a media query value means choosing a screen size.\n\nLook at the history of the media query\u2014it\u2019s always been about the container. Values like screen, print, handheld and tv don\u2019t have anything to do with content. The modern media query lets us choose screen dimensions, which is great because it makes RWD possible. But it\u2019s still the act of choosing something that is completely unpredictable.\n\nContent should dictate our breakpoints, not the container. In order to get our focus back to the only thing that matters, we need a reengineered media query\u2014one that frees us from thinking about screen dimensions. A media query that works for your content, not the window. Fortunately, Sass 3.2 is ready and willing to take on this challenge.\n\nThinking in Columns\n\nFluid grids never clicked for me. I feel so disoriented and confused by their squishiness. Responsive design demands their use though, right?\n\nI was ready to surrender until I found a grid that turned my world upright again. The Frameless Grid by Joni Korpi demonstrates that column and gutter sizes can stay fixed. As the screen size changes, you simply add or remove columns to accommodate. This made sense to me and armed with this concept I was able to give Sass the first component it needs to rewrite the media query: fixed column and gutter size variables.\n\n$grid-column: 60px;\n$grid-gutter: 20px;\n\nWe\u2019re going to want some resolution independence too, so let\u2019s create a function that converts those nasty pixel values into ems.\n\n@function em($px, $base: $base-font-size) {\n\t@return ($px / $base) * 1em;\n}\n\nWe now have the components needed to figure out the width of multiple columns in ems. Let\u2019s put them together in a function that will take any number of columns and return the fixed width value of their size.\n\n@function fixed($col) {\n\t@return $col * em($grid-column + $grid-gutter)\n}\n\nWith the math in place we can now write a mixin that takes a column count as a parameter, then generates the perfect media query necessary to fit that number of columns on the screen. We can also build in some left and right margin for our layout by adding an additional gutter value (remembering that we already have one gutter built into our fixed function).\n\n@mixin breakpoint($min) {\n\t@media (min-width: fixed($min) + em($grid-gutter)) {\n\t\t@content\n\t}\n}\n\nAnd, just like that, we\u2019ve rewritten the media query. Instead of picking a minimum screen size for our layout, we can simply determine the number of columns needed. Let\u2019s add a wrapper class so that we can center our content on the screen.\n\n@mixin breakpoint($min) {\n    @media (min-width: fixed($min) + em($grid-gutter)) {\n\t.wrapper {\n\t\twidth: fixed($min) - em($grid-gutter);\n\t\tmargin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\n\t}\n\t@content\n    }\n}\n\nDesigning content with a column count gives us nice, easy, whole numbers to work with. Sizing content, sidebars or widgets is now as simple as specifying a single-digit number.\n\n@include breakpoint(8) {\n\t.main { width: fixed(5); }\n\t.sidebar { width: fixed(3); }\n}\n\nThose four lines of Sass just created a responsive layout for us. When the screen is big enough to fit eight columns, it will trigger a fixed width layout. And give widths to our main content and sidebar. The following is the outputted CSS\u2026\n\n@media (min-width: 41.25em) {\n  .wrapper {\n    width: 38.75em;\n    margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\n  }\n  .main { width: 25em; }\n  .sidebar { width: 15em; }\n}\n\nDemo\n\nI\u2019ve created a Codepen demo that demonstrates what we\u2019ve covered so far. I\u2019ve added to the demo some grid classes based on Griddle by Nicolas Gallagher to create a floatless layout. I\u2019ve also added a CSS gradient overlay to help you visualize columns. Try changing the column variable sizes or the breakpoint includes to see how the layout reacts to different screen sizes.\n\nResponsive Images\n\nResponsive images are a serious problem, but I\u2019m excited to see the community talk so passionately about a solution. Now, there are some excellent stopgaps while we wait for something official, but these solutions require you to mirror your breakpoints in JavaScript or HTML. This poses a serious problem for my Sass-generated media queries, because I have no idea what the real values of my breakpoints are anymore. For responsive images to work, JavaScript needs to recognize which media query is active so that proper images can be loaded for that layout.\n\nWhat I need is a way to label my breakpoints. Fortunately, people much smarter than I have figured this out. Jeremy Keith devised a labeling method by using CSS-generated content as the storage method for breakpoint labels. We can use this technique in our breakpoint mixin by passing a label as another argument.\n\n@include breakpoint(8, 'desktop') { /* styles */ }\n\nSass can take that label and use it when writing the corresponding media query. We just need to slightly modify our breakpoint mixin.\n\n@mixin breakpoint($min, $label) {\n    @media (min-width: fixed($min) + em($grid-gutter)) {\n\n        // label our mq with CSS generated content\n\tbody::before { content: $label; display: none; }\n\n\t.wrapper {\n\t\twidth: fixed($min) - em($grid-gutter);\n\t\tmargin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\n\t}\n\t@content\n    }\n}\n\nThis allows us to label our breakpoints with a user-friendly string. Now that our media queries are defined and labeled, we just need JavaScript to step in and read which label is active.\n\n// get css generated label for active media query\nvar label = getComputedStyle(document.body, '::before')['content'];\n\nJavaScript now knows which layout is active by reading the label in the current media query\u2014we just need to match that label to an image. I prefer to store references to different image sizes as data attributes on my image tag.\n\n<img class=\"responsive-image\" data-mobile=\"mobile.jpg\" data-desktop=\"desktop.jpg\" />\n<noscript><img src=\"desktop.jpg\" /></noscript>\n\nThese data attributes have names that match the labels set in my CSS. So while there is some duplication going on, setting a keyword like \u2018tablet\u2019 in two places is much easier than hardcoding media query values. With matching labels in CSS and HTML our script can marry the two and load the right sized image for our layout.\n\n// get css generated label for active media query\nvar label = getComputedStyle(document.body, '::before')['content'];\n\n// select image\nvar $image = $('.responsive-image');\n\n// create source from data attribute\n$image.attr('src', $image.data(label));\n\nDemo\n\nWith some slight additions to our previous Codepen demo you can see this responsive image technique in action. While the above JavaScript will work it is not nearly robust enough for production so the demo uses a jQuery plugin that can accomodate multiple images, reloading on screen resize and fallbacks if something doesn\u2019t match up.\n\nCreating a Framework\n\nThis media query mixin and responsive image JavaScript are the center piece of a front end framework I use to develop websites. It\u2019s a fluid, mobile first foundation that uses the breakpoint mixin to structure fixed width layouts for tablet and desktop. Significant effort was focused on making this framework completely cross-browser. For example, one of the problems with using media queries is that essential desktop structure code ends up being hidden from legacy Internet Explorer. Respond.js is an excellent polyfill, but if you\u2019re comfortable serving a single desktop layout to older IE, we don\u2019t need JavaScript. We simply need to capture layout code outside of a media query and sandbox it under an IE only class name.\n\n// set IE fallback layout to 8 columns\n$ie-support = 8;\n\n// inside of our breakpoint mixin (but outside the media query)\n@if ($ie-support and $min <= $ie-support) {\n\t.lt-ie9 { @content; }\n}\n\nPerspective Regained\n\nThinking in columns means you are thinking about content layout. How big of a screen do you need for 12 columns? Who cares? Having Sass write media queries means you can use intuitive numbers for content layout. A fixed grid means more layout control and less edge cases to test than a fluid grid. Using CSS labels for activating responsive images means you don\u2019t have to duplicate breakpoints across separations of concern. \n\nIt\u2019s a harmonious blend of approaches that gives us something we need\u2014responsive design that feels intuitive. And design that, from the very outset, focuses on what matters most. Just like our kindergarten teachers taught us: It\u2019s what\u2019s inside that counts.", "year": "2012", "author": "Les James", "author_slug": "lesjames", "published": "2012-12-13T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2012/redesigning-the-media-query/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 103, "title": "Recession Tips For Web Designers", "contents": "For web designers, there are four keys to surviving bad economic times: do good work, charge a fair price, lower your overhead, and be sure you are communicating with your client. As a reader of 24 ways, you already do good work, so let\u2019s focus on the rest.\n\nI know something about surviving bad times, having started my agency, Happy Cog, at the dawn of the dot-com bust. Of course, the recession we\u2019re in now may end up making the dot-com bust look like the years of bling and gravy. But the bust was rough enough at the time. \n\nBad times are hard on overweight companies and over-leveraged start-ups, but can be kind to freelancers and small agencies. Clients who once had money to burn and big agencies to help them burn it suddenly consider the quality of work more important than the marquee value of the business card. Fancy offices and ten people at every meeting are out. A close relationship with an individual or small team that listens is in.\n\nThin is in\n\nIf you were good in client meetings when you were an employee, print business cards and pick a name for your new agency. Once some cash rolls in, see an accountant. \n\nIf the one-person entrepreneur model isn\u2019t you, it\u2019s no problem. Form a virtual agency with colleagues who complement your creative, technical, and business skills. Athletics is a Brooklyn-based multi-disciplinary \u201cart and design collective.\u201d Talk about low overhead: they don\u2019t have a president, a payroll, or a pension plan. But that hasn\u2019t stopped clients like adidas, Nike, MTV, HBO, Disney, DKNY, and Sundance Channel from knocking on their (virtual) doors.\n\nRunning a traditional business is like securing a political position in Chicago: it costs a fortune. That\u2019s why bad times crush so many companies. But you are a creature of the internets. You don\u2019t need an office to do great work. I ran Happy Cog out of my apartment for far longer than anyone realized. My clients, when they learned my secret, didn\u2019t care. \n\nKeep it lean: if you can budget your incoming freelance money, you don\u2019t have to pay yourself a traditional salary. Removing the overhead associated with payroll means more of the budget stays in your pocket, enabling you to price your projects competitively, while still within industry norms. (Underpricing is uncool, and clients who knowingly choose below-market-rate vendors tend not to treat those vendors with respect.)\n\nGetting gigs\n\nWeb design is a people business. If things are slow, email former clients. If you just lost your job, email former agency clients with whom you worked closely to inform them of your freelance business and find out how they\u2019re doing. Best practice: focus the email on wishing them a happy holiday and asking how they\u2019re doing. Let your email signature file tell them you\u2019re now the president of Your Name Design. Leading with the fact that you just lost your job may earn sympathy (or commiseration: the client may have lost her job, too) but it\u2019s not exactly a sure-fire project getter.\n\nThe qualities that help you land a web design project are the same in good times or bad. Have a story to tell about the kind of services you offer, and the business benefits they provide. (If you design with web standards, you already have one great story line. What are the others?) \n\nDon\u2019t be shy about sharing your story, but don\u2019t make it the focus of the meeting. The client is the focus. Before you meet her, learn as much as you can about her users, her business, and her competitors. At the very least, read her site\u2019s About pages, and spend some quality time with Google. \n\nMost importantly, go to the meeting knowing how much you don\u2019t know. Arrive curious, and armed with questions. Maintain eye contact and keep your ears open. If a point you raise causes two people to nod at each other, follow up on that point, don\u2019t just keep grinding through your Keynote presentation. \n\nIf you pay attention and think on your feet, it tells the potential client that they can expect you to listen and be flexible. (Clients are like unhappy spouses: they\u2019re dying for someone to finally listen.) If you stick to a prepared presentation, it might send the message that you are inflexible or nervous or both. \u201cNervous\u201d is an especially bad signal to send. It indicates that you are either dishonest or inexperienced. Neither quality invites a client to sign on. Web design is a people business for the client, too: they should feel that their interactions with you will be pleasant and illuminating. And that you\u2019ll listen. Did I mention that?\n\nGive it time\n\nSecuring clients takes longer and requires more effort in a recession. If two emails used to land you a gig, it will now take four, plus an in-person meeting, plus a couple of follow-up calls. This level of salesmanship is painful to geeks and designers, who would rather spend four hours kerning type or debugging a style sheet than five minutes talking business on the telephone. I know. I\u2019m the same way. But we must overcome our natural shyness and inwardness if we intend not to fish our next meal out of a neighbor\u2019s garbage can. \n\nAs a bonus, once the recession ends, your hard-won account management skills will help you take your business to the next level. By the time jobs are plentiful again, you may not want to work for anyone but yourself. You\u2019ll be a captain of our industry. And talented people will be emailing to ask you for a job.", "year": "2008", "author": "Jeffrey Zeldman", "author_slug": "jeffreyzeldman", "published": "2008-12-24T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2008/recession-tips-for-web-designers/", "topic": "business"}
{"rowid": 173, "title": "Real Fonts and Rendering: The New Elephant in the Room", "contents": "My friend, the content strategist Kristina Halvorson, likes to call content \u201cthe elephant in the room\u201d of web design. She means it\u2019s the huge problem that no one on the web development team or client side is willing to acknowledge, face squarely, and plan for. \n\nA typical web project will pass through many helpful phases of research, and numerous beneficial user experience design iterations, while the content\u2014which in most cases is supposed to be the site\u2019s primary focus\u2014gets handled haphazardly at the end. Hence, elephant in the room, and hence also artist Kevin Cornell\u2019s recent use of elephantine imagery to illustrate A List Apart articles on the subject. But I digress.\n\nWithout discounting the primacy of the content problem, we web design folk have now birthed ourselves a second lumbering mammoth, thanks to our interest in \u201creal fonts on the web\u201c (the unfortunate name we\u2019ve chosen for the recent practice of serving web-licensed fonts via CSS\u2019s decade-old @font-face declaration\u2014as if Georgia, Verdana, and Times were somehow unreal). \n\nFor the fact is, even bulletproof and mo\u2019 bulletproofer @font-face CSS syntax aren\u2019t really bulletproof if we care about looks and legibility across browsers and platforms.\n\nHyenas in the Breakfast Nook\n\nThe problem isn\u2019t just that foundries have yet to agree on a standard font format that protects their intellectual property. And that, even when they do, it will be a while before all browsers support that standard\u2014leaving aside the inevitable politics that impede all standardization efforts. Those are problems, but they\u2019re not the elephant. Call them the coyotes in the room, and they\u2019re slowly  being tamed.\n\nNor is the problem that workable, scalable business models (of which Typekit\u2018s is the most visible and, so far, the most successful) are still being shaken out and tested. The quality and ease of use of such services, their stability on heavily visited sites (via massively backed-up server clusters), and the fairness and sustainability of their pricing will determine how licensing and serving \u201creal fonts\u201d works in the short and long term for the majority of designer/developers.\n\nNor is our primary problem that developers with no design background may serve ugly or illegible fonts that take forever to load, or fonts that take a long time to download and then display as ordinary system fonts (as happens on, say, about.validator.nu). Ugliness and poor optimization on the web are nothing new. That support for @font-face in Webkit and Mozilla browsers (and for TrueType fonts converted to Embedded OpenType in Internet Explorer) adds deadly weapons to the non-designer\u2019s toolkit is not the technology\u2019s fault. JavaScript and other essential web technologies are equally susceptible to abuse. \n\nBeauty is in the Eye of the Rendering Engine\n\nNo, the real elephant in the room\u2014the thing few web developers and no \u201cweb font\u201d enthusiasts are talking about\u2014has to do with legibility (or lack thereof) and aesthetics (or lack thereof) across browsers and platforms. Put simply, even fonts optimized for web use (which is a whole thing: ask a type designer) will not look good in every browser and OS. That\u2019s because every browser treats hinting differently, as does every OS, and every OS version. \n\nFirefox does its own thing in both Windows and Mac OS, and Microsoft is all over the place because of its need to support multiple generations of Windows and Cleartype and all kinds of hardware simultaneously. Thus \u201creal type\u201d on a single web page can look markedly different, and sometimes very bad, on different computers at the same company. If that web page is your company\u2019s, your opinion of \u201cweb fonts\u201d may suffer, and rightfully. (The advantage of Apple\u2019s closed model, which not everyone likes, is that it allows the company to guarantee the quality and consistency of user experience.)  \n\nAs near as my font designer friends and I can make out, Apple\u2019s Webkit in Safari and iPhone ignores hinting and creates its own, which Apple thinks is better, and which many web designers think of as \u201cwhat real type looks like.\u201d The forked version of Webkit in Chrome, Android, and Palm Pre also creates its own hinting, which is close to iPhone\u2019s\u2014close enough that Apple, Palm, and Google could propose it as a standard for use in all browsers and platforms. Whether Firefox would embrace a theoretical Apple and Google standard is open to conjecture, and I somehow have difficulty imagining Microsoft buying in\u2014even though they know the web is more and more mobile, and that means more and more of their customers are viewing web content in some version of Webkit.\n\nThe End of Simple\n\nThere are ways around this ugly type ugliness, but they involve complicated scripting and sniffing\u2014the very nightmares from which web standards and the simplicity of @font-face were supposed to save us. I don\u2019t know that even mighty Typekit has figured out every needed variation yet (although, working with foundries, they probably will). \n\nFor type foundries, the complexity and expense of rethinking classic typefaces to survive in these hostile environments may further delay widespread adoption of web fonts and the resolution of licensing and formatting issues. The complexity may also force designers (even those who prefer to own) to rely on a hosted rental model simply to outsource and stay current with the detection and programming required.\n\nForgive my tears. I stand in a potter\u2019s field of ideas like \u201cKeep it simple,\u201d by a grave whose headstone reads \u201cWrite once, publish everywhere.\u201d", "year": "2009", "author": "Jeffrey Zeldman", "author_slug": "jeffreyzeldman", "published": "2009-12-22T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2009/real-fonts-and-rendering/", "topic": "design"}
{"rowid": 235, "title": "Real Animation Using JavaScript, CSS3, and HTML5 Video", "contents": "When I was in school to be a 3-D animator, I read a book called Timing for Animation. Though only 152 pages long, it\u2019s essentially the bible for anyone looking to be a great animator. In fact, Pixar chief creative officer John Lasseter used the first edition as a reference when he was an animator at Walt Disney Studios in the early 1980s.\n\nIn the book, authors John Halas and Harold Whitaker advise:\n\n\n\tTiming is the part of animation which gives meaning to movement. Movement can easily be achieved by drawing the same thing in two different positions and inserting a number of other drawings between the two. The result on the screen will be movement; but it will not be animation.\n\n\nBut that\u2019s exactly what we\u2019re doing with CSS3 and JavaScript: we\u2019re moving elements, not animating them. We\u2019re constantly specifying beginning and end states and allowing the technology to interpolate between the two. And yet, it\u2019s the nuances within those middle frames that create the sense of life we\u2019re looking for.\n\nAs bandwidth increases and browser rendering grows more consistent, we can create interactions in different ways than we\u2019ve been able to before. We\u2019re encountering motion more and more on sites we\u2019d generally label \u2018static.\u2019 However, this motion is mostly just movement, not animation. It\u2019s the manipulation of an element\u2019s properties, most commonly width, height, x- and y-coordinates, and opacity.\n\nSo how do we create real animation?\n\nThe metaphor\n\nIn my experience, animation is most believable when it simulates, exaggerates, or defies the real world. A bowling ball falls differently than a racquetball. They each have different weights and sizes, which affect the way they land, bounce, and impact other objects.\n\nThis is a major reason that JavaScript animation frequently feels mechanical; it doesn\u2019t complete a metaphor. Expanding and collapsing a <div> feels very different than a opening a door or unfolding a piece of paper, but it often shouldn\u2019t. The interaction itself should tie directly to the art direction of a page.\n\nPhysics\n\nUnderstanding the physics of a situation is key to creating convincing animation, even if your animation seeks to defy conventional physics. Isaac Newton\u2019s first law of motion\u2019s_laws_of_motion states, \u201cEvery body remains in a state of rest or uniform motion (constant velocity) unless it is acted upon by an external unbalanced force.\u201d Once a force acts upon an object, the object\u2019s shape can change accordingly, depending on the strength of the force and the mass of the object. Another nugget of wisdom from Halas and Whitaker:\n\n\n\tAll objects in nature have their own weight, construction, and degree of flexibility, and therefore each behaves in its own individual way when a force acts upon it. This behavior, a combination of position and timing, is the basis of animation. The basic question which an animator is continually asking himself is this: \u201cWhat will happen to this object when a force acts upon it?\u201d And the success of his animation largely depends on how well he answers this question.\n\n\nIn animating with CSS3 and JavaScript, keep physics in mind. How \u2018heavy\u2019 is the element you\u2019re interacting with? What kind of force created the action? A gentle nudge? A forceful shove? These subtleties will add a sense of realism to your animations and make them much more believable to your users.\n\nMisdirection\n\nMagicians often use misdirection to get their audience to focus on one thing rather than another. They fool us into thinking something happened that actually didn\u2019t.\n\nAnimation is the same, especially on a screen. By changing the arrangement of pixels on screen at a fast enough rate, your eyes fool your mind into thinking an object is actually in motion. \n\nAnother important component of misdirecting in animation is the use of multiple objects. Try to recall a cartoon where a character vanishes. More often, the character makes some sort of exaggerated motion (this is called anticipation) then disappears, and a puff a smoke follows. That smoke is an extra element, but it goes a long way into make you believe that character actually disappeared.\n\nVery rarely does a vanishing character\u2019s opacity simply go from one hundred per cent to zero. That\u2019s not believable. So why do we do it with <div>s?\n\nArmed with the ammunition of metaphors and misdirection, let\u2019s code an example.\n\nShake, rattle, and roll\n\n(These demos require at least a basic understanding of jQuery and CSS3. Run away if your\u2019re afraid, or brush up on CSS animation and resources for learning jQuery. Also, these demos use WebKit-specific features and are best viewed in the latest version of Safari, so performance in other browsers may vary.)\n\nWe often see the design pattern of clicking a link to reveal content. Our \u201cfirst demo\u201d:\u201d/examples/2010/real-animation/demo1/ shows us exactly that. It uses jQuery\u2019s \u201c slideDown()\u201d:http://api.jquery.com/slideDown/ method, as many instances do.\n\nBut what force acted on the <div> that caused it to open? Did pressing the button unlatch some imaginary hook? Did it activate an unlocking sequence with some gears?\n\nTake 2\n\nOur second demo is more explicit about what happens: the button fell on the <div> and shook its content loose. Here\u2019s how it\u2019s done. \n\nfunction clickHandler(){\n\t$('#button').addClass('animate');\n\treturn false;\n}\n\nClicking the link adds a class of animate to our button. That class has the following CSS associated with it:\n\n<style>\n\t.animate {\n\t\t-webkit-animation-name: ANIMATE;\n\t\t-webkit-animation-duration: 0.25s;\n\t\t-webkit-animation-iteration-count: 1;\n\t\t-webkit-animation-timing-function: ease-in;\n\t}\n\t@-webkit-keyframes ANIMATE {\n\t\tfrom {\n\t\ttop: 72px;\n\t\t}\n\t\tto {\n\t\t\ttop: 112px;\n\t\t}\n\t}\n</style>\n\nIn our keyframe definition, we\u2019ve specified from and to states. This is great, because we can be explicit about how an object starts and finishes moving. \n\nWhat\u2019s also extra handy is that these CSS keyframes broadcast events that you can react to with JavaScript. In this example, we\u2019re listening to the webkitAnimationEnd event and opening the <div> only when the sequence is complete. Here\u2019s that code.\n\nfunction attachAnimationEventHandlers(){\n\tvar wrap = document.getElementById('wrap');\n\twrap.addEventListener('webkitAnimationEnd', function($e) {\n\t\tswitch($e.animationName){\n\t\t\tcase \"ANIMATE\" :\n\t\t\topenMain();\n\t\t\tbreak;\n\t\t\tdefault:\n\t\t}\n\t}, false);\n}\nfunction openMain(){\n\t$('#main .inner').slideDown('slow');\n}\n\n(For more info on handling animation events, check out the documentation at the Safari Reference Library.)\n\nTake 3\n\nThe problem with the previous demo is that the subtleties of timing aren\u2019t evident. It still feels a bit choppy.\n\nFor our third demo, we\u2019ll use percentages instead of keywords so that we can insert as many points as we need to communicate more realistic timing. The percentages allow us to add the keys to well-timed animation: anticipation, hold, release, and reaction. \n\n<style>\n\t@-webkit-keyframes ANIMATE {\n\t\t0% {\n\t\t\ttop: 72px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t40% { /* anticipation */\n\t\t\ttop: 57px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t70% { /* hold */\n\t\t\ttop: 56px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t80% { /* release */\n\t\t\ttop: 112px;\n\t\t}\n\t\t100% { /* return */\n\t\t\ttop: 72px;\n\t\t}\n\t}\n</style>\n\nTake 4\n\nThe button animation is starting to feel much better, but the reaction of the <div> opening seems a bit slow.\n\nThis fourth demo uses jQuery\u2019s delay() method to time the opening precisely when we want it. Since we know the button\u2019s animation is one second long and its reaction starts at eighty per cent of that, that puts our delay at 800ms (eighty per cent of one second). However, here\u2019s a little pro tip: let\u2019s start the opening at 750ms instead. The extra fifty milliseconds makes it feel more like the opening is a reaction to the exact hit of the button. Instead of listening for the webkitAnimationEnd event, we can start the opening as soon as the button is clicked, and the movement plays on the specified delay.\n\nfunction clickHandler(){\n\t$('#button').addClass('animate');\n\topenMain();\n\treturn false;\n}\nfunction openMain(){\n\t$('#main .inner').delay(750).slideDown('slow');\n}\n\nTake 5\n\nWe can tweak the timing of that previous animation forever, but that\u2019s probably as close as we\u2019re going to get to realistic animation with CSS and JavaScript. However, for some extra sauce, we could relegate the whole animation in our final demo to a video sequence which includes more nuances and extra elements for misdirection.\n\nHere\u2019s the basis of video replacement. Add a <video> element to the page and adjust its opacity to zero. Once the button is clicked, fade the button out and start playing the video. Once the video is finished playing, fade it out and bring the button back.\n\nfunction clickHandler(){\n\tif($('#main .inner').is(':hidden')){\n\t\t$('#button').fadeTo(100, 0);\n\t\t$('#clickVideo').fadeTo(100, 1, function(){\n\t\t\tvar clickVideo = document.getElementById('clickVideo');\n\t\t\tclickVideo.play();\n\t\t\tsetTimeout(removeVideo, 2400);\n\t\t\topenMain();\n\t\t});\n\t}\n\treturn false;\n}\nfunction removeVideo(){\n\t$('#button').fadeTo(500, 1);\n\t$('#clickVideo').fadeOut('slow');\n}\nfunction openMain(){\n\t$('#main .inner').delay(1100).slideDown('slow');\n}\n\nWrapping up\n\nI\u2019m no JavaScript expert by any stretch. I\u2019m sure a lot of you scripting wizards out there could write much cleaner and more efficient code, but I hope this gives you an idea of the theory behind more realistic motion with the technology we\u2019re using most. This is just one model of creating more convincing animation, but you can create countless variations of this, including\u2026\n\n\n\tExporting <video> animations in 3-D animation tools or 2-D animation tools like Flash or After Effects\n\tUsing <canvas> or SVG instead of <video>\n\tEmploying specific JavaScript animation frameworks\n\tMaking use of all the powerful properties of CSS Transforms and CSS Animation\n\tTrying out emerging CSS3 animation tools like Sencha Animator\n\n\nIf it wasn\u2019t already apparent, these demos show an exaggerated example and probably aren\u2019t practical in a lot of environments. However, there are a handful of great sites out there that honor animation techniques\u2014metaphor, physics, and misdirection, among others\u2014like Benjamin De Cock\u2019s vCard, 20 Things I Learned About Browsers and the Web by Fantasy Interactive, and the Nike Snowboarding site by Ian Coyle and HEGA. They\u2019re wonderful testaments to what you can do to aid interaction for users.\n\nMy goal was to show you the \u2018why\u2019 and the \u2018how.\u2019 Your charge is to discern the \u2018where\u2019 and the \u2018when.\u2019 Happy animating!", "year": "2010", "author": "Dan Mall", "author_slug": "danmall", "published": "2010-12-15T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2010/real-animation-using-javascript-css3-and-html5-video/", "topic": "code"}
{"rowid": 131, "title": "Random Lines Made With Mesh", "contents": "I know that Adobe Illustrator can be a bit daunting for people who aren\u2019t really advanced users of the program, but you would be amazed by how easy you can create cool effects or backgrounds. In this short tutorial I show you how to create a cool looking background only in 5 steps. \n\nStep 1 \u2013 Create Lines\n\n\n\nCreate lines using random widths and harmonious suitable colors. If you get stuck on finding the right colors, check out Adobe\u2019s Kuler and start experimenting.\n\nStep 2 \u2013 Convert Strokes to Fills\n\n\n\nSelect all lines and convert them to fills. Go to the Object menu, select Path > Outline Stroke. Select the Rectangle tool and draw 1 big rectangle on top the lines. Give the rectangle a suitable color. With the rectangle still selected, go to the Object menu, select Arrange > Send to Back.\n\nStep 3 \u2013 Convert to Mesh\n\n\n\nSelect all objects by pressing the command key (for Mac users), control key (for Windows users) + the \u201ca\u201d key. Go to the Object menu and select the Envelope Distort > Make with Mesh option. Enter 2 rows and 2 columns. Check the preview box to see what happens and click the OK button.\n\nStep 4 \u2013 Play Around with The Mesh Points \n\n\n\nPlay around with the points of the mesh using the Direct Selection tool (the white arrow in the Toolbox). Click on the top right point of the mesh. Once you\u2019re starting to drag hold down the shift key and move the point upwards. \n\n\n\nNow start dragging the bezier handles on the mesh to achieve the effect as shown in the above picture. Of course you can try out all kind of different effects here. \n\nThe Final Result\n\n\n\nThis is an example of how the final result can look. You can try out all kinds of different shapes dragging the handles of the mesh points. This is just one of the many results you can get. So next time you haven\u2019t got inspiration for a background of a header, a banner or whatever, just experiment with a few basic shapes such as lines and try out the \u2018Envelope Distort\u2019 options in Illustrator or the \u2018Make with Mesh\u2019 option and experiment, you\u2019ll be amazed by the unexpected creative results.", "year": "2006", "author": "Veerle Pieters", "author_slug": "veerlepieters", "published": "2006-12-08T00:00:00+00:00", "url": "https://24ways.org/2006/random-lines-made-with-mesh/", "topic": "design"}